(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Armstrong State College Catalog"

• 5 '■'•' - 






mar 



-■■■■ 

mm 



m 



m 



m 



mm 



111111 



'■ ' SI 
.•■>>■••■ 



■IBBH 






-' 



$*$•«» 



■ 



v; 







Armstrong 
State College 



1992-93 Catalog 



Accreditation: Armstrong State College is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the 
Southern Association of Colleges and Schools to award associate, baccalaureate, masters, 
and educational specialists degrees. 



Academic Calendar ±1 



Fall, 1992 


Winter, 1993 Spring, 1993 


Summer, 1993 






Session A 


Session B Session C 


Session D 


(1 1 weeks) 


(11 weeks) (11 weeks) (4 weeks) 


(4 weeks) (8 weeks) 


(6 weeks) 



Freshman Applications Due 


Aug. 25 


Dec. 15 


March 20 


June 1 


June 29 


June 1 


June 1 


Registration 


Sept. 14-15 


Jan. 5 


March 30 


June 21 


July 19 


June 21 


June 21 


First Day of Class 


Sept. 16 


Jan. 6 


March 31 


June 26 


July 20 


June 22 


June 22 


Mid-Term 


Oct. 20 


Feb. 10 


May 4 


July 6 


July 30 


July 20 


July 14 


Last Day to Withdraw Without Penalty 


Oct. 20 


Feb. 10 


May 4 


July 6 


July 30 


July 20 


July 14 


Advisement & Advance Registration 


Oct 26-Nov. 6 


Feb. 15-26 


May 10-21 


July 19-30 




July 19-30 


July 19-30 


Last Day of Class 


Nov. 24 


March 18 


June 9 


Juiy16 


Aug. 12 


Aug. 16 


Aug. 5 


Reading Day 


Nov. 25 


June 10 












Final Examinations Begin 


Nov. 30 


March 19 


June 11 


July 19 


Aug. 13 


Aug. 17 


Aug. 6 


Final Examinations End 


Dec. 2 


March 23 


June 15 


July 19 


Aug. 13 


Aug. 18 


Aug. 6 


Graduation 


Dec. 4 




June 18 










Holiday 


Nov. 26-27 


Jan. 18 
March 17 


May 31 


July 5 




July 5 


July 5 


Institutional Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) 


July 18 














(Test Application deadline one month before test date) 


Aug. 8 


Nov. 21 


Feb 20 


May 15 


« 






Collegiate Placement Exam (CPE) 


Aug 19 


Dec 1,10, 15 


April 27 












Sept. 8 


Jan 19, 26 


May 8 












Oct. 13, 20, 27 


Feb. 6, 16 


June 8, 22 












Nov. 10, 21 


Mar. 2, 18,25 












College Level Examination Program (CLEP) 


Oct. 6 


Jan. 19 


April 13 


June 24 








Regents' Test Application Deadline 


Oct. 6 


Jan. 19 


April 13 


June 30 








Regents' Test Administrations 


Oct. 26-27 


Feb. 8-9 


May 3-4 


July 19-20 








CHAOS Orientation Sessions 


July 9, 23 


Aug. 6 













(Summer, 1 992) 

± All dates subject to change 



1992 




SEPTEMBER 








OCTOBER 










NOVEMBER 








DECEMBER 


S M 


T W T 


F 


S 


S 


M 


T W T 


F 


S 


S 


M 


T W T 


F 


S 


S 


M 


T W T 


F S 




1 2 3 


4 


S 






1 


2 


3 


1 


2 


3 4 5 


6 


7 






1 2 3 


4 5 


6 7 


8 9 10 


11 


12 


4 


5 


6 7 8 


9 


10 


8 


9 


10 11 12 


13 


14 


6 


7 


8 9 10 


11 12 


13 14 


15 16 17 


18 


19 


11 


12 


13 14 15 


16 


17 


15 


16 


17 18 19 


20 


21 


13 


14 


15 16 17 


18 19 


20 21 


22 23 24 


25 


26 


18 


19 


20 21 22 


23 


24 


22 


23 


24 25 26 


27 


28 


20 


21 


22 23 24 


25 26 


27 28 


29 30 






25 


26 


27 28 29 


30 


31 


29 


30 








27 


28 


29 30 31 






1993 




JANUARY 










FEBRUARY 










MARCH 










APRIL 




S M 


T W T 


F 


S 


S 


M 


T W T 


F 


S 


S 


M 


T W T 


F 


S 


S 


M 


T W T 


F S 






1 


2 




1 


2 3 4 


5 


6 




1 


2 3 4 


5 


6 






1 


2 3 


3 4 


5 6 7 


8 


9 


7 


8 


9 10 11 


12 


13 


7 


8 


9 10 11 


12 


13 


4 


5 


6 7 8 


9 10 


10 11 


12 13 14 


15 


16 


14 


15 


16 17 18 


19 


20 


14 


15 


16 17 18 


19 


20 


11 


12 


13 14 15 


16 17 


17 18 


19 20 21 


22 


23 


21 


22 


23 24 25 


26 


27 


21 


22 


23 24 25 


26 


27 


18 


19 


20 21 22 


23 24 


24 25 

31 


26 27 28 


29 


30 


28 










28 


29 


30 31 






25 


26 


27 28 29 


30 




MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 










AUGUST 




S M 


T W T 


F 


S 
1 


S 


M 


T W T 

1 2 3 


F 
4 


S 
5 


S 


M 


T W T 

1 


F 
2 


S 
3 


S 


M 
2 


T W T 

3 4 5 


F S 

6 7 


2 3 


4 5 6 


7 


8 


6 


7 


8 9 10 


11 


12 


4 


5 


6 7 8 


9 


10 


8 


9 


10 11 12 


13 14 


9 10 


11 12 13 


14 


15 


13 


14 


15 16 17 


18 


19 


11 


12 


13 14 15 


16 


17 


15 


16 


17 18 19 


20 21 


16 17 


18 19 20 


21 


22 


20 


21 


22 23 24 


25 


26 


18 


19 


20 21 22 


23 


24 


22 


23 


24 25 26 


27 28 


23 24 


25 26 27 


28 


29 


27 


28 


29 30 






25 


26 


27 28 29 


30 


31 


29 


30 


31 




30 31 








































a£ 






Introduction 4 

The College/City 9 

Student Life 1 7 

Admissions 23 

Financial Information 39 

Academic Policies and Information 49 

Graduate Programs 69 

School of Arts and Sciences 77 

School of Health Professions 151 

Academic Divisions 177 

Special Programs 201 

Faculty/Administration 21 1 

Index 225 




ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 




As president of Armstrong State College, I am asked that question 
often — and my answer invariably depends on what prompted the query. . 

Yes, our academic programs are excellent. This fact shows best by how 
well our graduates do once they leave us. Today's world stresses job 
readiness and career preparation and we place significant emphasis on 
assuring our graduates that they can compete with the best in the current 

job market. Our graduates in 

fields such as health care and 
computer science generally 
have multiple job offers to 
consider. Health students 
consistently post passrates that 
exceed 95 percent on national 
licensing exams and elementary 
education graduates have 
earned 100 percent passrates 
on the Georgia Teacher 
Certification Test for the past 
seven years. Strong science and 
liberal arts programs produce 
excellent candidates for 
graduate study, pre-professional 
programs and today's job 
market. 

President Robert A. Burnett 




ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Outstanding academic programs? 
Dedicated teaching faculty? 
Extensive student self-governance? 
Low student-faculty ratios? 
Close-knit, friendly atmosphere? 
A beautiful campus? 
Career-oriented educational preparation? 
Effective job placement programs? 



Is it our faculty? Many proudly say that they came to Armstrong because 
they love the stimulation of classroom teaching. We keep our class sizes 
small so students and faculty really get to know one another. I like seeing 
students and professors discussing today's lecture over a cup of coffee 
or spending time on a research project that has gone far beyond the 
classroom assignment. 

Then, too, I know that many students are very special. And we try to treat 
them in a special way. Armstrong has a commitment to encouraging 
student involvement in campus-wide decisions. There are not very many 
other schools that allow students to determine how to spend student 
activities fees and promote student representation on all campus-wide 
standing committees. Leadership opportunities are available to everyone 
who wants to develop these skills. 

In short, I do not think that any one aspect distinguishes Armstrong State 
College from any other campus. The way all of these distinguishing 
factors blend together is what makes Armstrong State College what it 
is— a college that cherishes its tradition of excellence while looking 
forward to meeting the challenges of the future. 



Robert A. Burnett 
President 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Degree Programs 






/"I- 



dN 



ARTS Art 

Arts 

Drama/Speech 
English 

English (with Teacher Certification) 
General Studies 
History 
History 

(with Teacher Certification) 
Music 

Political Science 
Political Science 

(Public Administration) 
Political Science 

(with Teacher Certification) 
Psychology 



4*i 






SCIENCE: Biology 

Biology 

(with Teacher Certification) 
Chemistry 
Chemistry 

(with Teacher Certification) 
Computer Science 
Criminal Justice 
Criminal Justice (Corrections) 
Criminal Justice (Law Enforcement) 
Mathematics 
Mathematics 

(with Teacher Certification) 
Physical Science 



EDUCATION: 



Art Education 
Behavior Disorders 
Biology Education 
•Business Education 
Chemistry Education 
Early Childhood Education 
Early Elementary Education 
English Education 
General Science Education 
Health & Physical Education 
Learning Disabilities 
Mathematics Education 






ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Degree Programs * 

2 . 


Associate 
Bachelor's 
Master's 


Z 
D 

j 

D 

5 
y 


Middle School Education 

Music Education 

Science Education 

Social Science Education (History) 

Social Science Education 

(Political Science) 
Special Education 
Speech Correction 
Speech/Language Pathology 






• 




c 

J 
X 
u 

c 


HEALTH PROFESSIONS: 

Dental Hygiene 

Dental Hygiene Education 

Health Science 

Medical Technology 

Nursing 

Radiologic Technology 

Respiratory Therapy 




• 

• 
• 
• 


• 
• 
• 
• 


• 
• 




z 
2 

c 

z 
u 

z 

D 

J 

c 

D 

Z 

i 


MINOR CONCENTRATIONS: 
(not listed elsewhere): 

American Civilization 

Anthropology 

Botany 

Communications 

Economics 

Engineering Studies 

Film 

Foreign Language 

Historical Archaeology 

Human Biology 

International Studies 

Library Media 

Linguistics 

Mental Health 

Museum/Preservation Studies 

Organizational Psychology 

Philosophy 

Physical Education 

Physical Science 

Physics 

Public Administration 

Russian Studies 

Sociology 

Teacher Education 

Zoology 














ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Get started in college on the right foot 

Students often use their college catalog solely as a reference book— to look up rules, 
regulations, and requirements. Yet merely browsing through its pages can yield a 
tremendous amount of information about Armstrong State College as your academic 
home. This catalog can help you plot the best course for your years at ASC. Take time 
to take a look. 

You'll learn such facts as: 

— Armstrong supports a broad-based, pre-professional program in a variety of areas 
like business, dentistry, forestry, law, medicine, pharmacy, physical therapy, and 
veterinary medicine. 

— Engineering studies students have several options for completing much of their 
coursework at Armstrong before transferring to a regional school of engineering 

— A cooperative education program flourishes on campus 

— Evening classes are numerous 

— Off-campus classes as far away as Brunswick are available 

— A versatile schedule of non-credit, continuing education classes are offered 
each quarter. 

The many student services are also outlined. They range from career planning and job 
placement to personal counseling and academic assistance programs. 

More than 30 student organizations meet religious, Greek, professional, academic, and 
special interest needs. An active student governance program plans extensive student 
activities throughout the year. Intercollegiate and intramural sports offer enjoyment for 
spectators and participants alike. 

The current academic calendar is located on the inside front cover for your 
convenience in planning your year. A brief "Where to Write or Call" listing on the inside 
back cover may help you find the right place to get your questions answered quickly 
and accurately. The catalog is your guide to success on campus. Keep it handy and 
use it often. 

Admissions check list 

Applications cannot be considered until the college has received all required 
information. 

Freshman Students 

1 . Applications for Armstrong State College (with $10 non-refundable application fee) 

2. Official high school transcript 

3. Official record Of SAT Or ACT SCOreS (If you were graduated more than five years ago, 
appropriate placement test scores may substitute in many instances.) 

4. Certificate of Immunization 
Transfer Students 

1 . Application for Armstrong State College (with $10 non-refundable application fee) 

2. Official college transcript from each institution attended (if less than 36 quarter hours 

earned, submit high school transcript and SAT or ACT score also.) 



i 



>c 



*** 



^r 



9 *l\ 

1 

m i 


ii 


4 

i 

i 


■mi 

* '. : P 


!■ 1 1 


1 M 


' IIIM 



1 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Statement of Purpose 

Armstrong State College, a senior college in the University System of Georgia, provides a range of 
strong academic programs and an environment for intellectual and cultural growth in the arts and 
sciences, education, and health disciplines. The College pursues its purpose by promoting the free 
exchange of ideas in a variety of undergraduate programs leading to degrees at the Associate and 
Baccalaureate levels. In affiliation with Georgia Southern University, graduate programs of regional 
significance are offered. Recognizing its regional educational responsibilities, the College offers bac- 
calaureate programs at the Brunswick Center and courses on an as-needed basis throughout its 
service area. The College provides non-degree programs and activities through the Coastal Georgia 
Center for Continuing Education. 

Instruction 

Through instruction, the College ensures that students read and write effectively, and, through a 
strong liberal arts core curriculum, promotes the acquisition of knowledge in humanities, mathematics, 
the natural sciences, and the social sciences. The College prepares students in the methods of 
scholarly inquiry, research, and problem solving, and, in the process, encourages student commitment 
to learning and to physical, emotional, and social development. Furthermore, the College helps stu- 
dents to identify goals and the means of achieving them, as well as to understand and to respect 
people from diverse backgrounds and cultures. Additionally, it broadens the base of educational 
opportunities for students through formal and informal arrangements with other colleges and univer- 
sities. 

Faculty, Students, and Staff 

The College recruits and retains faculty who are able teachers, supportive of its academic purpose, 
and who are professional sources of knowledge and expertise. It seeks, recruits, and retains students 
whose interests, needs, and backgrounds are diverse and whose records indicate a likelihood of 
success. It strives to create a community of learners in which a sense of mutual trust and respect is 
evident. It encourages and supports an active intellectual, cultural, and social life on campus. In 
addition, the College recruits and retains a well-trained staff, sensitive to the needs of those it serves 
and committed to supporting its academic purpose. 

Administration 

The administration ensures equal opportunity and access to employment, admissions, and pro- 
grams and services of the College without regard to age, sex, race, national origin, color, religion, or 
physical handicap. It encourages faculty research and development, and provides an environment 
which enables faculty members to participate in the search for knowledge. It secures and manages 
funds necessary to maintain the College's academic programs, library, and support services. Fur- 
thermore, the administration provides systems of campus governance which are responsive to the 
concerns of students, faculty, staff, and the Board of Regents. And finally, it acquires and maintains 
facilities and equipment necessary to support the College. 

Community Service 

A regional resource for information and expertise, the college is responsive to the unique educational 
and community service needs of its constituency. By combining efforts with the community, the college 
designs and conducts continuing education programs and offers a variety of cultural and athletic 
events. Moreover, it liberally shares its physical facilities and grounds for the betterment of the aca- 
demic and cultural life of the community. 



PROGRAMS 



11 



History of the College 

Armstrong State College, a senior unit of the 
University System of Georgia, was founded in 
1935, as Armstrong Junior College, to help meet 
the needs for college level educational opportun- 
ities in the community. The college, as estab- 
lished by the City's Mayor and Aldermen, was 
housed in the beautiful Armstrong home, a gift to 
the city from the family of George F. Armstrong. 
Over the years the college occupied five addi- 
tional buildings in the Forsyth Park and Monterey 
Square areas. In 1959, as Armstrong College of 
Savannah, it became a two-year unit of the Uni- 
versity System. The Board of Regents conferred 
four-year status on Armstrong in 1964 and the 
college moved to its present 250 acre site, a gift 
from the Mills B. Lane Foundation, in December 
of 1965. Additional buildings joined the eight orig- 
inal structures as Armstrong added professional 
and graduate programs and tripled in size. 

The Fine Arts Center, including a 1,000 seat 
theatre/auditorium, the Health Professions Build- 
ing, a new apartment style residence complex, a 
library wing, and an academic computing center 
are among more recent additions. 

Armstrong State College, offers over 75 aca- 
demic programs and majors in the School of Arts 
and Sciences, the School of Health Professions, 
the Division of Education, and the Division of 
Physical Education and Athletics. 

The academic community includes approxi- 
mately 4000 students and 172 full-time faculty 
members. Armstrong State College was fully ac- 
credited as a senior institution by the Southern 
Association of Colleges and Schools in Decem- 
ber, 1968, with accreditation retroactive to Janu- 
ary 1, 1968, and was last reaccredited in 
December 1982. 



Location 

Armstrong students find much to enjoy about 
living in the cosmopolitan city of Savannah, the 
major urban area (pop. 200,000) in coastal Geor- 
gia. The college's 250 acre campus is located in 
a residential area of the city which promotes a 
feeling of freedom and security on campus. 

Savannah, Georgia's founding city, has all the 
historic and cultural variety of a metropolitan city 
with the added advantage of the ocean at its back 
door. A temperate climate encourages outdoor 
activities and recreation year round. Beach and 



river outings include sailing, boating, water skiing/ 
sunning and beachcombing. Golf, tennis, fishing 
and hunting are also popular. 

A resident symphony orchestra, dance and 
theatre groups, and visiting entertainment groups 
regularly perform at the Civic Center. Special cel- 
ebrations and other festivals are scheduled 
throughout the year. 

The historic past lives in harmony with today's 
progress in Savannah. As a living laboratory for 
history, Savannah is unsurpassed yet the Savan- 
nah port is one of the busiest on the Atlantic 
coast. 

Community oriented leisure activities comple- 
ment on-campus happenings. A growing NCAA 
intercollegiate athletic program, active intramur- 
als, concerts, plays and special entertainment 
mean lots to do without leaving campus. 



Accreditation 

Armstrong State College has earned the follow- 
ing regional and special purpose accreditations: 
Armstrong State College is accredited by the 
Commission on Colleges of the Southern As- 
sociation of Colleges and Schools to award 
associate, baccalaureate, masters, and edu- 
cational specialists degrees. 
Associate Degree Nursing - by the National 
League for Nursing for the period 1985-1993. 
Baccalaureate Degree Nursing - by the National 
League for Nursing for the period 1983-1991. 
Computer Science - by the Computer Science 
Accreditation Commission for the period 
1991-1994. 
Criminal Justice - by the Criminal Justice Accre- 
ditation Council for the period 1981-1991. 
Dental Hygiene - by the Commission on Accred- 
itation of Dental and Dental Auxiliary Educa- 
tional Programs for the period 1985-1994. 
Medical Technology - by the Committee on Allied 
Health Education and Accreditation for the pe- 
riod 1990-1997. 
Music - by the National Association of Schools of 

Music for the period 1990-1994. 
Radiologic Technologies - by the Committee on 
Allied Health Education and Accreditation for 
the period 1987-1992. 
Respiratory Therapy Department - by the Com- 
mittee on Allied Health Education and Accre- 
ditation for the period 1987-1992. 



12 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Teacher Education Programs - by the National 
Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Edu- 
cation for the period 1982-1991. 

Development Activities 

The Office of Development promotes funding 
for college programs from sources supplemental 
to state appropriations and student fees. The col- 
lege participates in federal and other grant-sup- 
ported activities, and seeks assistance from 
alumni and friends. Gifts from private sources are 
accepted for various purposes such as athletics, 
instructional equipment, library books, matching 
funds for grants, scholarships and other restricted 
purchases. Unrestricted contributions are dis- 
bursed at the president's discretion. Gifts of any 
size can be used to add to the library collection 
in the name of an individual or agency. The Vice 
President for Student Affairs and Development 
can provide further information to any prospective 
donor. 

Alumni Association 

The Armstrong State College Alumni Associa- 
tion was organized in 1937 and is comprised of 
approximately 8,000 ASC graduates and former 
students. The Association promotes interaction 
among alumni, students, faculty, staff and friends 
of the College in order to strengthen the ties be- 
tween the alumni, the College and the commu- 
nity. Membership in the Association is open to all 
graduates and former students. 

An increasing percentage of the Association's 
budget provides scholarships for outstanding 
Armstrong students. Each academic year.the As- 
sociation awards The Arthur Gignilliat Entering 
Freshman Scholarship, the Class of 1937 Schol- 
arship and ten Alumni Association scholarships 
reflecting the Association's investment in Arm- 
strong State College students. Each academic 
year, the Association awards the Arthur M. Gig- 
nilliat Entering Freshman Scholarship, the Class 
of 1937 Scholarship, The Judge Grady and Sara 
M. Dickey Memorial Scholarship and over ten 
other full and partial Alumni Association scholar- 
ships reflecting the Association's investment in 
Armstrong State College students. 

Annual activities include: Armstrong Fest, the 
annual meeting, homecoming, class reunions, 
scholarship and athletic banquets, state and local 
legislative meeting and graduation receptions. In 



addition, the Association actively corresponds 
with alumni to promote campus and community 
events that enhance the College. 

The Association recognizes persons who have 
made outstanding contributions to the College by 
presenting The Distinguished Alumni Award, The 
Outstanding Alumni Service Award, The Distin- 
guished Citizen's Award and The Outstanding 
Faculty Award. 

FOCUS, the campus/alumni newspaper, is. 
published twice a year. Alumni are encouraged 
to submit information for inclusion in FOCUS. 

The Office of Alumni Affairs maintains current 
data on the graduates of the college and en- 
courages any changes in information to be sub- 
mitted. The Director of Alumni Affairs coordinates 
activities and schedules of events in cooperation 
with the Association and can provide additional 
information about alumni membership and in- 
volvement opportunities. 

Two-Year Degree Programs 

The following two-year degrees are offered as 
preparation for higher degrees in the liberal arts, 
and professions or as terminal professional de- 
grees: 

Associate of Arts 

Associate of Applied Science in Criminal Jus- 
tice 

Associate of Science in Dental Hygiene 

Associate of Science in Nursing 

Associate of Science in Radiologic Technolo- 
gies 

Associate of Science in Respiratory Therapy 

Four- Year Degree Programs 

Bachelor of Arts in the fields of art, drama- 
speech, English, history, music, political science, 
and psychology. 

Bachelor of General Studies. 

Bachelor of Health Science. 

Bachelor of Music Education. 

Bachelor of Science in the fields of biology, 
chemistry, computer science, criminal justice, 
and mathematical sciences. 

Bachelor of Science in Education with majors 
in Early Elementary Education; Middle School Ed- 
ucation; Secondary Education in the teaching 
fields of Biology, Business (cooperative arrange- 
ment with Savannah State College), Chemistry, 
English, Mathematics, History, Political Science, 



PROGRAMS 



13 



and K-12 programs in Art, Music, and Speech 
Correction. 

Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Edu- 
cation. 

Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology. 

Bachelor of Science in Nursing. 

The College is authorized to offer Teacher Ed- 
ucation programs, preparing students for certifi- 
cation by the Georgia State Department of 
Education in the following areas: art, biology, 
business education, chemistry, early elementary 
education, English, general science, history, in- 
dustrial arts, library media, mathematics, middle 
school education, music, physics, political sci- 
ence and social studies. 

Pre-Professional Programs 

. Armstrong State College offers courses appro- 
priate for the first two years of baccalaureate pro- 
grams such as business, engineering, forestry, 
industrial management, pharmacy, physical ther- 
apy, physics, etc.. not offered among its degree 
programs, and it offers the pre-professional study 
appropriate for dentistry, law, medicine, veterinary 
medicine, and other professional fields. 

Regents Engineering Transfer 
Program 

Qualified students seeking a bachelor of en- 
gineering degree may begin their college studies 
at Armstrong State College through the Regents 
Engineering Transfer Program. Upon successful 
completion of the pre-engineering curriculum, 
students may transfer to the Georgia Institute of 
Technology to complete the degree require- 
ments. It is expected that students in this pro- 
gram, like other Georgia Tech graduates, will 
normally require four to five and one-half years to 
complete the degree requirements, depending 
on their pre-college preparation, involvement in 
extra-curricular activities, and engineering major. 

Dual-Degree Programs 

Armstrong State College has dual-degree pro- 
grams in engineering with the Georgia Institute of 
Technology, Auburn University, Clemson Univer- 
sity, Mississippi State University, and the Univer- 
sity of Florida. Upon completion of the first three 
years of academic work at Armstrong, the student 
may enroll for two subsequent years at one of the 



participating schools. Upon completing the re- ' 
quirements of the two cooperating schools, the 
student will receive a baccalaureate degree from 
Armstrong State College and a baccalaureate de- 
gree in the chosen field of engineering from the 
second school. 

Dual-degree programs in other fields are also 
available. At the Georgia Institute of Technology, 
candidates from Armstrong State College are el- 
igible to seek any degree offered in the sciences, 
mathematics, and management, as well as en- 
gineering. The Head of the Department of Chem- 
istry and Physics is the Armstrong Coordinator of 
these dual-degree programs and should be con- 
tacted for additional information. 

A dual-degree program in forestry and environ- 
mental management with Duke University is avail- 
able. Students complete three years of academic 
work at Armstrong State College, then enroll for 
two subsequent years at Duke University. Stu- 
dents who successfully complete the program re- 
ceive a B.S. in biology from Armstrong State 
College and a M.S. in either forestry or environ- 
mental management from Duke University. The 
Head of the Department of Biology should be 
contacted for additional information. 

Cooperative Education 
Program 

In the cooperative education program students 
typically alternate quarters between college and 
work. This program offers students valuable prac- 
tical experience as well as financial assistance in 
the form of compensation from the firms that em- 
ploy them. 

Cooperative opportunities are available to stu- 
dents in computer science and engineering, but 
are not limited to these majors. 

Cooperative students must register for the ap- 
propriate Cooperative Education Program course 
for quarters in which they work. These courses 
carry no credit and there is no charge for regis- 
tration. 

Students interested in applying for admission 
to the Cooperative Education program should 
contact the Co-op coordinator or Head of their 
major department. 

Evening Courses 

A wide selection of evening undergraduate and 
graduate level courses accommodate students 
who are employed during the day. Evening 



14 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



courses are scheduled to enable evening stu- 
dents to complete degree requirements in a va- 
riety of fields. 

Off Campus Courses and 
Programs 

Armstrong State College offers selected 
courses at off-campus sites to meet specific re- 
gional needs. Examples of possible locations in- 
clude The Coastal Georgia Center, Memorial 
Medical Center, Hinesville public schools, etc. 

The Brunswick Center 

The Brunswick Center is a consortium com- 
posed of Brunswick College, Armstrong State 
College in Savannah, and Georgia Southern Uni- 
versity in Statesboro. It was authorized by the 
Board of Regents of the University System of 
Georgia in September 1986 and was organized 
for the purpose of establishing a residence center 
for baccalaureate degrees. However, all three 
participating institutions teach courses which ap- 
ply toward the degrees, and credit earned from 
any of these colleges through the Brunswick Cen- 
ter is accepted as residence credit by Armstrong 
State College. 

Degree Programs: 

The Brunswick Center offers programs of study 
leading to three degrees from Armstrong State 
College: 

Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice 

Bachelor of Science in Education with certifi- 
cation in early childhood education (K-4) or 
middle school education (4-8) 

Bachelor of General Studies, a broad-based 
general education degree with minor con- 
centrations in business, history, political sci- 
ence, and psychology 

Criteria for Admission: 

Anyone who has completed an associate de- 
gree or its equivalent is eligible for admission to 
Brunswick Center programs and courses. More- 
over, Brunswick College students who have 
sophomore standing and meet certain require- 
ments, including completion of all Core Curricu- 
lum English requirements and passing the 
Regents Test, may be admitted to Brunswick 
Center classes taught by the senior colleges. 



Anyone who already has a baccalaureate degree 
also may be admitted as a nondegree student to 
take courses, particularly for teacher certification. 

Admission Procedures: 

Prospective students apply for admission to 
Armstrong State College and must meet all ad- 
mission requirements for that college. The ad- 
mission application process is handled through 
the Brunswick Center Office; the completed ap- 
plication and all transcripts of previous college 
work must be sent for preliminary processing to 
the Brunswick Center, which will then send the 
documents to the ASC Admissions Office. 

After Admission: 

Once admitted to Armstrong State College or 
either of the other consortium institutions, stu- 
dents are allowed to take courses offered through 
the Brunswick Center by all three institutions. The 
senior colleges accept all course work done 
through the Brunswick Center as residence 
credit. Upper level courses taken by Brunswick 
College students will be applied toward their bac- 
calaureate degrees. 

The Director of the Brunswick Center serves as 
the initial advisor for all students in the Center. 
He meets with each student to outline an overall 
program as well as to plan a schedule each 
quarter. 

Registration for the Brunswick Center is done 
through the Center office at the time of Brunswick 
College registration. Students are encouraged to 
preregister for the next quarter during the speci- 
fied preregistration time each quarter. 

Graduation requirements in each degree are 
set by Armstrong State College. The respective 
department heads and the Registrar at ASC cer- 
tify each candidate for graduation. 

All Brunswick Center students have full use of 
the Brunswick College Library and other support 
services of Brunswick College. 

Fees: 

There is a $10 processing fee which must ac- 
company each application for admission to Arm- 
strong State College. 

Tuition fees for both senior college courses and 
junior college courses are collected at the current 
rates set by the University System Board of Re- 
gents. Senior college students taking six or more 
quarter hours at Brunswick College also must pay 



PROGRAMS 



15 



student activity and athletic fees at this institution. 
Tuition fees are paid to Brunswick College. 

Financial Aid: 

Prospective students interested in seeking fi- 
nancial aid should make application for their aid 
through the Financial Aid Office of their home 
school. Financial aid application forms for Arm- 
strong State College may be obtained from the 
Brunswick Center Office. 

General Studies 

Associate and baccalaureate programs in gen- 
eral studies emphasize a liberal arts education 
and allow students to acquire a broad-based 
background in the arts and sciences. These de- 
grees are particularly attractive to students who 
desire the general intellectual growth which 
comes with a muiti-disciplinary degree. 

Coastal Georgia Center for 
Continuing Education 

The Coastal Georgia Center for Continuing Ed- 
ucation was established in 1979 to combine the 
resources of Armstrong State College's Com- 
munity Services Division and Savannah State Col- 
lege's Extended Services Division. The Center 
operates a unified continuing education program 
dedicated to serving the people of Savannah, 
Chatham County, the State of Georgia and, for 
some programs, persons beyond those bound- 
aries. 

A wide variety of programs is offered at Arm- 
strong State College, Savannah State College, 
the Downtown Center and, when it is appropriate, 
at job sites, schools, community centers, and 
other locations in Savannah. Instructors are 
drawn from the faculties of both institutions, from 
qualified experts in the Savannah community, and 
from consultants throughout the region. 

On the Armstrong campus, the major com- 
munity services/continuing education component 
of the college is the short-course/conference pro- 
gram. This unit administers non-degree courses, 
conferences, and seminars designed for area 



residents who do not wish to participate in the; 
regular credit classes offered by the college. 
These activities vary widely - some are related 
to professional development, others reflect per- 
sonal interests, while others are recreational in 
nature. The Registrar maintains permanent rec- 
ords of persons participating in activities that 
meet certain criteria. 

Regional Criminal Justice 
Training Center 

The Armstrong State College Regional Criminal 
Justice Training Center is a regional training site 
for criminal justice employees, especially those in 
law enforcement. The region consists of nineteen 
counties; however, training is made available to 
all criminal justice employees throughout the 
State of Georgia. The basic mission of the Center 
is to provide certification classes for law enforce- 
ment and jail officers. In addition, there are nu- 
merous advanced and specialized courses for 
higher certification credits. The training center 
has seven full-time staff members and a large 
part-time instructor cadre. 

Armstrong State/ 

Savannah State 

Cross Enrollment Program 

A student enrolled at Savannah State College 
or at Armstrong State College taking AT LEAST 
10 QUARTER HOURS at one institution has the 
privilege of taking ONE COURSE at the other col- 
lege without paying an additional fee. A student 
usually would take two courses at the home col- 
lege paying full fees and one course at the other 
college which would be transferred back to the 
home college; or a student with at least a "B" 
AVERAGE (3.0) the preceding quarter may take 
three courses at the home college, paying full 
fees there, and register at the other college for 
one additional course without additional cost 
Students majoring in Business Education may 
take more than one course in these subject 
areas. 



16 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 










w 



X I J 




& 



NL 





-- 





**m 



18 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Student Life 

One of the primary aims of the educational mis- 
sion at Armstrong State College is the total de- 
velopment of students. This growth process is 
enhanced by integrating opportunities for social, 
emotional, cultural, physical and spiritual devel- 
opment in addition to intellectual growth. The Of- 
fice of Student Affairs is committed to providing 
programs and services which foster an educa- 
tional environment which will assist students in 
achieving their full potential. The college encour- 
ages learning through involvement in the resi- 
dence center, student government, campus 
organizations, intramurals, and more. 



Residence Life and Food 
Service 

The residence center, completed in September 
of 1985, consists of three buildings which house 
64 students each. The apartment-style design en- 
courages student interaction without a loss of pri- 
vacy. Each two-bedroom suite, accommodating 
four students, has a bath and living room. All units 
are fully furnished, carpeted, and have unit-con- 
trolled heat and air conditioning. Phone jacks and 
an on-site coin laundry are added conveniences. 
Several units are equipped to accommodate 
handicapped students. The residence complex is 
staffed by a head resident and resident assist- 
ants. These students are chosen on the basis of 
leadership and willingness to serve their fellow 
students. 

Students who live in college housing are re- 
quired to participate in the 17-meal plan provided 
in the Memorial College Center. The plan includes 
three meals per day, Monday through Friday, one 
each on Saturday morning and Sunday evening. 
The meal plan is also available for students who 
do not choose to live in college housing. 

Housing applications and/or specific informa- 
tion should be requested from the Office of Ad- 
missions or the Director of Housing. 



Student Involvement 

The Orientation Program is designed to pro- 
mote social and academic adjustment of new stu- 
dents and transfer students. CHAOS 
(Communication, Help, Advisement, Orientation 



and Service) provides freshmen with the infor- 
mation, services and support essential to a suc- 
cessful transition into the Armstrong community. 
Participants in these one day summer CHAOS 
sessions receive individual attention from student 
leaders and staff as they acquire first hand ex- 
perience with academic advising, registration, 
campus facilities, student activities, college poli- 
cies and procedures. The CHAOS program is a 
cooperative effort of Student Leaders and college 
staff. Competitive selection of student leaders oc- 
curs annually during Spring Quarter. Inquiries 
concerning CHAOS should be addressed to the 
Office of Student Affairs. An abbreviated orienta- 
tion program is scheduled for students new to the 
college prior to registration Winter, Spring, and 
Summer Quarters. 

The Student Government Association is the 

official governing body of the students at Arm- 
strong State College. It assists in formulating a 
program of student services and activities, and it 
strives to express the will of the majority of stu- 
dents and to provide experience in democratic 
living. All students are automatically members of 
the SGA and are entitled to vote in SGA elections- 
Qualified students may seek positions of leader- 
ship in the Student Government Association by 
running for office during the Winter elections. 

Student Clubs and Organizations provide 
Armstrong State College students with opportun- 
ities to develop leadership skills, broaden their 
social and professional backgrounds, and make 
a significant contribution to the college and the 
community. They reflect the natural variety of in- 
terests found in a diverse student body. 
Religious: Baptist Student Union. 
Greek: Alpha Gamma Delta Sorority, Phi Mu 

Sorority, and Phi Sigma Chi Fraternity. 
Professional: Armstrong Biological Society, 
American Chemical Society, ASC Engineer- 
ing Society, Association for Computing Ma- 
chinery, Data Processing Management 
Association, Georgia Association of Nursing 
Students, James Moore Wayne Law Club, Jr. 
American Dental Hygienists Association, 
Music Educators National Conference, 
Radiologic Technology Association, National 
Society of Professional Engineers, Respira- 
tory Therapy Association, Student Georgia 
Association of Educators, The E. B. Twit- 
meyer Society (Psychology), and the Arm- 
strong Economic Club. 



STUDENT LIFE 



19 



Service: Alpha Phi Omega. 

Special Interest: Armstrong Ebony Coalition, 
Band, Cheerleaders, Chorus, The Armstrong 
Environmental Coalition, ASC Hispanic So- 
ciety, International Students Association, 
Masquers, Pirateers, Vocal Ensemble, and 
Women of Worth (WOW). 

Academic Honor Societies recognize and 
encourage superior scholarship in many fields of 
study. Campus chapters include: Beta Beta Beta 
(Biology), Joel H. Hildebrand Honor Society 
(Chemistry), Kappa Delta Pi (Education), Phi Al- 
pha Theta (History), Phi Eta Sigma (Scholastic for 
freshmen), Pi Mu Epsilon (Mathematics), Alpha 
Sigma Chi (Physical Education) and Sigma Theta 
Tau (ASC/GSC Nursing Honor Society). 

Student Publications provide opportunities 
for students to develop skills in creative writing, 
reporting, photography and design. The Geechee 
(yearbook), Inkwell (newspaper) and Calliope (lit- 
erary magazine) are all produced by students un- 
der the supervision of approved college advisors. 
Student Photographic Services provides employ- 
ment and recognition for Student photographers. 
All are financed primarily by the Student Activity 
Fund. 

Intramural and Recreation Offerings. The 

college places a high priority on its intramural and 
recreational offerings and provides a wide variety 
of activities including organized competitive 
sports. The physical education complex includes 
an indoor olympic-size pool, gymnasium and 
weight room. Outdoor facilities for tennis and field 
sports are adjacent. 

The Intercollegiate Athletics Program at 

Armstrong is affiliated with the National Collegiate 
Athletic Association (NCAA) Division II. Athletic 
scholarships are available to support student-ath- 
letes who participate in the intercollegiate pro- 
gram. The men's athletic teams consist of 
basketball, baseball, tennis, and cross country. 
Women's teams include tennis, cross country, 
volleyball, and basketball. Cheerleaders are also 
sponsored. Armstrong State College is affiliated 
with the Peach Belt Athletic Conference. (Arm- 
strong State College, Augusta College, Columbus 
College, Francis Marion College, Georgia Col- 
lege, Lander College, USC Aiken and USC Spar- 
tenburg). 

Cultural Opportunities on campus and off 
are an important aspect in the total educational 



process. Nationally known speakers, contempo-' 
rary concerts, dances, popular films, exhibits and 
performances by outstanding classical and mod- 
ern artists from around the world complement the 
student's general education. These programs are 
selected and coordinated by the College Union 
Board. Student dramatic, choral, and instrumen- 
tal groups, under professional direction, have es- 
tablished distinguished traditions. On-campus 
offerings, such as the Faculty Lecture Series, 
broaden knowledge and interest in a non-class- 
room setting. The 1 ,000 seat Fine Arts Auditorium 
often hosts performances by the Savannah Sym- 
phony, area arts groups, and out-of-town troupes, 
such as the National Shakespeare Company and 
the Vienna Choir Boys. 

Student Services 

The Counseling Center serves students who 
are concerned about achieving educational and 
occupational goals and resolving personal prob- 
lems. Counselors offer individual conferences to 
students who seek help in choosing a major, set- 
ting career goals, studying, and dealing with ac- 
ademic demands or conflict with family or friends. 
Counselors give tests to measure interest and 
ability, provide information to explore education 
and work opportunities, and instruct students on 
the use of computerized career and study skills 
development programs. In addition, counselors 
often are able to provide information about col- 
lege policies, curriculum, and campus resources. 

Tests of interests, values, and abilities are 
available to students through counseling serv- 
ices. In addition, the following testing programs 
are administered by the counseling staff: Aca- 
demic Profile, ACT: Proficiency Examination Pro- 
gram (PEP), College-Level Examination Program 
(CLEP), DANTES Subject Standardized Tests 
(DSST), Graduate Record Examination (GRE), 
Major Field Achievement Test (MFAT), Medical 
College Admission Test (MCAT), Miller Analogies 
Test (MAT), National Teacher Examinations 
(NTE), and Regents' Testing Program. Other test- 
ing programs about which information is available 
include the Dental Admission Test (DAT), Grad- 
uate Management Admission Test (GMAT), Law 
School Admission Test (LSAT), Optometry Ad- 
mission Testing Program, Pharmacy College Ad- 
mission Test, and Veterinary Aptitude Test. 



20 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Career Planning and Placement: Provides 
assistance with all aspects of career develop- 
ment and the job search process. Students can 
receive assistance with the early stages of career 
development such as selecting a major, gather- 
ing occupational information and investigating ca- 
reer paths through individualized career 
counseling and computerized career guidance 
techiques. The Career Planning & Placement Of- 
fice also offers an innovative and exciting exper- 
iential career development program entitled 
Project Explore. The program is designed to 
proactively address the needs of Armstrong State 
College students in the career exploration proc- 
ess. Project Explore encompasses cooperative 
education opportunities, as well as internship and 
volunteer experiences. With the assistance of this 
program, students and alumni will have the op- 
portunity to interact with professionals in the 
working world. Part-time and full-time employ- 
ment opportunities are coordinated by the Direc- 
tor of Career Planning & Placement and the office 
staff. Students closer to graduation may take ad- 
vantage of one-on-one instruction and workshops 
for. resume writing, mock interviews, interviewing 
skills and job search strategies. Local, regional, 
and national job listings, referrals, and on-cam- 
pus interview services are also available to stu- 
dents and alumni registered with the office. The 
Career Planning & Placement Office also hosts a 
Recruiters' Fair as well as an Education Career 
Day annually for juniors and seniors. All juniors 
and seniors are strongly urged to register with the 
office prior to graduation to establish a placement 
file and become eligible for placement services. 

Veterans will find the Office of Financial Aid 
and Veterans Affairs helpful in advising about ad- 
missions procedures and services available to 
them. 

Handicapped Students are provided with 
needed services on an individual basis. After stu- 
dents are accepted to the college, if they have 
special needs as a result of a physical disability, 
they should plan to set up an appointment in the 
office of student affairs to discuss their disability 
as it relates to their educational program. The col- 
lege counselors and the vice president for stu- 
dent affairs will then attempt to provide services 
so that each handicapped student has a positive 
educational experience at Armstrong State Col- 
lege. 



The Minority Advisement Program helps mi- 
nority students develop interest in all facets of 
college life. A peer advisor offers one-on-one as- 
sistance to students in adjusting to personal and 
academic life on campus. In addition, social, cul- 
tural and educational activities designed to 
broaden all students' knowledge of Black people 
and their contributions to society are presented. 

The Adults Back to College Program meets 
the special needs and concerns of the non-tra- 
ditional student. Mature students who are begin- 
ning college or are returning after several years 
away will find that the A.B.C. program will ease 
their transition to student life and address their 
career and academic questions. 

The Academic Computing Center houses 
separate minicomputer and microcomputer facil- 
ities for student use. All machines in the Aca- 
demic Computing Center are connected to the 
campus wide network and allow access to file 
servers and other network services. There is also 
a separate Engineering micro computer lab with 
high perfomance Zenith color workstations and a 
Hewlitt-Packard high speed pen plotter. 

The Writing Center is a place where students 
in all disciplines may come for help with their writ- 
ing. Tutors in the Writing Center offer individual 
instruction in basic writing skills and provide guid- 
ance in the preparation- of essays, reports, and 
research papers. The aim of the Writing Center is 
not only to assist students in core composition 
courses', but also to work with faculty to improve 
writing across the curriculum. The center is ad- 
ministered by the Department of Languages, Lit- 
erature, and Dramatic Arts. 

Lane Library, built in 1966 and substantially 
enlarged in 1975, supports the academic pro- 
grams at Armstrong State College. To that end, 
library faculty provide individual assistance in us- 
ing library resources as well as course-integrated 
instruction in the classroom. The traditional re- 
pository role of academic libraries is enhanced 
through computer-assisted database searching, 
compact disc information systems, and a sizea- 
ble collection of non-print materials. The library is 
open over 85 hours weekly during academic ses- 
sions. 

The library collections consist of more than 
650,000 total items, including 158,000 book vol- 
umes, 488,000 microforms, and 35,000 records, 
slides, motion pictures, kits, and videotapes. In 



STUDENT LIFE 



21 



addition, subscriptions are maintained to approx- 
imately 1,000 periodicals and newspapers. The 
Florence Powell Minis Collection contains college 
archives, materials of local color, and first editions 
by Conrad Aiken and other Savannah authors. 

Through participation in state, regional and na- 
tional resource sharing agreements, materials 
which are not available on the Armstrong campus 
may be obtained from other libraries. Traditional 
reference services are complemented by com- 
puterized database searching, both online, by ref- 
erence librarians and at several compact disc 
stations by library users. 

Library programs at Armstrong seek to meet 
the needs of each student in the course of study 
while also preparing graduates for life-long learn- 
ing. 



The Book Store is the source of all required 
textbooks and course-related supplies. It also of- 
fers general supplies and a selection of imprinted 
apparel and gift items. 



Parking Regulations 

All vehicles driven on campus should display a 
college parking decal on the left rear bumper. 
Free decals are available at the Public Safety Of- 
fice on Science Drive. 

All students, faculty, and otaff are encouraged 
to become aware of the parking regulations. A 
set of regulations may be picked up in the Public 
Safety Off'ce or Office of Student Affairs, and a 
copy is published in Students Illustrated . 




22 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 






kV 



24 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



General Admission Policies 

Armstrong State College welcomes students 
who wish to pursue a college-level program of 
study. Applicants must provide evidence of a rea- 
sonable possibility of academic success in col- 
lege in order to be admitted as a regular student. 
Applicants who do not meet the minimum require- 
ments for admission may be admitted under con- 
ditional or provisional status, or under other 
special categories described below (see pp 26). 

Armstrong State College reserves the right to 
employ appropriate assessment mechanisms to 
ascertain the suitability of applicants to enroll in 
the college and to deny enrollment or admission 
to individuals based upon the results of the as- 
sessment. 

Admission Requirements 

The following items are required of all appli- 
cants: 

1 . A completed Application for Admission - 
Forms are available from the Admissions 
Office. 
' 2. Official high school and/or college tran- 
scripts - Transcripts must be submitted 
directly to Armstrong State College by the 
high school or college. See Special Ad- 
missions section for exceptions. 

3. Official scores on the Scholastic Aptitude 
Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Ex- 
amination Board or the American College 
Testing Program (ACT). Applications and 
information may be obtained from the 
College Entrance Examination Board 
(Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey, 08540), 
or the American College Testing Program 
(3355 Lenox Road, N.E., Suite 320, At- 
lanta, Georgia, 33026-1332). An Institu- 
tional Scholastic Aptitude Test (ISAT) is 
offered quarterly through the Counseling 
and Placement Office. ISAT scores can 
be used only for admission to Armstrong 
State College. Exceptions to the SAT re- 
quirement are discussed in the Special 
Admissions section. 

4. A completed University System of Geor- 
gia Certificate of Immunization. 

5. Other requirements - The College may 
require any applicant to appear for a per- 
sonal interview and to take any achieve- 
ment, aptitude and psychological tests it 



deems appropriate in order to make a 
decision regarding the applicant's gen- 
eral qualification for admission to the Col- 
lege. 
Final acceptance or rejection of each applicant 
is determined by the Director of Admissions and 
is subject to- the applicant's right of appeal to the 
Academic Standing Committee prior to the be- 
ginning of the desired quarter of entry. The com- 
mittee will review the appeal and make a 
recommendation to the President of the College, 
who will render a decision. The College reserves 
the right to withdraw admission prior to or follow- 
ing enrollment if the student becomes ineligible 
as determined by the standards of the College or 
Board of Regents. 

Armstrong State College reserves the right to 
refuse to accept any or all of the. credits from any 
high school or other institution, notwithstanding 
its accredited status, when the College deter- 
mines through investigation or otherwise that the 
quality of instruction at such high school or insti- 
tution is, for any reason, deficient or unsatisfac- 
tory. The judgment of the College on this question 
shall be final. 

The College reserves the right to reject an ap- 
plicant who is not a resident of the State of Geor- 
gia. All students enrolled at Armstrong State 
College are required to affirm that they will abide 
by the provisions of the Honor Code. 

Admission of Recent High 
School Graduates 

An applicant must be a graduate of an ac- 
credited high school. Students graduating from 
high school in the Spring of 1988, or later, must 
meet the requirements of the College Preparatory 
Curriculum (CPC) of the Board of Regents. Stu- 
dents who lack required courses in any of the five 
areas must make up the deficiencies according 
to established guidelines. The following high 
school courses are minimum requirements for 
regular admission: 



Units 



English (4) 



Instructional 

Emphasis/ 

Courses 

*Grammar and usage 
*Literature (American 
and World) 

*Advanced composi- 
tion skills 



ADMISSIONS 



25 



Science (3) 'Physical Science 

*At least two laboratory 
courses from Biology, 
Chemistry or Physics 

Mathematics (3) *Two courses in Alge- 

bra and one in Geom- 
etry 

Social Science (3) 'American History 

'World History 
'Economics and 
Government 

Foreign Language (2) 'Two courses in one 
language emphasizing 
speaking (must be lis- 
tening, reading and 
writing) 

The minimum regular admission requirements 
to Armstrong State College are an SAT score of 
hot less than 380 on the verbal section and 380 
on the math section individually, or an ACT score 
of not less than 20 on the English section and 18 
on the math section individually. Also a minimum 
2.0 grade point average on all academic courses 
is required. All of the academic courses com- 
puted in the high school grade point average will 
have been taken in grades 9-12. 

Provisional Admission 

Applicants to the College who do not meet the 
College Preparatory Curriculum (CPC) will be 
considered for provisional admission to the Col- 
lege. The following represents the College's cri- 
teria for provisional admission: 

English - Students graduating with less than the 
four required units of English will be required to 
take the Collegiate Placement Examination (CPE) 
in English and the CPE in Reading. Based on the 
student's score, the student would (1) exempt 
Developmental Studies English and/or Reading, 
or (2) be placed in Developmental Studies Eng- 
lish and/or Reading. 

Mathematics - Students graduating with less than 
the three required units of mathematics will be 
required to take the Collegiate Placement Ex- 
amination (CPE) in mathematics. Based on the 
student's score, the student would (1) exempt 
Developmental Studies mathematics, or (2) be 
placed in Developmental Studies mathematics at 
the appropriate level. 

Science - Students graduating with less than the 
three required units of science will be required to 



take an additional five quarter hour (for credit) 7 
course in a laboratory science. 

Social Science - Students graduating with less 
than the three required units of social science will 
be required to complete one additional five 
quarter hour (for credit) course chosen from ap- 
proved social science courses. 

Foreign Language - Students graduating with less 
than the two units of the same foreign language 
will be required to complete one additional five 
quarter hour (for credit) introductory foreign lan- 
guage course. 

All course work required as a result of a defi- 
ciency must be taken immediately. In the areas 
of social science, science, and foreign language, 
the student is required to complete the appropri- 
ate course with a "C" grade or better. Students 
receive credit for courses used to satisfy College 
Preparatory Curriculum deficiencies, but such 
credit may not be used to satisfy core curriculum 
or degree requirements. 

Exceptions to the CPC 
Requirement 

1. Any applicant who graduated from high 
school prior to Spring of 1988 is exempt 
from CPC requirements. 

2. An applicant applying for any associate 
of applied science or associate of sci- 
ence degree program offered by Arm- 
strong State College is exempt from the 
CPC requirements. 

Conditional Admission 

An applicant who qualifies for admission to the 
College but who does not qualify for regular ad- 
mission will be granted conditional admission. A 
student is conditionally admitted to the College if 
any part of the SAT score (verbal or math) is less 
than 380. A student is conditionally admitted to 
the College if the ACT English is less than 20, or 
ACT Math is less than 18. An applicant who 
scores less than 250 verbal or 280 mathematics 
on the SAT (less than 13 on the ACT English or 
less than 14 on the ACT math) and has less than 
a 1.8 high school grade point average on all ac- 
ademic courses will be denied admission to the 
College. 



26 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



All conditionally admitted students must take 
the Collegiate Placement Examination (CPE) in 
order to qualify for regular admission. This ex- 
amination must be taken before the student's ac- 
ceptance at the College. 

Any student placed in a course numbered be- 
low 100, either by his orher SAT (or ACT) scores, 
or by his or her CPE scores, will be considered 
a conditionally admitted Developmental Studies 
student. 

Any other courses taken prior to completing 
and passing appropriate parts of the CPE must 
be approved by the Developmental Studies 
Counselor or by an advisor within that depart- 
ment. 

A student in the Developmental Studies Pro- 
gram must have a schedule of classes approved 
by the Counselor in Developmental Studies or an 
advisor within that department each time the stu- 
dent registers. 

A conditionally admitted student will exit De- 
velopmental Studies in the following ways 

1 . Passing all required parts of the Colle- 
giate Placement Examination. 

2. If any required part of the CPE is not 
passed, the student will be required to 
enroll in the appropriate Developmental 
Studies course. Upon successful com- 
pletion of all required Developmental 
Studies courses and passing the CPE, 
the student will exit Developmental Stud- 
ies. 

A student in Developmental Studies will be 
given four quarters per area to successfully exit 
that area. A student failing to exit an area after 
four attempts will be subject to Developmental 
Studies suspension. Copies of the policies of the 
Developmental Studies Program may be ob- 
tained from the Developmental Studies Office. 

Credit by Examination 

Armstrong State College will grant up to one- 
fourth of the credit required in a college degree 
for satisfactory scores on the following examina- 
tions: 

ACT: Proficiency Examination 

Statistics 
Advanced Placement 

English Literature & Composition 

Calculus AB 

Calculus BC 



Chemistry 

American History 

European History 
ATP Achievement Tests 

American History 

European History 
College-Level Examination Program 

Humanities 

Natural Sciences 

Analysis and Interpretation of 
Literature 

College Composition 

College French 

College German 

College Spanish 

American Government 

American History I 

American History II 

Introductory Sociology 

Western Civilization I 

Western Civilization II 

Calculus with Elementary Functions 

College Algebra 

College Algebra-Trigonometry 
DANTES Subject Tests 

Astronomy 

Criminal Justice 

General Anthropology 
Academic departments select the examinations 
and determine passing scores. The college credit 
awarded is the same as that earned by students 
who complete the equivalent course(s). The let- 
ter-grade "K" is used to identify credit by ex- 
amination and has no effect on the academic 
grade point average. The Office of the Registrar 
adds courses and credit earned to the academic 
records of enrolled students. 

For additional information, please make inquiry 
to the Office of the Registrar/Director of Admis- 
sions, the Office of Student Affairs, or the head 
of the appropriate academic department. 

College Credit for Military 
Experience and Training 

Students who wish to have their military expe- 
rience and training evaluated for college credit 
should submit a copy of appropriate forms to the 
Registrar's office. Veterans should submit DD 
Form 214 and active duty military personnel 
should submit DD Form 295. Active duty Army 
personnel and soldiers discharged since October 



ADMISSIONS 



27 



1, 1986, should also provide the Registrar with a 
copy of their Army/American Council on Educa- 
tion Registry Transcript. 

Regents Engineering Transfer 
Program 

To be admitted to the Regents Engineering 
Transfer Program at Armstrong State College, 
students must have achieved at least: 

1 . 550 on the mathematics portion of the Scho- 
lastic Aptitude Test (SAT); and 

2. 450 on the verbal portion of the SAT; and 

3. 3.0 high school grade point average. 

This institution's faculty members have worked 
closely with Georgia Tech's faculty to assure a 
curriculum which is well-coordinated with that of 
Georgia Tech. Specific times each quarter have 
been established for students to visit the Georgia 
Tech campus and meet with representatives of 
their anticipated major. 

Regents Engineering Transfer Program stu- 
dents who satisfactorily complete the pre-engi- 
neering curriculum and apply for transfer will be 
accepted to Georgia Tech. However, admission 
to the most popular majors, as for other Georgia 
Tech students, will be based upon overall grade 
point average, performance in the required pre- 
requisite courses and availability of student 
spaces. 



Requirements of Transfers 

1. Transfer students completing high school in 
the Spring of 1988, or later, from non-Uni- 
versity System institutions will be required to 
submit their high school transcripts as part 
of their application process unless they have 
completed their freshman and sophomore 
years, completed an associate degree, or 
have more than 45 hours of transfer credit 
approved. This requirement also applies to 
students enrolled in University System pro- 
grams that do not require the College Prep- 
aratory Curriculum for admission. 

2. Transfer students completing high school in 
the Spring of 1988, or later, transferring from 
University System institutions will maintain 
their CPC status as determined by the first 
University System institution making the orig- 
inal CPC evaluation. 



3. Transfer applicants completing high school 
prior to Spring of 1988 will follow the same 
procedure as freshman applicants except 
these applicants will not be required to meet 
the College Preparatory Curriculum require- 
ments. In addition, these applicants who 
have achieved sophomore standing at the 
time of entrance, will not be required to sub- 
mit their high school records. Such records 
may be required by the Office of Admissions, 
but normally the transcripts of previous col- 
lege records will suffice in place of the high 
school record. Transfer applicants must ask 
the Registrar, of each college they have pre- 
viously attended, to mail an official transcript 
of the : r records to the Office of Admissions 
at Armstrong State College, regardless of 
the transferability of the credits. 

4. Transfer applicants will not be considered for 
admission unless they are academically eli- 
gible to return to the college or university last 
attended, or unless the officials of the insti- 
tution last attended recommend the appli- 
cant's admission. 

5. Transfer applicants will be considered for 
admission to Armstrong State College, if, on 
all work attempted at other institutions, their 
academic performance as shown by their 
grade-point-average is equivalent to the 
minimum standard required by Armstrong 
State College students by comparable 
standing. Students not meeting the required 
GPA may be admitted on Good Standing, 
with Warning. (See chart under Academic 
Probation and Dismissal Policy in the "Aca- 
demic Regulations" section of this Catalog ) 

6. Credit will be given for transfer work in which 
students received a grade of "C" or above. 
Credit will also be given for transfer work in 
which the students received grades of "D", 
with the limitation that such credit from non- 
University System institutions will not exceed 
twenty-five percent of the total amount of 
credit accepted with grades of "C" or above. 
College credit will not be allowed for such 
courses as remedial English, remedial math- 
ematics, or remedial reading or courses 
basically of secondary school level. 

7. Credits earned at an institution which is not 
a member of the appropriate regional ac- 
crediting agency can be accepted on a pro- 
visional basis only. Students transferring 
from an institution which is not a member of 



28 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



a regional accrediting agency must achieve 
a "C" average on their first fifteen quarter 
hours of work at Armstrong in order to be 
eligible to continue. In certain areas they 
may be required to validate credits by ex- 
amination. In computing cumulative grade 
averages, only the work attempted at Arm- 
strong will be considered. 

8. The amount of credit that Armstrong will al- 
low for work done in another institution within 
a given period of time may not exceed the 
normal amount of credit that could have 
been earned at Armstrong during that time. 
A maximum of 100 quarter hours may be 
transferred from a junior college. At least half 
of the courses in the major must be taken 
at Armstrong. 

9. Not more than one-fourth of the work 
counted toward a degree may consist of 
courses taken by correspondence, exten- 
sion, or examination. No correspondence 
courses may be used to meet the require- 
ments in the major field or the related fields 
for the Bachelor's degree or in English com- 
position or foreign language. No correspon- 
dence courses may be taken while a student 
is enrolled, without prior approval of the ap- 
propriate Dean and the head of the depart- 
ment in which the student is majoring. 

10. If the Core Curriculum requirements in Area 
I (Humanities), Area II (Sciences), and/or 
Area III (Social Sciences) have been com- 
pleted in a University System of Georgia in- 
stitution, each completed area will be 
accepted as having met the respective area 
requirement at Armstrong State College. 

11. An official evaluation of all previous college 
credit earned will be done during the first 
quarter of the applicant's attendance. Trans- 
fer credit will be awarded from institutions 
listed in the American Association of College 
Admission Officers and Registrars as being 
fully accredited. 

Developmental Studies 
Transfer Student Policy 

Conditionally admitted transfer students must 
meet the same admission requirements as indi- 
viduals admitted to the College for the first time. 
A complete record of the student's past remedial 
coursework and CPE scores must be on file in 
the Armstrong State College Registrar's Office 



before the student can be admitted. Further, con- 
ditionally admitted transfer students must be eli- 
gible to return to their previous institutions before 
they will be considered for admission to Arm- 
strong State College. 

Readmission 

Students who have not been enrolled at Arm- 
strong during the current academic year (the ac- 
ademic year begins with the Fall Quarter) must 
apply for readmission on a form provided by the 
Office of The Registrar. Former students who 
have not attended another college since leaving 
Armstrong may be readmitted, provided they are 
not on suspension at the time they wish to reen- 
ter. Former students who have attended another 
college since leaving Armstrong must meet re- 
quirements as listed in the catalog in effect at the 
time of return. A student who is readmitted after 
an absence from the college for more than two 
years must meet degree requirements as listed 
in the catalog in effect at the time of his or her 
return. 

Transient Students 

Students enrolled in another college or univer- 
sity may apply for temporary admission to Arm- 
strong State College. They must have written 
approval from their Dean or Registrar that they 
are in good standing and have permission to take 
specific courses at Armstrong State College to 
be transferred to their own institution when sat- 
isfactorily completed. Transient students are ad- 
mitted for a specific period of time, normally one 
quarter. If they wish to remain at Armstrong State 
College longer than one quarter they must submit 
additional statements from their Dean or Regis- 
trar, or must meet all requirements for regular ad- 
mission as a transfer student. 

Armstrong Students 
Transient Elsewhere 

Armstrong students who wish to take course 
work at another college with the intent of applying 
the courses to their academic record at Arm- 
strong may do so in accordance with regulations 
for transient status to another college. Student 
must meet the requirements stipulated by the 
other college, and, in order to apply the credits 
toward their academic records at Armstrong, 



ADMISSIONS 



29 



must meet the academic regulations of Arm- 
strong. Consult with the Registrar's Office for de- 
tails. 

Accelerated Program for 
High School Students 

Through this program for superior high school 
seniors, students may complete more than two- 
thirds of the freshman year of college before be- 
ginning a regular college career. Students ac- 
cepted into the program may choose any 
freshman course provided they meet course pre- 
requisites and receive permission from their high 
school principal or counselor and their college 
advisor. 

Students in this program may enroll for college 
credit in a maximum of two courses each quarter 
while completing their senior year of high school. 
Upon graduation from high school, the student 
will be admitted as a regular college enrollee. 

Students forfeit the privilege of this program if 
they receive a college course grade below C or 
their high school average in academic courses 
falls below B in any quarter. 

The College will consider students for this pro- 
gram only upon written recommendation of their 
high school principals or counselors. 

To be admitted to the program, students must 
satisfy all of the following criteria: 

1. Written recommendation by the principal or 
counselor of the high school; 

2. Written consent of parent or guardian (if the 
student is a minor); 

3. Completion of the eleventh grade in an ac- 
credited high school; 

4. A combined verbal and mathematics SAT 
score of no less than 1 ,000, or ACT Com- 
posite no less than 25. 

5. A minimum high school grade-point-average 
on all academic courses of 3.0; 

6. Completion of the University System of 
Georgia's College Preparatory Curriculum 
(CPC) requirements with the following ex- 
ceptions: 

(a) Students with an SAT verbal score of at 
least 450 (or ACT English of at least 23) 
who have not completed the final unit 
of high school English and/or social 
studies will be permitted to fulfill these 
high school requirements with the ap- 
propriate college courses. 



(b) Students who have not completed the" 
College Preparatory Curriculum re- 
quirements may be admitted through 
the joint enrollment program (see be- 
low) if they are enrolled in the necessary 
high school courses and scheduled to 
complete the requirements by the end 
of their senior year. 

With the exception of English and social 
studies courses taken by students with the 
required SAT or ACT score, a college course 
may not be used to fulfill both high school 
College Preparatory Curriculum require- 
ments and college degree requirements. 

Early Admission and Joint 
Enrollment Programs 

Armstrong State College offers an early admis- 
sion program for those students who have com- 
pleted the eleventh grade in high school and who 
have demonstrated outstanding academic poten- 
tial. The criteria for admission to this program are 
the same as those listed for the Accelerated Pro- 
gram. 

Additionally, the college offers a joint enroll- 
ment program which is an early admissions pro- 
gram allowing students to enroll full time at the 
College while remaining on the rolls of a local high 
school. After successfully meeting all established 
criteria for the Accelerated Program, students will 
be awarded high school diplomas at the end of 
their freshman year in college. For further infor- 
mation on this program, prospective applicants 
should consult with their high school counselors 
and request information from the Office of Ad- 
missions. 

Special Admission Categories 

GED 

An applicant who is not a high school graduate 
may be considered for admission based upon 
completion of the General Educational Develop- 
ment Examination (GED) with a score that satis- 
fies the minimum requirement of the State of 
Georgia (standard score average-45). A score re- 
port must be submitted directly to the College 
from the GED testing center where the student 
took the test, or by DANTES (2318 South Park 
Sireet, Madison, Wisconsin, 53713) if the student 



30 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



took the test through the United States Armed 
Forces Institute while in military service. If the ap- 
plicant's high school class graduated in the 
Spring of 1988 , or later, then all College Prepa- 
ratory Curriculum (CPC) requirements must be 
met. The only exception to this requirement will 
be those applicants pursuing associate of sci- 
ence or associate of applied science degrees. 
These individuals are exempt from the CPC re- 
quirements. 



Delayed Admission 

Applicants who have not attended high school 
or college within the previous five years, and have 
earned fewer than 20 transferable quarter hours 
of college credit, are not required to take the SAT 
or ACT admissions test. However, these appli- 
cants will be required to take the Collegiate Place- 
ment Examination and complete any 
Developmental Studies requirements. Students 
admitted under this category must complete 30 
hours of college credit with a minimum 2.0 grade 
point average in order to be granted regular ad- 
mfssion status. 



Persons 62 Years of Age or Oider 

Persons who are 62 years of age, or older, may 
enroll as regular students in credit courses on a 
"space available" basis without payment of fees, 
except for supplies, laboratory or special course 
fees. They must be residents of the State of Geor- 
gia and must present a birth certificate or com- 
parable written documentation of age to enable 
the Admissions Office to determine eligibility. 
They must meet all admission and degree re- 
quirements. 



International Students 

(All students who are citizens of countries other 
than the U.S.) 

It is recommended that international students 
begin their attendance at the college in the Fall 
Quarter. The college also recommends that in- 
ternational students attend an ELS language cen- 
ter prior to enrollment. 

Students from a country other than the United 
States who are interested in attending Armstrong 
must meet the following requirements before ap- 
plication is made: 



1. Meet the requirements of freshman appli- 
cants. International students must have 
completed the equivalent of a U.S. high 
school. However, College Preparatory Cur- 
riculum (CPC) requirements do not apply to 
these students. 

2. Have an official transcript of academic rec- 
ords mailed to the Office of Admissions at 
Armstrong with an official translation. 

3. If SAT or ACT scores are available, ask that 
the results be sent to Armstrong. If these 
scores are not available, the student will be 
required to take the Collegiate Placement 
Examination and take any such required 
coursework in accordance with the Devel- 
opmental Studies Guidelines. 

4. A student whose native language is not Eng- 
lish must take the Test of English as a For- 
eign Language (TOEFL) and score a 
minimum of 500 for consideration for admis- 
sion to the College. 

5. Submit a statement of financial resources 
prior to attendance. 

6. Show proof of adequate health and life in- 
surance. 

After completion of application form and sub 1 
mission of all required records, the College will 
make a decision on the application. If an appli- 
cation is approved, the College will send an 1-20 
form (which the international student will use to 
obtain a student visa). Upon arrival these stu- 
dents may be tested in English composition for 
class placement purposes. 

Admission of Veterans 

After having been accepted at Armstrong State 
College and upon receipt of Certification of eli- 
gibility and entitlement from the Veterans Admin- 
istration, veterans may attend under Public Law 
358 (Veterans Readjustment Benefit Act of 1966), 
Public Law 815 (disabled), Public Law 894 (dis- 
abled), Public Law 634 (war orphans), or Public 
Law 631 (children of permanently disabled vet- 
erans). Students under Public Laws 358, 631 , 634 
should be prepared to pay tuition and fees at the 
time of registration. 

Vocational Rehabilitation 
Applicants 

Those applicants sponsored by Vocational Re- 
habilitation or other community agencies must 
apply at least six weeks before the beginning of 



ADMISSIONS 



31 



any quarter to insure proper processing of appli 
cations. 



Requirements for Admission 
to Art and Music Programs 

The college-level study of art and music re- 
quires considerable background as well as a 
basic proficiency level. Those students who wish 
to major in art are expected to show the faculty 
a portfolio of previous work in at least one me- 
dium. In music, placement examinations are re- 
quired of all entering students in music theory and 
applied music. 

Requirements and 
Procedures for Admission 
to Health Programs 

School of Health Professions 
Statement of Professional Standards 
Related to Applicants and Students 

Ali applicants to and students enrolled in the 
School of Health Professions must meet and con- 
tinue to meet the approved professional stan- 
dards of the School and respective programs. 

1 . In order to meet the intellectual, physical and 
social competencies necessary to meet 
professional requirements, all applicants 
and students must be able to exhibit quali- 
ties of good judgment, mental strength and 
emotional stability. 

2. No applicant who may jeopardize the health 
and/or the well being of a patient, client, co- 
worker, or self, may be accepted into the 
School of Health Professions program or 
continue as a student within a program. 

3. The individual programs will inform each ap- 
plicant in writing of the standards which are 
related to the professional duties of the dis- 
cipline. 

4. The faculty of each program or department 
shall be responsible for applying the stan- 
dards for their students and prospective stu- 
dents. 

5. In all cases, final appeal may be brought to 
the attention of the Dean of Health Profes- 
sions who would appoint an Appeals com- 
mittee. 



Insurance 

Because of contractual requirements, Health 
Insurance Is required of students in Associate 
Degree Nursing, Baccalaureate Degree Nursing, 
Dental Hygiene, Medical Technology, Radiologic 
Technologies and Respiratory Therapy Malprac- 
tice/Liability Insurance is required of students 
in Associate Degree Nursing, Baccalaureate De- 
gree Nursing, Dental Hygiene, Medical Technol- 
ogy, Radiologic Technologies and Respiratory 
Therapy. 

Limits on Admission to Health 
Professions Programs 

There are many more students applying for ad- 
mission to these programs than we have spaces 
available. Therefore, 

1. IT IS IMPORTANT THAT YOU CONTACT 
THE PROGRAM OF YOUR CHOICE FOR 
ADVISEMENT AS SOON AS POSSIBLE. 

2. Admission to Armstrong State College and/ 
or completion of prerequisite courses do/ 
does not guarantee you admission to a 
Health Professions program. Because each 
program has its own admission criteria and 
procedure for admission, students must ap- 
ply to the particular programs they wish to 
enter. 

3. NO MORE THAN TWO (2) SCIENCE 
COURSES MAY BE REPEATED, and that 
NO ONE COURSE MAY BE REPEATED 
MORE THAN ONCE. If a student fails a 
course a second time, he/she will not be el- 
igible for admission to the health programs 
for which this course is a requirement. 

4. ONLY STUDENTS MAKING SATISFACTORY 
PROGRESS toward admission to, or in an 
Armstrong State College health program will 
be assigned a science seat. 

Associate Degree Nursing 

See "Limits on Admission to Health Profes- 
sions Programs" above. 

Admission to Armstrong State College does 
not in any way guarantee formal admission to the 
Associate Degree Nursing Program. It is impor- 
tant that the applicant for admission to this pro- 
gram file all papers required at least two quarters 
prior to the quarter in which the applicant wishes 
to begin nursing courses. 



32 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



The Admissions Committee of the Department 
of Associate Degree Nursing will act only on com- 
pleted applications. A student seeking admission 
to the program who has taken courses at another 
college must supply the ADN office with a current 
transcript. Admission decisions will normally be 
made in October for winter quarter, January for 
spring quarter, and April for fall quarter. After ad- 
mission to the program, the student must pay a 
$50.00 non-refundable Health Professions De- 
posit to reserve a seat in the program. This de- 
posit is applied to the student's first quarter 
matriculation fee. Students who qualify for admis- 
sion but who are not admitted because of lack of 
space may reapply for the following quarter's 
class. Students admitted for a given quarter must 
enter the program during that quarter or reapply 
for admission for any subsequent quarter. Deter- 
mination of admission to the program is a func- 
tion of the faculty. 

Transfer students must meet the criteria for ad- 
mission to the Department of Associate Degree 
Nursing as stated. Credit for nursing and science 
courses taken prior to application to the program 
must be approved by the Department of Asso- 
ciate Degree Nursing. It is recommended that 
nursing courses not be over one year old and 
science courses not be over five years old. Stu- 
dents wishing to be given credit for nursing 
courses which are over one year old and science 
courses which are over five years old may be 
required to validate current knowledge by exam- 
ination or be required to repeat these courses. 

The Associate Degree Nursing Program is ap- 
proved by the Georgia Board of Nursing and is 
fully accredited by the National League for Nurs- 
ing (NLN). 

Criteria for Admission 

Admission to the Associate Degree Nursing 
Program is made on a space available basis and 
is limited to the best qualified students as deter- 
mined by the Associate Degree Nursing faculty 
using an admission point index system. Admis- 
sion criteria include: 

1 . Completion of ZOO 208 with a grade of "C" 
or better. 

2. Completion of CHE 201. 

3. Completion of MAT 101. 

4. Eligibility for ENG 101. 

5. A minimum adjusted college GPA of 2.0. 

Time Limit for Program Completion 

Students must complete the Associate Degree 
Nursing Program within three consecutive aca- 
demic years from the date of their initial entry into 



the program. Students Who do not complete the 
program within this time limit must reapply for ad- 
mission, meet current criteria for admission, and- 
have their previous credits evaluated at the time 
of their subsequent admission. Students who are 
readmitted must meet course requirements in ef- 
fect at the time of their readmission. 

Transfer Applicants 

Transfer applicants and those with degrees in 
other fields must meet the criteria established for 
admission to the nursing major. Transfer credit 
will be awarded depending upon equivalency of 
courses. These decisions will be determined by 
the Department of Associate Degree Nursing fac- 
ulty who will use actual course outlines, descrip- 
tions, etc., supplied by the student. 

Readmission Procedures 

1 . The student must complete the readmission 
application for Armstrong State College and 
the Department of Associate Degree Nurs- 
ing. 

2. The student will be required to meet admis- 
sion and curriculum requirements in effect at 
the time of readmission. 

3. If eligible, the student's readmission will be 
based upon space availability and recom- 
mendation by the Department of Associate 
Degree Nursing. 



Baccalaureate Nursing 
Department 

See "Limits on Admission to Health Profes- 
sions Programs" in the "Admissions" section of 
this catalog. 

Applicants to the program must be regularly 
admitted to Armstrong State College prior to mak- 
ing application to the nursing major. Students 
must meet the admission requirements of the De- 
partment of Baccalaureate Nursing to be eligible 
for admission to the nursing major. Admission to 
the nursing major is the function of the Faculty. 
Only completed applications will be considered. 

Students will be admitted to the nursing major 
during Winter Quarter. Sophomore year. Students 
who are not admitted may reapply when they 
meet admission critcia. 

Applicants may address the Head of the De- 
partment of Baccalaureate Nursing if they require 



ADMISSIONS 



33 



additional information concerning admission pro- 
cedures. 

The Bachelor of Science degree program is ap- 
proved by the Georgia Board of Nursing and is 
fully accredited by the National League for Nurs- 
ing (NLN). 

Criteria for Admission 

Admission criteria include: 

1 . Regular admission to Armstrong State Col- 
lege. 

2. A minimum SAT verbal score of 380. 

3. A minimum SAT mathematics score of 380. 
(SAT scores will not be required for those 
applicants with Associate, Bachelor's or 
Master's Degrees). 

4. A grade of "C" or better in each science 
course. 

5. An adjusted GPA of 2.5 in all prerequisite 
course work attempted. 

6. Students must meet all legal requirements 
for licensure. See "Baccalaureate Degree 
Nursing" section of this catalog "Georgia 
Board of Nursing Legal Requirements." 

Transfer Applicants and those with degrees in 
other fields must meet the criteria established for 
admission to the nursing major. Transfer credit 
will be awarded depending upon equivalency of 
courses. These decisions will be determined by 
the Nursing Faculty who will use actual course 
outlines, descriptions, etc., supplied by the stu- 
dent. 

Registered Nurse applicants must meet the cri- 
teria established for admission to the nursing ma- 
jor and must also submit proof of licensure. 



Program Completion Requirements 

Students must complete the Baccalaureate 
Nursing Program within four consecutive years 
from the date of their initial admission to the nurs- 
ing major. Students who do not complete the pro- 
gram within this time limit must apply for 
readmission, meet current criteria for admission, 
and have their previous credits evaluated. Stu- 
dents who are granted readmission must meet 
course requirements in effect at the time of read- 
mission. 

Senior nursing students are required to take a 
written comprehensive exam prior to graduation. 



Readmission Procedures 

1 . The student must complete the readmission 
application for Armstrong State College and 
the nursing major. 

2. The student will be required to meet admis- 
sion and curriculum requirements in effect at 
the time of readmission. 

3. The student's admission will be based upon 
space available and recommendation by the 
Recruitment and Retention Committee of the 
Department of Baccalaureate Nursing. 



Associate Degree Dental 
Hygiene 

See "Limits on Admission to Health Profes- 
sions Programs" in the "Admissions" section of 
this catalog. 

Admission to Armstrong State College does 
not in any way guarantee admission to the As- 
sociate Degree Program in Dental Hygiene. Ap- 
plicants must first be accepted for admission to 
the College with regular admission status before 
the Dental Hygiene Admissions Committee eval- 
uates the applicant's application to the Associate 
Degree Program in Dental Hygiene. 

Admission to the program is limited in each 
class. Students matriculate in the Fall Quarter of 
each year. Applications for admission should be 
completed as soon as possible for the Fall 
quarter and must include a transcript of all aca- 
demic work. 

Because of the heavy emphasis on science in 
the dental hygiene curriculum, it is important that 
the applicant have a strong foundation in biology 
and chemistry. 

Applicants who are on academic probation or 
suspension from another college will not be con- 
sidered for admission to the program. Unless 
specifically approved by the Head of the depart- 
ment, credit will not be accepted for courses 
taken in another school of dental hygiene. 

Applications for admission should be clearly 
marked "For Dental Hygiene Only." 

Applicants may contact the head of the De- 
partment of Dental Hygiene if they require addi- 
tional information concerning admission 
procedures. 

After admission to the Dental Hygiene Pro- 
gram, the student must pay a $50.00 non-refund- 
able Health Programs Deposit to reserve a seat 



34 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



in the program. This deposit is applied to the stu- 
dent's first quarter matriculation fee. 

Criteria for Admission 

Admission to the Associate Degree Dental Hy- 
giene major is on a space available basis and is 
limited to the best qualified students as deter- 
mined by the Dental Hygiene Admissions Com- 
mittee. Admission criteria include: 
Regular Admission Criteria: 

1 . Admission to Armstrong State College. 

2. Eligibility for ENG 101 and MAT 101. 

3. A minimum high school GPA of 2.5 or a min- 
imum adjusted college GPA of 2.0. 

Conditional Admissions status may be granted 
to an applicant when the applicant does not meet 
the regular admissions criteria. Conditional ad- 
mission is granted on a space available basis. 
Conditional Admission Criteria: 

1 . Admission to Armstrong State College. 

2. Eligibility for ENG 101 and MAT 101. 

3. A minimum high school GPA of 2.5 or a min- 
imum adjusted college GPA of 1 .8. 

The Dental Hygiene Admissions Committee will 
give special consideration to applicants who have 
completed one year of college work and who 
have completed CHE 201 or ZOO 208 (or their 
equivalents) with a grade of "C" or better. 

The applicant should request a personal inter- 
view with the Dental Hygiene Admissions Com- 
mittee to discuss the application after all 
credentials have been received. 

All students must have a minimum of 2.0 GPA 
overall to graduate. 

Readmission Procedures 

1 . The student must complete the readmission 
application for Armstrong State College and 
the Department of Dental Hygiene. 

2. The student will be required to meet admis- 
sion and curriculum requirements in effect at 
the time of readmission. 

3. The student's readmission will be based 
upon space availability and recommenda- 
tion by the Department of Dental Hygiene. 

Challenge Examinations 

Challenge examinations for specific dental hy- 
giene subject areas are available in the depart- 
ment. Contact the department head for 
information. 



Baccalaureate Degree 
Dental Hygiene Education 

Candidates for the program must be graduates 
of accredited associate degree dental hygiene 
programs and licensed as registered dental hy- 
gienists. 

Students begin their course of sequenced den- 
tal hygiene courses in the Fall Quarter. Applica- 
tion for admission should be completed as soon 
as possible. 

Transfer credits are accepted for courses other 
than the professional sequence. A minimum of 45 
quarter hours must be earned at Armstrong State 
College for the Bachelor of Science Degree in 
Dental Hygiene Education to be awarded from 
this institution. The Office of the Registrar will 
evaluate all transfer credits. 

Applications for admission should be clearly 
marked "For Dental Hygiene Only". 

Applicants may contact the Head of the De- 
partment of Dental Hygiene at Armstrong State 
College if they require additional information con- 
cerning admission to the program. 

Criteria for Admission 

Admission requirements include: 

1. One year of professional experience pre- 
ferred. This may include any dental-related 
work experience.' 

2. A minimum 2.0 GPA on all previous college 
work. Students transferring from another col- 
lege must have this average to be consid- 
ered for admission. The 2.0 average must 
be maintained to date of actual matriculation 
in the program. 

How to Apply 

1 . Complete all application forms required for 
admission to Armstrong State College. Mark 
the application For Dental Hygiene Only. 
These forms are to be returned to the Office 
of Admissions. 

2. Complete the Dental Hygiene Bachelor of 
Science Application Form and return to the 
Department with a recent photograph. 

3. Submit National Board Scores to the De- 
partment of Dental Hygiene. Applicants 
should contact the head of the Department 
of Dental Hygiene if they require additional 
information. 



ADMISSIONS 



35 



Associate Degree 
Respiratory Therapy 

Admission to Armstrong State College does 
not guarantee admission to the Respiratory Ther- 
apy program. The department has a separate for- 
mal admissions process. 

Students are normally admitted to the profes- 
sional component of the program in the fall. The 
application deadline is June 1. Applications re- 
ceived after that date will be considered on a 
space available basis. Our maximum enrollment 
ceiling is 20 students. 

To meet contractual obligations with our clinical 
affiliates, students are required to submit a com- 
plete health history form and evidence of health 
insurance and liability (malpractice) insurance 
prior to participation in clinical practicums. 

Criteria for Admission 

Admission requirements include: 

1 . Regular admission to Armstrong State Col- 
lege. 

2. Good academic standing at the time of ad- 
mission to the major. 

Readmission to the 
Program 

Students who have withdrawn or been sus- 
pended from the program may apply for read- 
mission. Applications must be received at least 1 
quarter prior to the actual time of readmission. A 
student must be in good academic standing at 
the time of readmission. 

A student who has been dismissed from the 
program for any reason will not be eligible for 
readmission. 

Disclosure 

The curriculum is demanding and requires to- 
tal commitment. During most quarters students 
are in direct contact with their instructors 25-30 
hours per week. We discourage students from 
working more than 16-24 hours per week. 

Our graduate profile indicates a successful stu- 
dent will have an SAT score greater than 800 (400 
M, 400V) and at least 30 hours of previous college 
credit with a GPA of 2.4 or higher. Students re- 
quiring more than 1 area of developmental stud- 
ies are usually not successful. The attrition rate 
for a given class ranges from 30-50%. 



Job Placement/Market 

Almost all of our graduates are employed prior 
to graduation; all graduates who desire to be em- 
ployed are employed following graduation Fore- 
casters project that the number of positions in 
respiratory care will increase by 50% by the year 
2000. 



Associate Degree Radiologic 
Technoiogies 

See "Limits on Admission to Health Profes- 
sions Programs" in the "Admissions" section of 
this catalog. 

Admission to Armstrong State College does 
not guarantee admission to the Radiologic Tech- 
nologies Department. The Department has a sep- 
arate formal admissions process in addition to 
the admission process to Armstrong State Col- 
lege. 

Students are normally only admitted to the 
professional component of the program at the 
start of the Fall Quarter each year except for 
transfer students. Students may begin taking core 
courses at any time but need not have completed 
all the core courses prior to entry into the profes- 
sional component. The application process be- 
gins in the Fall quarter of the year. Qualified 
applicants will be considered on a first come-first 
admitted, space available basis with preference 
being given to students having completed 20 
hours of degree required core courses and a 2 2 
or better cumulative GPA. 

To meet contractual obligations with the clinical 
affiliates, the program requires students to submit 
a complete health history form, evidence of health 
insurance, evidence of liability (malpractice) in- 
surance, and CPR certification prior to participa- 
tion in clinical education courses. 



Criteria for Admission 

The actual determination of admission of ap- 
plicants to the department is a function of the 
Radiologic Technologies Program Admissions 
Committee. Admissions are competitive in nature 
and are based on scholastic history 

The following are specific criteria for admission: 



36 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



1 . A minimum GPA of 2.5 in a high school cur- 
riculum. 

2. A minimum GPA of 2.5 in all science and 
mathematics courses in the high school cur- 
riculum. 

3. A minimum overall adjusted college GPA of 
2.0, if applicable. 

4. A minimum GPA of 2.0 in all mathematics 
and science courses at the college levels. 

5. Must be eligible for college English and Al- 
gebra. 

The above listed criteria is required, however, 
we give preference to students that have com- 
pleted 20 or more quarter hours of degree re- 
quired core courses and have a 2.2 or better 
cumulative GPA. 

Applicants who do not meet the criteria for ad- 
missions outlined above may still apply for ad- 
mission. Please contact the Department for 
information. 

After admission to the Radiologic Technology 
Department, the student must pay a $50.00 non- 
refundable Health Programs Deposit to reserve a 
seat in the program. This deposit is applied to the 
student's first quarter matriculation fee. 

Readmission to the Program 

Students who have been admitted to and have 
enrolled in the Associate Degree Program in 
Radiologic Technologies, but who have either 
withdrawn or been dismissed without prejudice 
from the program, may apply for readmission to 
the program only if they have a cumulative college 
GPA of 2.0 at the time they wish to reenter. The 
student's readmission will be based upon space 
availability and recommendation by the Radio- 
logic Technologies Admissions Committee. 



Baccalaureate Degree 
Health Science 

Criteria for Admission to 
Program 

1 . Regular admission to Armstrong State Col- 
lege. 

2. Eligible for MAT 101 and ENG 101. 

3. Adjusted college GPA of 2.0. 

4. Formal interview conducted by health sci- 
ence faculty members. 

5. Completed health science program appli- 
cation. 



Baccalaureate Degree 
Medical Technology 
Program 

The professional phase of the Medical Tech- 
nology curriculum begins in the Fall quarter of 
each year with the MT courses. Students desiring 
acceptance to the Medical Technology Program 
should make application to the program during 
the early spring of the preceding academic year. 

Minimum Admission 
Requirements 

1 . SAT of at least 800 with 350 or more in Math 
and 350 or more in Verbal. 

2. Cumulative Grade Point Average of 2.2 or 
more. 

3. Completion of required chemistry and biol- 
ogy courses prior to the senior year. 

4. Science course (Chemistry and Biology) av- 
erage of 2.25 or better with no more than 
one required science course with a grade of 
"D". 

5. Satisfactory completion of Regents' Testing 
Program. 

Other Requirements 

Per NAACLS requirement, all applicants must 
have taken the organic or biochemistry course 
and the microbiology course within the past 
seven years. Updating coursework can be done 
by completion (a grade of "C" or better) of the 
appropriate course or by a challenge examina- 
tion. 

Currently enrolled Armstrong State College stu- 
dents must also meet the requirements for ad- 
mission to the MT program and apply to the 
program. 

Transfer students must be accepted to the col- 
lege with "Regular Status" admission. 

Certified associate degree medical laboratory 
technicians may receive transfer credit for junior 
level MT courses upon presentation of accepta- 
ble certification scores and/or transfer credit and 
satisfactory completion of written and/or practical 
examinations in the professional content areas. 

An applicant with B.S. degree not desiring the 
B.S. in Medical Technology degree must meet the 
National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Labora- 
tory Sciences academic prerequisites for Medical 
Technology. These students will be awarded a 



ADMISSIONS 



37 



certificate upon completion of the professional 
coursework. 

Foreign applicants must meet the requirements 
for admission to Armstrong State College as out- 
lined in the college catalog. 



Application Process 

1 . Complete all requirements for Application for 
Admission to Armstrong State College if not 
currently enrolled at ASC. 

2. Complete an Application to Medical Tech- 
nology Program form. 



Have official transcripts sent to Program Di- 
rector. 

If certified, have scores sent to Program Di- 
rector. (Ask Program Director for form letter.) 
Applicants meeting the minimum admission 
requirements will be invited for an interview 
with at least two of the Admission Committee 
members, one of whom is the Program Di- 
rector. 

Request two references to complete Confi- 
dential Appraisal Form to be forwarded to 
Program Director. 

All applicants will be informed by letter of 
their application status. 




38 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 





40 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Expenses 

The following schedules list the principal ex- 
penses and regulations concerning the payment 
of fees Fees and charges are subject to 
change at the end of any quarter. When such 
changes are made, notice will be given as far in 
advance as possible. 

Tuition 

Georgia Residents 

The matriculation fee for students registering 
for at least 12 quarter hours is $430.00. Students 
carrying fewer than 12 credit hours on campus in 
a quarter will pay $36.00 per quarter hour. This 
fee is waived for residents of Georgia upon pres- 
entation of written documentation that they are 62 
years of age or older. 

Out-of-State Residents 

Full time students who are non-residents of 
Georgia pay a fee of $1 ,290.00. Those carrying 
fewer than 12 credit hours in a quarter pay 
$108.00 per quarter hour tuition. Out-of state tu- 
ition fees are waived for active duty military per- 
sonnel and their dependents stationed in Georgia 
(except military personnel assigned to this insti- 
tution for educational purposes). 

Regents' Policies Governing 
Residency Requirements 

To be considered a legal resident of Georgia, 
the applicant must establish the following facts to 
the satisfaction of the Registrar. 
1. (a) If a person is 18 years of age or older, 
he or she may register as an in-state student 
only upon a showing that he or she has been 
a legal resident of Georgia for a period of at 
least twelve months immediately preceding 
the date of registration, 
(b) No emancipated minor or other person 
18 years of age or older shall be deemed to 
have gained or acquired in-state status for 
tuition purposes while attending any edu- 
cational institution in this State, in the ab- 
sence of a clear demonstration that he or 
she has in fact established legal residence 
in this State. 



2. If a person is under 18 years of age, he or 
she may register as an in-state student only 
upon a showing that his or her supporting 
parent or guardian has been a legal resident 
of Georgia for a period of at least twelve 
months immediately preceding the date of 
registration. 

3. if a parent or legal guardian of a minor 
changes his or her legal residence to an- 
other state following a period of legal resi- 
dence in Georgia, the minor may continue 
to take courses for a period of twelve con- 
secutive months on the payment of in-state 
tuition. After the expiration of the twelve- 
month period, the student may continue his 
or her registration only upon the payment of 
fees at the out-of-state rate. 

4. In the event that a legal resident of Georgia 
is appointed as guardian of a nonresident 
minor, such minor will not be permitted to 
register as an in-state student until the ex- 
piration of one year from the date of court 
appointment, and then only upon a proper 
showing that such appointment was not 
made to avoid payment of the out-of-state 
fees. 

5. Aliens shall be classified as nonresident stu- 
dents provided, however, that an alien who 
is living in this country under an immigration 
document permitting indefinite or permanent 
residence shall have the same privilege of 
qualifying for in-state tuition as a citizen of 
the United States. 

6. Waivers: An institution may waive out-of- 
state tuition for: 

(a) nonresident students who are finan- 
cially dependent upon a parent, parents 
or spouse who has been a legal resi- 
dent of Georgia for at least twelve con- 
secutive months immediately 
preceding the date of registration; pro- 
vided, however, that such financial de- 
pendence shall have existed for at least 
twelve consecutive months immediately 
preceding the date of registration. 

(b) international students, selected by the 
institutional president or his authorized 
representative, provided that the num- 
ber of such waivers in effect does not 
exceed one percent of the equivalent 
full-time students enrolled at the insti- 
tution in the fall quarter immediately 



FINANCIAL INFORMATION 



41 



preceding the quarter for which the out- 
of-state tuition is to be waived. 

(c) full-time employees of the University 
System, their spouses, and their de- 
pendent children. 

(d) full-time teachers in the public schools 
of Georgia or in the programs of the 
State Board of Technical and Adult Ed- 
ucation and their dependent children. 
Teachers employed full-time on military 
bases in Georgia shall also qualify for 
this waiver; 

(e) career consular officers and their de- 
pendents who are citizens of the foreign 
nation which their consular office rep- 
resents, and who are stationed and liv- 
ing in Georgia under orders of their 
respective governments. This waiver 
shall apply only to those consular offi- 
cers whose nations operate on the prin- 
ciple of educational reciprocity with the 
United States. 

(f) military personnel and their dependents 
stationed in Georgia and on active duty 
unless such military personnel are as- 
signed as students to System institu- 
tions for educational purposes. 

(g) students who are legal residents of out- 
of-state counties bordering on Georgia 
counties in which an institution of the 
University System is located and who 
are enrolled in said institution. 

Residency Reclassification 

A student is responsible for registering under 
the proper residency classification. A student 
classified as a nonresident who believes that he/ 
she is entitled to be reclassified as a legal resi- 
dent may petition the Registrar for a change in 
status. The petition must be filed no later than 
sixty (60) days after the quarter begins in order 
for the student to be considered for reclassifica- 
tion for the quarter. If the petition is granted, re- 
classification will not be retroactive to prior 
quarters. The necessary forms for this purpose 
are available in the Registrar's office. 

Student Housing 

To secure housing, students must send a 
$100.00 deposit with their housing application. 
Refer to the housing contract for specific terms 
and conditions. 



The fee for double occupancy is $546.00 and 
$698.00 for single occupancy per quarter 

Food Service 

All students who reside in the dormitory must 
purchase a 5-day, 15-meal plan at the current fee 
of $452.00 per quarter. 

Other Special Costs 

APPLICATION FEE $10.00 

Must accompany initial application. Acceptance 
of application fee does not constitute acceptance 
of the student. Non-refundable. 
ATHLETIC FEE $39.50/qtr. 

All students pay each quarter. 
EXIT EXAM FEE 

Fees are announced in test bulletins. 
GRADUATION FEE $30.00 

Payable by each candidate for graduation when 
graduation application is submitted two quarters 
prior to graduation. If candidate is receiving a 
second degree at the same graduation ceremo- 
nies, an additional $5.00 is due. The full $30.00 
is charged for a second degree awarded at a 
subsequent graduation ceremony. A fee of 
$15.00 is charged for each replacement diploma. 
HEALTH PROFESSIONS DEPOSIT $50.00 
Reserves a seat in appropriate health program, 
payable upon application to program. 
LATE REGISTRATION FEE $30.00 

Non-refundable fee charged to students who reg- 
ister after the registration period. 
STUDENT ACTIVITY FEE $1 9.50/qtr. 

All students pay each quarter. 
TRANSCRIPT FEE, OFFICIAL 1 free, $2.00 

each additional 
Unofficial transcripts for academic advisement 
and schedule planning will be issued at no 
charge. 

Music Fees 

Applied music courses consist of one twenty- 
five minute private lesson per week (Music 130) 
or a fifty minute private lesson per week (Music 
140, 240, 340, 440). A special fee of $45.00 is 
charged for students enrolled in Music 130. A 
special fee of $90.00 is assessed for Music 140- 
440 to music majors enrolled for less than 12 
hours and to students who are not music majors. 
Music majors may enroll, at no charge, for one 



42 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



applied music course from Music 140-440. Ad- 
ditional applied music courses will be assessed 
a special fee at the non-music major rate. 

The applied music fee is refundable only if the 
student does not meet the first scheduled lesson. 

Summary of Fees* 

Matriculation, per quarter $ 430.00 

Student Activity, per quarter $ 19.50 

Athletic, per quarter $ 39.50 

Total for Georgia Residents.... $ 489.00 

Out-of-State Tuition, per quarter $ 860.00 

Total for Non-Residents $ 1 ,349.00 

Matriculation Part-Time Students, 

per quarter hours $ 36.00 

Non-Resident Tuition, Part-Time 

Students, 

per quarter hour (in addition to 

Matriculation Fee) $ 72.00 

*The fees shown are for the 1991-92 academic 

year and are subject to change. 

Graduate fees are listed in the Graduate Catalog. 

Short Courses 

Fees are announced for each quarter when the 
course is scheduled by the college. Students who 
formally withdraw from a short course or confer- 
ence up to twenty-four hours prior to the first 
class meeting will receive a full refund of fees 
paid. No refunds will be made for withdrawals 
after the first class meeting. Fees paid for 
courses or conferences cancelled by the Coastal 
Georgia Center for Continuing Education will be 
refunded 100%. Refund checks will be mailed ap- 
proximately four weeks after the approved with- 
drawal form is received by the Business Office. 

Refunds 

Refunds of tuition and fees will be made only 
upon written application for withdrawal from 
school in the Office of Student Affairs. No refunds 
will be made to students dropping a course. Stu- 
dents who formally withdraw during the registra- 
tion period and the first week of classes are 
entitled to a refund of 80% of the fees paid for 
that quarter. Students who formally withdraw dur- 
ing the second week of classes are entitled to a 
refund of 60% of the fees paid for that quarter. 
Students who formally withdraw during the third 
week of classes are entitled to a refund of 40% 



of the fees paid for that quarter. Students who 
formally withdraw during the fourth week of 
classes are entitled to a refund of 20% of the fees, 
paid for that quarter. Students who withdraw after 
the fourth week of classes will be entitled to no 
refund of any part of the fees paid that quarter. 
The refund schedule for the Summer Quarter is 
printed in the Summer Quarter Schedule of 
Classes. Students who register for multiple ses- 
sions in the Summer quarter and who drop 
courses in any of the sessions are not eligible for 
a refund since they are still enrolled. Students 
who register separately for different sessions and 
withdraw from all sessions may be eligible for a 
partial refund depending upon the withdrawal 
date. Refund checks will be mailed approximately 
four weeks after the withdrawal form is received 
by the Business Office. Students who have 
classes cancelled by the College and do not sub- 
stitute comparable classes will receive refunds for 
the applicable fees upon proper notification of the 
Business Office by the Registrar's Office. 

Military reservists recalled to active duty should 
contact the Business Office for refund informa- 
tion. 

Refunds of dormitory fees and deposits will be 
made only upon approval of the Director of Hous- 
ing in the Office of Student Affairs. A dorm exit 
form must be completed by a dorm resident as- 
sistant or other housing official. Approved refunds 
will be mailed approximately four weeks after the 
exit form is received by the Business Office. 

Financial Obligations 

Any student delinquent in the payment of any 
financial obligation to the college will have grade 
reports and transcripts of records encumbered. 
The applicable fees . . . upon proper notification 
of the Business Office by the Registrar's Office. 
Grade reports and transcripts will not be re- 
leased, nor will the student be allowed to register 
at the college until all financial obligations are 
met. 

Fees for each quarter are to be paid in full at 
the time of registration. 

Students whose checks are returned unpaid by 
their bank will be notified by the Business Office 
to come in and pay for the check and a service 
charge of $20.00 or five percent of the check, 
whichever is greater. Students with returned 
checks who withdraw from school must follow the 
regular returned check procedure. When the 



FINANCIAL INFORMATION 



43 



check is paid, a refund will be processed. Student 
checks for tuition and fees will be assessed the 
service charge plus the late registration fee. 

Financial Aid 



Governing Principles 

Armstrong State College subscribes to the 
principle that the primary purpose of a student 
financial aid program is to provide financial as- 
sistance to students who without such assistance 
would be unable to attend college. The primary 
responsibility for financing a college education is 
the inherent obligation of the student and/or fam- 
ily. Financial assistance from Armstrong State 
College should be viewed as supplementary to 
the efforts of the student and/or family. An as- 
sessment of parental ability to contribute toward 
the student's educational expenses is made by 
the College Scholarship Service so that neither 
the parent, the student, nor Armstrong State Col- 
lege will be required to bear an undue share of 
the financial responsibility. 



those who enter later in the academic year. The 
awards processing time usually runs from May 1 
to August 31 . It is during this period that the Office 
of Student Financial Aid distributes its yearly al- 
location of funds to students who have completed 
the process cycle. In the event that there is a 
shortage of funds, students who -are eligible for 
financial aid but whose applications were late will 
be placed on a waiting list until such time as funds 
become available. 

Students are eligible to apply for financial as- 
sistance provided that: (1) the student meets the 
requirements pertinent to the program(s) from 
which assistance is sought; and (2) the student 
has been admitted to the college or is enrolled in 
good standing and is making satisfactory aca- 
demic progress. Graduate students should apply 
for assistance through Georgia Southern. Stu- 
dents who are classified as Transient, Continuing 
Education, or Exchange are not eligible for finan- 
cial aid. Students are required to adhere to all 
regulations and requirements of the program 
from which they receive assistance and to notify 
the Office of Financial Aid of any change in status 
which may affect their eligibility for aid. 



General Information 

Student financial aid is awarded to eligible stu- 
dents on the basis of need in nearly all cases 
except scholarships which have been provided by 
donors for the purpose of recognizing academic 
promise or achievement. The determination of 
need is provided for Armstrong State College stu- 
dents through the use of the Financial Aid Form 
(FAF) and the College Scholarship Service which 
processes this form. The process involves an 
analysis of the data provided by the student's 
family or, if independent, by the student. This 
analysis is sent to the Office of Student Financial 
Aid where it is compared with the cost of edu- 
cation for the appropriate classification of stu- 
dent. If the analysis shows that the family 
contribution or self contribution is less than the 
cost of education, financial need has been estab- 
lished. The Office of Student Financial Aid has the 
legal right to challenge information provided on 
the Financial Aid Form if, in the opinion of the 
financial aid officer, that information appears to 
be inaccurate, incorrect, or misleading. 

In general, students who enter the College at 
the beginning of the Fall Quarter have a greater 
opportunity to receive financial assistance than 



Application Information 

An applicant for student financial aid must: 

1 . Be enrolled or accepted for enrollment as at 
least a half-time student at Armstrong State 
College. 

2. Obtain, complete, and submit a Financial Aid 
Form (FAF) to the College Scholarship Serv- 
ice by May 31 preceding the next academic 
year. 

3. Submit a PELL GRANT Student Aid Report 
to the Office of Student Financial Aid by May 
31 preceding the next academic year. 

4. Complete an Armstrong Application for Fi- 
nancial Aid. 

5. Submit a copy of the student's and parent's 
(if dependent) Income Tax returns from the 
previous year, if requested. 

It may be necessary to complete additional 
forms depending on a student's year in school, 
major course of study, and/or eligibility for a par- 
ticular program. Applications for financial assis- 
tance must be repeated annually. Most student 
financial aid awards are for the entire academic 
year, with payments made to the student in equal 
quarterly installments 



44 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



The minimum number of quarter hours for 
which a student financial aid recipient may enroll 
per quarter varies from program to program. 
Some require at least 12 hours per quarter (full- 
time status). Most programs require that the stu- 
dent be enrolled at least half-time, taking 6 or 
more quarter hours. 

Students applying for financial aid, whether el- 
igible or not, who do not meet or adhere to the 
above requirements will not be considered for fi- 
nancial aid. It is the responsibility of the parents 
and/or student to determine that all pertinent in- 
formation and data have been obtained and are 
located in the Office of Student Financial Aid to 
assure a complete and accurate awarding of fi- 
nancial assistance. 

When the student has received acknowledge- 
ment from the College Scholarship Service that 
the Financial Aid Form (FAF) has been sent to the 
College and the student has delivered the PELL 
Grant Student Aid Report (SAR) and the Arm- 
strong Application for Financial Aid, the Office of 
Student Financial Aid will send the student a ten- 
tative award notice. 

. Students who submit the PELL Grant Student 
Aid Report only will not be considered for any 
other type of financial assistance awarded for the 
College. 

Transfer Students 

In addition to the above requirements for all 
financial aid students, transfer students are re- 
quired to submit a complete Financial Aid Tran- 
script from the financial aid office of each 
institution of higher education previously attended 
whether or not aid was received. No awards will 
be made until these documents have been re- 
ceived by the Office of Student Financial Aid. 

Types of Aid 

Grants — Awards that students are not 
required to repay. 

Pell Grants are federal grants based on need. 
Pell Grants are awarded to eligible undergraduate 
students. 

Supplemental Educational Opportunity 
Grants (SEOG) are federal grants awarded to un- 
dergraduates who exhibit exceptional financial 
need. 



Georgia Student Incentive Grants are state 
grants awarded to full-time undergraduate stu- 
dents who are legal residents of Georgia. 

Loans — Money that students borrow and 
repay with either cash or service. 2.0 G.P.A. 
required. 

Stafford Loans are available through local 
lending institutions and state agencies. Repay- 
ment begins after the student leaves school. 

Georgia Service-Cancellable Guaranteed 
Student Loans are offered for certain "critical" 
health and teaching fields. These loans are repaid 
by service in Georgia after graduation. 

PLUS/SLS Loans are available to independ- 
ent students and the parents of dependent stu- 
dents regardless of need. The. maximum loan 
amount is $4,000 per year. 

Institutional Short-term Loans are available 
to students for a maximum of 60 days. These 
loans are used primarily to assist students with 
the payment of tuition and fees. These loans are 
available to eligible students for a maximum of 
$300. Other requirements concerning short-term 
loans are available in the Office of Student Finan- 
cial Aid. 

Employment 

The College Work Study Program provides 
on-campus employment for eligible undergradu- 
ate students. These awards are based on need. 

Institutional Work Study positions are offered 
on a limited basis to students with specific skills. 
These awards are not based on need. 

Scholarships 

The following list includes many of the schol- 
arships available to Armstrong students. This list- 
ing is intended for reference only and is not an 
exhaustive source of all funds available. 
ASC Alumni Association Scholarship: Open 
to all full-time students. Participation in civic and 
campus organizations, financial need, and aca- 
demic standing are considered. 

Scholarships include full and partial awards 
and applications are available each winter quarter 
for awards made in the spring. Scholarships in- 
clude The Arthur M. Gignilliat Entering Freshman 
Scholarship, The Judge Grady & Sara M. Mem- 
orial Scholarship, Class of 1937 Scholarship and 



FINANCIAL INFORMATION 



45 



others. For more information on specific schol- 
arship criteria, contact the Office of Alumni Affairs 
or the Financial Aid Office. 
Savannah Jaycees: Full scholarship for full- 
time Chatham County residents. Civic and com- 
munity involvement, financial need and academic 
standing are considered. For additional informa- 
tion, contact the Financial Aid Office. 
American Assn. of University Women: Open to 
older women in non-traditional fields with a 3.0 
GPA, who are Chatham County residents. For ad- 
ditional information, contact the Financial Aid Of- 
fice. 

Billy Bond Memorial Scholarship: Open to 
all students with 3.0 GPA. Civic and community 
involvement are considered. For additional infor- 
mation, contact the Financial Aid Office. 
Elizabeth Wllmot Bull Scholarship: Offered 
by the Council on Auxiliaries of the Georgia Hos- 
pital Association. Students in the two and four 
year nursing programs who are Georgia residents 
are eligible to apply. For additional information, 
contact the Financial Aid Office. 
Chemistry & Physics Faculty Scholar- 
ship: Open to all students. Academic standing 
is considered. For additional information, contact 
the Chemistry & Physics Department. 
Civltan Club of Savannah Scholar- 
ship: Open to all students with a documented 
handicap or disability (to include learning disabil- 
ities). Students planning careers working with the 
disabled will also be considered. Contact the Fi- 
nancial Aid Office for more information. 
Ross E. Clark Scholarship: Full-time student 
majoring in Political Science with an overall 3.0 
GPA, or entering freshman with 1200 SAT. For 
additional information, contact Professor Gross, 
History Department. 

Cooper Scholarship: Open to all undergrad- 
uate females and majors (except law, theology, 
and medicine) based on financial need. Requires 
B average and good standing. Application dead- 
line April 15. For additional information, contact 
First Union Bank. 

ASC Engineering Society Scholarship: Full- 
time sophomore and junior engineering students, 
2.75 GPA and active member of Engineering So- 
ciety. For additional information, contact the 
Chemistry & Physics Department. 
ASC Freshmen Engineering Scholar- 
ship: Entering freshmen with engineering ma- 
jor. For additional information, contact the 
Chemistry & Physics Department. 



Coastal Empire Pathology Services Scholar- 
ship: Full-time Medical Technology senior For 
additional information, contact the ASC Medical 
Technology Department. 
Mary Howden Gibson Memorial Scholar- 
ship: Sponsored by the Candler Hospital Aux- 
iliary. Students in the allied medical field who have 
at least a 3.0 GPA are eligible to apply. For ad- 
ditional information, contact the Financial Aid Of- 
fice. 

Curtis G. Hames Nursing Scholarship: BSN 
Nursing scholarship for full-time junior, senior, 
and graduate students with C or higher average. 
Residents of Southeast Georgia. Financial need 
is considered. For additional information, contact 
Georgia Southern College Foundation, Inc. 
Sarah Mills Hodge Memorial Scholar- 
ship: Awarded to full-time Chatham County stu- 
dents for scholastic merit. Requires 3.0 GPA. For 
additional information, contact the Financial Aid 
Office. 

Memorial Medical Center Auxiliary Nursing 
Scholarship: ADN or BSN. Georgia resident 
with 2.5 high school GPA and + 750 SAT scores. 
If already a nursing student, must have at least 
2.5 GPA. For additional information, contact 
Memorial Medical Center. 
Klwanis Memorial Educational Fund: Full- 
time entering freshmen. High achievers. For ad- 
ditional information, contact Office of Admissions. 
Menzel-Magnus Award for Scholarship In 
Criminal Justice: Awarded to Criminal Justice 
senior with highest academic average. For addi- 
tional information, contact the Department of 
Government. 

Paderewskl Scholarship/Loan Pro- 
gram: Dental Hygiene. Must be Georgia resi- 
dent. Financial need is considered. For additional 
information, contact the Dental Hygiene Depart- 
ment. 

Savannah Foods and Industries Engineering 
Scholarship: Awarded to engineering students 
with demonstrated academic potential. Contact 
the Director of Engineering Studies. 
Savannah Pathology Laboratory Scholar- 
ship: Full-time Medical Technology senior. For 
additional information, contact the ASC Medical 
Technology Department. 
Anthony Porter Scholarship: Academic 
standing, civic and community involvement are 
considered. For additional information, contact 
the Financial Aid Office. 



46 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Savannah Scholarship for Radiologic Tech- 
nologists: Full-time freshman or sophomore 
Radiologic Technology major with 2.0 GPA. For 
additional information, contact the Radiologic 
Technology Department. 
Solomon's Lodge: Full-time students in top 
30% of class and 900 SAT. Civic and community 
involvement and financial need are considered. 
For additional information, contact Solomon's 
Lodge No. 1 . 

Regents Scholarship: Georgia residents in 
the top 25% of their class. For additional infor- 
mation, contact the Financial Aid Office. 
Regents Opportunity Grants Pro- 
gram: Offered to graduate students. Georgia 
residents. Financial need is considered. For ad- 
ditional information, contact the Financial Aid Of- 
fice. 

Rotary Club of Savannah Scholarship: Full- 
time students with 3.0 GPA. For additional infor- 
mation, contact the Financial Aid Office. 
Savannah Volunteer Guards Scholar- 
ship: Full-time freshmen with high school GPA 
of 3.0 and 1000 SAT. Recipient must take three 
quarters of military science for duration of schol- 
arship. For additional information, contact the Fi- 
nancial Aid Office. 

Ty Cobb Scholarship: Students must have 
completed 45 hours with B average and be Geor- 
gia residents. For additional information, contact 
the Financial Aid Office. 

Wine & Spirits Wholesalers of Georgia Schol- 
arship Foundation: Full-time students, aca- 
demic standing (3.0 GPA), civic and community 
involvement and financial need are considered. 
For additional information, contact the Financial 
Aid Office. 

WOW - Women of Worth: Full-time student 
who is an active WOW member. For additional 
information, contact the Psychology Department. 

Government Benefits 

Social Security provides monthly benefits to 
children when a parent dies, starts receiving So- 
cial Security retirement, or starts receiving disa- 
bility benefits. Because of changes in the law, 
students should contact the Social Security Office 
concerning eligibility. 

The Georgia Vocational Rehabilitation Pro- 
gram provides financial assistance for the appli- 
cant who possesses an impairment which would 
prove to be a vocational handicap. Students who 



think that they may qualify under this program 
should contact the Vocational Rehabilitation Cen- 
ter. Applicants sponsored by Vocational Rehabil- 
itation or other community agencies must apply 
at least six weeks before the beginning of any 
quarter to insure proper processing of applica- 
tions. 

Veterans Benefits 

V.A. Educational Benefits may be used for 
study at Armstrong. Contact the Veterans Affairs 
Counselor in the Registrar/Admissions Office for 
specific instructions on application procedures. 

Satisfactory Academic 
Progress 

The Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended 
by Congress in 1980, mandates that institutions 
of higher education establish minimum standards 
of "satisfactory progress" for students receiving 
financial aid. To receive financial aid at Arm- 
strong, a student must both maintain a satisfac- 
tory grade point average and be making 
satisfactory academic progress as outlined be- 
low. These requirements apply to the foliowing 
programs: Pell Grant, Supplemental Educational 
Opportunity Grant, College Work Study, Guaran- 
teed Student Loans, PLUS Loans, Georgia Incen- 
tive Grant, and other State Student Incentive 
Grants. 

It is the student's responsibility to read and un- 
derstand Armstrong's policy regarding Standards 
of Academic Progress. Failure to understand and 
adhere to these policies will result in a student's 
ineligibility for aid. 

(1) Students must earn the following minimum 
number of hours each academic year (fall 
through spring quarters) depending upon 
their enrollment status: 

(a) Full-time students - 36 hrs. per aca- 
demic year (12 hrs per quarter) 

(b) 3/4 time students - 27 hrs. per academic 
year (9 hrs. per quarter) 

(c) 1/2 time students - 1 8 hrs. per academic 
year (6 hrs. per quarter) 

Students whose enrollment status varies 
during the year should follow the quart- 
erly requirements listed above. For ex- 
ample, a student who enrolls full-time the 
first two quarters but only 3/4 the third 



FINANCIAL INFORMATION 



47 



(2) 



(3) 



quarter would be required to complete 33 
hours (12 + 12 + 9 = 33). 

Student records will be checked each 
year for compliance at the end of spring 
quarter. Students who are not meeting 
the above requirements will be consid- 
ered ineligible for further aid until the ap- 
propriate number of hours are earned. 

Grade of A,B,C r D, and P will be consid- 
ered as credits earned. F.I.W.WF, and U 
will not be considered as credits earned. 
Students who are enrolled full-time will be 
expected to complete their degree within five 
years. No students will be eligible for aid if 
they have attempted 225 hours or more. Stu- 
dents are therefore cautioned against re- 
peating too many courses. 
In addition to earning an appropriate number 
of hours per year, students must maintain 
the following grade point average. 



3S ATTEMPTED 


REQUIRED GPA 


0-15 


1.3 


16-30 


1.4 


31 -45 


1.5 


46-60 


1.6 


61 -75 


1.7 


76-90 


1.8 


91 - 120 


1.9 


121 - over 


2.0 



Graduate students must maintain a 3.0 GPA to 

remain eligible for aid. 

(4) Students who are enrolled in the Develop- 
mental Studies program will follow the reg- 
ulations of that program. Students will be 
required to meet all Satisfactory Progress 
regulations upon completing the require- 
ments of the Developmental Studies Pro- 
gram. Suspension from Developmental 



Studies makes a student ineligible for further ' 
aid. 
(5) Transfer students must be in good standing 
to receive the initial disbursement of aid. 
Credit hours attempted at other institutions 
will be considered in the 225 hour maximum. 
Other Satisfactory Progress calculations will 
consider only the student's academic record 
at Armstrong State College. 

Reinstatement of Aid 

The reinstatment of aid is dependent on the 
availability of funds. 

(1) Students whose aid is terminated because 
they failed to earn the required number of 
hours may request their aid be reinstated 
once they earn the required number of 
hours. These hours must be earned at Arm- 
strong and may be earned during the sum- 
mer or during the following year. The student 
is not eligible for aid during these "catch up" 
quarters. 

(2) Students whose aid is terminated due to in- 
sufficient GPA or standing may request their 
aid be reinstated once they have attended 
at least one quarter at full-time status and 
receive at least a 2.0 GPA. The student must 
also meet the GPA requirements listed 
above. 



Appeal of Aid Suspension 

Students who feel that they can demonstrate 
mitigating circumstances which affected their ac- 
ademic progress may make an appeal to the 
Dean of Academic and Enrollment Services. 



48 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 





50 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Academic Advisement 

All students are required to participate in the 
advisement system at Armstrong State College. 
The Vice President and Dean of Faculty gives 
overall direction to the advisement program, with 
the appropriate department heads coordinating 
advisement activities with the various depart- 
ments. Academic advisement is available as fol- 
lows: 

1 ) The Advisement Center - Second floor, Lane 
Library 

*AII undecided majors 

*AII students with CPC deficiencies in sci- 
ence, social science, or foreign language. 

*Please come to the Advisement Center for 
an appointment. 

2) The Developmental Studies Office — Memo- 
rial Center Annex 

*AII students with CPC deficiencies in math 
and English. 

*AII students currently enrolled in a Devel- 
opmental Studies class. 

*Contact the Developmental Studies Depart- 
ment to make arrangements for advisement. 

3) Departmental Offices 

*AII students who have declared a major or 
who have selected a pre-professional pro- 
gram. 

*Appointments are to be made with depart- 
mental advisors. 

English Composition and 
Mathematics Requirements 

See English Composition and Mathematics Re- 
quirements in the Degree Requirements Section 
of this catalog, where important requirements are 
outlined for entering students. 

State Requirement in History 
and Government 

See State Requirement in History and Govern- 
ment in the Degree Requirements Section of this 
catalog. 

Course and Study Load 

The normal course load for full-time students is 
1 5-1 8 quarter hours including a course in physical 
education during the freshman and sophomore 
years. 



A full-time student is defined as one who is 
registered for 12 or more hours. A part-time stu- 
dent is one registered for fewer than 12 quarter 
hours. A student should plan about ten hours 
preparation per week for each 5 quarter hour 
course. 

Classification of Students 

A student who has earned fewer than 45 
quarter hours will be classified as a freshman; 
between 45 and 89 a sophomore; between 90 
and 1 34 as a junior; and 1 35 or more as a senior. 

Overloads and Courses at 
Other Colleges 

Permission to enroll for more than 18 quarter 
hours will be granted by the Registrar to a stu- 
dent: 

1. with an average grade of "B" for full-time 
enrollment in the preceding quarter, or 

2. with an overall grade-point average of 3.0 or 

3. requiring an extra course in one of the two 
quarters prior to graduation. 

No student will be allowed to register for more 
than 21 quarter hours. A student who is on aca- 
demic probation will not be permitted to register 
for more than 18 quarter hours. Exceptions to 
these limitations may be made only by the ap- 
propriate Dean. 

A student enrolled at Armstrong who at the 
same time takes courses for credit at another col- 
lege may not transfer such credit to Armstrong, 
unless written permission from the appropriate 
Dean has been obtained. 

Grade Reports 

Grade reports are issued directly to students 
at the end of each quarter. The following grades 
are used in the determination of grade-point-av- 
erages: 

Grade Honor Points 

A (excellent) 4.0 

B (good) 3.0 

C (satisfactory) 2.0 

D (passing) 1.0 

F (failure) ..0.0 

WF (withdrew, failing) 0.0 

The cumulative GPA is determined by dividing 
the total honor points earned by the total hours 



honorp 



igsyi 
carry r 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION 



51 



attempted at Armstrong State College. The ad- 
justed GPA is determined by dividing the total 
r honor points earned by the total hours attempted, 
II with hours and honor points for repeated courses 
l not duplicated in the calculation. 

Armstrong State College also uses the follow- 
ing symbols for grade reports. These symbols 
carry no honor points and are not included in the 
determination of either the cumulative GPA or the 
adjusted GPA. 

Symbol Explanation 

W withdrew, no penalty 

I in progress or incomplete 

S satisfactory 

U unsatisfactory 

V audit 

K credit by examination 

P passing 

NR not reported 

An "I" which has not been removed by the mid- 
dle of the succeeding quarter is changed to an 
"F" unless the instructor recommends an exten- 
sion in writing addressed to the appropriate 
Dean. The "S" and "U" symbols may be utilized 
for completion of degree requirements other than 
academic course work (such as student teaching, 
clinical practice, etc.). A "WF" (Withdrew, Failing) 
is recorded for any student withdrawing after the 
mid-term date. Exceptions to this policy must be 
approved by the Dean of the School in which the 
course is taught and will be approved only on the 
basis of hardship. Appeals for a change of grade 
may be initiated through the head of the appro- 
priate academic department in accordance with 
the Regulations of Armstrong State College. 

Grade Appeals 

A student who contests a grade will have the 
following line of appeal: 

1 . The student will discuss the contested grade 
with the instructor involved. 

2. If the grade dispute remains unresolved, the 
student will meet with the department head 
and the instructor. If the grade dispute is with 
the department head, the student will meet 
with the dean of the school and the depart- 
ment head. A "memorandum for the record" 
will be prepared which will include the sub- 
stance of the conversations during the meet- 
ing. 



3. If the grade dispute remains unresolved, the > 
student will present his or her appeal in writ- 
ing to the department head or the dean of 
the school, as applicable, who will then ap- 
point a review board to hear the appeal. The 
student will initiate this step prior to midterm 

of the quarter after the grade was received 
(except if the student plans enrollment in a 
course for which the course grade being ap- 
pealed is a prerequisite -see "4" below). 

a. The review board will consist of the de- 
partment head or the dean of the 
school, as applicable, and two mem- 
bers of the department, not including 
the instructor involved. In small depart- 
ments, membership may come from 
outside the department. 

b. The review board shall hear statements 
from both the student and the instructor 
involved and will examine documents 
that are pertinent to the matter under 
review. 

c. The review board will hear the grade 
appeal and present its findings to the 
vice president and dean of faculty prior 
to the last week of the quarter. 

4. If the student plans enrollment in a course 
for which the course grade being appealed 
is a prerequisite, then the following timetable 
will be met at the first of that quarter: 

a. If a grade appeal is not resolved with 
the instructor concerned, then the stu- 
dent will file an appeal in writing with the 
department head (or the dean of the 
school if the grade dispute is with the 
department head). This step will be 
taken by the second day of the quarter. 

b. The review board to hear the appeal will 
be appointed by the third day of the 
quarter. If department members are not 
available to form a review board, the 
dean of the school, in consultation with 
the department head, will appoint a re- 
view board. 

c. The review board will hear and com- 
plete the grade appeal by the fifth day 
of the quarter, and present its findings 
to the vice president and dean of fac- 
ulty. 

d If the appeal to the vice president and 
dean of faculty is denied, the student 
will be disenrolled from the course m 
question. 



52 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



5. If the vice president and dean of faculty den- 
ies the appeal, the student may continue the 
appeal to the president. 

6. The Board of Regents will not accept or con- 
sider appeals based on academic grades. 

Honors 

Dean's List: Students enrolled for at least ten 
quarter hours of course work who earn an honor 
point average of at least 3.6 will be placed on the 
Dean's List. Only course work taken at Armstrong 
will be used in the computation of Dean's List 
honors. 

Cum Laude: Those students graduating with an 
honor point average of 3.2 through 3.499 will be 
graduated cum laude. 

Magna Cum Laude: Those students graduating 
with an honor point average of 3.5 through 3.799 
will be graduated magna cum laude. 

Summa Cum Laude: Those students graduat- 
ing with an honor point average of 3.8 through 
4.0 will be graduated summa cum laude. 

All work attempted at Armstrong and other ac- 
credited institutions will be considered in com- 
puting honors for graduation. 

Attendance 

The control of student attendance at class 
meetings and the effect of attendance on the 
grades in a course are left to the discretion of the 
instructor. 

A student is responsible for knowing everything 
that is announced, discussed, or lectured upon 
in class as well as for mastering all assigned 
reading. A student is also responsible for sub- 
mitting on time all assignments and tests, reci- 
tations and unannounced quizzes. 

The instructor will be responsible for informing 
each class at its first meeting what constitutes 
excessive absence in that particular class. Each 
student is responsible for knowing the attendance 
regulation and for complying with it. An instructor 
may drop a student from any class with a grade 
of "W" or "WF," as appropriate, if in the instruc- 
tor's judgment the student's absences have been 
excessive. 

Academic Standing 

The college recognizes four academic cate- 
gories: Good Standing, Good Standing with 
Warning, Academic Probation, and Academic 



Suspension. Students are expected to maintain 
or exceed the grade point average (GPA) as in- 
dicated in the chart below. 



Quarter Hours Attempted 


Required Adjusted 


at Armstrong and Elsewhere 


GPA 


0-15 


1.3 


16-30 


1.4 


31-45 


1.5 


46-60 


1.6 


61-75 


1.7 


76-90 


1.8 


91-120 


1.9 


121 and over 


2.0 



A student who falls below the required GPA for 
the first time is placed on Good Standing with 
Warning. Failure to raise the adjusted GPA to the 
required level during the next quarter will result in 
Academic Probation. Students on Academic Pro- 
bation are not in Good Standing. If the student's 
adjusted GPA is raised to the required level, the 
student is returned to Good Standing. The sec- 
ond or any subsequent failure to meet the re- 
quired GPA will result in Academic Probation. In 
order to participate in extracurricular activities en- 
dorsed by the college, students must be in Good 
Standing or Good Standing with Warning. Stu- 
dents under warning should plan both curricuiar 
and extracurricular activities under the guidance 
of their advisors. 

Students on Academic Probation who fail to 
achieve the required adjusted GPA, but who do 
earn ah average of at least 2.0 during the pro- 
bationary quarter, will be continued on Academic 
Probation for the next quarter of attendance. Stu- 
dents on Academic Probation who neither 
achieve the required adjusted GPA nor earn at 
least a 2.0 average during the probationary 
quarter will be placed on Academic Suspension 
from the college for one quarter. A student on 
Academic Suspension for the first time has the 
option of attending summer school without having 
to appeal the suspension. However, a student 
who fails to make satisfactory progress as a result 
of summer school will have to appeal for read- 
mission in the fall quarter. 

A student suspended for academic reasons for 
the first or second time may appeal by letter to 
the Committee on Admissions and Academic 
Standing. This letter should state the nature of 
any extenuating circumstances relating to the ac- 
ademic deficiency, and must be delivered to the 
office of the Vice President and Dean of Faculty 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION 



53 



no later than 9 AM of registration day. The Com- 
mittee on Admissions and Academic Standing will 
make a recommendation to the President and the 
decision of the President is final. 

A student re-entering the college after an Ac- 
ademic Suspension is placed on Academic Pro- 
bation and must meet the requirements listed 
above. A third Academic Suspension is final. 



Repeating Courses 

Any course may be repeated with the last 
grade to be counted in the adjusted GPA. A stu- 
dent who repeats any course should complete a 
"Notice of Course Repetition" form available in 
the Office of the Registrar. 



Dropping Courses 

A student desiring to drop a course after the 
quarter has begun must obtain a Drop-Add No- 
tice in the Office of the Registrar. The notice must 
be signed by the instructor of the course being 
dropped and returned by the student to the Office 
of the Registrar. 

A student who drops a course not more than 
seven class days after the course begins will re- 
ceive no grade for the course. A student who 
drops a course after the first seven class days 
and on or before the quarterly dates listed for 
mid-terms will receive a "W" or a "WF" depend- 
ing on the status in the course. A student may 
not drop a course without penalty following the 
quarterly dates listed for mid-term. A student is 
not allowed to drop ENG 025, 101, 102, or 201 
at any time unless extenuating circumstances 
prevail. In order to drop one of these courses, the 
drop form must be authorized by the Dean of the 
School of Arts and Sciences or a designated rep- 
resentative. 

A Developmental Studies student (other than 
those auditing Developmental Studies courses) 
may not drop a Developmental Studies course 
without withdrawing from the College. 



Withdrawing from College 

Any student who finds it necessary to withdraw 
from college must begin the process in the Office 
of Student Affairs. A formal withdrawal is required 
to ensure that the student is eligible to return to 



Armstrong State College at a future date. Any re- 
fund to which a student is entitled will be consid- 
ered on the basis of the date which appears on 
the withdrawal form. 

Medical Withdrawals 

A student may be administratively withdrawn 
from the college when in the judgment of Vice 
President of Student Affairs and the college phy- 
sician, if any, and after consultation with the stu- 
dent's parents and personal physician, if any, it 
is determined that the student suffers from a 
physical, mental, emotional or psychological 
health condition which: (a) poses a significant 
danger or Ihreat of physical harm to the student 
or to the person or property of others or (b) 
causes the student to interfere with the rights of 
other members of the college community or with 
the exercise of any proper activities or functions 
of the college or its personnel or (c) causes the 
student to be unable to meet institutional require- 
ments for admission and continued enrollment, 
as defined in the student conduct code and other 
publications of the college. 

Except in emergency situations, a student 
shall, upon request, be accorded an appropriate 
hearing prior to final decision concerning his or 
her continued enrollment at the college. 

Auditing Courses 

A regular student wishing to audit a course 
without receiving credit must obtain permission of 
the instructor before registering for the course. 
During the registration process the student 
should request to audit. A student may not 
change from audit to credit status or from credit 
to audit status after completing the process of 
registration for a course. A student who audits a 
course will have a "V" recorded for that course. 
The regular schedule of fees applies to auditors. 
Unauthorized auditing is prohibited. 

Honor Code 

The Honor Code at Armstrong State College is 
dedicated to the proposition that the protection 
of the grading system is in the interest of the stu- 
dent community. The Student Court is an insti- 
tutional means to assure that the student 
community shall have primary disposition of in- 
fractions of the Honor Code and that students 



54 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



accused of such infractions shall enjoy those pro- 
cedural guarantees traditionally considered es- 
sential to fair and impartial hearing, the foremost 
of which is the presumption of innocence until 
guilt be established beyond a reasonable doubt. 

I. Responsibilities of students: 

All students must agree to abide by the 
rules of the Honor Code. A student shall not 
be accepted at Armstrong State College un- 
less he or she signs a statement affirming 
his understanding of this agreement. The 
Honor Code shall be printed in the official 
bulletin and Students Illustrated. 

It will be the responsibility of the Student 
Court or its designated representative to 
conduct an orientation program at the be- 
ginning of each quarter for all newly entering 
students to explain fully the Honor Code and 
to allow full discussion of its requirements. 

Any student desiring assistance with 
any matter related to the Honor Code is in- 
vited to seek assistance in the Office of Stu- 
dent Affairs. 

II. Violations of the Honor Code: 

Violations of the Honor Code may be of 
two kinds: (a) general and (b) those related 
to the peculiarities of specific course-related 
problems and to the understanding of indi- 
vidual instructors. Any instructor whose con- 
ception of cheating would tend to enlarge or 
contract the general regulations defining 
cheating must explicity notify the affected 
students of the qualifications to the general 
regulations which he or she wishes to stip- 
ulate. The following will be considered gen- 
eral violations of the Honor Code. 

1. Giving or receiving any unauthorized 
help on any assignment, test or paper. 
The meaning of unauthorized help shall 
be made clear by the instructor of each 
class. 

2. Stealing when related to cheating. 

3. Plagiarizing. Plagiarism is the unack- 
nowledged use of another's words or 
ideas. Students must be familiar with 
the explanation of plagiarism given in 
the writing handbook used in freshman 
composition classes (pp. 522 in the 
current text, Writing: A College Hand- 
book, Heffeman and Lincoln, 1986). Ig- 
norance of what constitutes plagiarism 
will not be accepted as an excuse for 
plagiarism. 



4. Giving perjured testimony before the 
Student Court. 

5. Suborning, attemption to suborn, or in 
intimidating witnesses. 

6. Failing to report a suspected violation 
of the Honor Code. 

III. Reporting Violations of the Honor Code: 

Anyone wishing to report a violation may 
come to the Office of Student Affairs for as- 
sistance in contacting members of the Stu- 
dent Court. 

A. Self-reporting: Students who have bro- 
ken the Honor Code should report 
themselves to a member of the Student 
Court. 

B. Anyone (faculty member or student) 
who is aware of a violation of the Honor 
Code must report the matter. 

1 . Tell persons thought to be guilty to 
report themselves to a member of 
the Student Court no later than the 
end of the next school day. After this 
designated time the person who is 
aware of the violation must inform a 
member of the Student Court so that 
the Student Court may contact the 
accused persons if they have not al- 
ready reported themselves. 

2. Report the suspected violation di- 
rectly to a member of the Student 
Court without informing the ac- 
cused. 

IV. The procedural rights of the students ac- 
cused of violations of the Honor Code: 

The essence of the procedural rights of 
the accused is the right to be presumed in- 
nocent until proven guilty. Specific rights are 
as follows: 

1. The accused will be notified in writing 
by the Student Court or its designated 
representative of the nature and details 
of the offense with which they are 
charged along with the names of their 
accusers and the principal witnesses to 
be brought against them. This notifica- 
tion shall occur no less than three days 
prior to the date of the hearing. 

2. The accused has the right to counsel 
of their own choosing. Such counsel will 
not participate directly in the proceed- 
ings except to advise the client. It is ex- 
pected that such counsel will be drawn 
from the college community. 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION 



55 



3. The accused and the person bringing 
the charges shall be afforded an op- 
portunity to present witnesses and doc- 
umentary or other evidence. The 
accused and any individual bringing the 
charges shall have the right to cross 
examine all witnesses and may, where 
the witnesses cannot appear because 
of illness or other cause acceptable to 
the Court, present the sworn statement 
of the witnesses. The Court shall not be 
bound by formal rules governing the 
presentation of evidence, and it may 
consider any evidence presented which 
is of probative value in the case. 

4. The accused may not be made to bear 
witness against themselves. The Court 
may not take the refusal of the accused 
to testify as evidence of guilt, but this 
proviso does not give the accused im- 
munity from a hearing or from recom- 
mendations reached in a hearing 
simply because the accused does not 
testify. 

5. The accused shall have access to a 
complete audiotape of the hearing and 
to the record prepared by the secretary. 

6. The substantive facts of a case may be 
re-opened for consideration upon initi- 
ation of the accused acting through 
normal appeal channels. The accused 
shall not be put in double jeopardy. 

7. All witnesses will be sequestered from 
the hearing room during the course of 
a hearing. Witnesses may not discuss 
a pending case. 

8. By prior agreement, the accused will be 
allowed such observers of the hearing 
as may be commensurate with the 
space available. Otherwise, in the inter- 
ests of the right of privacy of the ac- 
cused, hearings will be private, except 
that the College may also have observ- 
ers additional to the advisors to the Stu- 
dent Court. 

V. The Student Conduct Committee, the Stu- 
dent Court and Advisors to the Student 
Court: 
A. Student Conduct Committee 

1. The Student Conduct Committee 
shall be responsible to the faculty for 
recommending policies relating to 
the Academic Honor Code and the 



Code of Conduct, for formulating or 
approving rules, enforcement pro- 
cedures, and sanctions within the 
framework of existing policies, and 
for recommending changes in the 
administration of any aspects of the 
Honor Code and the Student Code 
of Conduct. The Conduct Commit- 
tee will also interview and select 
members for the Student Court. 

2. The Committee shall consist of five 
teaching faculty members, the Vice 
President of Student Affairs and four 
students. The four students will be 
the President and Vice President of 
the Student Court, the President of 
the Student Government Associa- 
tion, and one student-at-large. The 
faculty members shall be appointed 
by the faculty in accordance with the 
faculty statutes. 

3. The Vice President of Student Affairs 
shall assist the Conduct Committee 
in the development of policy and in 
the discharge of its responsibilities. 
He or she shall coordinate the activ- 
ities of all officials, committees, stu- 
dent groups, and tribunals for 
student conduct. 

4. All regulations or rules relating to 
student conduct that are proposed 
by any College official, committee or 
student group, and for which sanc- 
tions may be imposed in the name 
of the College, must be submitted 
to the Committee for consideration 
and review prior to submission to 
the faculty and the student body. 
The Committee shall have 10 days 
in which to review the same. 

B. Student Court 

1 . The Student Court will be selected 
by the Student Conduct Committee 
and will be composed of twelve stu- 
dents. Due consideration will be 
given to equitable apportionment of 
court members on the basis of ac- 
ademic class, race, and sex. Stu- 
dents on academic probation may 
not serve. All appointments will be 
issued and accepted in writing. Ap- 
pointments will be made during 
Spring Quarter in time for newly 



56 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



elected members of the Court to as- 
sume their duties by May 1 . Appoint- 
ments will be made as needed to 
keep the Student Court staffed to do 
business on a reasonably prompt 
basis. These appointments may 
constitute permanent or temporary 
replacements as the Student Con- 
duct Committee deems necessary. 

2. The Student Court will elect a Pres- 
ident, Vice President, and a Secre- 
tary from its membership. The 
President will preside at all meet- 
ings. The Vice President will assume 
the duties of the President if the 
President is absent. The Secretary 
will maintain written notes of all pro- 
ceedings and audiotape records of 
all testimony, and will maintain ex- 
hibits of evidence which by their na- 
ture may reasonably be maintained 
in the Court files. A quorum of the 
Court shall consist of seven mem- 
bers. A two-thirds majority secret 
ballot vote is required to reach a 
finding of guilty. All other questions 
may be decided by a simple major- 
ity vote. 

3. Constituency of the Student Court 
during the Summer Quarter shall in- 
clude all appointed members in at- 
tendance, and others shall be 
appointed to membership by the 
Student Conduct Committee. 

4. Student Court members shall ex- 
amine their consciences carefully to 
determine whether they can in good 
conscience serve on a panel hear- 
ing a particular case, and in the 
event that there is any doubt what- 
soever, such members shail excuse 
themselves from duty on the spe- 
cific panel in question. 

C. Advisors to the Court 

1 . An advisor and an associate advisor 
to the Student Court shall be ap- 
pointed by the President of the Col- 
lege. 

2. Ordinarily the advisor will serve in 
that office for one year only and usu- 
ally will be succeeded in that posi- 
tion by the associate advisor. 
Therefore, after the initial appoint- 
ments, only an associate advisor will 
ordinarily be appointed each year. 



The succession of an associate to 
the advisor position is deemed to 
occur on the last day of Spring. 
Quarter. If, for any reason, the ad- 
visor is unable to complete his or 
her term, the associate advisor shall 
succeed to the office of advisor and 
another associate advisor shall be 
appointed by the above procedures. 
If, during the Summer Quarter, nei- 
ther advisor is on campus, a tem- 
porary advisor will be appointed. 
3. Duties of the advisor and the asso- 
ciate advisor: It shall be the duty of 
the advisor to consult with the Court 
and to offer advice to the President 
and members of the Court on sub- 
stantive and procedural questions. 
The advisor, or the associate ad- 
visor in the event the advisor is un- 
able to attend, shall be present at all 
meetings and hearings of the Court. 
The advisor may not vote or partic- 
ipate directly in the conduct at hear- 
ings before the Court except 
through the chair, or acting chair, .of 
the Court. The advisor should be 
governed at all times by the principle 
that a hearing before the Student 
Court is primarily a matter of student 
responsibility. 
VI. Procedures and Penalties adopted by the 

Student Court. 
■ The Student Court shall formulate its own 

bylaws governing internal organization and 

procedure. Such bylaws must be consistent 

with the Honor Code. 

A. Hearings shall be called by the Court 
President to be held on a date not less 
than three nor more than ten class days 
after notice to the accused as provided 
in Section IV-2. Exceptions to these 
time requirements may be granted. 

B. Upon reaching a finding of guilty, the 
Court shall make a recommendation to 
the Vice-President of the College as to 
the administrative action it deems ap- 
propriate within the following limitations: 
1 . A minimum penalty shall be loss of 

assignment or test credit for the as- 
signment or test for violations in- 
volving cheating as specified in 
Section II, subsections 1, 2, and 3. 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION 



57 



Additional penalties such as repri- 
mands, suspension, or others may 
be recommended for any aspects of 
Section II. 

2. Maximum penalty for a first offense 
of any type shall be suspension for 
a full calendar year. 

3. Maximum penalty for a second of- 
fense may be suspension for three 
years. 

C. Immediately following a hearing, the ac- 
cused will be informed of the Court's 
finding, and its recommendation to the 
Vice President/Dean of Faculty. If the 
finding is guilty, the accused will be in- 
formed that the Court may reopen the 
case with the consent of the accused 
for good cause, within a three week pe- 
riod. 

D. The Vice President/Dean of Faculty will 
inform all involved persons in writing of 
the action taken in view of Court rec- 
ommendation. The Court Secretary will 
post public notice of the Vice Presi- 
dent's action by case number without 
identifying the accused. 

VII. Appeals of Findings and Penalities: 

Should students have cause to question 
the findings of the Court or the action of the 
Vice President of the College or both, they 
have the right to appeal. The channels of 
appeal are as follows: 
A. Court findings and/or the administrative 
action of the Vice President of the Col- 
lege may be appealed within five days 
by writing the President of the College. 
Further appeal procedures will conform 
to the appeal procedures of the College 
and of the Policies of the Board of Re- 
gents, University System of Georgia. 

VIII. Supervision of the Student Court: 

As an institutional means of responding to 
reported infractions of the Honor Code, the 
Student Court is ultimately responsible to the 
President of the College. 

Supervision of the Student Court will be 
accomplished ordinarily through the Vice 
President for Student Affairs and the Advi- 
sors. 

In accordance with Article VI, Section F, of 
the College Statutes, the Vice President for 
Student Affairs will provide general supervi- 
sion of the Student Court and will provide 



other guidance or services as directed by 
the President of the College. 
IX. Revision of the Honor Code will require con- 
firmation by the majority vote of those faculty 
and student body members voting. 



DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 



General 

Degree Requirements 

1. Each student is responsible for fulfilling the 
requirements of the degree program chosen 
in accordance with the regulations of the col- 
lege catalog. 

2. Exceptions to course requirements for a de- 
gree are permitted only with the written ap- 
proval of the appropriate Dean, upon the 
recommendation of the department or divi- 
sion head. However, all exceptions to the 
core curriculum requirements must have the 
approval of the Vice President and Dean of 
Faculty. 

3. A student will normally graduate under the 
catalog in effect at the time of admission to 
the College. In the School of Health Profes- 
sions, a student will graduate under the cat- 
alog in effect at the time of admission or 
readmission (whichever is more current) to 
a particular Health Professions program. In 
the Division of Education, a student will grad- 
uate under the catalog in effect at the time 
of admission to the teacher education pro- 
gram. Armstrong State College, however, re- 
serves the right to change any provision 
listed in this catalog, including but not limited 
to academic requirements for graduation, 
without actual notice to individual students. 
If students have been absent from the Col- 
lege for two or more consecutive years, they 
should expect to meet all requirements in 
effect at the time of return. 

4. Not more than one-fourth of the work 
counted toward a degree may consist of 
courses taken by correspondence, exten- 
sion, or examination. No correspondence 
courses may be used to meet the require- 
ments in the major field or related fields for 



58 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



the Bachelor's degree or in English com- 
position or foreign language. No corres- 
pondence courses may be taken while a stu- 
dent is enrolled, without prior approval of the 
appropriate Dean and the head of the de- 
partment in which the student is majoring. 

5. By State law, each student who receives a 
diploma or certificate from a school sup- 
ported by the State of Georgia must dem- 
onstrate proficiency in United States History 
and Government and in Georgia History and 
Government. A student at Armstrong State 
College may demonstrate such proficiency 
by: 

A. Examinations. For U.S. and Georgia 
Government— CLEP: American Gov- 
ernment; for U.S. and Georgia His- 
tory-the relevant CLEP, Advanced 
Placement Test, or College Board Ad- 
missions Testing Program Achievement 
Test. 

B. Credit in certain courses. For U.S. and 
Georgia government - Political Science 
113; for U.S. and Georgia History - His- 
tory 251 or 252 or any upper division 
course in U.S. History. 

6. To qualify for the baccalaureate degree, a 
student must earn at Armstrong at least 45 
quarter hours of credit applicable toward the 
degree. Additionally, the student must com- 
plete successfully at Armstrong at least half 
of the upper division credits required in the 
major field of study. For students in teacher 
education programs, the major field of study 
is the teaching field. For the Associate De- 
gree, the student must complete at least 45 
quarter hours of course work at Armstrong 
State College. Armstrong students enrolled 
in the cooperative degree programs with Sa- 
vannah State College in Business Education 
may be exempted from these requirements 
by a recommendation of the Head of the Di- 
vision of Education, concurrence by the Ed- 
ucation Curriculum Committee and approval 
of the Committee on Academic Standing. 

7. For graduation the student must earn an 
overall average of 2.0 or better considering 
work taken at all colleges, computed in such 
manner that a course will be counted only 
once, regardless of the number of times that 
it has been repeated. The grade earned in 



10. 



the last attempt will determine the number 
of honor points assigned for graduation. Ad- 
ditionally, the student must earn a GPA of 
2.0 or better in each of the following: 

A. All work at Armstrong 

B. All courses in the major field. 

To qualify for a second Armstrong baccalau- 
reate degree, a candidate must earn at Arm- 
strong at least 45 additional hours of credit 
and meet all qualitative requirements for the 
degree. 

Before a degree will be conferred students 
must pay all fees and must submit to the 
Registrar a completed Application for 
Graduation two quarters before graduation. 
A candidate for a degree, unless excused in 
writing by the President, Vice President and 
Dean of Faculty, Vice President of Student 
Affairs, or Dean of Academic and Enrollment 
Services, must attend the graduation exer- 
cises at which a degree is to be conferred. 
All students must successfully complete the 
Regents' Test and must take an Exit Exam- 
ination in their major field as may be stipu- 
lated as requirements for graduation. 
Candidates for a second baccalaureate de- 
gree are exempted from the Regents' Test 
requirement. 



Core Curriculum Requirements 

Each unit in the University System of Georgia 
requires as a Core Curriculum for all baccalau- 
reate degree programs the following minimum 
number of quarter hours in the major areas of 
study. 



Hours 

Area I 

Humanities, including, but not limited to, 
grammar & composition & literature 20 

Area II 

Mathematics & the natural sciences, 
including, but not limited to, 
mathematics and a 10-hour sequence of 
laboratory courses in the biological or 
physical sciences 20 

Area III 

Social Sciences, including, but not limited 
to, history & American government 20 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION 



59 



Area IV 

Courses appropriate to the major field of 
the individual student 30 

TOTAL 90 
In addition to the University System Core Curric- 
ulum requirements as outlined above, Armstrong 
State College requires six quarter hours in phys- 
ical education as part of all baccalaureate degree 
programs. 

Goals for the Core Curriculum 

The core curriculum is the heart of undergrad- 
uate education at Armstrong. The following is a 
statement of the goals that all students should 
achieve once they have completed their core 
courses. It defines what the college expects of its 
students and what it tries to accomplish in its gen- 
eral education courses. 

What does it mean to be an educated human 
being? The fundamental goals of all education are 
two-fold: the inculcation of a body of knowledge 
and values, and development of the skills nec- 
essary to acquire and judge them. The areas of 
the core curriculum address these goals by ask- 
ing and exploring the following questions. 

Area I: How do human beings define 
their humanity? In what works and by what 
means have we most fully expressed our hu- 
manity? How do we judge these? 

The courses in this area seek to give students 
an appreciation and understanding of human cul- 
ture and expression, developing their aesthetic, 
imaginative, empathetic, and intellectual powers. 
In addition, these courses propose to instruct stu- 
dents in the methods and language of scholarly 
and critical discourse. 

The objectives of these courses are to help stu- 
dents 

- Read and write effectively 

-Conduct library research with efficiency and 
integrity 

-Support and defend an interpretation by 
gathering information, reasoning from it, 
generalizing and reaching conclusions 

— Develop a vocabulary to discuss the ele- 
ments of one of the arts 

-Express an understanding of one of the arts 
in critical essays 

-Demonstrate an understanding of the rela- 
tionship between art and culture 



Area II: What Is the relationship between 
human beings and the universe? How do 

we use its resources wisely? What is the ap- 
propriate language to use in discussing and 
modeling the natural phenomena that we 
observe? How do we build conceptual 
models of our own? 

The courses in this area have the common ob- 
jective of increasing the students' ability to un- 
derstand and participate in scientific and 
technical discourse by providing the student with 
some of the specific knowledge of mathematics 
and natural sciences that is presumed in that dis- 
course. 

In addition to knowledge-based objectives, the 
courses have the additional objectives of helping 
students to 

—Acquire skills in observing natural phenom- 
ena, thereby increasing understanding of the 
universe 

— Develop an understanding of the scientific 
method and its impact on modern thought 

— Develop skills in reading and understanding 
quantitative, scientific, and technical infor- 
mation 

-Acquire skills in extracting the essence of a 
problem from its verbal statement and ap- 
plying the appropriate scientific and mathe- 
matical tools to solve the problem 

Area III: What are the relationships be- 
tween human beings and their Institu- 
tions? 

The courses of this area seek to give students 
a comprehension of human behavior and insti- 
tutions as these merge from social and historical 
relationships. In addition, they propose to instruct 
students in the basic language and methods of 
social, political, and historical discourse and to 
inculcate a sense of openness and tolerance that 
comes from the examination of diverse values 
and perspectives. 

The objectives of these courses are to help stu- 
dents 

-Demonstrate a comprehension of social re- 
lationships and institutions and their devel- 
opment 
-Communicate with clarity about social rela- 
tionships and institutions and their develop- 
ment 
-Identify basic features of human social rela- 
tionships and problems 



60 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



— Develop competence in regard to making 
positive contributions toward solving social 
problems 

-Demonstrate an understanding of both the 
uniqueness of individuals and the complexity 
of collective human experience as perceived 
through history and the social sciences 

Requirements 

The student in any baccalaureate degree pro- 
gram at Armstrong State College must complete 
the following specific Core Curriculum require- 
ments. Consult the relevant departmental section 
for a complete statement of degree requirements 
for a specific program. Certain courses in the 
Core Curriculum may be exempted with credit 
awarded. See Credit by Examination in the Ad- 
missions Section of this catalog. 

Hours 

Area I 

Humanities 20 

ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 .. . 15 
One of the following courses: 

ART 200, 271, 272, 273, MUS 200, 

PHI 201, ENG 222 5 

Area II 

Mathematics & the Natural Sciences .... 20 
One course from MAT 101, 103, 

or 206, and an additional 

course from MAT 103, 195, 

206, 207, 220, or 290 10 

One of the following course sequences: 

BIO 101 or 102 

CHE 121, 122 

CHE 128, 129 

PHY 21 1,212 

PHY 217, 218 

PHS121, 122 10 

Area III 

Social Sciences 20 

HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192 10 

POS 113 5 

One course selected from: 

PSY 101 , SOC 201 , ANT 201 , ECO 

201 or 202, GEO 212 5 

Area IV 

Courses Appropriate to the Major Field. . . 30 
Art 

ART 111, 112,201,202,213 25 

MUS 200 5 



Art Education 

ART 111, 112,213 

EDN 200, 201 

PSY 101 

Biology 
SCI and/or MAT electives (1 00-200 
level) or any foreign language 

CHE 128, 129 

BOT 203 and ZOO 204 

Biology Education 

CHE 128 

EDN 200, 201 

PSY 101 

BOT 203 

One course selected from: ART 
200, 271, 272, 273, MUS 200, DRS 

228 

Business Education 

MAT 220 

EDN 200, 201 

PSY 101 

HIS 251 or 252 .. 

Chemistry* 

CHE 128, 129,211 . 

MAT 206 

PHY 213 or 219. . . . 

One course selected from: 

Computer Science, Mathematics or 

Natural Science 

Chemistry Education 

BIO 101, 102 

EDN 200, 201 

PSY 101 

One course selected from: ART 200, 

271, 272, 273, MUS 200, DRS 228 
Computer Science 

CS142, 231,242 

MAT 206, 207, 260 

Criminal Justice 

CJ 100, 103,210,280,290 

One course selected from: ANT 201, 

ECO 201, 202, DRS 228, PSY 101, 

SOC 201 

HIS 251 or 252 

Dental Hygiene Education 

BIO 101, 102 

CHE 121, 122 

DRS 228 

PSY 101 

Drama/Speech 

Any foreign language 101, 102, 103, 

and 201 

DRS 227 and 228 



Ear 



15 

10 

5 



10 
10 
10 

5 
10 

5 
5 



U 



l% 



5 

10 

5 

5 

15 

5 
5 



10 

10 
5 



15 
15 

20 



5 

5 

10 

10 

5 

5 



20 
10 



k\ 



-;i( 



".:i!i 



"A 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION 



61 



Early Elementary Education 

EDN200, 201 10 

DRS228 5 

GEO 211 or 212 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

PSY 101 5 

English 

Any foreign language 101, 102 103, 

201 20 

CS 115, and one of the following: ART 

200, 271, 272, 273, MUS 200, PHI 

201, ENG222 10 

English Education 

Any foreign language sequence . ... 15 

EDN200, 201 10 

PSY 101 5 

General Studies 

Two courses selected from: ART 200, 
271, 272, 273, ENG 222, MUS 200, 
PHI 201, any two foreign language 

courses through 200 level 10 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

One or two course selected from: 
ANT 201, CS 115, 120, 142 ECO 
201,202, PSY 101, SOC 201 ... .5-10 
One or two courses selected from: 
BIO 101, 102, BOT203, CHE 121, 
122, 128, 129,201,202,211, PHY 
211,212,213,217,218,219, PHS 
121, 122, ZOO 204, 208, 209. . . .5-10 
Health and Physical Education 

EDN200, DRS228, PSY101 15 

PE 117, PEM 250, 252; H.S. 261, 262 15 
Health Science 

HS 100 5 

DRS228, HIS 251 or 252 10 

PSY 101 5 

PEM 252 10 

CS 115 5 

History 

Any foreign language 102, 103 .... 10 

HIS 251, 252 10 

Two courses selected from: ANT 201, 
ECO 201 , GEO 21 1 , 21 2, MAT 220, 

PSY 101, SOC 201 10 

Mathematical Sciences 

CS 142 5 

MAT 206, 207 10 

Two of the following 10 

MAT 208; CS 242, 260 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

Mathematics Education 

EDN200, 201 10 

MAT 206, 207, 208 15 

PSY 101 5 



Medical Technology 

BIO 101 5 

ZOO 208 5 

Electives in Biology, Chemistry and/or 

Computer Science 20 

(Must contain at least 1 Biology or Zo- 
ology course which completes a 10 
hour sequence, and 1 Chemistry 
course.) 

Middle School Education 

DRS 228 5 

EDN 200, 201 10 

GEO 211 or 212 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

PSY 101 5 

Music* 

MUS (Theory) 111, 112, 113, 211, 212, 

213 18 

MUS (Applied) 140, 240 12 

Music Education 

EDN 200, 201 10 

MUS 111, 112, 113, 140 15 

PSY 101 5 

Nursing 

BIO 210 5 

PSY 295 5 

SOC 201 5 

ZOO 208, 209,215 15 

Physical Science 

PHY 211, 212, 213 or 

PHY 217, 218, 219 15 

MAT 206, 207, 208 15 

Political Science 

Any foreign language sequence 
101, 102, 103, orCS 115, 142, and 

231 15 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

ECO 201, GEO 111, HIS 251 or 252, 
PSY 101, SOC 201 10 

Psychology 

ANT 201 5 

BIO 101, 102 10 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

CS 115 5 

PSY 101 5 

Social Science Education - History 

EDN 200, 201 10 

One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 

273, DRS 228, MUS 200 5 

Approved language sequence through 
103 15 

Social Sciences Education - Political Science 
EDN 200. PSY 101 10 



62 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



One course from: ANT 201, ECO 201, 

GEO 212 5 

Approved electives 15 

Social Work (major is under de-activation) 

HIS 252 5 

SOC 201 5 

SW 250 5 

Any foreign language sequence 101, 
1 02, 1 03 or PHI 201 , ANT 201 , and one 
five hour social science elective (100- 

200 level) 15 

Speech Correction 

PSY101 5 

EDN200, 201 or PS Y 201 10 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

One course from: ART 200, 271 , 272, 

273, MUS 200, DRS 228 5 

PSY295 5 

Trade and Industrial Education 

DRS 228 5 

EDN 200 5 

PSY101 5 

TIE 100,200,210 15 

Area V 

Physical Education Requirements 
PE 103 or 108, and 117 or 166 .... 3 
(Student should check his program of 

study.) 
Three courses selected from: PE 100, 
101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 107, 109, 
200, 201 , 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 
208, 209. 

MIL 203, 206 . . . 3-5 

(If MIL 203 is elected, total hours total four.) 
Total Core Curriculum Hours 96-97 

Students should complete all core curriculum 
requirements during their freshmen/ 
sophomore years. 



Regents' Testing Program 

Each institution of the University System of 
Georgia shall assure the other institutions, and 
the System as a whole, that students obtaining a 
degree from that institution possess certain min- 
imum skills of reading and writing. The Regents' 
Testing Program has been developed to help in 
the attainment of this goal. The objectives of the 
Testing Program are: (1) to provide Systemwide 
information on the status of student competence 
in the areas of reading and writing; and (2) to 



provide a uniform means of identifying those stu- 
dents who fail to attain the minimum levels of 
competence in the areas of reading and writing. 

Students enrolled in undergraduate degree 
programs leading to the baccalaureate degree 
shall pass the Regents' Test as a requirement for 
graduation. Students must take the Test in the 
quarter after they have completed 60 quarter 
credit hours if they have not taken it previously. 
Each institution shall provide an appropriate pro- 
gram of remediation and shall require students 
who have earned 75 quarter credit hours and 
have not passed the Test to enroll in the appro- 
priate remedial course or courses until they pass 
the Test. Students with 60 or more college-level 
credit hours transferring from System programs 
that do not require the Regents' Test or from in- 
stitutions outside the System shall take the Test 
no later than the second quarter of enrollment in 
a program leading to the baccalaureate degree 
and in subsequent quarters shall be subject to all 
provisions of this policy. 

The Regents' Test is not a requirement for an 
Associate of Applied Science Degree or an As- 
sociate of Science degree in an allied health field, 
although institutions may choose to require the 
Test for these degrees. (Armstrong State Col- 
lege has chosen to require the Test of all un- 
dergraduates who have not earned a 
baccalaureate or higher degree regardless of 
degree objective.) 

A student holding a baccalaureate or higher 
degree from a regionally accredited institution of 
higher education will not be required to complete 
the Regents' Test in order to receive a degree 
from a University System institution. 

The Chancellor will issue administrative pro- 
cedures for the operation of the Regents' Testing 
Program. (A copy of Regents' Testing Program 
Administrative Procedures is available from the 
Office of Student Affairs, Room 1 1 , Administration 
Building.) 

According to "Regents' Testing Program 
Administration Procedures" institutions may in- 
crease requirements related to the Regents' Test- 
ing Program "provided that such increased 
requirements are authorized by the Chancellor 
and ... published in the official catalog of the in- 
stitution prior to implementation." 

Regents' Test: 

Administration and Remediation 

Requirements 

Students attending Armstrong State College 
are urged to take the Regents' Test during their 
first quarter of enrollment after the quarter in 



lot! 
ices 

' Si 
and 

jUStf 

ieqi 
requ 

view 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION 



63 



which the 45th credit hour is earned. For the pur- 
pose of enforcing Regents' Testing Program Pol- 
icy, enrolled students are identified by computer- 
printed notices on end-of-quarter grade reports 
and transfers through the processes of admission 
and transcript evaluation. Students register for the 
Test at the Office of Student Affairs within the pub- 
licized test registration period. 

Students who neglect to take the Regents' Test 
until their first quarter of enrollment after the 
quarter in which the 60th credit hour is earned 
may be barred from all phases of registration until 
after Test scores are posted. 

Regardless of credit hours earned, students 
who do not pass the Regents' Test may be re- 
quired by Armstrong State College to take re- 
medial courses before they retake the Regents' 
Test. In accordance with Regents' Testing Pro- 
gram Policy, students who have not passed the 
Test and who have earned 75 quarter hours must 
take remedial courses, whether or not they have 
attempted the test. 

Students who fail the reading portion of the Re- 
gents' Test and who have less than 75 hours 
earned with an adjusted GPA of 2.5 or better may 
appeal the requirement for Developmental Stud- 
ies Reading 025 (Developing Reading Maturity) 
to the Dean of Academic and Enrollment Serv- 
ices. 

Students who fail the essay poition of the Test 
and have less than 75 hours earned with an ad- 
justed GPA of 3.0 or better and a 3.0 or better in 
required core courses in English may appeal the 
requirement for English 025 (Composition Re- 
view) to the Head of the Department of Lan- 
guages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts. 



Regents' Test: 

Special Categories of Students 

Students whose native language is not English 
must take the reading component of the Regents' 
Test, but may take a college examination to certify 
competence in writing. The college equivalent of 
the essay component of the Regents' Test is ad- 
ministered on the same date as the reading com- 
ponent of the Test. International students are 
allowed two hours for each test. 

Students who are handicapped may request 
additional time for the Regents' Test. 



Regents' Test: 
Essay Review 

Students may request a formal review of failure 
on the essay component of the Regents' Test if 
the essay received at least one passing score 
and the review is initiated by mid-term of the first 
quarter of enrollment following testing and no 
more than one year from the quarter in which the 
failure occurred Only reviews processed In 
the first two weeks of a quarter will be an- 
swered before the next Regents' Test. Stu- 
dents may initiate an essay review at the Office 
of Student Affairs. 

Regents' Test: 

Health Professions Program 

Requirement 

Before a student in a Health Professions pro- 
gram may enter his/her last quarter, he/she must 
have passed the Regents' examination. 

Physical Education 
Requirements 

All students who are enrolled in baccalaureate 
degree programs for ten or more quarter hours 
on the daytime schedule must adhere to Arm- 
strong Core Curriculum Area V requirements. Any 
student who holds a valid life guarding certificate 
or a valid water safety instructor certificate or 
passes the Armstrong swimming test may be ex- 
empted from PE 103 or PE 108. Physical edu- 
cation is not required of anyone who is beyond 
the age of 25 at the time of initial matriculation at 
Armstrong or of anyone enrolled primarily in eve- 
ning classes. 

Students should check their program of study 
for P.E. 117 and/or 166 requirements. 

English and Mathematics 
Placement 

During the initial quarters of enrollment at Arm- 
strong State College, students must enroll in the 
appropriate sequence of English composition 
courses until the sequence has been completed 
and/or the Regents' Test has been passed. Stu- 
dents must not delay this sequence beyond their 
second quarter of attendance. For assistance in 
identifying the appropriate English composition 



64 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



courses, students should consult advisors in the 
departments of their declared majors or the Of- 
fice of Admissions, or the Department of Lan- 
guages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts. See 
Languages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts De- 
partment for further information. 

The College reserves the right to place stu- 
dents in appropriate English and mathematics 
courses in the core curriculum. Diagnostic tests 
are administered for this purpose. 



State Requirement In 
History and Government 

By State law, each student who receives a di- 
ploma or certificate from a school supported by 
the State of Georgia must demonstrate profi- 
ciency in United States History and Government 
and in Georgia History and Government. A stu- 
dent at Armstrong State College may demon- 
strate such proficiency by: 

A. Examinations. For U.S. and Georgia Govern- 
ment— CLEP: American Government; for 
U.S. and Georgia History — the relevant 
CLEP, Advanced Placement Test, or College 
Board Admissions Testing Program 
Achievement Test. 

B. Credit in certain courses. For U.S. and Geor- 
gia government - Political Science 113; for 
U.S. and Georgia History - History 251 or 
252 or any upper division course in U.S. His- 
tory. 



Requirements for the 
Bachelor of Arts and the 
Bachelor of Science 
Degrees 

Requirements for each major program leading 
to the degree of Bachelor of Arts with a major in 
Art, English, History, Music, Political Science, Psy- 
chology, or to the degree of Bachelor of Science 
with a major in Biology, Chemistry, Computer Sci- 
ence, or Mathematical Sciences are described in 
the appropriate departmental listing. For the BA 
and the BS degrees, a minimum of 185 quarter 
hours, exclusive of the required physical educa- 
tion courses, is required for graduation. An exit 
exam is also required. 



Each student in one of these major programs 
must complete the 90hour core curriculum re- 
quirement as listed above, along with the 6-hour 
Physical Education requirement. 

Students will not be allowed to take senior di- 
vision courses in the major field unless they have 
a minimum grade of "C" in all prerequisite 
courses in that field. No major program in a de- 
partment will require more than 60 quarter hours 
at all levels in the major field; however, the de- 
partment may recommend up to 70 quarter 
hours. 

For its major program, a department will require 
from 15 to 30 quarter hours of specific courses 
or approved elective courses in related fields and 
may require language courses reaching the de- 
gree of proficiency specified by the department. 
Total requirements in the major and related fields, 
may not exceed 85 quarter hours. 

Each BA or BS degree program, except those 
designed for Dental Hygiene, Medical Technol- 
ogy, Nursing and teacher certification, will include 
a minimum of 15 hours of electives approved for 
credit within the Armstrong State College curric- 
ulum. 

Associate Degree 
Requirements 

Each associate degree program includes. as 
part of its curriculum the following: 

ENG 101, 102. . ' 10 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

MAT 101 5 

POS 113 5 

One five hour course selected from 
Areas I, II, or III of the Baccalaureate 

Core 5 

Three PE credit hours 3 



3 



TOTAL 33 
Students in associate degree programs are re- 
quired to complete successfully the Regents' Ex- 
amination and may be required to take an Exit 
Examination in the appropriate area of concentra-; *j 
tion. .. M 



:C0 
3N 



Numbering System for 
Courses 

toll 

In the course listing to follow, there appear % 

three numbers in parentheses after each course | 

title. The first number listed indicates the number 



is 






ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION 



65 



of hours of lecture; the second number listed in- 
dicates the number of hours of laboratory; the 
third number listed indicates the number of 
quarter hours of credit carried by the course. The 
letter "V" represents variable hours. 

Courses numbered 0-99 carry institutional 
credit only and may not be applied to a degree 
program. Courses numbered 100-199 are gen- 
erally planned for the freshman year; courses 
numbered 200-299 for the sophomore year; 
courses numbered 300-399 for the junior year 
and courses numbered 400-599 for the senior 
year. 

Courses taken to fulfill core curriculum require- 
ments may not be used to meet other require- 
ments of a degree program. 

Lettering System for Course 

In the course listings given in the Armstrong 
Core Curriculum requirements and in the depart- 
mental curricula which follow, there appear two 
or three letters preceding a three digit number. 
Following is an exhaustive list of all abbreviations 
used for course designation purposes. 



ACC 
ANT 
ART 
AST 

BE 

BAD 

BIO 

BOT 

BSN 

CJ 
CS 
CHE 



DH 

DRS 

DSE 

DSM 

DSR 

ECO 
EDN 
EGR 
ENG 
ENT 



Accounting (SSC) 
Anthropology 
Art 
Astronomy 

Business Education (SSC) 

Business Administration (SSC) 

Biology 

Botany 

Baccalaureate Nursing 

Criminal Justice 
Computer Science 
Chemistry 

Dental Hygiene 
Drama and Speech 
Development Studies English 
Dev. Studies Math 
Dev. Studies Reading 

Economics 

Education 

Engineering 

English 

Entomology 



EXC = Exceptional Children 

FLM = Film 

FRE = French 

GEL = Geology 

GEO = Geography 

GER = German 

HE = Health Education 

HS = Health Science 

HIS = History 

JRN = Journalism 

LM = Library Media 

LS = Library Science 

LAT = Latin 

LIN = Linguistics 

MT = Medical Technology 

MAT = Mathematics 

MET = Meteorology 

MIL = Military Science 

MSN = Nursing (Master's) 

MPS = Museum/Preservation Studies 

MUS = Music 

NSC = Naval Science 

NUR = Nursing (Associate) 

OAD = Office Administration (SSC) 

OCE = Oceanography 

PA = Public Administration 

PE = Physical Education 

PEM = Physical Education Major 

PHI = Philosophy 

PHS = Physical Science 

PHY = Physics 

POS = Political Science 

PSY = Psychology 

RT = Respiratory Therapy 

RAD = Radiologic Technologies 

SOC = Sociology 

SPA = Spanish 

ZOO = Zoology 



66 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



■■• 



DEGREE PROGRAMS 

The degree programs of Armstrong State College are presented in this catalog by school, by de- 
partment, and by division. The College is organized into two schools, each administered by a dean, 
and two divisions, each administered by a division head, and two non-school affiliated departments. 
The degrees offered by each school and division are listed below: 

School of Arts and Sciences 



Degree Department 

Associate of Arts Interdepartmental 

Associate of Applied Science 
Criminal Justice Government 

Bachelor of Arts 

Art Art and Music 

Drama/Speech Languages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts 

English Languages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts 

History History 

Music Art and Music 

Political Science Government 

Psychology Psychology U1 

Bachelor of General Studies Interdepartmental 

Bachelor of Music Education Art and Music 

Bachelor of Science 

Biology Biology 

Chemistry Chemistry and Physics j 

Computer Science Mathematics and Computer Science 

Criminal Justice Government * 

Mathematical Sciences Mathematics and Computer Science | Ea 

Physical Science Chemistry and Physics j Mil 

+ Master of Arts | Sa 

History ' History j *i 

+ Master of Science | f 

Criminal Justice Government 



School of Health Professions 



Degree Departmenl 

Associate of Science 

Dental Hygiene Dental Hygiene 

Nursing Associate Degree Nursing 

Radiologic Technologies Radiologic Technologies 

Respiratory Therapy Respiratory Therapy 

Bachelor of Health Science Health Science 

Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Education Dental Hygiene 

Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology Medical Technology 

Bachelor of Science in Nursing Baccalaureate Nursing 

+ Master of Health Science Health Science 

+ Master of Science in Nursing Baccalaureate Nursinc 

+ Graduate programs are offered by Georgia Southern University in affiliation with Armstrong State 
College 



t 



Spe 
E 
L 
S 

%i 
+Grac 

lolleg. 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION 67 



Division of Physical Education and Athletics 

Bachelor of Science in Education 
Physical Education Physical Education and Athletics 

Division of Education 

Bachelor of Science in Education 

Early Elementary Education Education 

Middle School Education Education 

Secondary School Education Education 

Biology Education Education 

*Business Education Education 

Chemistry Education Education 

English Education Education 

Mathematics Education Education 

Social Science Education (History) Education 

Social Science Education (Political Science) Education 

All Levels (K-12) Degree Programs 

Art Education Education 

Music Education Education 

Speech Correction Education 

Other Degree Programs 
The Division of Education works cooperatively with the Division of Physical Education and Athletics 
in providing the Bachelor of Science in Education in Physical Education as an all levels (K-12) 
program. Also, working with departments in the School of Arts and Sciences, the Division helps 
provide B.A. or B.S. degrees with teacher certification in the secondary fields of Biology, 
Chemistry, English, History, Mathematics, and Political Science (see the departmental sections 
in the Arts and Sciences listings for degree particulars). 
Master of Education 

Early Elementary Education Education 

Middle School Education Education 

Secondary Education Education 

*Business Education Education 

English Education 

Mathematics Education 

Science Education Education 

Social Studies Education 

Special Education 

Behavior Disorders Education 

Learning Disabilities Education 

Speech/Language Pathology Education 

"Offered in conjunction with Savannah State College. 

+ Graduate programs are offered by Georgia Southern University in affiliation with Armstrong State 

College 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 







t • • • ' • 

* 1 1 M 


* • 

•• • i •! 

-•• • * 1 



70 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



GRADUATE SCHOOL 

History 

Responding to increasing needs for graduate- 
level services in Southeast Georgia, the Board of 
Regents of the University System of Georgia ap- 
proved the establishment of Georgia Southern 
University, effective July 1 , 1990. In addition to the 
conversion of Georgia Southern College to "re- 
gional university" status, the change brings to- 
gether the graduate-level instructional and 
research activities in Southeast Georgia by "affil- 
iating" the graduate functions of Armstrong State 
College and Savannah State College in Savannah 
with Georgia Southern University. Therefore, for 
the purposes of graduate-level activities, Arm- 
strong State College and Savannah State College 
are now designated as "A unit of the University 
System of Georgia and an affilliate of Georgia 
Southern University". Each instituion has main- 
tained its autonomy as an undergraduate college 
but participates in the graduate and research ac- 
tivities under the auspices of Georgia Southern 
University. All undergraduate degrees are 
awarded by the respective colleges. Graduate 
degrees are now awarded by Georgia Southern 
University with selected degrees awarded in af- 
filiation with Armstrong State College and Savan- 
nah State College. 

Purpose And 
Organization 

The purpose of graduate study is the promo- 
tion of scholarship that is thorough, creative and 
independent. The program educates the student 
to become an investigator in special fields of 
learning, broadens his professional and cultural 
background, fosters research and the application 
of research methods and improves professional 
competence. 

Graduate study is open only to students whose 
academic records indicate an ability to do work 
in which the quality and quantity can be judged 
as outstanding. 

All programs in graduate work are adminis- 
tered and coordinated by the Vice President and 
Dean of Graduate Studies and Research who 
serves as Chairman of the Graduate Council. The 
Graduate Council is an inter-institutional body 



composed of representatives from Georgia 
Southern University, from Armstrong State Col- 
lege, and from Savannah State College. 

Under general policies established by the Uni- 
versity the Graduate Council provides for, regu- 
lates and authorizes graduate credit for existing 
courses, reviews new courses and makes rec- 
ommendations on other matters relating to the 
administration of the programs offered in the 
Graduate School. 

Admission of Graduate Study 

Graduates of colleges or universities ac- 
credited by the proper regional accrediting as- 
sociation may apply for admission to the 
Graduate School. Admission is restricted to in- 
clude only those students whose academic rec- 
ords indicate that they can successfully 
undertake graduate work. Only students formally 
admitted to the Graduate School are eligible to 
enroll in graduate courses (courses numbered 
600, 700, 800, 900). 

Two classifications of admission to graduate 
study in a Master's degree program are granted: 

(1) Regular unqualified admission: 
Reserved for applicants who satisfy all ad- 
mission requirements a summary of require- 
ments for admission is listed for each degree 
program. 

(2) Provisional Admission: 

Reserved for applicants not meeting all the 

requirements for unqualified admission to a 

Master's degree program. Inquiries should 

be addressed to: 

Office of the Associate Graduate Dean 

Armstrong State College 

11935 Abercom Street 

Savannah, Georgia 31419-1997 

912 927-5377 

or 
Office of the Graduate School 
Georgia Southern University 
Statesboro, Georgia 30460-8113 
1-800-GRADGSU 

Application Procedures 

All degree-seeking applicants for admission to 
the Graduate School must: 



UHAUUAIt KHUUHAMb 



n 



(1) Submit a completed application furnished by 
the Graduate School. 

(2) Submit two official transcripts of all previous 
academic work. (Graduates of Georgia 
Southern University will submit only official 
transcripts of college credits earned else- 
where after graduation from Georgia South- 
ern University.) 

(3) Submit appropriate test scores for the in- 
tended program of study. (To be official, test 
scores must be sent directly from the testing 
agency to the Graduate School or be re- 
corded on an official transcript. Transcripts 
must be officially embossed copies sent di- 
rectly from the institution to the Graduate 
School of Georgia Southern University). 



All applicants who do not wish to work toward 
a degree must: 

(1) Submit a completed application and other 
required forms. 

(2) Submit two official transcripts of all previous 
academic work. (Graduates of Georgia 
Southern University will submit only official 
transcripts of college credits earned else- 
where after graduation from Georgia South- 
ern University.) 

(3) Test scores are not required for Non-Degree 
applicants. 

The completed application and all credentials 
should be received by the Graduate School 20 
days before the beginning of the quarter in which 
the student wishes to register. Materials submit- 
ted in support of an application become the prop- 
erty of Georgia Southern University and cannot 
be forwarded or returned. Each completed appli- 
cation with supporting materials is referred to the 
school or division in which the applicant proposes 
to study. The graduate faculty in the department 
of the school or division in which student plans 
to take the major considers the application. Final 
consideration on each application is given by the 
Vice President and Dean of Graduate Studies and 
Research. Admission to the Graduate School 
does not imply that the student is a candidate for 
an advanced degree. No commitment on this 
matter is made until the student has been admit- 
ted to candidacy. 



Assistantships 

A number of qualified graduate students may 
be given financial aid in the form of assistantships 
or teaching fellowships while pursuing work lead- 
ing to a graduate degree. The criteria and pro- 
cedure for appointment as a graduate assistant 
may be obtained from the Office of the Associate 
Graduate at ASC or the Office of the Graduate 
School at GSU. 

GRADUATE DEGREE 
PROGRAMS* 



PROGRAM 


DEGREE 


Adult and Vocational 




Education 


M.Ed. 


Art 


M.F.A./M.Ed./M.S.T. 


Biology 


M.S. 


Business 


M.B.A./M.Ed.,/M.S.T. 


Counselor Education 


M.Ed./Ed.S. 


Criminal Justice 


M.S. 


Early Childhood Edu- 




cation 


M.Ed./Ed.S. 


English 


M.A./M.Ed./M.S.T./ 




Ed.S. 


Exercise Science 


M.S. 


French 


M.Ed. 


German 


M.Ed. 


Health and Physical 




Education 


M.Ed./M.S.T./Ed.S. 


Heaith Science 


M.H.S. 


History 


MA 


Home Economics 


M.Ed./M.S.T. 


Industrial Arts 


M.Ed./M.S.T./Ed.S. 


Instructional Media 


M.Ed. 


Library Media 


Ed.S. 


Mathematics 


M.S./M.Ed./M.S.T./ 




Ed.S. 


Middle Grades Educa- 




tion 


M.Ed./Ed.S. 


Music 


M.Ed./M.S.T./Ed.S. 


Nursing 


M.S.N. 


Political Science 


M.A. 


Psychology 


M.A. 


Public Administration 


M.P.A. 


Reading Specialist 


M.Ed./Ed.S. 


Recreation Administra- 




tion 


M.R.A. 


School Administration 




and Supervision 


M.Ed./Ed.S. 


School Psychology 


M.Ed./Ed.S 



72 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Science 


M.Ed./M.S.T./Ed.S 


Secondary Subject 




Matter Supervision 


M.Ed. 


Social Science 


M.Ed./M.S.T./Ed.S 


Social Work (currently 




under development) 


M.S.W. 


Sociology 


MA 


Spanish 


M.Ed. 


Special Education for 




Exceptional Children 


M.Ed./Ed.S. 


Speech/Language Pa- 




thology 


M.Ed. 


Sport Management 


M.S. 


Technology 


M.T. 



*Selected programs in Savannah are offered in 
affiliation with Armstrong State College and Sa- 
vannah State College. The affiliated programs are 
identified in the following section. 

SUMMARY OF 
REQUIREMENTS FOR 
ADMISSION 

Education Specialist 

For unqualified admission (no provisional ad- 
mission permitted in the program) to the Gradu- 
ate School to pursue the Education specialist 
degree, the applicant must: 

1 . Possess or be eligible for the professional 
five-year certificate in the proposed field of 
concentration based on a Master's degree 
from an accredited graduate institution. (For 
one pursuing a program in Elementary Ed- 
ucation, the requirement is a professional 
five-year certificate in the teaching field.) 

2. Present a 3.25 GPA on all graduate work at- 
tempted. 

3. Present scores on the General Test (Verbal 
and Quantitative sections) of the Graduate 
Record Examinations (minimum total score 
of 900) or composite scores (575 on the 
Commons Examination and score above the 
25th percentile on the Teaching Area Ex- 
amination) on the National Teacher Exami- 
nations (if taken prior to September 1 , 1982,) 
or a score of at least 49 on the Miller Anal- 
ogies Test. 

4. Have had two years of experience in school 
work. 

5. An applicant who does not meet criteria 2, 3 
or 4 above may submit a written request for 



review of his/her application. A form which 
may be used foMhis purpose may be ob- 
tained from the Office of the Dean of the 
School of Education or the Office of the 
Graduate School. 

Graduate work completed prior to admission 
to the Ed.S. program will not be counted toward 
meeting degree requirements. Upon completion 
of the degree, the student may apply to the Geor- 
gia State Department of Education for certifica- 
tion. 



Master of Arts 

(The MA in History is offered in 
Savannah in affiliation with ASC) 

For unqualified admission to the Graduate 
School to pursue the master of Arts the applicant 
must have: 

1. Completed requirements for the bachelor's 
degree in a college accredited by the proper 
regional accrediting association. 

2. An average of "B" (3.0 grade point average) 
or higher on all undergraduate work. 

3. A score of no less than 1 000 on the Graduate 
Record Examinations, Verbal and Quantita- 
tive. A student may be granted provisiona 
admission with a minimum score of 850 or 
the GRE accompanied by a better than 2.7£ 
(4.0 scale) cumulative grade point average 
on the undergraduate college work. 

4. An undergraduate major or the equivalent ir 
the proposed field of study. 



'4, 



Master of Business 
Administration 

For unqualified admission to the Graduate 
School to pursue the Master of Business Admin- 
istration, the applicant must have: 

1 . Completed requirements for the bachelor's 
degree in a college accredited by the propei 
regional accrediting association. 

2. Demonstrated a strong undergraduate aca 
demic record. 

3. Submitted appropriate Graduate Manage- 
ment Admission Test (GMAT) scores. 



GRADUATE PROGRAMS 



73 



Master of Education 

(The M.Ed, is offered in Savannah in 
affiliation with ASC) 

For unqualified admission to the Graduate 
School to pursue the Master of Education or Mas- 
ter of Science for Teachers degree, the applicant 
must have: 

1. An undergraduate degree from an ac- 
credited college. 

2. An undergraduate major in or prerequisite for 
the planned graduate field of study where 
applicable. (A T-4 certificate or equivalent in 
the field of proposed study.) 

3. A minimum of 2.5 (4.0 scale) undergraduate 
grade point average calculated on all work 
attempted in which letter grades are 
awarded. 

4. A score of no less than 900 on the General 
Section of the Graduate Record Examina- 
tions (Verbal and Quantitative sections) or a 
score of 44 or higher on the Miller Analogies 
Test. (A student may be considered for pro- 
visional admission if the requirements under 
1 and 2 above have been satisfied.) 



Master of Fine Arts 



For unqualified admission to the Graduate 
School to pursue graduate work leading to the 
Master of Fine Arts degree the applicant must 
have: 

1. Completed requirements for the bachelor's 
degree in a college accredited by the proper 
regional accrediting association. 

2. Completed a minimum of 30 hours of un- 
dergraduate studio arts courses and a min- 
imum of 15 hours of art history. 

3. An average of 2.5 (4.0 scale) or higher on all 
undergraduate work. 

4. A score of no less than 900 on the Graduate 
Record Examination, Verbal and Quantita- 
tive, or a score of no less than 44 on the 
Miller Analogies Test. A student may be 
granted provisional admission with a mini- 
mum score of 800 on the GRE or 38 on the 
MAT accompanied by a 2.2 grade point av- 
erage. 



Master of Health Science 

(The M.H.S. is offered in Savannah in 
affiliation with A.S.C.) 

For unqualified admission to the Graduate 
School to pursue graduate work leading to the 
Master of Health Science degree, the applicant 
must have: 

1. Completed requirements for the bachelor's 
degree in a college accredited by the proper 
regional accrediting association. 

2. A score of no less than 900 on the Graduate 
Record Examination (Verbal and Quantitative 
sections), or a score of no less than 450 on 
the Graduate Management Admission Test, 
or a score of no less than 40 on the Miller 
Analogies Test. Students who fail to meet the 
criteria for regular admission may be admit- 
ted on a provisional basis if the combination 
of their GPA and admission test scores con- 
form to the following established formula: 

(a) (GPA x 100) + (MAT x 10) = 560 or 
greater 

(b) (GPA x 100) + (GRE General [Verbal 
and Quantitative]) = 1000 or greater 

In no case, however, may the GPA be less 
than 2.2, the MAT less than 31, or the GRE 
less than 700 (verbal and quantitative). 

Master of Public 
Administration 

(The M.P.A. is offered in Savannah in 
affiliation with SSC) 

For unqualified admission to the Graduate 
School to pursue graduate work leading to the 
Master of Public Administration degree, the ap- 
plicant must have: 

1. Completed requirements for the bachelor's 
degree in a college accredited by the proper 
regional association. 

2. An average of 2.5 (4.0 scale) or higher on 
courses in undergraduate work. 

3. A score of no less than 900 on the Graduate 
Record Examinations, Verbal and Quantita- 
tive. A student may be granted provisional 
admission with a minimum score of 800 on 
the GRE accompanied by a better than 2.5 
(4.0 scale) cumulative grade point average 
on undergraduate college work. 



74 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



4. An undergraduate major or the equivalent 
appropriate to the proposed field of study. 
For the applicant who has not completed re- 
quired courses in political science, the major 
professor will establish prerequisites at the 
time of admission. 

Master of Recreation 
Administration 

For unqualified admission to the Graduate 
School to pursue graduate work leading to the 
Master of Recreation Administration degree, the 
applicant must have: 

1 . Completed requirements for the bachelor's 
degree in a college accredited by the proper 
regional accrediting association. 

2. An average of "C + " (2.5 grade point aver- 
age) or higher on all undergraduate work. 

3. A score of no less than 900 on the Graduate 
Record Examinations (Verbal and Quantita- 
tive sections) or a score of no less than 44 
on the Miller Analogies Test. A student may 
be granted provisional admission with a min- 
imum score of 800 on the GRE or a minimum 
score of 40 on the Miller Analogies Test ac- 
companied by a better than 2.5 (4.0 scale) 
cumulative grade point average on under- 
graduate college work. 

4. An undergraduate major or the equivalent in 
the proposed field of study. 

Master of Science 

(Major in Biology) 

For unqualified admission to the Graduate 
School to pursue graduate work leading to the 
Master of Science degree, the applicant must 
have: 

1 . Completed requirements for the bachelor's 
degree in a college accredited by the proper 
regional accrediting associations. 

2. An average of 2.75 (4.0 scale) or higher on 
all undergraduate work. 

3. A score of no less than 800 on the Graduate 
Record Examinations (Verbal and Quantita- 
tive sections). A student may be granted pro- 
visional admission with a minimum score of 
750 on the GRE accompanied by better than 
2.5 (4.0 scale) cumulative grade point aver- 
age on undergraduate college work. 



4. An undergraduate major or the equivalent in 
the proposed field 'of study. 

Master of Science 

(Major in Criminal Justice) 
(The M.S. in Criminal Justice is 
offered in Savannah in affiliation with 
ASC) 

For unqualified admission to the Graduate 
School to pursue graduate work leading to the 
Master of Science (Major in Criminal Justice), the 
applicant must have: 

1 . Completed requirements for the bachelor's 
degree in a college accredited by the proper 
regional accrediting association. 

2. A minimum of 2.5 (4.0 scale) undergraduate 
GPA on all work attempted during the last 90 
quarter or 60 semester hours. 

3. A score of no less than 900 on the Graduate 
Record Examination (Verbal and Quantitative 
sections) or a score of no less than 51 on 
the Miller Analogies Test. Students unable to 
meet either or both of the regular admissions 
requirements may be considered for provi- 
sional admission if either: 

(a) The undergraduate grade point aver- 
age (last 90/60 hours) multiplied by 100 
and added to the GRE score (verbal 
and Quantitative) equals or exceeds 
1050; or 

(b) the undergraduate grade point average 
(last 90/60 hours) multiplied by 1 00 and 
added to the Miller Analogies Test 
score multiplied by 10 equals or ex- 
ceeds 650. 

In no event may the undergraduate GPA (last 
90/60 hours) less than 2.2 or the test score sub- 
mitted for determination of admission be less 
than 750 (Verbal and Quantitative) on the GRE or 
37 on the Miller Analogies Test. 

4. While an undergraduate degree in criminal 
justice is not a prerequisite to admission, 
newly-admitted students must be deemed 
adequately prepared for graduate study in 
this essentially multidisciplinary area. There- 
fore, students who lack the necessary back- 
ground, most notably in the social and 
behavioral sciences, may be required to 
complete additional undergraduate course- 
work. 



GRADUATE PROGRAMS 



75 



Master of Science 

(Major in Exercise Science) 

For unqualified admission to the Graduate 
School to pursue work leading to the Master of 
Science (Major in Exercise Science), the appli- 
cant must have: 

1. Completed requirements for the bachelor's 
degree in a college or university accredited 
by the proper regional accrediting associa- 
tion. 

2. An average of 2.75 (4.0 scale) or higher on 
all undergraduate work. 

3. A score of no less than 900 on the Graduate 
Record Examinations (Verbal and Quantita- 
tive), or 48 on the Miller Analogies Test. Pro- 
visional admission may be granted with a 2.5 
undergraduate GPA and 800 GRE, or 44 
MAT. 

4. Successfully completed the following, or 
equivalent, coursework: 

10 quarter hours Anatomy and Physiology 
5 quarter hours of Kinesiology 
5 quarter hours of Exercise Physiology 
5 quarter hours of Chemistry 
Those candidates who have not completed 
the above course work will be required to 
complete these or equivalent courses prior 
to beginning any graduate course work. Ex- 
ceptions to this requirement must be ap- 
proved by the Graduate Coordinator and the 
Chair of the Sport Science and Physical Ed- 
ucation Department. 

Master of Science 

(Major in Mathematics) 

The requirements for the mathematics major 
include the satisfactory completion of graduate 
courses with a minimum credit of 40 quarter 
hours plus a thesis or fifteen additional quarter 
hours in lieu of the thesis. 

Master of Science 

(Major in Sport Management) 

For unqualified admission to the Graduate 
School to pursue graduate work leading to the 
Master of Sciences (Sport Management) degree, 
the applicant must have: 



1. Completed requirements for the bachelor's 
degree in a college or university accredited 
by the proper regional accrediting associa- 
tion. 

2. An average of 2.75 (4.0 scale) or higher on 
all undergraduate work. 

3. A score of no less than 900 on the Graduate 
Record Examinations Verbal and Quantita- 
tive, or 44 on the Miller Analogies Test, or an 
acceptable GMAT score. GMAT scores are 
evaluated by the following formula: 200 x 
overall GPA + the GMAT score must equal 
no less than 950 for regular admission. Pro- 
visional admission may be granted with a 2.5 
undergraduate GPA and 800 GRE, 36 MAT, 
or 900 GMAT formula score. 

4. Successful completion of a personal inter- 
view with ranking members of the faculty. 

Master of Science for 
Teachers 

See requirements listed under "Master of Ed- 
ucation". 

Master of Science in Nursing 

(The M.S.N, is offered in Savannah in 
affiliation with ASC) 

For unqualified admission to the Graduate 
School to pursue graduate work leading to the 
Master of Science in Nursing degree, the appli- 
cant must have: 

1. Completed requirements for the bachelor's 
degree in the college accredited by the 
proper regional accrediting association. 

2. A average of 2.5 (4.0 scale) or higher on all 
undergraduate work. 

3. A score of no less than 900 on the Graduate 
Record Examinations (Verbal and Quantita- 
tive sections) or 44 on the Miller Analogies 
Test. A student may be granted provisional 
admission with a minimum score of 800 on 
the GRE or 36 on the MAT accompanied by 
a better than 2.5 (4.0 scale) cumulative 
grade point average on undergraduate col- 
lege work. 

4. An undergraduate major in the proposed 
field of study or its equivalent. Preference is 
given to student from school accredited by 
the National League for Nursing. 



76 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



In addition, the Department of Nursing: 

1. requires validation of physical assessment 
skills prior to admission to the programs of 
study. A physical assessment course is of- 
fered the summer prior to the fall admission. 

2. requires a pre-admission interview con- 
ducted by nursing faculty. 

3. requires a statistics course or a statistically 
oriented methodology course prior to admis- 
sion. 

4. gives preference to applicants with a desire 
to work and live in a rural or underserved 
areas. Minority and rural students are en- 
couraged to apply. 

5. requires students to have a current Georgia 
RN license. Out of state students must apply 
for Georgia licensure. 

6. requires students to have a minimum of one 
year work experience in nursing before en- 
tering the program. 

Master of Technology 

For unqualified admission to the Graduate 

School to pursue graduate work leading to the 

Master of Technology degree, the applicant must 

have: 

1 . Completed requirements for the bachelor's 

degree in a college accredited by the proper 

regional accrediting association. 



An average of "C + " (2.5 grade point aver- 
age) or higher on all undergraduate work. 
A score of no less than 900 on the Graduate 
Record Examinations (Verbal and Quantita- 
tive sections). A student may be granted pro- 
visional admission with a minimum score of 
800 on the GRE accompanied by a better 
than 2.5 (4.0 scale) cumulative grade point 
average on undergraduate college work. 
An undergraduate major or the equivalent in 
the proposed field of study. 



The Graduate School Catalog 



For information concerning graduate courses, 
graduate programs of study in each degree, field 
of research, the graduate faculty, regulations gov- 
erning admissions, credits-, examinations, fellow- 
ships and other aids, and higher degrees, 
reference must be made to the Georgia Southern 
University Graduate Catalog. Copies are available 
in the Office of the Associate Graduate Dean at 
ASC or the Office of the Graduate School at GSU. 




a 


< sJ* El 


1 


.'JUKI 


i 





78 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



SCHOOL OF ARTS AND 
SCIENCES 

Adams, Joseph V. 



Dean 



Philosophy and Goals 

Through its academic programs, professional 
staff, scholarly resources, and physical facilities, 
the School of Arts and Sciences opens to quali- 
fied students opportunity for the best possible ed- 
ucation attainable within the confines of its 
programming and resources. 

The School's core curriculum provides for all 
students, regardless of major, an introduction to 
the arts, sciences, social sciences, and mathe- 
matics. More information on this core curriculum 
can be found on page 56. 

In addition, the School of Arts and Sciences 
enables students to pursue specialized study in 
particular disciplines. Such study intends to 
broaden and deepen a student's knowledge of 
the field, familiarize a student with its methodol- 
ogies, provide a foundation for graduate study, 
and prepare students for a variety of careers. 

To complement classroom instruction, stu- 
dents in the arts and sciences programs can take 
advantage of a host of opportunities to enhance 
their understanding of chosen disciplines. These 
opportunities include participating, in one form or 
another, in such activities as extra curricular and 
curricular related lectures, field trips, perform- 
ances, recitals, and exhibits. Additional opportun- 
ities include participating in professional 
organizations and honorary societies. 

Organization and Degrees 

The School of Arts and Sciences includes the 
departments of art and music; biology; chemistry 
and physics; education; government; history; lan- 
guages, literature, and dramatic arts; mathemat- 
ics and computer science; and psychology. 
Undergraduate degree programs: 
Associate in Arts 
Associate of Applied Science in 

Criminal Justice 
Bachelor of Arts with majors in: 
Art 

Drama/Speech 
English 
History 



Music 

Political Science ' 
Psychology 
Bachelor of General Studies 
Bachelor of Music Education 
Bachelor of Science with majors in: 
Biology 
Chemistry 
Computer Science 
Criminal Justice 

Mathematical Sciences (Mathematics) 
Mathematical Sciences (Applied 

Mathematics) 
Mathematical Sciences (Computer 

Science) 
Mathematical Sciences (Mathematics Edu- 
cation) 
Physical Science 
Further particulars on the undergraduate liberal 
arts programs are found in the arts and sciences 
departmental sections. 

Several liberal arts degrees are offered in co- 
operation with the Division of Education and pro- 
vide teacher certification. These are listed below. 
A more comprehensive list of certification pro- 
grams is listed in the Division of Education sec- 
tion of this catalog. 

Bachelor of Arts (with teacher certification) with 
majors in: 
English 
History 

Political Science 
All teacher education programs are approved 
by the, Georgia State Department of Education 
and are accredited by the National Council for 
Accreditation of Teacher Education. 

Minor Concentrations of Study 

The following minors are offered by depart- 
ments within the School of Arts and Sciences. 
Students may include one or more of these in 
their programs of study as circumstances may 
permit. 

Anthropology 

Art 

Biology 

Botany 

Chemistry 

Communications 

Computer Science 

Criminal Justice 

Drama/Speech 



SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 



79 



Economics 

Engineering Science 

English 

Film 

Foreign Language 

History 

Human Biology 

International Studies 

Legal Studies 

Linguistics 

Mathematics 

Mental Health 

Museum/Preservation Studies 

Music 

Organizational Psychology 

Philosophy 

Physical Sciences 

Physics 

Political Science 

Psychology 

Public Administration 

Russian Studies 

Sociology 

Zoology 



General Studies 

Director: Dr. Grace Martin 

Department of Psychology 



Associate and baccalaureate degree programs 
in General Studies, emphasizing a liberal arts ed- 
ucation, are operated under the general super- 
vision of the Dean of the School of Arts and 
Sciences and under the immediate direction of 
the head of the department of psychology. Cur- 
riculum guidance for these programs is provided 
by the General Studies Degree Program Com- 
mittee. Interested students should contact the 
psychology department head for assistance. 

The Bachelor of General Studies degree is also 
available at the Brunswick Center on the Bruns- 
wick College campus in Brunswick, Ga. Inter- 
ested persons should contact the coordinator of 
the Brunswick Center or the head of psychology 
on the Armstrong campus. 

For the two-year degree of Associate in Arts, a 
student must complete at least 30 hours of the 
required course work and 45 quarter hours of all 
coursework in this program at Armstrong State 



College. The program is designed to provide a 
substantial liberal education as a base for upper 
division specialization. 

Certain courses may be exempted by exami- 
nation. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
ASSOCIATE IN ARTS 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 63 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course selected from. ART 
200, 271, 272, 273; 

ENG 222; MUS 200; PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1 . Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

2. MAT 101 and 103 or 195 or 220 

or 290 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191 or 115 or 192; 

HIS 251 or 252 10 

2. POS 113 and one course 
selected from: ANT 201; 
ECO 201, 202; PSY 101; 
SOC201 10 

Area V 3 

1. PE 103 or 108 1 

2. Two activity courses 2 

B. Courses in the Concentration and/or 

Electives 30 

These courses may be specified by a 
department or may be electives. Stu- 
dents planning work toward a bacca- 
laureate degree should select courses 
that meet listed requirements of that 
degree program. 

C. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . . 

TOTAL 93 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF GENERAL STUDIES 

At least four quarters prior to anticipated grad- 
uation, students must submit a degree proposal 
to the Program Director for approval. 



80 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Hours General Studies 30 

A. Genera! Requirements 96 Courses at the 20u or above level 

Area I 20 1. Humanities 5-10 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or American civilization, art, com- 
292 15 parative literature, English or 

2. One course selected from: ART American literature, history, mu- 

200, 271 , 272, 273; sic, philosophy. 

ENG 222; MUS 200; 2. Social Sciences 5-10 

PHI 201 5 Anthropology, criminal justice, 

Area II 20 economics, geography, museum 

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 195 or 220 and preservation studies, politi- 
or 290 10 ca | science, psychology, sociol- 

2. Approved laboratory science ogy. 

sequence 10 3. Mathematics and Natural 

Ar ea III 20 Sciences 5-10 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192; Astronomy, biology, botany, 
POS 113 15 chemistry, entomology, geology, 

2. One course from: ANT 201; ECO mathematics, meteorology, 

201, 202; PSY 101; SOC 201 5 oceanography, physics, zoology. 
Area lv 30 4. Communication Arts 5-10 

1. HIS251or252 . . 5 Computer science, drama/ 

2. Two courses selected from: ART h fj| forei | anguageSi 

^^ 2 S, 2 S ;E ! 222: journalism, linguistics. 

MUS 200; PH 200, 201; two Area ^ concentration (Any University 

courses in any foreign language System approved minor) 20-29 

through the 200 level 10 E f ectives 

3. One or two courses selected _ t , .. _ . t _ 

from: ANT 201; CS 115, 120, 5 " Re 9 ents and Exit Examinations _0 

142; ECO 201, 202; PSY 101; TOTAL 191 

SOC 201 5-10 

4. One or two courses selected 

bio 101, 102; bot 203; che Art and Music 

121, 122; CHE 128, 129; CHE 

201, 202; CHE 211; PHY 211, J*T® , 

212 213- PHY 217 218 219' Anderson, James, Department Head 

PHS 1 21 ,' 1 22; ZOO 204, 208, ' Bowles, Kenneth 
209 # 5_10 Harris, Robert 

Area v 6 Jensen, John 

1 . PE 1 03 or 1 08 and 1 1 7 or 1 66 3 * Jensen - Linda 

2. Three activity courses 3 Schmidt, John 

*Schultz, Lucinda 

NOTE: Certain preceding courses may be ex- Voqe | sanq Kevin 

empted by examination with credit awarded. Also, 
if a physical science sequence is used to satisfy 
Area II, then a biological science must be chosen Graduate hacuity 

in Area IV. The converse is also true. 

Other Requirements 95 The Department of Art and Music offers the 

1 . A minimum of 35 hours at the Bachelor of Arts degree with majors in art and 
300 level. music, the Bachelor of Music Education degree, 

2. A maximum of 40 hours in any and in cooperation with the Department of Sec- 
one discipline excluding courses ondary Education, the Bachelor of Science in Art 
taken under section A. Education. 



ART AND MUSIC 



81 



Placement Examinations 

Transfer and new students in music must take 
placement examinations as appropriate in ap- 
plied music, music theory, and music history. Ac- 
ceptance of transfer credit towards graduation 
requirements in each area is contingent upon the 
results of the examination. 

Transfer students in art will be required to take 
a placement examination in art history. Addition- 
ally, coursework at other institutions in studio art 
may not be counted towards graduation until a 
portfolio of artwork is submitted demonstrating 
competency in those areas in which classes have 
been completed. 
Additional Requirements for Music Majors 

There are a variety of departmental policies and 
regulations which affect music majors. Included 
are requirements for recital attendance, ensem- 
ble participation, piano proficiency, recital partic- 
ipation, applied music levels, and the Rising 
Junior Applied Music Examination. A copy of A 
Handbook of Policies and Regulations for Music 
Majors will be given to each music student. 

Please see the "Fees" section of this catalog 
for information on applied music fees. 
Directed Individual Studies (DIS) 

Directed Individual Studies (DIS) have a dis- 
tinctly useful place in the Arts and Music curric- 
ulum. The intent of the DIS is for an enrichment 
experience that otherwise is unavailable in the 
classroom. Normally, regular curriculum course- 
work should not be completed by individual study. 

However, if a regular course is to be taught by 
individual study, the following criteria must be met 
before approval may be granted by the depart- 
ment head: 1) the course must not have been 
offered during the preceding three quarters nor 
be scheduled during the succeeding three quar- 
ters; 2) the student must gain the approval of the 
anticipated instructor; 3) transient students must 
gain the permission of not only the department 
head, but the dean of faculty, and of the college 
from which the student comes; and 4) the student 
must demonstrate, in writing, that a hardship will 
exist if permission is denied, for the student to 
take an individual study. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
ART 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 



2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; PHI 201; 

MUS 200 5* 

Area II 20 

1 . MAT 1 01 and 1 03 or 222 or 290 1 

2. Lab Science Sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192; POS 
113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201, ECO 

201, PSY 101, 

SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. ART 111, 112, 201, 

202, 213 25 

2. MUS 200 or 210 5 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 40 

1. ART 204, 313, 330, 340, 370, 
413, 470 30 

2. One from: ART 271, 

272, 273 5* 

C. Special Course Requirements 20 

1. Foreign language sequence 
through 103 15 

2. PHI 400 5 

D. Electives 35 

Recommend ART 271, 272, 273* 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations .... 

TOTAL 196 
*(May not be duplicated with major field, Area I, 
and elective requirements.) 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
MUSIC 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272. 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 



82 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 290 10 

2. Lab Science Sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS114or191,115or192;POS 
113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201 , ECO 
201, PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1. MUS111, 112, 113,211,212, 

213 18 

2. MUS 140 6 

3. MUS 256 or 254 . 6 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 33 

1. MUS 240, 281,340, 371,372, 

373 24 

2. Two Courses from MUS 312, 
361, 412 6 

3. One Course from MUS 41 6, 425, 
427 3 

C. Track Options 38 

1 . General Track: Electives .... 38 
One of the following perform- 
ance/composition tracks. Pre- 
requisite: Departmental 
Permission Only. 

2. Keyboard Performance 

MUS 258, 440, 420, 421 .... 15 
Electives 23 

3. Vocal Performance 

MUS 313, 314, 315,440 .... 15 
Electives 23 

4. Wind Instrument Performance 

MUS 440, 481 9 

One course from MUS 312, 361 , 

412 3* 

One course from MUS 432 or 

433 3 

Electives 23 

5. Composition 

MUS 422 12 

One course from MUS 312, 361 , 

412 3* 

Electives 23 

D. Special Course Requirements 25 

1. ART 271, 272, 273 (may not be 
duplicated with Area I 
requirement) 10 



2. Foreign language sequence 
through 103 15 

3. RECITAL PERFORMANCES (de- 
termined by option) 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . _0 

TOTAL 197 

'(May not be' duplicated with Major Field Requirements) 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF MUSIC EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 



C,'P 



EJ 



PROI 

BACi 
ART 



Area II 20 



1. 

2. 

Area 

1. 



MAT 101, 290 

Laboratory Science Sequence 



10 
10 
20 



HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192; POS 

113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201 , ECO 

201 , SOC 201 . . . , 5 

Area IV . 30 

1. EDN200; PSY 101 10 

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201 5 

•3. MUS 111, 112, 113, 140 15 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

Courses in the Major Field 70-73 

1. MUS 211, 212, 213, 236, 237, 
238, 239, 281 20 

2. MUS 240, 340 12 

3. MUS 312, 330, 331, 

361,412 17 

4. MUS 371, 372, 373 9 

5. One of the following emphases: 

A. Choral Emphasis 

MUS 353, 313, 423, 480, and 

314 or 315 12 

B. Instrumental Emphasis 
MUS 227, 352, 416,424, 

481 12 



ART AND MUSIC 



83 



C. Keyboard Emphasis 

MUS 227, 425, 420 or 421, 
423 or 424, 352 or 353, 480 

or 481 15 

Professional Sequence 25 

1. EXC310; EDN335, 471, 472, 

473 25 

Special Course Requirements 

One half of senior recital ... 

Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 196-199 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
ART EDUCATION 



Hours 

General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115or 192; POS 
113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201 ; ECO 
201,202; SOC201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN200, PSY101 10 

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201 5 

3. ART 111, 112, 213 15 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

Teaching Concentration 63-68 

1. ART 201, 202, 204 15 

2. ART 271, 272, 273* 10-15 

3. ART 313, 330, 340, 350, 351, 

370 30 

4. One course from: ART 314, 362, 
363 5 

5. ART 400 3 



C. Professional Sequence 25 

1. EXC310; EDN 335, 471, 472, 

473 25 

D. Electives 0-5 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 194 
'*May not be duplicated in Area I. 



Minor Concentrations 

Minor concentrations in art and in music are 
available through the Department of Art and Mu- 
sic. The requirements of each are: 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 63 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 
200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; 
MUS 200; PHI 200, 201 5 

Area II 20 

1 . Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

2. MAT 101 and 103 or 195 or 220 

or 290 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191 or 115 or 192; 

HIS 251 or 252 10 

2. POS 113 and one course se- 
lected from: ANT 201 ; ECO 201 , 
202; PSY 101; SOC 201 .... 10 

AreaV 3 

1. PE 103 or 108 1 

2. Two activity courses 2 

B. Courses in the Concentration 

Art 25 

1. ART 111, 112 10 

2. One course selected from: ART 271, 
272, 273 5 

3. Two courses selected from: 

ART 201, 202, 211, 213, 214, 314, 330, 
331,340,362,363,364,370,413. . . 10 
Music 29 

1. MUS 111, 112, 113 9 

2. Applied Music (six hours in one area) 6 

3. Music Ensemble 251 

or 254 6 

4. Music History and 

Literature 8 



84 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



5. 



MUS 000 (recital 
attendance) . . . 



Associate in Arts with Concentrations 

HOURS 

Concentration in Art 25 

1. ART 111, 112 10 

2. One course selected from: ART 271, 
272, 273 5 

3. Two courses selected from: 

ART 114, 201, 202, 211, 213, 214, 215, 

330, 331, 340, 362, 363, 364 370, 413 10 

Concentration in Music 29 

1. MUS 111, 112, 113 9 

2. Applied Music (six hours in one area) 6 

3. Music Ensemble 256, 254 6 

4. Music History and 

Literature 8 

5. Piano Proficiency 

6. MUS 000 (Recital Attendance) 



Art Offerings 

Unless stated otherwise, courses are open to 
non-art majors. 

ART 111 -Basic Design I (4-2-5) 

Fall. . 

An introduction to two-dimensional design and 
graphic communication. 

ART 112-Baslc Design II (4-2-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or better 
in Art III or permission of instructor. 

The fundamentals of three-dimensional design 
introduced through sculptural projects in various 
media. 

ART 200 -Introduction to the Visual Arts 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

A study of artistic theories, styles, media and 
techniques and their application in masterworks 
of art from all ages. Not recommended for art 
majors. 

ART 201 -Painting I (4-2-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher 
in ART 111 or ART 213 or permission of the in- 
structor. 

A basic course in acrylic or oil painting from 
observed and secondary sources. 



ART 202 -Painting II (4-2-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite:^ grade of "C" or higher 
in ART 201 or permission of the instructor. 

A continuation of Painting I with an increasing 
emphasis on student selected painting problems. 

ART 204 -Introduction to Photography 
(4-2-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Introduction to black and white photographic 
aesthetics and processes. Including study of the 
mechanical-optical functions of cameras and en- 
larges as well as printing and processing of film 
in a controlled environment. 

ART 211 -Graphic Design (4-2-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Prerequisite: ART 111 or permission of the in- 
structor. 

The fundamentals of visual communication in- 
cluding design, layout, typography and reproduc- 
tion as related to modern advertising techniques. 

ART 21 3 -Drawing I (4-2-5) 

Winter. 

A fundamental course emphasizing represen- 
tational drawing from still-life, landscape, and fi- 
gural form. 

ART 271 -History of Art (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

A survey of the visual arts, painting, scuipture, 
and architecture, in Western Civilization from pre- 
history to the Late Middle Ages. 

ART 272 -History of Art II (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

Italian Renaissance through Rococo art. 

ART 273 -History of Art III (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

Modern Art, the late eighteenth through the 
twentieth centuries. 

ART 31 3 -Drawing II (4-2-5) 

Spring. 

Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher in ART 
213 or permission of the instructor. 

A continuation of Drawing I with emphasis on 
figuration, composition, and color. 

ART 31 4 -Intermediate Photography 
(3-3-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Prerequisite: ART 204 or permission of the in- 
structor. 

A continuation of the study of the aesthetics 
and processes in black and white photography. 



po! 
SCi 

crs 

am 
inti 

s!p 
A! 



ART AND MUSIC 



85 



ART 31 5 -Color Photography (3-3-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Prerequisite: ART 204, or permission of the in- 
structor. 

An introduction of the principles, aesthetics, 
and print processes of color photography. 

ART 31 6 -Hand Colored and Manipulated 
Silver Print (3-3-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Prerequisite: ART 204, or permission of the in- 
structor. 

Exploration of a variety of media and tech- 
niques to enhance and alter a silver print. 
ART 320 -Art for the Elementary Teacher 
(4-2-5) 

.Fall, Spring. 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

A study, with studio experience, of materials 
and methods for teaching art at the elementary 
school level. 

ART 330 -Ceramics I (4-2-5) 

Introduction to fundamentals of wheel thrown 
pottery, handbuilding techniques and ceramic 
sculpture. Emphasis is on decoration, form, 
craftsmanship and creativity. Traditional glazing 
and firing techniques as well as an exploration 
into non-traditional methods of coloring and con- 
struction. 

ART 331 -Pottery Techniques (4-2-5) 

Emphasis in on techniques of pottery utilizing 
the potter's wheel. 

ART 333 -Ceramic Sculpture (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Ceramics I or permission of in- 
structor. 

Emphasis is on developing ideas into large- 
scale ceramic sculpture. Individual attention and 
direction is facilitated. Projects may include pot- 
tery, the figure, abstractions, wall relief and mixed 
media construction. 

ART 340-Printmaklng I (4-2-5) 

An introduction to basic printmaking ideas and 
terminology. Projects will include one or more of 
the following: linoleum, woodblock, intaglio, silk- 
screen and non-traditional methods of making 
prints. 

ART 350 -Art In the Lower School (4-2-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 
Art education majors only. 

The analysis and evaluation of techniques and 
materials for teaching art in the elementary 
school. 



ART 351 -Art In the Middle and Upper 
School (4-2-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Permission of the instruc- 
tor. Art education majors only. 

The analysis and evaluation of techniques and 
materials for teaching art in junior and senior high 
school. 

ART 362 -Enameling/Jewelry Making 
(4-2-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Introduction of process in the production of a 
variety of enameled art works, and of processes 
in the making of jewelry, both handmade and 
cast. 

ART 363 -Batik/Textile Design (4-2-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Exploration of a variety of processes used in 
applying original designs to fabric. 
ART 364 -Fibers Construction (4-2-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Development of processes used in on and off 
techniques in weaving and in contemporary fiber 
wall hangings. 

ART 370 -Figure Sculpture I (4-2-5) 

An introduction to basic sculpture ideas, ter- 
minology, and processes. Emphasis will be 
placed on working with the human figure utilizing 
clay and other media. 

ART 371 -Sculpture Materials (4-2-5) 

This course is an introduction to additive and 
subtractive sculpture techniques. Emphasis will 
be placed on a variety of sculptural imagery and 
media including wood construction, carving, and 
mixed media. 

ART 400-Semlnar In Art Education 
(3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Art 
education majors only. 

A survey of current trends in instructional and 
research techniques. 
ART 41 3 -Drawing III (4-2-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: A grade of "C" or higher 
in ART 313 or permission of instructor 

A continuation of Drawing II with increasingly 
complex problems in concept, design, and tech- 
nique. 
ART 470 -Senior Portfolio (1-6-5) 

Each student will develop a body of work in the 
medium of choice that demonstrates a consistent 
theme or approach. This course is taken in prep- 
aration for the Senior Portfolio Review and Exhi- 
bition. 



86 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



ART 489 -Selected Studies in Art (V-V(1-5) 

Offered on demand 

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 

Varied course offerings designed to meet spe- 
cial institutional and community needs. May be 
repeated for credit. 

ART 490 -Directed individual Study 
(V-V-(1-5)) 

Prerequisite: See departmental statement. 

ART 491 -Internship (V-V-(1 -4-5)) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisite: 
Permission of instructor and department head 
and an overall grade point average of 2.5. 

The student will pursue an individually de- 
signed course project involving off-campus study, 
work, and/or research. Projects usually encom- 
pass the entire academic quarter and are under 
the joint supervision of the sponsoring institution 
and his/her faculty supervisor. 



Applied Music Offerings 

Unless stated otherwise, courses are open to 
non-music majors. 

MUS 130-Applied Music (one credit) 

Prerequisite: Sufficient music background, de- 
termined by audition of MUS 110. 

One twenty-five minute lesson per week in 
brass, organ, percussion, piano, strings, voice, or 
woodwinds. Applicable to a music degree only for 
a secondary applied credit. May be repeated for 
credit. 

MUS 140-Applied Music (two credits) 

Prerequisite: Open to music majors and a lim- 
ited number of non-majors by audition only. 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, 
percussion, piano, strings, voice or woodwinds. 
May be repeated for credit. 

MUS 240 -Applied Music (two credits) 

Prerequisite: Competency at the MUS 140 level 
as determined by jury examination. Music majors 
only. 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, 
percussion, piano, strings, voice or woodwinds. 
May be repeated for credit. 

MUS 340-Applied Music (two credits) 

Prerequisite: Successful completion of the Ris- 
ing Junior Applied Music Examination. Music ma- 
jors only. 



Private and class instruction in brass, organ, 
percussion, piano, strings, voice or woodwinds. 
May be repeated for credit. 

MUS 440 -Applied Music (two credits) 

Prerequisite: Competency at the MUS 340 level 
as determined by jury examination. Music majors 
only. 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, 
percussion, piano, strings, voice or woodwinds. 
May be repeated for credit. 



Music Offerings 

MUS 000 -Recital Attendance (0-V-0) 

A requirement for music majors and minors 
which consists of attendance at a designated 
number of concerts/recitals each quarter. 
MUS 110- Basic Music Theory (3-0-3) 

Spring. 

An introduction to music theory for students 
needing skills for MUS 111. May not be used for 
credit toward a degree in music. 
MUS 111 -Elementary Theory I (3-2-3) 

Fall. Prerequisite: MUS 1 1 or equivalent by ex- 
amination. 

An introduction to the basic theoretical princi- 
ples of music including sightsinging, ear-training 
and keyboard harmony. 

MUS 112-Elementary Theory II (3-2-3) 

Winter. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher 
in MUS 1 1 1 or permission of instructor. 

A continuation of MUS 1 1 1 with emphasis on 
part-writing and diatonic material. 
MUS 113 -Elementary Theory III (3-2-3) 

Spring. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher 
in MUS 112 or permission of instructor. 

A continuation of MUS 112 introducing seventh 
chords and diatonic modulation. 
MUS 114- Jazz Improvisation I (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 113 or 
permission of instructor. 

Emphasis on basic jazz literature, chord sym- 
bol, melodic patterns, ear training, melodic con- 
cepts and analysis of improvised solos. 
MUS 200 -Introduction to Music Literature 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

A course designed to help the student under- 
stand music by means of analysis of style, forms, 
and media of musical expression. 



ART AND MUSIC 



87 



MUS 201 -Understanding Jazz (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. 

A non-technical survey of jazz performers and 
I styles with emphasis on recorded literature. The 
course will examine elements of jazz such as im- 
provisation, instrumentation and rhythm and trace 
i their development from New Orleans to contem- 
porary fusion music. 

MUS 202 -Survey of Rock Music (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. 

A non-technical survey of rock music and its 
styles with emphasis on recorded literature. 

MUS 203 -Popular Music in 20th Century 
America (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. 

A survey of popular music from ragtime to pres- 
ent. Examination of popular music and its rela- 
tionship to American culture. 

MUS 211 -Intermediate Theory I (3-2-3) 

Fall. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher in 
MUS 113 or permission of instructor. 

A continuation of MUS 113 with emphasis on 
chromatic harmony. 

MUS 21 2 -Intermediate Theory II (3-2-3) 

Winter. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher 
in MUS 21 1 or permission of instructor. 
A continuation of MUS 21 1 . 

MUS 21 3 -Intermediate Theory III (3-2-3) 

Spring. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher 
in MUS 212 or permission of instructor. 

A continuation of MUS 212 with emphasis on 
twentieth century techniques. 

MUS 21 4 -Jazz Improvisation II (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: MUS 114 or permission of the in- 
structor. 

Emphasis on the analysis and performance of 
intermediate jazz literature and composition in 
contemporary styles. 

MUS 224 -Class Guitar (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. 

Designed for the development of basic skills in 
playing the guitar for accompanying. Focuses on 
chorded styles and their application to music 
such as folk songs and popular music. 

MUS 226-Class Piano I, II, III (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Permission 
of the instructor. Students enrolling in II or III must 
have received a grade of "C" or higher in the 
preceding class. 



A study of keyboard techniques with emphasis 
on the skills needed to fulfill the piano proficiency 
requirement. 

MUS 227 -Class Voice (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music major 
status or permission of the instructor. 

A study of voice production techniques with 
practical application to standard song literature. 
Not open to students whose principal instrument 
is voice. 

MUS 228-Class Piano for Non-Music 
Majors (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Permission 
of the instructor. 

An applied study of keyboard literature and 
techniques at the beginning and elementary lev- 
els. An elective course, open only to non-music 
majors, which meets in the electronic piano lab- 
oratory. May be repeated for credit. 

MUS 236 -Brass Methods (0-4-2) 

Offered on demand. Music majors only. 
An introduction to the principles of brass in- 
strument performance and pedagogy. 

MUS 237 -Woodwind Methods (0-4-2) 

Offered on demand. Music majors only. 
An introduction to the principles of woodwind 
instrument performance and pedagogy. 

MUS 238 -Percussion Methods (0-4-2) 

Offered on demand. Music majors only. 
An introduction to the principles of percussion 
instrument performance and pedagogy. 

MUS 239 -String Methods (0-4-2) 

Offered on demand. Music majors only. 
An introduction to the principles of string in- 
strument performance and pedagogy. 

MUS 250 -Pep Band (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter. Open to qualified students. 

A group to provide spirit music at school ath- 
letic functions. May be taken for academic credit, 
at most, four times. 

MUS 251 -Concert Band (0-2-1) 

Open to qualified students. 

Repertoire to be selected from the standard 
literature for symphonic band. Public perform- 
ances are a part of the course requirement. 

MUS 252-Jazz Ensemble (0-2-1) 

Open to qualified students. 

Repertoire to be selected from a variety of jazz 
styles and periods. Public performances are a 
part of the course requirement. 



88 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



MUS 253 -Armstrong Singers (0-2-1) 

Membership open to all students by audition. 
Jazz Choir. Public performances are a part of the 
course requirement. 

MUS 254 -Concert Choir (0-3-1) 

Membership open to all students. Ability to 
read music desired but not required. Repertoire 
to be selected each quarter from the standard 
choral concert literature. There will be public per- 
formances each quarter. 

MUS 255 -Chamber Ensemble (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. 

Open to all qualified students in the perform- 
ance media of brass, woodwind, string, keyboard, 
voice, and percussion instruments. 

MUS 256-Wind Ensemble (0-3-1) 

Offered on demand. Permission of instructor 
only. 

Repertoire to be selected from the standard 
wind ensemble literature. Public performances 
are part of the course requirement. 

MUS 257 -Opera Workshop (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. 

Preparation and performance of work or ex- 
cerpts of works from the operatic repertoire. 

MUS 258 -Keyboard Accompanying 
(1-2-2) 

Offered on demand. Music majors only. 
A study of the basic principles of accompani- 
ment. 

MUS 259 -Oratorio Chorus (0-2-1) 

Membership open to all. 

Evening rehearsals. Literature to be selected 
from the larger choral works. Ability to read music 
not required. Public performances are part of the 
course requirement. 

MUS 281 -Conducting (3-0-3) 

Fall. Prerequisite: MUS 113. Music majors only. 
An introduction to the techniques of conducting 
and interpretation. 

MUS 31 2 -Form and Analysis (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 213. 
Music majors only. 

The study of the principles of form in music and 
techniques of harmonic analysis. 

MUS 31 3 -English and Italian Lyric Diction 
and Repertoire (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Music Majors Only 
A study of the International Phonetic Alphabet, 
the phonetics of English and Italian for singing 



and a survey of representative English and Italian 
vocal repertoire. 

MUS 31 4 -German Lyric Diction and 
Repertoire (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: MUS 217, music majors only 
Orientation to the phonetics of German for 
singing by means of the International Phonetic 
Alphabet and a survey of representative German 
vocal repertoire. 

MUS 31 5 -French Lyric Diction and 
Repertoire (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: MUS 217, music majors only. 

Orientation to the phonetics of French for sing- 
ing by means of the International Phonetic Alpha- 
bet and a survey of representative French vocal 
repertoire. 

MUS 320 -Music for the Elementary 
Teacher (5-0-5) 

On demand. 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

A study of the materials and methods for teach- 
ing general music in the elementary classroom. 
Not for music majors. 

MUS 330 -Music in the Lower School 
(4-0-4) 

Winter. Music majors only. 

A course for music majors emphasizing anal- 
ysis and evaluation of techniques and materials 
for teaching music in the lower school. 

MUS 331 -Music in the Middle and Upper 
School (4-0-4) 

Spring. Music majors only. 

A course for music majors emphasizing anal- 
ysis and evaluation of techniques and materials 
for teaching music in the middle and senior high 
schools. 

MUS 352 -Band Methods (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music ma- 
jors only. 

A course dealing with the organization, main- 
tenance and development of school instrumental 
ensembles. 

MUS 353 -Choral Methods (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 227. 
Music majors only. 

A course dealing with the organization and de- 
velopment of school choral organizations, prob- 
lems of choral singing, and fundamentals of 
choral conducting. 



ART AND MUSIC 



89 



MUS 361 -Orchestration and Arranging 
(3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 213. 
Music majors only. 

An introduction to the techniques of arranging 
and scoring for vocal and instrumental ensem- 
bles. 

MUS 371 -Music History I (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: One year of 
music theory or permission of the instructor. Mu- 
sic majors only. 

The history of music in Western Civilization from 
its origins through the Renaissance. 

MUS 372 -Music History II (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: One year of 
music theory or permission of the instructor. Mu- 
sic majors only. 

The history of music in Western Civilization in 
the Baroque and Classic Periods. 

MUS 373- Music History III (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 213 or 
permission of the instructor. Music majors only. 

The history of music in Western Civilization in 
the Romantic Period and in the 20th century. 

MUS 411 -Composition (V-V-2) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 213. 
Music majors only. May be repeated for credit. 

MUS 41 2 -Counterpoint (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 213. 
Music majors only. 

A study of contrapuntal practices of 18th cen- 
tury music. 

MUS 41 6 -Topics in Instrumental 
Repertoire and Pedagogical Techniques 
(3-0-3). 

Offered on demand. Junior status or permis- 
sion of the instructor. May be repeated for credit 
as topics vary. 

A survey of instrumental literature and teaching 
techniques for brass, guitar, percussion, or wood- 
wind instruments. 

MUS 420 -Piano Literature I (3-0-3) 

A survey of the historical, stylistic, formal, and 
aesthetic features of piano literature of the Ba- 
roque and Classic periods. 

MUS 421 -Piano Literature II (3-0-3) 

A survey of the historical, stylistic, formal, and 
aesthetic features of piano literature of the Ro- 
mantic and Contemporary periods. 



MUS 422 -Opera Literature (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 200. 

A survey of the historical, stylistic, formal, and 
aesthetic features of the lyric theatre from Ba- 
roque to the present. 

MUS 423 -Choral Repertoire (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Junior status 
or permission of the instructor. Music majors only. 
A survey of the literature of choral ensemble. 

MUS 424 -Band Repertoire (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Junior status 
or permission of the instructor. Music majors only. 

A survey of the literature of band and wind en- 
semble. 

MUS 425 -Piano Pedagogy (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music ma- 
jors only. 

A study of pedagogical techniques of the piano 
and a survey of literature suited for teaching pur- 
poses. 

MUS 427 -Vocal Pedagogy (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. 

A study of pedagogical techniques of the voice 
and a survey of literature suited for teaching pur- 
poses. 

MUS 428- Marching Band Techniques 
(2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. 

Prerequisite: Music majors only or permission 
of the instructor. 

A study of techniques used in show design and 
instruction of the high school marching band. 

MUS 429 -Art Song (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite MUS 200. 

A survey of the historical, stylistic, formal, and 
aesthetic features of the art song from its origins 
to the present day. 

MUS 432 -Symphonic Music Literature 
(3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite MUS 200. 

A survey of the historical, stylistic, formal, and 
aesthetic features of symphonic music from its 
origins to the present day. 

MUS 433 -Instrumental Chamber Music 
Literature (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite MUS 200. 

A survey of the historical, stylistic, formal, and 
aesthetic features of instrumental chamber music 
from its origins to the present day. 



90 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



MUS 480 -Advanced Choral Conducting 
(3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites:. MUS 281 , 
312, 361. Music majors only. 
Advanced techniques for the choral conductor. 

MUS 481 —Advanced Instrumental 
Conducting (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: MUS 281 , 
312, 261. Music majors only. 

Advanced techniques for the instrumental con- 
ductor. 

MUS 489-Selected Studies in Music 
(V-V-(1-5)) 

Offered on demand. 

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 

Varied course offerings designed to meet spe- 
cial institutional and community needs. May be 
repeated for credit. 

MUS 490 -Directed Individual Study 
(V-V-(1-5)) 

Prerequisite: See departmental statement. Mu- 
sic majors only. 

MUS 491 -Internship (V-V-(1-5)) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisite: 
Permission of instructor and department head 
and an overall grade point average of 2.5. 

The student will pursue an individually de- 
signed course project involving off-campus study, 
work, and/or research. Projects usually encom- 
pass the entire academic quarter and are under 
the joint supervision of the sponsoring institution 
and his/her faculty supervisor. 



Biology 

Faculty 

Relyea, Kenneth, Department Head 
*Beumer, Ronald 
Brower, Moonyean 
Guillou, Laurent 
Larson, Brett 
Smith, Pamela 
Thome, Francis 
Tilley, Roger 

*Graduate Faculty 

The major in biology consists of BIO 101, BIO 
102, BOT 203 and ZOO 204, and at least 40 
quarter hours credit in biology courses (BIO, 



BOT, ENT, ZOO) numbered 300 or above. The 
majority of the courses in the major numbered 
300 or above must be taken in the Biology De-- 
partment at Armstrong State College. 

Each student acquiring a major in biology must 
include in his program the following courses: BIO 
370; BIO 480; BOT 410 or ZOO 410; one course 
in botany numbered 300 or above, other than 
BOT 410; and one course in zoology numbered 
300 or above, other than ZOO 410. If credit for 
any of the first three required units is transferred 
to Armstrong from another college, the depart- 
ment may require that it be validated by exami- 
nation. 

In addition, biology majors must complete el- 
ementary statistics and the course sequence in 
organic chemistry (15 quarter hours). The course 
in general college physics (15 quarter hours) is 
strongly recommended and should be consid- 
ered essential for those who expect to continue 
the study of biology beyond the B.S. degree. 

To be eligible for a B.S. degree in biology the 
student must have a grade of at least "C" for all 
biology courses. 

Beginning students who have successfully 
completed strong courses in biology in high 
school may take examinations for advanced 
placement or for credit for BIO 101 and/or 102. 
Arrangements to take these examinations may be 
made with the head of the department. 

In order to receive Core Curriculum credits for 
the biology laboratory science sequence by tak- 
ing biology in the Savannah State-Armstrong ex- 
change program, a student must take the ENTIRE 
sequence of ten quarter hours either at Arm- 
strong State College or at Savannah State Col- 
lege. 

By careful use of electives a student majoring 
in biology may concurrently acquire a second 
major in chemistry (i.e., he may take a "double 
major"). This program is recommended for pre- 
professional students. It does require 10 to 20 
quarter hours credit above the minimum required 
for graduation. Ask the department head for ad- \l 
ditional information. i 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR 
IN BIOLOGY 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192,201 or 

292 15 



BIOLOGY 



91 



2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. BIO 101; 102 10 

2. MAT 101 (or 103 or 206 if ex- 
amination allows) and MAT 220 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192; 

POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201 ; ECO 
201,202; PSY101, SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. CHE 128, 129, BOT 203 and 
ZOO 204 20 

2. Two courses from: natural sci- 
ences, Mathematics, foreign 
language 10 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 166 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement: 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 40 

1. BIO 370, 480; BOT 410 or 

ZOO 410 15 

2. Electives at the 300-400 level se- 
lected from biology, botany, en- 
tomology, and zoology. Electives 
must include one BOT course 
other than BOT 410 and one 
ZOO course other than ZOO 

410 25 

C. Courses in Related Fields 15 

CHE 341, 342, 343,344, 345, 

346 15 

D. Electives 35 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations .... 

TOTAL 191 

SPECIAL NOTES: 

(1 ) Biology majors should take BIO 1 01 and BIO 
102 during the freshman year, and BOT 203 
and ZOO 204 during the sophomore year. 
CHE 128 and 129 should be completed by 
the end of spring quarter of the sophomore 
year. 

(2) The biology major should complete organic 
chemistry (CHE 341, 342, 343) no later than 
the end of the junior year as it is prerequisite 
or corequisite to all physiology courses. 



(3) Students who may wish to enter graduate > 
school are advised that PHY 211, 212, 213, 
and foreign language to third quarter profi- 
ciency should be considered essential. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR 
IN BIOLOGY (with teacher certification) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 103, or 206 5 

2. MAT 220 5 

3. BIO 101; 102 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192; 

POS 113 15 

2. PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1. CHE 128, 129; ZOO 204; MAT 

103 20 

2. One course from: ANT 201 ; ECO 
200, 201 ; SOC 201 5 

3. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 5 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 166 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement: 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 45 

1. BIO 370, 480; BOT 203 15 

2. BOT 410 or ZOO 410 5 

3. Electives at the 300-400 level 
selected from botany and 

zoology 25 

C. Courses in Related Fields 30 

1. CHE 341, 342, 343, 344, 345, 

346 15 

2. Three of AST 301, MET 301, 
GEO301,OCE301,orPHY211, 
212, 213 15 

D. Professional Sequence 40 

1. EDN 200; EXC 310, EDN 335, 

447, 481, 482, 483 35 



92 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



2. PSY 201 or EDN 201 ... . 
E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . 

TOTAL 



216 



MINOR CONCENTRATIONS 

The following minor concentrations are avail- 
able from the Department of Biology. For minors, 
the student must earn a grade of "C" or better in 
each course offered for the minor. 
The minors and their requirements are: 

Hours 

Biology 25 

1. BIO 101, 102 10 

2. BIO electives of which at least 1 
hours must be at 300-400 level 15 

Botany 25 

1. BIO 101, 102; BOT203 15 

2. Two courses from: BOT 305, 
323,410,425 10 

Zoology 25 

1. BIO 101, 102; ZOO 204 .... 15 

2. Two courses selected from: ENT 
301; ZOO 325, 355, 356, 372, 
410,429,435 10 

Human Biology 25 

1. ZOO 208 and 209 10 

2. BIO/ZOO electives of which at 
least 10 hours must be at or 
above the 300-level. Choose 
from: BIO 210 or 351, BIO 310, 
353, 380, ZOO 215, or 330. . . 15 



Pre-Professlonal Programs 

Students majoring in biology may concurrently 
complete all pre-medical, pre-dental, and/or pre- 
veterinary requirements and all requirements for 
secondary teaching certification in science (biol- 
ogy). 

Other pre-professional programs include: 

Internships. The Department offers a number 
of internship options in the areas of research, ap- 
plied biology, and environmental education. It 
also offers programs in which students can work 
with physicians, veterinarians, and dentists. 

Pre-forestry program with the University of 
Georgia. A student may complete two years of 
a pre-forestry curriculum at Armstrong, then 



transfer to the University of Georgia. After two ad- 
ditional years of coursework, the student may re- 
ceive a B.S. in Forest Resources. 

Pre-forestry/Environmental Management 
Affiliation with Duke University. In this pro- 
gram, a student may complete three years of 
study at Armstrong and then may apply for ad- 
mission to the Duke program. If accepted, the 
student may complete two additional years at 
Duke. Upon successfully completing the first year 
at Duke, the student will receive a B.S. in Biology 
from Armstrong; after successful completion of 
the second year, the student will receive a Master 
of Science degree in either forestry or environ 
mental management from Duke University. 






Scholarships in Biology 

The department offers a limited number of 
scholarships to Biology majors. Interested stu- 
dents are invited to inquire in the department of- 
fice for details. 



Biology Honors 

Students who perform independent biological 
research and submit acceptable oral and written 
reports to a departmental committee may be el- 
igible to have "graduated with departmental hon- 
ors" noted on their official academic records. 

To qualify for this honor, students must have at 
the time of application: 120-150 quarter hours of 
course work; a minimum college GPA of 3.3; a 
minimum biology GPA of 3.5 with no grade lower 
than "C"; and three or more 300-400 level course 
completed. 

The committee will consist of three biology fac- 
ulty, adding where applicable a biologist from out- 
side the college. The committee will examine 
students' proposals before projects are under- 
taken and evaluate the projects at their comple- 
tion. 



Biology Offerings 

BIO 101 -Principles of Biology I (4-3-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility for 
ENG 101. 

Structure and function of cells, biological 
chemistry; structure, function, and development 
of flowering plants. 



BIOLOGY 



93 



BIO 102 -Principles of Biology II (4-3-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Biology 
101. 

Structure, function, and development of verte- 
orate animals; genetics; ecology; evolution. 

BIO 210-Mlcroorganlsms and Disease 
(4-3-5) 

Fall and Winter. Prerequisites: CHE 201 or 122 
and ZOO 209. 

An introduction to the study of microorganisms 
with primary emphasis on bacteria. The mor- 
ohology, life history, and importance to public 
nealth of representative bacteria, fungi, viruses, 
and protozoa are considered. Credit for this 
course may not be applied toward a major in bi- 
ology. 

BIO 310- Man and the Environment 
(5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: Completion of 75 quarter 
nours credit in college courses. 

Consideration of the interactions between hu- 
mans and the support systems of the earth which 
3re essential to their existence. Credit for this 
course may not be applied toward a major in bi- 
ology. 

BIO 351 -Bacteriology (3-4-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: 10 hours of biological sci- 
ence, CHE 128-129. 

A study of the morphology, ecology, classifi- 
cation, and genetics of the bacteria and related 
micro-organisms, including the viruses. 

BIO 352 -Medical Microbiology (3-6-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: BIO 351 and permission 
of the instructor. 

A comprehensive study of the disease-causing 
microbes in terms of their diagnosis, pathology, 
and epidemiology. 

BIO 353- Immunology and Serology 
(3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: CHE 1 28 and 1 29 or per- 
mission of instructor and department head. 

A fundamental study of humoral and cellular 
immunity, the structure and biosynthesis of anti- 
bodies, and the interactions between antigens 
and antibodies. Consideration will be given to al- 
lergic states and other immunological diseases. 

BIO 358 -Histological Technique (0-10-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: BIO 101, and 102. 

Principles and methods of killing, fixing, 
embedding, sectioning, staining, and mounting 
plant and animal materials for study. 



BIO 360-Cell Structure and Function 
(5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: BIO 102, CHE 128, 129 
An introduction to cell biology including the 
study of cell ultrastructure, the major physiologi- 
cal processes, cell reproduction and cell differ- 
entiation. 

BIO 370 -Genetics (3-4-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: BIO 1 01 , BIO 1 02 or 1 1 2, 
CHE 128, 129; BIO 351 and junior status rec- 
ommended. 

An introduction to the principles of biological 
inheritance. 

BIO 380 -Human Genetics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: BIO 101-102 or ZOO 208-209 
and CHE 128-129 or CHE 201-202, or CHE 121- 
122. 

An introduction to human inheritance including 
gene transmission, gene effects upon metabo- 
lism, population and quantitative genetics, ge- 
netics of sex-determination, pedigree analysis, 
eugenics, and genetic screening and counseling. 

BIO 410-Cellular Physiology (3-4-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: At least 
third quarter junior status; two courses in biology 
numbered 300 or above; and organic chemistry. 

A consideration of the functional relationships 
between microscopic anatomy and cell chemis- 
try, emphasizing permeability, metabolism, and 
growth. 

BIO 440 -Cytology (2-6-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Two courses in biology 
numbered 300 or above. 

The study of cells, their cytoplasm and nuclei, 
growth, differentiation, and reproduction. 

BIO 450 -Evolution (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Major in biology (at least 
15 qtr. hrs. credit in biology courses numbered 
300 or above). 

Modern concepts in organic evolution. 

BIO 470-471 -472 -Seminar (1-0-1) 

Prerequisite: Open to junior and senior Biology 
majors. 

Library research, class presentations, and dis- 
cussions in selected areas of Biology. 

BIO 480 -General Ecology (3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: Three courses in biology 
numbered 300 or above. 

A survey of the principles of ecology and their 
application to the welfare of humans, coordinated 



94 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



with a study of populations and communities in 
the field. 

BIO 490 -Research (V-V-(1-5)) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: At least 20 
hours credit in biology courses numbered 300 or 
above; a B average in biology courses and in 
overall work; consent of department head; agree- 
ment of a staff member to supervise work. 

Problems to be assigned and work directed by 
a member of the department. Supervised re- 
search including literature search, field and/or 
laboratory investigation and presentation of an 
acceptable written report of results. Credit will de- 
pend upon the work to be done. Both credit and 
proposed work must be approved in advance, in 
writing, by the faculty member to supervise the 
work and by the department head. 

BIO 495, 496- Internship (V-V-(1-5)) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisites: Junior 
standing and permission of the Department 
Head. 

The student will be engaged in a biological 
project sponsored by an outside agency. The 
project will be selected, supervised, evaluated, 
and credit hours determined by the student's fac- 
ulty advisor in consultation with the outside 
agency. The student must make application dur- 
ing the quarter preceding the internship. No more 
than 5 (five) hours may be counted toward the 
major. 



Botany Offerings 

BOT 201 -Principles of Horticulture 
(4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: None. 

Introduction to basic gardening principles with 
emphasis on plant growth and development as 
responses to varying environmental conditions. 
Topics to be covered include plant classification, 
growth and development, environment, propa- 
gation, disease and pest control. This course may 
be applied as elective credit towards the B.S. de- 
gree in biology. 

BOT 203 -Survey of the Plant Kingdom 
(3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: BIO 101 and 102. 

Morphology and phylogeny of the divisions of 
the plant kingdom, with emphasis upon the evo- 
lution of the land flora. 



BOT 305 -Identification of Flowering Plants 
(0-10-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: 15 quarter hours of biol- 
ogy. 

Studies in the identification of plants with em- 
phasis on local flora. 

BOT 323 -Plant Anatomy (3-4-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: 15 quarter hours of biology. 

The origin and development of the organs and 
tissue systems of vascular plants, and a com- 
parative study of the structure of roots, stems, 
leaves, flowers, and fruits. 

BOT 410 -Plant Physiology (3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: 15 quarter hours of bi- 
ology. 

A survey of physiologic processes occurring in 
plants and the conditions which affect these proc- 
esses. 

BOT 425 -Plant Morphology (3-4-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: BOT 323. 

Comparative studies of vascular plants with 
emphasis on form, structure, reproduction, and 
evolutionary relationships. 



Entomology Offerings 

ENT 301 -Introductory Entomology 
(3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: BIO 101 and 102. 
An' introduction to the study of insects -their 
structure, identification, and biology. 



Zoology Offerings 

ZOO 204 -Survey of the Animal Kingdom 
(3-4-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: BIO 101, 102. 
An evolutionary survey of the major animal 
phyla. 

ZOO 208 -Human Anatomy and Physiology 
I (4-2-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility for 
ENG 101. 

A basic course considering the gross anatomy, 
histology, and physiology of the human organ 
systems. Intended primarily for majors in health 
sciences, credit for this course may not be ap- 
plied toward a major in biology. 



CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS 



95 



ZOO 209 -Human Anatomy and Physiology 
II (4-2-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisites: ZOO 208 
and CHE 201 or 122. 

A continuation of the basic course considering 
the anatomy and physiology of the human. Credit 
may not be applied toward a major in biology. 

ZOO 211 -Cardiopulmonary Anatomy and 
Physiology (2-2-3) 

Spring. Prerequisite: ZOO 209. 

The cardiopulmonary system is studied with 
special emphasis on functional anatomy. The 
physiology of the heart, the control of circulation, 
respiration, and blood pressure, and particle 
movement across membranes are also studied. 
Intended primarily for majors in health sciences; 
credit for this course may not be applied toward 
i a major in biology. 

ZOO 21 5- Human Physiology and Disease 
(4-2-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: ZOO 208 and 209 or 
other acceptable courses in human, general, or 
vertebrate physiology. 

An introductory consideration of disease as 
disruption of physiological homeostasis. Initial 
lemphasis is placed on normal function, control, 
iand environment of cells as a basis for under- 
standing cellular and systemic responses to 
agents of injury and organismic effects of those 
responses. Intended primarily for majors in health 
sciences. 

ZOO 326 -Invertebrate Zoology (3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: ZOO 204. 

A study of the structure, body functions, inter- 
relations, and natural history of the major inver- 
tebrate groups. 

ZOO 330 -Fundamentals of Nutrition 
(5-0-5) 

Winter, alternate years. Prerequisites: BIO 101- 
102 or ZOO 208-209, and CHE 121-122 or CHE 
201. 

Biological bases of animal, including human, 
nutrition; sources and biological utilization and 
functions of nutrients. 

ZOO 355 -Embryology (4-3-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: ZOO 204. 

An elementary course in embryology in which 
the chick is used to illustrate the basic principles 
of developmental anatomy. 



ZOO 356 -Comparative Anatomy of the 
Vertebrates (3-6-6) 

Winter. Prerequisite: ZOO 204. 
A study of the anatomy and evolution of the 
organ systems of the vertebrates. 

ZOO 357 -Animal Histology (3-4-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: ZOO 204. 
A study of the tissues and their organization 
into organs and organ systems in animals. 

ZOO 372 -Parasitology (3-4-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: ZOO 204. 
A comparative study of the internal and external 
parasites of man and other animals. 

ZOO 410 -General Vertebrate Physiology 
(3-4-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: Junior status, including 15 
hours of biology; Organic Chemistry (may be 
taken concurrently). 

An introduction to the general physiologic proc- 
esses of the vertebrates. 

ZOO 425 -Marine Invertebrate Zoology 
(2-6-5) 

Spring. Even numbered years. Prerequisites: 
ZOO 325 or ZOO 204 with a grade of A or B. 

Studies in the identification and ecologic dis- 
tribution of marine invertebrates as exemplified by 
collection from the southeastern coastal region. 

ZOO 429 -Endocrinology (3-4-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: ZOO 410 or 
other acceptable physiology course. 

Physiology of the endocrine glands, their con- 
trol of metabolism and reproductive cycles. 

ZOO 435 -Comparative Physiology 
(3-4-5) 

Winter, alternate years. Prerequisites: Junior 
status, including 15 hours of biology; Organic 
Chemistry (may be taken concurrently). 

Studies in various groups of animals of the 
functions of organ systems involved in the main- 
tenance of homeostasis under varying conditions 
within normal habitats and of in vitro reactions of 
tissues and systems under laboratory conditions. 



Chemistry and Physics 

Faculty 

Harris, Henry, Department Head 
Baker, Julia 
Brewer, John 



96 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Butler, Frank 

Byrd, James 

Carpenter, Suzanne 
*Hizer, Todd 

Jaynes, Leon 

Kolodny, Robert 

Martin, Keith 

Stratton, Cedric 
*Whiten, Morris 

Zipperer, W.C. 

*Graduate Faculty 



The department offers majors in chemistry and 
in the physical sciences. Minor concentrations 
are offered in chemistry, engineering studies, 
physical science, and physics. The department 
sponsors the Engineering Studies Program to fa- 
cilitate the transfer of students into engineering 
programs. 

The major in chemistry is designed to give 
depth in the fields of chemistry, yet is flexible 
enough to accommodate a range of career goals. 
Students majoring in chemistry may concurrently 
complete all pre-medical, pre-dental, and pre-vet- 
erinary requirements and all requirements for 
secondary teaching certification in science. A 
grade of "C" or better is required in all chemistry 
courses applied toward the major. 

The major in the physical sciences allows stu- 
dents to pursue a study in engineering and phys- 
ics along with other areas of the physical 
sciences. 

The department participates in the Dual De- 
gree Program of Armstrong State College under 
which students may earn simultaneously the B.S. 
degree with a major in chemistry or physical sci- 
ences from Armstrong and the baccalaureate in 
a field of engineering from the Georgia Institute 
of Technology or one of several other participat- 
ing schools. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR 
IN CHEMISTRY 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 



One course selected from: ART 

200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; 
MUS 200; PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

MAT 101, 103 10 

PHY 211, 212 or 217*. 218* . . 10 

Area lit 20 

HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192. . . 10 

POS 113 5 

One course selected from: ANT 

201, ECO 201, 202; PSY 101; 
SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

CHE 128, 129,211 15 

MAT 206 5 

PHY 213 or 219* 5 

Computer Science or Mathemat- 
ics or Natural Science 5 

AreaV 6 

PE 166 and 103 or 108 3 

Three activity courses 3 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Major Field Requirements 45 

CHE 341, 342, 343, 380, 400, 

491 -26 

Approved 300-400 level chemis- 
try courses 19 

C. Related Field Requirements 15' 

PHY 312 5 

CS 115, 116, 120, or 142, ... 5 
Additional course in Computer 
Science, Mathematics, or Natu- 
ral Sciences 5 

D. Electives 30 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . ._ 

TOTAL 191 
*Recommended sequence. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR 
IN CHEMISTRY (with teacher certification) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements. 101 

Area I 20 

ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 . 15 

One course selected from: ART 

200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; 

MUS 200; PHI 201 5 



VM 



CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS 



97 



Area II 20 

MAT 101, 103 10 

CHE 128, 129 10 

Area III 20 

HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192. . . 10 

POS 113 5 

One course selected from: ANT 

201, ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

CHE 211 5 

PHY 211, 212, or 217, 218 .. . 10 

PSY 101 5 

EDN 200 5 

One course selected from: ART 
200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; 

DRS 228 5 

AreaV 6 

PE 117 and 103 or 108 3 

Three activity courses 3 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Major Field Requirements 45 

CHE 341, 342, 343, 380, 400, 

491 26 

CHE 461 5 

Approved 300-400 level chemis- 
try courses 14 

C. Related Field Requirements 25 

MAT 206 5 

BIO 101, 102 10 

PHY 213 or 219 5 

One course selected from: AST 
301; GEL 301, 310; MET 301; 

OCE301; PHY 312 5 

D. Professional sequence 35 

EXC 310, EDN 335, 447, 471, 

472, 473 30 

PSY 201 or EDN 201 5 

E. Regents' Examination and Exit 
Examinations 

TOTAL 206 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR 
IN PHYSICAL SCIENCES 



Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 



One course selected from: 

ART 200, 271, 272, 273; 

ENG 222; MUS 200; PHI 

201 5 

Area II 20 

MAT 101, 103 10 

CHE 128, 129 10 

Area III 20 

HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192; POS 

113 15 

One course selected from: 
ANT 201, ECO 201, 202; PSY 
101; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

PHY 211, 212, 213 or PHY 217, 

218, 219 15 

MAT 206, 207, 208 15 

AreaV 11 

PE 166 and 103 or 108 3 

Three activity courses 3 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Major Field Requirements 45 

PHY 312 5 

Ten hours chosen from: 

AST, GEL, MET, OCE 10 

Thirty hours selected from the 
following with a maximum of 15 
hours from any one area: 
CHE 21 1 , 300-400 CHE courses 
EGR 220, 221, 300-400 EGR 
courses; 300-400 PHY courses 

C. Related Field Requirements 25 

CS246 5 

CS or MAT 20 

D. Electives 30 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 201 



Minor Concentrations 

The minor in Chemistry requires twenty credit 
hours with grades of "C" or better in upper divi- 
sion chemistry courses. 

The minor in Engineering Studies requires EGR 
100, 171, 220, 221, plus 10 hours chosen from 
upper division engineering electives for a total of 
26 quarter credit hours. A grade of at least "C" 
in each course is required. 

The minor in Physics requires twenty-three 
credit hours from courses designated as physics 
numbered 21 1 or higher. A grade of "C" or better 
in each course is required. 



98 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



The minor in Physical Sciences requires ten 
credit hours of a laboratory sequence in chem- 
istry, physical science, or physics plus fifteen 
hours chosen from: AST 301 , CHE 301 , GEL 301 , 
GEL 31 0, MET 301 , OCE 301 . A grade of "C" or 
better is required in each course. 



The ASC Engineering 
Transfer Program 

The ASC Engineering Transfer Program offers 
course work contained in the first two years of the 
standard engineering curriculum at most ac- 
credited engineering schools. After following the 
suggested course sequence at Armstrong State, 
a student should be able to transfer to any ABET- 
accredited engineering school and complete the 
requirements for a baccalaureate in a chosen 
field of engineering in a total of four to five years, 
which is the time typical of all engineering stu- 
dents. The program of courses has been con- 
structed with advice from the Georgia Institute of 
Technology. Students are advised to contact the 
engineering school of choice on questions of 
transfer. 



Chemistry Offerings 

CHE 121 -122 -Introduction to Chemistry 
(4-3-5) 

Prerequisite or corequisite: MAT 101 . (Credit in 
these courses may not be applied to a major in 
chemistry.) 

These courses include a study of the funda- 
mental laws and theories of inorganic chemistry, 
a survey of organic chemistry, and an introduction 
to biochemistry. 

CHE 128-1 29 -General Chemistry (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: College Algebra or concurrently. 
Offered each quarter. 

These courses are the first two of the series 
128, 129, 211 required to complete an academic 
year of general chemistry. A study of the funda- 
mental principles and laws of chemistry with a 
quantitative approach to the subject. These 
courses are designed for the science, pre-medi- 
cal and engineering student. The laboratory work 
includes an understanding of fundamental tech- 
niques. 



CHE 201 -Essentials of Chemistry (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 101 Eligibility. Offered each 
quarter. 

An introduction to inorganic, organic, and bio- 
chemistry with emphasis on applications in hu- 
man physiology and clinical chemistry. 
Experimental principles will be illustrated with 
classroom demonstrations. 

CHE 202 -Physical Principles (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: CHE 201. 

This course provides a study of the physical 
principles of gas behavior, acid-base calcula- 
tions, weak acid ionization, buffer solutions, pH 
measurements, blood gas measurements, and 
other subjects of special interest to persons in 
the allied health sciences. 

CHE 211 -Chemical Principles (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 129. Fall and Spring. 

This course is the third in the sequence 128, 
129, 21 1 required to complete an academic year 
of general chemistry. Stresses chemical thermo- 
dynamics, kinetics, and equilibria. 

CHE 301 -The Chemistry of Life (5-0-5) 1 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of laboratory 
science completed. Offered on demand. 

An introductory course covering selected areas 
of applied biochemistry. This course is not rec- 
ommended for chemistry, biology, or premedical 
students. 

CHE 307 -Principles of Chemical 
Processes (3-0-3) 

Prerequisites: CHE 129 and MAT 206. 

Methods of material balance in chemical proc- 
ess are studied. Topic subjects include proc- 
esses and process variables, systems of units, 
gas behavior, single-phase and multi-phase sys- 
tems. TEXT: Level of Felder and Rousseau Ele- 
mentary Principles of Chemical Processes. 

CHE 308 -Principles of Chemical 
Processes II (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: CHE 307. 

Methods of energy balance in chemical proc- 
esses are studied. Various forms of energy 
changes involved in both reactive and non-reac- 
tive processes are introduced. Emphasis is ; 
placed on the application of combined material 
and energy balances in processes. TEXT: Level 
of Felder and Rousseau Elementary Principles of 
Chemical Processes. 



CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS 



99 



CHE 341 -342 -Organic Chemistry (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 129. Fall, Winter. 

These courses include the study of aliphatics, 
aromatic hydrocarbons and their derivatives, po- 
lyfunctional compounds, and polynuclear hydro- 
carbons. Organic reactions are emphasized in 
terms of modern theory. 

CHE 343 -Organic Chemistry (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 342. Spring. 

A continuation of the organic chemistry se- 
quence 341 , 342. This course completes the fun- 
damental study of organic chemistry with a 
consideration of carbohydrates, amino acids, and 
heterocyclics with their related compounds. 

CHE 350 -Chemical Literature (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 342. Offered on de- 
mand. 

A study of the use of the chemical library and 
the important journals references, and informa- 
! tion sources. 

CHE 380 -Quantitative Instrumental 
Analysis (3-6-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 129. Winter and Summer. 

A study of the principles of volumetric, spectro- 
photometer, electrometric and chromatographic 
methods of analysis. 

CHE 397 -Scientific Glass-Blowlng 
(0-4-2) 

Prerequisite: Permission of the Instructor. Of- 
fered on demand. 

Properties of glass for scientific apparatus; in- 
troduction of glass working equipment; planning 
of sequential joining operations; demonstration of 
major techniques for joining and working glass; 
supervision of individual students in preparing 
testpieces. 

CHE 400-Seminar (V-0-(1-3)) 

Offered Fall quarter. 

Students will make oral presentations on se- 
lected topics. 

CHE 410 -Chemical Safety (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: CHE 341. Offered on demand. 

Topic subjects will include standard laboratory 
safety practices, hazardous properties of chemi- 
cals, safety practices in the storage, use and dis- 
posal of chemicals, and government regulations. 



CHE 421 -Advanced Inorganic Chemistry 
(3-6-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 380, CHE 491. Offered on 
demand. 

Selected topics in inorganic chemistry tending 
to increase students' understanding of mecha- 
nisms of chemical reactions. Emphasizes the pe- 
riodicity of elements. Students will carry out 
extensive literature searches and participate in in- 
organic laboratory research. 

CHE 441 -Advanced Organic Chemistry 
(2-3-3) 

Prerequisite: CHE 343. Spring. 

A further study of important organic reactions 
emphasizing theories of reaction mechanism of 
organic chemistry. 

CHE 448 -Organic Qualitative Analysis 
(2-9-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 343. Offered on demand. 
Systematic approach to the identification of or- 
ganic compounds. 

CHE 451 -History of Chemistry (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Junior standing and CHE 129. 

The development of science surveyed from an- 
tiquity to the present. Emphasis is placed on the 
development of ideas, significant contributions, 
evolution of chemical theories, and the modern 
social implications of science. 

CHE 461 -Biochemistry (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 343. Offered on demand. 

A study of the chemical nature of cellular con- 
stituents and cellular metabolism. Subject topics 
include carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, enzymes, 
vitamins and coenzymes, anaerobic carbohy- 
drate metabolism, lipid metabolism, the tricar- 
boxylic acid cycle, oxidative phosphorylation, and 
photosynthesis. 

CHE 462 -Biochemistry (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 461. Offered on demand. 

A study of the metabolism of ammonia and ni- 
trogen-containing compounds, the biosynthesis 
of nucleic acids and proteins, metabolic regula- 
tion, and selected topics. 

CHE 466 -Biochemistry Laboratory 
(0-6-2) 

Prerequisite or corequisite: CHE 461. Offered 
on demand. 

A study of techniques used in biochemistry re- 
search. Topic subjects include separation, puri- 
fication and characterization procedures. 



100 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



CHE 481 -Advanced Instrumental Analysis 
(1-3-2) 

Prerequisite: CHE 380. 

A study of electrometric methods of analysis. 
Topic subjects will include potentiometric, cou- 
lometric, and polarographic measurements. 

CHE 482— Advanced Instrumental Analysis 
(1-3-2) 

Prerequisites: CHE 380 and PHY 312. 

A study of spectrophotometric and chromato- 
graphic methods of analysis. Topic subjects will 
include visible and ultra-violet spectroscopy, gas- 
liquid chromatography, high performance liquid 
chromatography, atomic emission and absorp- 
tion spectroscopy. 

CHE 483 -Advanced Instrumental Analysis 
(1-3-2) 

Prerequisites: CHE 342 and 482. 

A continuation of the study of spectroscopy. 
Topic subjects will include infrared spectroscopy, 
nuclear magnetic resonance, electronspin reso- 
nance and mass spectrometry. 

CHE 491 -492-493 -Physical Chemistry 
(4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: CHE 211, 380, PHY 213, MAT 
206. Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Fundamental principles of physical chemistry 
including the study of solids, liquids, gases, ther- 
mochemistry, thermodynamics and solutions. 
These courses will also cover a study of chemical 
equilibria, chemical kinetics, electrochemistry, 
colloids, quantum mechanics and nuclear chem- 
istry. 

CHE 496 -Internship (V-V(1-12)) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisites: 
CHE 343, 380, 491 and permission of the Chem- 
istry Intern Program Director. 

The student will pursue a meaningful project in 
industry, government or other institutional setting. 
The project will be determined, supervised, and 
evaluated by the sponsor of the activity and the 
student's faculty adviser. Application and ar- 
rangement must be made through the depart- 
ment by mid-quarter preceding the quarter of 
internship. Open to transient students only with 
permission of the Dean of the Faculty at Arm- 
strong and the appropriate official of the school 
from which the student comes. 



CHE 497-498-499 -Independent Study 
(V-V-(1-5)) 

Prerequisite: Consent of the Head of the De : 
partment. Offered each quarter. 

Designed to permit qualified students to pur- 
sue supervised individual research or study. Em- 
phasis willbe placed on the literature search, 
laboratory experimentation, and presentation of 
an acceptable written report. Both the credit and 
proposed work must be approved in writing by 
the faculty member who will supervise the work 
and by the department head. Open to transient 
students only with the permission of the Dean of 
the Faculty at Armstrong and of the college from 
which the student comes. 



Engineering Offerings 

EGR 100 -Introduction to Engineering 
(3-0-3). 

Prerequisite: Eligibility to enter MAT 101 and 
ENG 101. 

A comprehensive orientation to the engineering 
process from problem formulation to the evolution 
of creative design; fundamental concepts from 
various fields of engineering. 

EGR 171 -Engineering Graphics (2-3-3) 

Prerequisite: MAT 103, CS 116. 

Computer-aided graphics and engineering de- 
sign fundamentals. Spatial analysis axioms, pro- 
jection theory, sketching, creating design, 
geometric dimensioning, and tolerancing. 

EGR 220 -Statics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: PHY 217 and MAT 207. 

Concepts of forces, moments, and other vector 
quantities; analysis of two-and-three-dimensional 
force systems; conditions of equilibrium; friction; 
centroids and moments of inertia. 

EGR 221 -Dynamics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: EGR 220 and MAT 208. 

Kinematics of particles and rigid bodies; kinet- 
ics of particles and rigid bodies using force- 
mass-acceleration, work-energy, and momentum 
methods in two-and-three-dimensional motion. 

EGR 322 -Mechanics of Deformable Bodies 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EGR 220. 

Internal effects and dimension changes of- sol- 
ids resulting from externally applied loads; shear 
and bending moment diagrams; analysis of 



CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS 



101 



stress and strain; beam deflection; column sta- 
bility. 

EGR 310 -Electrical Circuit Analysis 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PHY 218. Prerequisite or Core- 
quisite: MAT 341. 

Basic laws of electrical circuits: RCL circuits, 
nodal and mesh analysis. Thevenin's and Nor- 
ton's theorems; phasors, magnetically coupled 
circuits, and two-port parameters. 
EGR 311 -Electronics I (5-3-6) 

Prerequisite: EGR 310. 

Introduction to P-N junction theory and the con- 
cepts of solid-state devices; development of the 
ijelectrical characteristics of diodes and transis- 
tors; bipolar and field-effect amplifying circuits; 
cperational amplifiers and analog systems. 
EGR 31 2 -Electronics II (2-6-4) 

Prerequisite: EGR 311. 

Operation and application of integrated circuits 
used in digital systems; gates, flip-flops, 
counters, registers and memory devices. 

EGR 323 -Fluid Mechanics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: EGR 221, EGR 330, and MAT 
341. 

Fluid Statics; analysis of fluid motion using the 
I continuity, momentum, and energy conservation 
'elationships; introduction to viscous flows. 

EGR 330 -Thermodynamics I (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: PHY 217 and MAT 208. 

Basic concepts of thermodynamics; properties 
cf substances; conservation principles; the first 
and second laws of thermodynamics; entropy; 
analysis of thermodynamic systems. 

EGR 331 —Thermodynamics II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EGR 330. 

Gas cycles; vapor cycles; thermodynamic re- 
ationships; thermodynamic behavior of real 
gases; non-reacting gas mixtures; thermody- 
namics of chemical reactions. 
EGR 332 -Heat Transfer (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EGR 323. 

The fundamental principle of heat transfer; 
steady and transient conduction in solids; intro- 
duction to convective heat transfer; thermal ra- 
diation. 

EGR 350 -Computer Applications In 
Engineering (2-3-3) 

Prerequisites: CS 246, EGR 221, EGR 310, 
EGR 323. 

The application of digital computers to the so- 
lution of selected engineering problems using 



FORTRAN; emphasis on problem analysis and 
solution techniques. 

EGR 370 -Engineering Economic Analysis 
(3-0-3) 

Prerequisites: MAT 206 and ECO 202. 

Fundamental principles and basic techniques 
of economic analysis of engineering projects in- 
cluding economic measure of effectiveness; time 
value of money, cost estimation, breakeven and 
replacement analysis. 

EGR 396 -Engineering Internship 
(V-V-(1-12)) 

Prerequisites: EGR 171, EGR 322, and permis- 
sion of the Engineering Intern Program Director. 

The student will pursue a meaningful project in 
industry or government. The project will be de- 
termined, supervised, and evaluated by the spon- 
sor of the activity and the Engineering Intern 
Program Director. Application and arrangement 
must be made through the department by mid- 
quarter preceding the quarter of internship. 



Physical Science Offerings 

PHS 121 -Physical Environment (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 101 Eligibility. Offered each 
quarter. 

An elementary study of the fundamental laws 
and concepts of physics and astronomy. This 
course is designed for non-science majors inter- 
ested in a descriptive survey. The laboratory 
study is designed to supplement the study of the- 
ory. 

PHS 122 -Physical Environment (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 101 Eligibility. Offered each 
quarter. 

An elementary study of the fundamental laws 
and theories of chemistry, geology, meteorology 
and physical oceanography. This is a descriptive 
course which includes the classification of ele- 
ments, basic chemical reactions, and atomic 
structure designed for the non-science major. 
The laboratory study includes experiences which 
augment class discussion. 

AST 301 -Introduction to Astronomy 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of laboratory 
science completed. Winter. 

A study of the planetary system, stars, stellar 
structure, and cosmology. 



102 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



GEL 301 - Introduction to Geology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of a laboratory 
science completed. 

An introduction to physical geology. A study of 
common earth materials, dynamic processes of 
change, volcanology, seismology, plate tecton- 
ics, and the structure and evolution of the earth's 
crust and inner regions. 

GEL 310 -Introduction to Historical 
Geology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of a laboratory 
science. 

An introduction to historical geology. A study of 
the earth's origin and the changes through time. 

MET 301 - Introduction to Meteorology 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of laboratory 
science completed. Spring. 

An introduction to the description of the state 
of the atmosphere and to the physical laws that 
describe atmospheric phenomena. 

OCE 301 -Introduction to Oceanography 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of a laboratory 
science completed. Offered on demand. 

A study of the basic principles of oceanogra- 
phy. Topic subjects to include the distribution of 
water over the earth, nature and relief of the 
ocean floors, tides and currents, chemical prop- 
erties of sea water and constituents, and appli- 
cations of oceanographic research. 



Physics Offerings 

PHY 211 -Mechanics (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 103. Fall. 

The first part of the sequence PHY 211-212- 
213 in general physics. Basic classical physics, 
including mechanics, sound, and heat. Designed 
for students with aptitude in mathematics below 
the level of calculus. Selected experiments to 
demonstrate applications. 

PHY 21 2 -Electricity, Magnetism, Basic 
Light (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 103 and PHY 211. 
Winter. 

The second part of the sequence PHY 211- 
212-213. Basic electricity, magnetism, and geo- 
metrical optics. 



PHY 21 3 -Light Phenomena, Modern 
Physics (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 103 and PHY 212. Spring. 

The last part of the sequence PHY 211-212- 
213. Continues the study of light from the view- 
point of physical optics, and concludes with the 
study of atomic and nuclear physics. Laboratory 
work includes two selected experiments of ad- 
vanced scope. 

PHY 21 7 -Mechanics (5-3-6) 

Prerequisite: MAT 206. Fall and Spring. 

The first part of the sequence PHY 217-218- 
219 in general physics. Basic classical physics, 
including mechanics, sound and heat. Designed 
especially for engineering students and recom- 
mended for science majors. Selected experi- 
ments to demonstrate applications. 

PHY 21 8 -Electricity, Magnetism, Basic 
Light (5-3-6) 

Prerequisites: MAT 207 or concurrently and 
PHY 21 7. 
Winter. 

The second part of the sequence PHY 217- 
218-219. Basic electricity, magnetism, and geo- 
metrical optics. 

PHY 21 9 -Light Phenomena, Modern 
Physics (5-3-6) 

Prerequisite: PHY 218. Spring. 

The last part of the sequence PHY 217-218- 
219. Continues the study of light from the view- 
point of physical optics, and concludes with the 
study of atomic and nuclear physics. Laboratory 
work includes two selected experiments of ad- 
vanced scope. 

PHY 310 -Electrical Circuit Analysis (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PHY 218. Prerequisite or Core- 
quisite: MAT 341 . 

Basic laws of electrical circuits: RCL circuits, 
nodal and mesh analysis. Thevenin's and Nor- 
ton's theorems; phasors, magnetically coupled 
circuits, and two-port parameters. 

PHY 31 2 -Digital Electronics (3-6-5) 

Prerequisites: Math 103 and ten quarter hours 
of laboratory science completed. 

An introduction to discrete component and in- 
tegrated circuits used in modern digital electron- 
ics. The primary objective of this course is to give 
students hands-on experience in constructing 
and investigating an array of digital circuits that 
are directly applicable in instrumentation. 



GOVERNMENT 



103 



PHY 322 -Mechanics of Deformable Bodies 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EGR 220. 

Internal effects and dimension changes of 
solids resulting from externally applied loads; 
shear and bending moment diagrams; analysis 
of stress and strain; beam deflection; column 
stability. 

PHY 323 -Fluid Mechanics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: EGR 221, EGR/PHY 330, and 
MAT 341. 

Fluid Statics; analysis of fluid motion using the 
continuity, momentum, and energy conservation 
relationships; introduction to viscous flows. 

PHY 330 -Thermodynamics I (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: PHY 217 and MAT 208 
Basic concepts of thermodynamics: properties 
of substances; conservation principles; the first 
and second laws of thermodynamics; entropy; 
analysis of thermodynamic systems. 

PHY 380 -Introductory Quantum Mechanics 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: PHY 213 or PHY 219 and MAT 
207. Offered on demand. 

An introduction to quantum mechanical princi- 
ples with applications in atomic and molecular 
structure. 

PHY 41 7 -Mechanics II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: PHY 217 or 211 and MAT 207. 
PHY 21 8 or 21 2 and MAT 341 are recommended. 
Offered on demand. 

Statics, kinematics, and dynamics of particles 
and of systems of particles are developed using 
Newtonian principles. 



The Department of Government embraces the 
ideal of liberal education and views education in 
related professional areas as an extension, rather 
than the antithesis, of liberal education. Conse- 
quently, all departmental programs and courses 
are conceptually-based, thereby enabling stu- 
dents to develop a theoretical sophistication ap- 
plicable to practical realities. So conceived, 
courses and programs achieve curricular integ- 
rity. 

The Department firmly believes that even cur- 
ricular integrity is not enough, however. Instruc- 
tional effectiveness is its inseparable 
complement, and attainment of these twin goals 
serves as the primary purpose of the Department 
of Government. The ongoing program of faculty 
development ensures that the staff of highly qual- 
ified educators -each selected for service on the 
basis of solid professional credentials -contin- 
ually achieves that primary purpose. 

In addition, the Department of Government 
highly values both research and service. To the 
extent of resources available, the Department en- 
courages research by both faculty and students 
and service to the School, the College and the 
community. 

It is within the foregoing context that the De- 
partment of Government offers criminal justice 
and political science minors through the Bruns- 
wick Center, requires the G.R.E. or Political Sci- 
ence Major Field Achievement Test as an exit 
examination for its majors and offers the following 
on-campus undergraduate programs, concentra- 
tions and courses. 



Government 

Faculty 

Hurley, Thomas L, Department Head 

Brown, George 

Ealy, Steven 

Kearnes, John 

Megathlin, William 

Murphy, Dennis 

Palmiotto, Michael 

Rhee, Steve 

Saadatmand, Yassaman 

Graduate Faculty 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE, ASSOCIATE 
OF APPLIED SCIENCE IN CRIMINAL 
JUSTICE WITH A CONCENTRATION IN LAW 
ENFORCEMENT 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 53 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192 10 

2. ART 200, 271, 272 or 273: or 
MUS 200; or PHI 201 5 

3. MAT 101 5 

4. Laboratory science sequence 10 

5. HIS 251 or 252; POS 113. ... 10 

6. PSY 101; SOC201 10 

7. PE 103 or 108, 166 3 



104 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



B. Areas of Concentration 40 

CJ 100, 103,210,280,290,301, 
305, and two CJ electives 

C. Regents' Examination 

TOTAL 93 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE, ASSOCIATE 
OF APPLIED SCIENCE IN CRIMINAL 
JUSTICE WITH A CONCENTRATION IN 
CORRECTIONS 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 53 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192 10 

2. ART 200, 271, 272 or 273; or 
MUS 200; or PHI 201 5 

3. MAT 101 5 

4. Laboratory science sequence 1 

5. HIS 251 or 252, POS 113. ... 10 

6. PSY101.SOC201 10 

7. PE 103 or 108, 166 3 

B. Area of Concentration 40 

CJ100, 103, 210, 280, 290, 301, 
303, 360, and one CJ elective 

C. Regents' Examination 

TOTAL 93 

At least 45 hours of each of these two pro- 
grams must be completed at Armstrong. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE, ASSOCIATE 
OF APPLIED SCIENCE IN CRIMINAL 
JUSTICE WITH A CONCENTRATION IN LAW 
ENFORCEMENT WITH P.O.S.T. 
CERTIFICATION 

A. General Requirements 53 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192 10 

2. ART 200, 271, 272 or 273; or 
MUS 200; or PHI 201 5 

3. MAT 101 5 

4. Laboratory science sequence 10 

5. HIS 251 or 252; POS 113. .. . 10 

6. PSY101; SOC201 10 

7. PE 103 or 108, 166 3 

B. Areas of Concentration 40 

CJ100, 103,210,280,290,301, 
305. 



C. P.O.S.T. Certification 

CJ 104, CJ 203, CH 204, PE 167, 
MIL 103, MIL 206 and PSY 210 23 

D. Regents' Examination 

TOTAL 106 

NOTE: Students desiring P.O.S.T. Certification 
must see the Criminal Justice Training 
Center Director for advisement on 
P.O.S.T. requirements. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE, BACHELOR 
OF SCIENCE IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

Students who intend to major in Criminal Jus- 
tice should complete Criminal Justice 100 before 
the end of the freshman year and should com- 
plete all general education requirements as soor 
as possible. 



Hours 

A. General Requirements .96 

Area I . 2C 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192,201 or 
292 

2. ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 
200; PHI 201; ENG 222. .... 

Area II ,- ... 

1. MAT 101 and 103, 195, 220, or 
290 1C 

2. Laboratory science sequence 1C 
Area III . . 2C 

1. HIS114or191,115or192;POS 
113 

2. SOC 201 ; PSY 101 ; ECO 201 or 
202; ANT 201 

Area IV 3C 

1. CJ 100, 103,210,280,290. . . 2C 

2. One course selected from: ■ 
ANT 201, ECO 201, 202, DRS 
228, SOC 201, PSY 101 .... 5 

3. HIS 251 or 252 5 

Area V | 

1. PE 103 or 108, 166 3 

2. Three activity courses. ..... 3 

B. Area of Concentration 30 

1 . CJ 301 , 303, 305, 360, 390, and 

440 or 490 30 



GOVERNMENT 



105 



C. Electives from Related Areas 65 

1. Sixty-five hours chosen from a 
list of selected electives. Except 
for students pursuing a minor in 
another department, no more 
than fifteen hours may be taken 
from any one department except 
Government. Seven of these 
courses should be 300-400 level 
courses 65 

D. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 191 



Majors in Political Science 

The major in Political Science may take three 
distinct forms: Political Science, per se, Political 
Science with Teacher Certification, or Public 
Administration. 

To complete a Political Science major requires 
forty quarter hours of upper division courses in 
the field with grades of "C" or better in each 
course. Further, the program must include at 
least one course from each of the following: 
American Political Institutions, International Rela- 
tions, Political Theory, and Comparative Govern- 
ment. The major allows the option of a foreign 
language (French or German preferred) through 
the 103 level or a sequence of computer science 
courses. Students who contemplate graduate 
work in Political Science are strongly advised to 
take the foreign language option and to continue 
their iinguistic study beyond the 103 level. 

Programs in Public Administration and Political 
Science with Teacher Certification are more 
structured in order to prepare students ade- 
quately to meet the demands of their professions 
and appropriate licensing agencies. 
Scholarships In Political Science 

Limited scholarship aid is available annually. In- 
terested students are invited to inquire in the De- 
partment of Government office for details. 



2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 220 10 

2. One of the sequences: BIO 101 , 
102; BIO 111, 112; CHE 121, 
122; PHS 121, 122 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192; POS 
113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201 , ECO 
201, PSY 101, 

SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. HIS 251 or 252 5 

2. One of the sequences: 

A. Foreign language 101, 102, 
103 or 

B. CS 115, 142, and 231 .... 15 

3. Related courses 10 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses in the Major Field 40 

At least one course from each of 
the following areas: 

1. American Political Institutions — 
POS 303, 305, 317, 318, 360, 
401, 403, 411, 412, 415, 418, 
419; CJ390 5-25 

2. International Affairs -POS 320, 

321 , 325, 326, 329, 426, 429 5-25 

3. Political Theory- POS 333, 

334 5-10 

4. Comparative Government -POS 
345, 346, 348, 349, 

445, 447 5-25 

C. Courses in Related Fields 25 

To be chosen in fields such as 
Computer Science, Economics, 
Geography, Mathematics. See 
Department for exhaustive list 25 

D. Electives 30 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 191 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
POLITICAL SCIENCE 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
POLITICAL SCIENCE (with teacher 
certification) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 



106 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 220 10 

2. Laboratory science sequence 10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS114or191,115or192;POS 
113 15 

2. PSY101 5 

Area IV . . 30 

1. Foreign language 101, 102, 103 
orCS 115, 142,231 15 

2. HIS 251 or 252 5 

3. One course from: ANT 201, ECO 
201.SOC201 5 

4. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses in the Major Field 60 

At least one course from each of 
the following areas: 

1. American Political Institutions— 
POS 303, 305, 317, 318, 360, 
401, 403, 411, 412, 415, 418, 
419; CJ390 5-25 

2. International Relations — POS 
320,321,325,326,329,426, 

429 5-25 

3. Political Theory- POS 333, 

334 5-10 

4. Comparative Government— POS 
345, 346, 348, 349, 

445, 447 5-25 

5. Supporting Work 20 

Ten hours each from two of the 
following areas: 

A. HIS 251 or 252 and approved 
300+ elective 

B. ECO 201 and approved 
300+ elective 

C. Approved electives in behav- 
ioral sciences (ANT, PSY, 
SOC) 

D. GEO 211, 212 

C. Professional Sequence 40 

1. EDN 200; EXC 310, EDN 335, 

449, 481, 482, 483 35 



2. PSY 201 or EDN 201 ... . 
D. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . 

TOTAL 



196 



PROGRAM FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS 
WITH A MAJOR IN POLITICAL SCIENCE 
(PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192,201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 103 10 

2. One of the sequences: BIO 1 01 , 
201; CHE 121, 122; PHS 121, 

122 10 

Area III . . . . ' 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192. . . 10 

2. POS 113; ECO 201 10 

Area IV 30 

1. CS 142,231,242 15 

2. HIS 251 or 252; ECO 202; SOC 
201. .. 15 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses in the Major Field 45 

1 . One course from each of the 
following 20 

A. American Political Institu- 
tions— POS 305, 317, 318, 
360,411,412,415,419 ... 5 

B. International Affairs -POS 
320,321,325,326,329,424, 
426, 429 5. 

C. Political Theory- POS 333, 

334 5 

D. Comparative Government — 
POS 345, 346, 348, 349, 445, 
447 5 

2. Public Administration 
PA/POS 303, 401, 403, 418; CJ 
390 25 

C. Courses in Related Fields ....... 15 

1. CS301, 308 10 

2. SOC 350 or MAT 220 5 



GOVERNMENT 



107 



D. Electives 35 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 191 



Minor Concentrations 

The Department of Government offers a num- 
ber of minor concentrations. 

A minor in Criminal Justice or in Political Sci- 
ence has great practical value. Its notation on the 
transcript indicates to an employer that the ap- 
plicant has some solid liberal arts background 
with its accompanying insight into the develop- 
ment and functioning of modern society, and that 
the applicant has made an extra effort to refine 
research and writing skills so essential to dealing 
with that society. Whatever the major one 
chooses, such a minor will strengthen the stu- 
dent's academic record. 

Minor concentrations are available in Econom- 
ics, International Studies, Russian Studies, Public 
Administration, CriminalJustice, Political Science, 
and Legal Studies. 

Minors, in addition to grades of "C" or better 
in each course, require: 

Hours 

Legal Studies 25 

1 . CJ/POS 360, CJ 203, and POS 
317 or 318 15 

2. Two courses from: CJ 380, CJ 
391 , CJ/POS 447, POS 326, POS 
415, POS 418 10 

International Studies 25 

(assumes competency in one modern foreign 

language through the 103 

level). 

1. POS 329 and 325 or 326 . ... 10 

2. One course from: POS 320, 321 , 
345, 346, 348, 349 5 

3. Two courses from: POS 426, 
429; HIS 323, 330, 455, 564, 569, 

591 10 

Political Science 20 

Twenty hours of 300 + level 
POS courses, with at least 
one course from each of the 
four concentration areas of 

POS 20 

Russian Studies 20 



1. RUS 201 (assumes completion 

of RUS 101-103) 5 

2. POS 349 5 

3. Two courses from: HIS 329, 330, 
481, 567, 568, 569; POS 440 10 

(a multi-departmental minor) 

Public Administration 25 

CJ390; PA 303, 401, 403, 418 25 
Economics 25 

1. ECO 201, 202 10 

2. Three courses selected from: 
ECO 310, 320, 330, 340, 
363,421,431,440,441,445 15 

Criminal Justice 25 

CJ 100, 210 or 301, 303, 305, 

360 25 



Criminal Justice Offerings 

CJ 100 -Introduction to Criminal Justice 
(5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 101. 

This survey course examines the emergence of 
formal institutions established within the Ameri- 
can experience to deal with criminal behavior. The 
philosophical and cultural origins of the criminal 
justice system and current trends in criminal jus- 
tice are emphasized. 

CJ 103 -Developing Interpersonal 
Communication Skills (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

The emphasis of this course will be placed 
upon the development of interpersonal commu- 
nication skills, i.e. skills that can be effectively util- 
ized on the job to improve interaction among 
employees and between employees and the pub- 
lic. 

CJ 203 -Criminal Law (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 101. 

History and development of criminal law with 
definitions and general penalties. Special empha- 
sis will be placed upon the Criminal Code of 
Georgia. 

CJ 204 -Criminal Investigation (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 101. 

Introduction to investigative methodology. Spe- 
cial techniques employed in criminal investiga- 
tion, such as crime scene searches, the use of 



108 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



informants, and the techniques of surveillance will 
be emphasized as well as the presentation of po- 
lice cases in court. 

CJ 210 -Criminology (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 101. 

The nature and extent of crime in the United 
States; assessment and evaluation of various fac- 
tors and influences that lead to criminal behavior; 
various measures proposed for the control of 
criminal behavior. 

CJ 250 -Directed Readings in Criminal 
Justice (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: CJ 100. 

A course designed to permit each student to 
pursue an approved topic through independent 
study and research under the guidance and di- 
rection of the instructor. 

CJ 280 -Ethics in Criminal Justice Practice 
and Research (2-0-2) 

Spring. 

Prerequisite: CJ 100 or POS 113 or consent of 
the instructor. 

' Analysis of ethical concepts, principles, and 
prescriptive moral judgments in the practice and 
research of criminal justice. 

CJ 290 -Criminal Procedure (3-0-3) 

Spring. Prerequisite: CJ 360 or consent of in- 
structor. 

A survey of the distinctive features of, and the 
basis for, American Criminal Law buttressed by 
an analysis of leading court decisions relative to 
procedural rights emanating from the Bill of 
Rights. 

CJ 301 -Juvenile Delinquency (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: CJ 100 or consent of instruc- 
tor. 

A survey of theories of juvenile delinquency; the 
sociological, biological, and psychological factors 
involved in juvenile delinquency and the modern 
trends in prevention and treatment. 

CJ 302 -Criminalistics (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: A natural sci- 
ence laboratory sequence or consent of instruc- 
tor. 

An introduction to the problems and techniques 
of scientific criminal investigation. Emphasis will 
be placed on familiarizing the student with the role 
of science and technology in modern law enforce- 
ment. 



CJ 303 -Penology (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: CJ 100, or consent of in- 
structor. 

This course deals with the analysis and evalu- 
ation of both historical and contemporary correc- 
tional systems. This course will also deal with the 
development, organization, operation and results 
of the different systems of corrections found in 
America. 

CJ 304 - Probation and Parole (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: CJ 303 or 
consent of instructor. 

This course will deal with the development, or- 
ganization, operation and results of systems of 
probation and parole as substitutes for incarcer- 
ation. 

C J 305 — Law Enforcement Systems 
(5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: CJ-100 or consent of in- 
structor. 

An introduction to the philosophical, cultural 
and historical background of the police idea. The 
course is conceptually oriented and will deal with 
concepts such as the role of the police in con- 
temporary society, the quasi-military organization 
of the police, and community relations. 

CJ 307— Community Based Treatment 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: CJ 303 or 
consent of instructor. 

This' course will investigate the different com- 
munity based treatment programs. An emphasis 
will be placed on investigating the function of half- 
way houses and the use of volunteers in correc- 
tions. 

CJ 360 -Law and Legal Process (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

Prerequisite: CJ 100 or POS 113 or consent of 
the instructor. 

Examination of law as a dynamic societal in- 
stitution. Sources and functions of both civil and 
criminal law, as well as operation of the legal 
process, are studied from the perspectives of jur- 
isprudence, political science, and sociology. 
(Identical with POS 360.) 

CJ 380 -Law of Evidence (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: CJ 360 or 
consent of instructor. 

An intensive analysis of the rules of evidence 
in criminal cases. Particular subjects will include 



GOVERNMENT 



109 



burden of proof, hearsay evidence, and the prin- 
ciples of exclusion and selection. 

CJ 390 -Research Methods (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: ENG 101 and 102 and per- 
mission of instructor. 

This course deals with the methods and tech- 
niques of research in the behavioral sciences. 
Emphasis will be placed on learning how to eval- 
uate research. 



Legal Research/Law Mini-Thesis 

on demand. Prerequisites: CJ 360, 



CJ 391 
(5-0-5) 

Offered 
ENG 102. 

Open to students of any major, this course 
comprises the major areas of legal research and 
writing; finding and using appropriate legal re- 
search tools and resources and applying these 
to develop and complete a scholarly legal re- 
search paper. 

CJ 399 -Special Topics in Criminal Justice 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

Coverage of substantive topics, problems and 
issues, not covered in other courses, which are 
of contemporary importance to students in crim- 
inal justice. Topics to be announced before each 
offering of the course. 

CJ 410 -Criminality and Abnormal Behavior 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 101 and either 
CJ 100 or permission of instructor. 

The course examines the interface between ab- 
normal behavior, including mental illness, and 
criminality by presenting recent developments in 
the identification, classification, and treatment of 
criminals. Special emphasis is given to under- 
standing the sometimes bizarre behavioral pat- 
terns and motivations of repeat offenders, such 
as child molesters, sex criminals, perpetrators of 
domestic violence, addicts, serial murderers and 
rapists. 

CJ 425 -Drug Enforcement: Issues and 
Problems (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CJ 100. Open to seniors only or 
by consent of instructor. 

A survey of historical and contemporary drug 
law enforcement in American society. Such topics 
as drug distribution, gangs, and government 
drug-enforcement agencies, policies, and tech- 
niques will be examined. 



CJ 426 -International Terrorism (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: POS 113 or CJ 100, or consent 
of instructor. 

Investigation of the political, legal, and socio- 
logical aspects of international terrorism. Topics 
to be examined include the relationships of inter- 
national terrorism, international relations, and 
principles of international law, the nature of the 
anti-terrorist response, and the implications of in- 
ternational terrorism for the future. (Identical with 
POS 426.) 

CJ 440-Seminar in Criminal Justice 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CJ 390 or equivalent; open to 
Seniors only or by consent of instructor. 

An intensive study of selected criminal justice 
topics. Students will have the opportunity to con- 
duct criminal justice research in approved areas 
of interest. 

CJ 447 -Comparative Judicial Systems 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

Prerequisite: CJ 305 or CJ/POS 360 or POS 
415 or consent of the instructor. 

Focuses on the law enforcement and judicial 
procedure aspects of the Japanese, French, 
West German, and Soviet political systems. (Iden- 
tical with POS 447). 

CJ 450 -Field Experience I (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Open to 
junior and senior criminal justice majors only and 
by invitation of the instructor. 

The purpose of this course is to broaden the 
educational experience of students through ap- 
propriate observation and work assignments with 
criminal justice agencies. The course will be or- 
ganized around specific problem orientations 
with operational research connotations. Students 
will be expected to spend a minimum of five hours 
per week in the participating agency. Open to 
transient students only with permission of the 
school dean at Armstrong and of the college from 
which the student comes. 

CJ 451 -Field Experience II (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Open to 
junior and senior criminal justice majors only and 
by invitation of the instructor. 

This is a sequential course to CJ 450 which will 
permit the student to broaden further his per- 
spectives. Open to transient students only with 



110 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



permission of the school dean at Armstrong and 
of the college from which the student comes. 

CJ 452-453-454- Internship (V-V-5) 

Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing and per- 
mission of the instructor. 

This course is designed to provide the student 
with an opportunity to apply academic training in 
the practical governmental setting. Setting will in- 
clude law enforcement agencies (local, state, or 
federal), community treatment facilities, courts, 
congressional offices, and various governmental 
agencies. This course will be jointly supervised 
by departmental instructors and agency officials. 
Open to transient students only with permission 
of the school dean at Armstrong and of the col- 
lege from which the student comes. (Identical 
with PA/POS 452-453-454.) 

CJ 490 -Directed Research in Criminal 
Justice (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: CJ 390. 

A course designed to provide qualified stu- 
dents the opportunity to perform suitable and 
meaningful research into some area of criminal 
justice under the direction of the instructor. Open 
to transient students only with permission of the 
school dean at Armstrong and of the college from 
which the student comes. 



Economics Offerings 

ECO 201 -Principles of Macro Economics 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Eligibility for 
ENG 101 and MAT 101. 

A survey of macro-economics, including basic 
economic concepts, national income, the mone- 
tary system, and the international economy. 

ECO 202 -Principles of Micro Economics 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Eligibility for 
ENG 101 and MAT 101; ECO 201 not a prereq- 
uisite. 

A survey of micro-economics, including the 
composition and pricing of national output, gov- 
ernment and the market economy, factor pricing 
and income distribution, and a comparison of 
market systems. 
ECO 203 -Principles of Accounting I (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Eligibility for MAT 101. 

An introduction to the fundamental principles 
and practices of accounting; the construction and 



interpretation of balance sheet and profit and loss 
statements; the theory of debits and credits and 
their application to the accounting process. 

ECO 204 -Principles of Accounting II 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 203. 

The application of accounting principles to 
specialized problems found in proprietorships, 
partnerships, and corporations, with emphasis on 
cost accounting theory, modern methods of data 
processing, and the sources and applications of 
funds. 

ECO 310 — Multinational Economic 
Enterprises (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201 . 

Topics include how multinational economic en- 
terprises have evolved over time, how they affect 
jobs and exports/imports in the U.S., and how 
they affect the economics of less developed 
countries. 

ECO 320 -International Trade (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 202 or permission of instruc- 
tor. 

This course examines the economic impor- 
tance and problems of international trade. Topics 
include theories of international trade, the gains 
from tade, tariffs and non-tarriff barrier to trade, 
U.S. commercial policy, economic integration and 
trade policies of developing countries. 

ECO 330 -Economics of Finance (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201 . 

The study of governmental and corporate fi- 
nance, with emphasis on fiscal and monetary pol- 
icy. Open-market operations, discount policy, and 
the functions and problems associated with cen- 
tral banking will be examined and analyzed. 

ECO 340 -Economics of Labor (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 202. 

An introductory general survey of labor eco- 
nomics and labor relations. Organization and op- 
eration of American trade unionism, collective 
bargaining, economics of the labor market, wage 
theory and income distribution also among topics 
studied. 

ECO 363 -Economic History of the United 
States (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite:ECO 201. 

This course surveys the growth and develop- 
ment of economic institutions in the United States 
from the colonial period to the present, with em- 
phasis on the period since 1860. Developments 



GOVERNMENT 



111 



in agriculture, industry, labor, transportation, and 
finance will be studied and analyzed. (Identical 
with HIS 363). 

ECO 421 -International Law of 
Expropriation and Compensation (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113. Corequisite: POS 326, 
"International Law," or permission of instructor. 

The course will examine the traditional Western 
view of the right of governments to expropriate 
foreign-owned property, and compare it to the 
views of many third-world and Marxist govern- 
ments. Major takings of property owned by U.S. 
citizens and corporations will be highlighted. Ar- 
bitration and adjudication processes, as well as 
the role of the executive and legislative branches, 
will be examined. 

ECO 431 -International Financial 
Institutions (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201 or permission of instruc- 
tor. 

This course analyzes international monetary re- 
lations. Topics include different exchange rate 
systems, the balance of payments, adjustment to 
balance of payments disequilibrium, and a survey 
of major international financial institutions, includ- 
ing IMF and the World Bank. Additional focus is 
on the role of central banks of the major countries 
in attempting to help stablize the foreign ex- 
change market. 

ECO 440 -Seminar In Third World 
Economic Development (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201 or permission of instruc- 
tor 

The developing areas and their prospect for 
economic betterment are studied in this course. 
Topics include different theories of underdevel- 
opment, analyzing different techniques employed 
by various less developed countries for devel- 
opment, including import substitutions and ex- 
port-led growth. Focus is also on problems facing 
the third world at the present time, such as Third 
World debt. 

ECO 441 -Regional Economics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 320 or permission of instruc- 
tor. 

Study of transnational labor and transportation 
economics and of international trade, posited in 
the regional context. Emphasis will be placed on 
such topics as the European Economic Com- 
munity and the Caribbean Basin Initiative. The so- 
cial and political, as well as economic 



consequences of migratory labor and permanent 
immigrant labor will be addressed. 

ECO 445 -Comparative Economic Systems 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201. 

The course will constitute a survey of the basic 
tenets of the major economic systems developed 
in the 19th and 20th centuries. The role of gov- 
ernment and politics will be examined, along with 
the contributions to economic and political 
thought of such men as Adam Smith, Karl Marx, 
John Maynard Keynes, and Milton Friedman. 
(Identical with POS 445.) 

ECO 452, 453, 454 -Internship (V-V-5) 

Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing and per- 
mission of instructor. 

This course is designed to provide the student 
with an opportunity to relate academic under- 
standing to an applied economic setting. Settings 
will include nonprofit agencies such as the Cham- 
ber of Commerce, as well as financial institutions 
and international businesses. This course will be 
jointly supervised by departmental instructors and 
agency officials. Transient students must have 
permission of the school dean at Armstrong and 
of the college which the student comes. 



Political Science and Public Administration 
Offerings 

POS 11 3- American Government (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility for 
ENG 101. 

A study of the structure, theory, and functions 
of the national government in the United States, 
and some of the major problems of the state and 
local government. 

PA/POS 303 -Foundations of Public 
Administration (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 1 13 or permission of instruc- 
tor. 

An introduction to the framework of public 
administration including such concepts and is- 
sues as bureaucracy, administrative power, infor- 
mal groups, third party government, issue 
networks, budgeting, implementation, incremen- 
tal decision making, personnel motivation, and 
the relationship of ethics and public service. 



112 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



POS 305 -State and Local Government 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of 
instructor. 

A comparative study of states, communities, 
and local governments,- and their management of 
political conflict. Included is a study of federalism, 
differences in governmental structures and func- 
tions, political culture, community power, tax and 
budget systems, and public policy issues facing 
states and communities. 

POS 31 7 -Constitutional Law and the 
Federal System (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of instruc- 
tor. 

A case-study approach to the judicial interpre- 
tation of the Constitution, and the powers of the 
federal government. Including: the nature and 
scope of judicial review, commerce power, sep- 
aration of powers, power to tax and spend, state 
power to regulate, and economic due process. 

POS 31 8 -Constitutional Civil Liberties 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 1 13 or permission of instruc- 
tor. 

A case study approach to the judical interpre- 
tation of individual rights and the Constitution. In- 
cluding: nationalization of the Bill or Rights, 
criminal due process, freedom of expression, as- 
sociation, religion and privacy, and equal protec- 
tion and due process. 

POS 320 -International Trade (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 202 or permission of instruc- 
tor. 

Examines the economic importance and prob- 
lems of international trade, exchange rates and 
monetary standards, tariffs and other trade bar- 
riers. Attention will be focused on fixed and float- 
ing exchange rates and their effects on trade 
balances of states. Current debt problems of de- 
veloping nations will be examined. (Identical with 
ECO 320.) 

POS 321 -International Relations: The Far 
East (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 113 
or permission of instructor. 

Contemporary international politics in the Far 
East are examined in terms of such broad his- 
torical trends as the decline of imperialism, the 
development of nationalism, and the rise of the 



U.S., U.S.S.R., People's Republic of China, and 
Japan as major powers in Asia. 

Some attention will be given to contemporary 
key issues such as the Sino-Soviet conflict, the 
future of Formosa, U.S. -Japan Mutual Security 
Treaty revision, and U.S. -Japan economic inter- 
action. 

POS 325 -International Organization. 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 113 
or permission of instructor. 

A survey of the development, principles, struc- 
tures and functions of international organizations, 
with emphasis upon the role of these institutions 
in the maintenance of peace. 

POS 326 -International Law (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 113 
or permission of instructor. 

An introduction to selected public international 
law topics including: recognition, state succes- 
sion, jurisdiction, extradition, nationality, the law 
of treaties, the law of diplomacy, and the law of 
war. 

POS 329 -International Relations (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: POS 1 13 or 
permission of instructor. 

An introduction to the theories, forces, and 
practices dominating contemporary international 
relations. 

POS 333 -Contemporary Political Thought 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: POS 113 or 
permission of instructor. 

Analysis of the important ideological currents 
of our time with selected indepth readings from 
original sources. 

POS 334 -Political Philosophy (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 1 13 or permission of instruc- 
tor. 

Examination of the political ideas of leading po- 
litical theorists, beginning with Socrates and ex- 
tending to the end of the 19th Century. Selected 
primary source material will be read and ana- 
lyzed. 

POS 345 -Latin American Politics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of instruc- 
tor. 

Examination of governments and political proc- 
esses of selected nations in South America, Cen- 
tral America, and the Caribbean. Roles of state 



GOVERNMENT 



113 



terrorism, revolutionary movements, and narco- 
terrorism are examined. 

POS 346 -Governments of East Asia 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 113 
or permission of instructor. 

A comparative examination of the contempo- 
rary political institutions, processes, and ideas of 
the People's Republic of China, Japan, and Ko- 
rea. Examines the development'of these political 
systems with particular emphasis on historical, 
social, cultural, and contemporary-issue dimen- 
sions. 

POS 349 -Government of the Soviet Union 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 113 
or. permission of instructor. 

The primary purpose of this course is to focus 
on the study of contemporary Soviet politics 
along developmental scheme. Comparison of the 
pre-modern Tsarist autocratic regime and the 
contemporary Soviet totalitarian regime will be at- 
tempted. Also the course will cover such topics 
as Soviet political culture, political socialization 
process of the mass, governmental processes, 
and the public policy making/implementation as- 
pects. 

POS 360 -Law and Legal Process (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: CJ 100 or POS 113 or per- 
mission of instructor. 

Examination of law as a dynamic societal in- 
stitution. Sources and functions of both civil and 
criminal law, as well as operation of the legal 
process, are studied from the perspectives of jur- 
isprudence, political science, and sociology. 
(Identical with CJ 360). 

POS 400-Semlnar In Political Science 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Admission will be subject 
to approval of the instructor. Offered on demand. 
Designed to permit superior students to pursue 
research and reading in some field of political 
science under the supervision of the staff. 

PA/POS 401 -Politics of the Budgetary 
Process (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 113 
or permission of instructor. 

This course examines the procedures, strate- 
gies and rationales involved in making public 
budgets at the local, state, and national levels. It 
is also concerned with critiques of the several 



types of budgets now in use together with an ex- 
planation of fiscal and monetary policies as they 
affect budgeting. Finally, it is concerned with the 
revenue systems in effect together with auditing 
and other controls exercised in the budgeting 
process. 

PA/POS 403 -Public Policy Development 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 303 
or permission of the instructor. 

This course is primarily concerned with a study 
of the theoretical aspects of decision-making the- 
ories (i.e., rational/comprehensive model vs. in- 
cremental model), political aspects of policy- 
making process, mobilization of political support, 
and the cost/benefit aspects of the public policy- 
making. 

Some attempt will be made to apply the gen- 
eral theory of public policy-making to specific set- 
tings of welfare policy, urban problems, and 
national defense/foreign policy. 

POS 410- Independent Study In American 
Government (V-V-(1-5)) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: A minimum 
of 120 credit hours, including at least 20 hours in 
Political Science at the 300-level or above. Ad- 
mission is by approval of a departmental com- 
mittee. 

Designed to permit superior students to pursue 
individual research and reading in some field of 
political science under the supervision of a mem- 
ber of the staff. Emphasis will be on wide reading, 
conferences with the advisor and written reports 
and essays. Normally open only to students with 
a B average (3.0) in Political Sc ence and at least 
a 2.5 GPA overall. Applications must be filed with 
the Department by mid-quarter preceding the 
quarter independent study is contemplated. 

Open to transient students only with permission 
of the school dean at Armstrong and the college 
from which the student comes. 

POS 411 -American Presidency (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 113 
or permission of instructor. 

Offers an in-depth look at the office of the pres- 
idency, with the principal emphasis on the rela- 
tions of the executive branch with the Congress 
and the court system. Some attention will be 
given to the evolution of the presidency to its 
present dominant position in the American polit- 
ical process. (Completion of a survey course in 
American History is desirable). 



114 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



POS 41 2 -American Political Parties 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: POS 113 or 
permission of instructor. 

Operation of political parties in the political sys- 
tem. Relationship between party organization, 
electoral system, and the recruitment and ad- 
vancement of political leaders. 

POS 415— American Supreme Court 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: POS 113 or 
permission of instructor. 

An analysis of the structure and functions of the 
Court, including examination of the role of the 
Court as policy maker. 

PA/POS 41 8 -Administrative Law (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 113 
or permission of instructor. 

This course explores the framework of law gov- 
erning administrative agencies including: admin- 
istrative power and its control by the courts, the 
determination and enforcement of administrative 
programs, discretion of administrative officials 
and their powers of summary actions, hearings 
before administrative boards, and the respective 
spheres of administrative and judicial responsi- 
bility. 

Some attention will be given to the problem of 
the maintenance of traditional procedural safe- 
guards in administrative law and the problem of 
civil rights and relation to administrative boards. 
Leading cases will be examined. 

POS 41 9 -American Congress (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: POS 113 or 
permission of instructor. 

An analysis of the structure and functions of 
Congress, including a discussion of the theoret- 
ical framework for representative government, 
and Congress' role as policymaker. 

POS 420 -Independent Study in 
International Relations (V-V-(1-5)) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: A minimum 
of 120 credit hours, including at least 20 hours in 
Political Science at the 300-level or above. Ad- 
mission is by approval of a departmental com- 
mittee. 

Designed to permit superior students to pursue 
individual research and reading in some field of 
international relations under the supervision of a 
member of the staff. Emphasis will be on wide 
reading, conferences with the advisor and written 



reports and essays. Normally open only to stu-l 
dents with a B average (3.0) in Political Science 
and at least a 2.5 GPA overall. Applications must 
be filed with the Department by mid-quarter pre : 
ceding the quarter independent study is contem- 
plated. 

Open to transient students only with permission 
of the school dean at Armstrong and the college 
from which the student comes. 

POS 426- International Terrorism (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: POS 113 or CJ 100, or consent 
of instructor. 

Investigation of the political, legal and socio- 
logical aspects of international terrorism. Topics 
to be examined include the relationships of inter- 
national terrorism, international relations, and 
principles of international law, the nature of the 
anti-terrorist response, and the implications of in- 
ternational terrorism for the future. (Identical with 
CJ 426.) 

POS 429 -American Foreign Policy (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: POS 113 or 
permission of instructor. 

An analysis of U.S. foreign policy and factors, 
both domestic and foreign, contributing to its for- 
mulation. 

POS 430 -Independent Study in Political 
Theory (V-V-(1-5)) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: A minimum 
of 120 credit hours, including at least 20 hours in 
Political Science at the 300-level or above. Ad- 
mission is by approval of a departmental com- 
mittee. 

Designed to permit superior students to pursue 
individual research and reading in some field of 
political theory under the supervision of a mem- 
ber of the staff. Emphasis will be on wide reading, 
conferences with the advisor and written reports 
and essays. Normally open only to students with 
a B average (3.0) in Political Science and at least 
a 2.5 GPA overall. Applications must be filed with 
the Department by mid-quarter preceding the 
quarter independent study is contemplated. 

Open to transient students only with permission 
of the school dean at Armstrong and the college 
from which the student comes. 
POS 440 -Independent Study in 
Comparative Government (V-V-(1-5)) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: A minimum 
of 120 credit hours, including at least 20 hours in 
Political Science at the 300-level or above. Ad- 
mission is by approval of a departmental com- 
mittee. 



HISTORY 



115 



Designed to permit superior students to pursue 
individual research and reading in some field of 
comparative government under the supervision of 
a member of the staff. Emphasis will be on wide 
reading, conferences with the advisor and written 
reports and essays. Normally open only to stu- 
dents with a B average (3.0) in Political Science 
and at least a 2.5 GPA overall. Applications must 
be filed with the Department by mid-quarter pre- 
ceding the quarter independent study is contem- 
plated. 

Open to transient students only with permission 
of the school dean at Armstrong and the college 
from which the student comes. 

POS 445 -Comparative Economic Systems 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: ECO 201 . 

The course will constitute a survey of the basic 
tenets of the major economic systems developed 
in the 19th and 20th centuries. The role of gov- 
ernment and politics will be examined, along with 
the contributions to economic and political 
thought of such men as Adam Smith, Karl Marx, 
John Maynard Keynes, and Milton Friedman. 
(Identical with ECO 445.) 

POS 447 -Comparative Judicial Systems 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

Prerequisite: CJ 305 or CJ/POS 360 or POS 
415 or consent of instructor. 

Designed to focus on the law enforcement and 
judicial procedure aspects of the Japanese, 
French, West German, and Soviet political sys- 
tems. (Identical with CJ 447.) 

PA/POS 452-453-454 -Internship (V-V-5) 

Offered each quarter under each heading. Pre- 
requisite: Junior or senior standing and permis- 
sion of instructor. 

This course is designed to provide the student 
with an opportunity to apply academic training in 
the practical governmental setting. Settings will 
include law enforcement agencies (local, state, or 
federal), community treatment facilities, courts, 
congressional offices, and various governmental 
agencies. This course will be jointly supervised 
by departmental instructors and agency officials. 
Open to transient students only with permission 
of the school dean at Armstrong and of the col- 
lege from which the student comes. (Identical 
with CJ 452-453-454.) 



History 

Faculty 

"Warlick, Roger, Department Head 
*Arens, Olavi, Graduate Coordinator 
'Babits, Lawrence 
k Brown, Sarah 
Burnett, Robert 
Comaskey, Bernard 
"Duncan, John 
Fertig, Barbara 
'Gross, Jimmie 
Lanier, Osmos 
Patterson, Robert 
'Pruden, George 
'Stone, Janet 

'Graduate Faculty 



The History Major 

The major in history may take either of two 
forms: History per se or History with T-4 Certifi- 
cation. 

Students who major in history should expect to 
enroll in a foreign language sequence during their 
Sophomore year, certainly not later than their Jun- 
ior year. Therefore, students should plan their 
programs of study with careful consultation with 
a Faculty Advisor. Students who change majors, 
or who transfer, may find it necessary to enroll 
beyond the traditional 12 quarters, if the degree 
requirements including the foreign language can- 
not be fulfilled within that time. 

Students enrolled in the evening program 
should not expect to be exempted from the for- 
eign language requirement, unless for a three- 
year period prior to graduation no available for- 
eign language sequence is offered in the evening. 

In addition to meeting minimum requirements 
for either program, students contemplating grad- 
uate work in history are strongly advised to con- 
tinue their linguistic study beyond the language 
sequence 103 level. Students with a double ma- 
jor, where Computer Science is a language 
choice, may substitute Computer Science for the 
foreign language requirement in history. 

Advanced coursework in History for either form 
of the major requires HIS 450 and HIS 479 or 598. 
In selecting the remainder of their advanced 
courses students may choose to concentrate in 



116 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



one particular area of History (e.g. European or 
American), providing they diversify to the extent 
of completing at least ten hours outside that area. 
A history concentration is also available to 
those pursuing the B.G.S. degree, both on cam- 
pus and at the Brunswick Center. 

Honors in History 

See HIS 499 - Senior Thesis in History - for 
detailed information. 

Scholarships in History. 

Limited scholarship aid is available annually. In- 
terested students are invited to inquire in the de- 
partment office for details. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR 
IN HISTORY 



Hours 

A. General Requirements* 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. . One course from: ART 200, 271 , 

272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Areali 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103, 195, 220 or 

290 10 

2. One of the sequences: BIO 101 , 
102; CHE 121, 122; PHY 121, 
122; PHS 121, 122 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115, POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201 ; ECO 
201;SOC201; PSY 101 .... 5 

Area IV 30 

1. Foreign language 101, 102, 103 15 

2. History 251, 252 10 

3. Related course 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 166 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses in the Major Field 40 

1. HIS 450 and 598 or 479 .... 10 

2. History courses 300 level or 
above with at least 10 hours out- 
side the area of concentration 30 



The concentration areas are: 

A. U.S. History- HIS 351, 352, 
361 , 371 , 374, 377, 379, 400, 
451,452,454,455,456,473, 
475, 476, 479, 485, 486, 553, 
554, 555, 556, 557 

B. European History- HIS 333, 
342,343,344,345,410,445, 
483,484,571,572,577,580, 
582, 584, 590, 591 , 596, 598 

C. Russian-Asian-African-Latin 
American History- HIS 320, 
322,323,329,330,481,482, 
560,561,562,564,567,568, 
569 

C. Courses in Related Fields 20 

To be chosen from such fields as 
anthropology, economics, litera- 
ture, sociology, statistics at least 
10 hours of which must be at 
300-level or above. 
See Department for exhaustive 
list 20 

D. Electives 35 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 191 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
HISTORY (with teacher certification) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Areali 20 

1. MAT 101, 220 10 

2. Laboratory science sequence 10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1. HIS 251 or 252 5 

2. Foreign language 101, 

102, 103 15 

3. One course from: ANT 201 , ECO 
201, SOC201 5 

4. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 5 



HISTORY 



117 



AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

Courses in the Major and Supporting 
Fields 60 

1. HIS 450 and 598 or 479 .... 10 

2. U.S. History 

A. HIS 371 or 377 (dependent 

on HIS 251, 252 selection) 5 

B. One or two courses from: HIS 
351,352,361,374,379,400, 
451,452,454,455,456,473, 
475, 476, 479. 485, 486, 553, 
554, 555, 556, 557 5-10 

3. Russian-Asian-African-Latin 
American History 

Two courses from: HIS 320, 
322, 323, 329, 330, 481, 482, 
560, 561, 562, 564, 567, 568, 
569 10 

4. European History 

Two or three courses from: 
HIS 333, 342, 343, 344, 345, 
410, 445 ; 483, 484, 571, 572, 
577, 580, 582, 584, 590, 591, 
596, 598 10-15 

5. Supporting Work 20 

Ten hours each from two of the 
following areas: 

A. Approved 300-400 level POS 
electives 

B. ECO 201 and approved 
300+ elective 

C. Approved electives in behav- 
ioral sciences (SOC, ANT, 
PSY) 

D. GEO 211, 212 and approved 
GEO elective 

Professional sequence 40 

1. EDN 200, EXC 310, EDN 335, 
449, 471, 472, 473 35 

2. PSY 201 or EDN 201 5 

Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 196 



Minor Concentrations 

The Department of History offers a number of 
minor concentrations. 

A minor in History has great practical value. Its 
notation on the transcript indicates to an em- 
ployer that the applicant has some solid liberal 



C. 



arts background with its accompanying insight 
into the development and functioning of modern 
society, and that the applicant has made an extra 
effort to refine research and writing skills so es- 
sential to dealing with that society. Whatever the 
major one chooses, such a minor will strengthen 
the student's academic record. 

Students who hope to work in history-related 
fields upon graduation should consider adding a 
minor in Preservation Studies, or in Historical Ar- 
chaeology. Through this program unique oppor- 
tunities are provided for qualified students to gain 
practical experience while making a realistic as- 
sessment of the possibilities offered by their field 
of interest. Cooperative arrangements with His- 
toric Savannah Foundation, Georgia Historical 
Society, Savannah Landmark Project, Oatland Is- 
land Center, and with a number of museums and 
historical sites, such as Telfair Academy, Ft. Pu- 
laski, Juliette Low Center, Wormsloe Plantation, 
and Ft. King George, permit placement of stu- 
dents in positions relating to: 

(a) archival and manuscript curation, (b) his- 
toric site administration and interpretation, (c) mu- 
seum studies, (d) historic preservation, and (e) 
historical archaeology. 

Additional minor concentrations are offered 
jointly with the Department of Government in In- 
ternational Studies and Russian Studies. 

Minors, in addition to grades of "C" or better 
in each course, require the following: 

Hours 

History 20 

1. Twenty hours of 300+ level HIS 

courses 20 

Historical Archaeology 25 

1 . MPS/ANT 551 , 552, and 554 

2. Ten hours from the following: HIS 
361, 371, 450, 553, 572 

International Studies 25 

(assumes competency in one modern foreign 
language through the 103 level*) 

1. POS 329 and 325 or 326 . ... 10 

2. One course from: POS 320, 346, 
348, 349 5 

3. Two courses from: POS 429; HIS 
330, 455, 564, 569, 591 10 

Preservation Studies 25 

1. HIS 450 5 

2. MPS 550, 557, and 556 or 554 15 

3. MPS 598 5 

Russian Studies 20 

1. RUS 201 (assumes completion 

of RUS 101-103*) 5 



118 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



2. POS 349 

3. Two courses from: HIS 329, 330, 
481,567,568,569; POS 440 



10 



Geography Courses 

GEO 211 -Physical Geography (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

Course will include such topics as earth-sun 
relationships, cartography, weather, climate and 
climate classification, soils, bio-geography, veg- 
etation and landforms. Emphasis will be on global 
patterns of distribution. 

GEO 21 2 -Cultural Geography (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

Course will include such topics as the concept 
of culture, population settlement, patterns, tech- 
nological origins and diffusions, types of econom- 
ics and the relationship of man to his 
environment. Emphasis will be given to the proc- 
ess of cultural change through time in place. 

GEO 302 -Introduction to Geology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: GEO 211 plus 10 hours of a lab 
science. 

An introduction to physical geology. A study of 
common earth materials, dynamic processes of 
change, volcanology, seismology, plate tecton- 
ics, and the structure and evolution of the earth's 
crust and inner regions. (Identical with GEL 301). 

GEO 303 -Introduction to Meteorology 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: GEO 211 plus 10 hours of a lab 
science. 

An introduction to the description of the state 
of the atmosphere and to the physical laws that 
describe atmospheric phenomena. (Identical with 
MET 301). 

GEO 310 -Man and the Environment 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: GEO 211 or 212 plus 75 quarter 
hours credit in college courses. 

Considerations of the interactions between hu- 
mans and the support systems of the earth which 
are essential to their existence (identical with BIO 
310.) 



History Courses 

Advanced courses in History are generally 
open to all students who have completed the ap- 
propriate survey. Specifically, the Department 



considers background equivalent to HIS 1 14 and 
HIS 1 15, or permission of the instructor, to be the 
prerequisite for all advanced courses on Euro- 
pean, Russian, Asian, African, and Latin American 
topics. For advanced courses in American his- 
tory, the equivalent of HIS 251 or. HIS 252, or per- 
mission of the instructor, is considered 
prerequisite. Exceptions are noted on specific 
courses. 

General 

HIS 114 -Civilization I (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility for 
college credit English, i.e. English 101 or above. 

A survey of the main currents of political, social, 
religious, and intellectual activity from the time of 
the ancient Middle-Eastern civilizations to 1715. 
Throughout the course the major civilized tradi- 
tions are considered and comparative methods 
used to facilitate interpretations of them. 

HIS 115-Civilization II (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility for 
college credit English, i.e. English 101 or above. 

A survey of the main currents of political, social, 
religious, and intellectual activity from 1715 to the 
present. Throughout the course the major civi- 
lized traditions are considered and comparative 
methods used to facilitate interpretations of them. 
A continuation of HIS 114. 

HIS 295 -Internship (V-V-[1-5]) Offered on 
application. 

Prerequisites: At least 15 hours of History 
courses with a History GPA of 2.5 and sophomore 
status. Application and credit arrangements must 
be made through the Department in advance, 
normally by mid-quarter preceding the internship. 
Transient students must also have permission 
from the Dean of Faculty and college from which 
the student comes. 

An individually designed course involving off- 
campus study and research or work in an appro- 
priate public agency or private business. Assign- 
ments are normally designed to required the full 
quarter for completion, during which time the stu- 
dent will be under the joint supervision of the 
sponsoring organization and his/her academic in- 
structor. May be repeated for credit. 

Internships at this level are graded on an S/U 
basis and will be credited only among electives. 



HISTORY 



119 



HIS 450 -Historical Method (3-4-5) 

Fall and Spring (evening). Required of all His- 
tory majors and of Preservation Studies minors. 

An introduction to the nature and method of 
historical research, treating problems of investi- 
gation, organization, and writing through discus- 
sion and actual research experience in local 
history. 

HIS 495 -Professional Internship (V-V-(1-5)) 

Open to transient students only with permission 
of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and the col- 
lege from which the student comes. Prerequi- 
sites: 3.0 in all history courses; 20 hours of upper 
level history including HIS 450. 

Application and credit arrangements must be 
made through the department in advance, nor- 
mally by mid-quarter preceding the quarter of in- 
ternship. 

The student will pursue an individually de- 
signed course project involving off-campus study 
and research in a government or private agency. 
Projects are normally designed to require the full 
eleven week quarter for completion, during which 
time the student will be under the joint supervision 
of the sponsoring agency and his faculty advisor. 
May be repeated for credit. 

This internship, graded on an S or U basis, will 
be credited among related studies, not as a part 
of the minimum 40 hours of traditional work re- 
quired for the major. 

HIS 498-Fleldwork In History 
(V-V-[1-5]) Summer, 1991. 

Offered only by special arrangement with the 
Department, made in advance, this course is de- 
signed to provide credit for field-trip based 
courses or extended site visits, whether abroad 
or in the U.S. Research, reading, and written as- 
signments will be tailored to the specific nature 
of each study tour or site visitation. (Specific area 
of study will be indicated on the transcript.) The 
course may be repeated for credit as topics vary, 
but no more than five hours may be counted 
among the 40 hours required for a major in His- 
tory. 

HIS 499 -Senior Thesis in History (0-6-3). 
Offered on application. 

. Prerequisites: Senior status; 25 hours of upper 
division History courses, including HIS 450; a 3.5 
GPA on all History courses. 

A directed research course under the supervi- 
sion of a permanent member of the Department 
of History. The student must file an application 



with the Academic Affairs Committee of the His- 
tory Department by mid-term of the quarter (ex- 
cluding summer) before the student wishes to 
enroll for the course. The completed thesis must 
be submitted three weeks prior to the end of the 
quarter. If the faculty of the department approve 
the completed thesis for honors, the degree des- 
ignation on the student's transcript will be noted 
"Honors in History." Consult the Department Of- 
fice for important details. 



United States History Courses 

HIS 251 -American History to 1865 
(5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility for 
ENG 101. 

A survey of the political, economic, and social 
history of the United States to end of the Civil War. 

HIS 252-American Since 1865 (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility for 
ENG 101. 

A survey of the political, economic, and social 
history of the United States from 1 865 to the pres- 
ent. 

HIS 351 -Popular Culture In the United 
States to 1914 (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1992. 

An examination of the major trends in the news 
media, popular literature, entertainment, and rec- 
reational activities to 1914. 

HIS 352 -Popular Culture in the United 
States Since 1914 (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1993. 

An examination of the major trends in news me- 
dia, popular literature, entertainment, and recre- 
ational activities since 1914. 

HIS 361 -The Old South (5-0-5) 

Economic, cultural, and political history of the 
antebellum South with emphasis on those factors 
that made the South a unique section of the na- 
tion. 

HIS 371 -Colonial and Revolutionary 
America (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1994. 

A study of the discoveries of the New World 
and the settlement and growth of the English col- 
onies of North America; triumph over France in 
the New World, the drastic change in British co- 
lonial policy and the rise of American opposition 



120 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



to it, the achievement of independence, and the 
establishment of the United States under the 
Constitution. 

HIS 374 -Women In American History 
(5-0-5) 

Women in American History: An examination of 
the changing political, social, and economic roles 
of the American woman from colonial times to the 
present. Emphasis will be given to the pre-Civil 
War feminist reform movements, woman's 
broader social and economic role after the war, 
her awakening awareness of the need for political 
power, and the mid-20th century revolution. 

HIS 377 -Recent America (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1993. 

An analysis of the institutions and forces which 
molded American life from the late 19th century 
(1890) through World War II, including political, 
economic, social and intellectual issues. 

HIS 379 — Contemporary America (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1994 (evening). 

An examination of the society of the United 
States since World War II, with special emphasis 
given to the major social and cultural trends. 

HIS 400 -Seminar In American History 
(5-0-5) 

Permission of instructor required for admission. 

Designed to permit a group of advanced stu- 
dents to pursue intensive research on a special 
topic in the field to be defined by the instructor. 

HIS 451 —Reform Movements In American 
History (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1993 (evening). 

A study of the reform movements in America 
since the Revolution. 

HIS 452 -Economic History of the United 
States (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201. 

This course surveys the growth and develop- 
ment of economic institutions in the United States 
from the colonial period to the present, with em- 
phasis on the period since 1860. Developments 
in agriculture, industry, labor, transportation, and 
finance will be studied and analyzed. 

HIS 454-Studies in American Diplomacy to 
WW I (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1992. 

Considers American objectives and policies in 
foreign affairs from colonial times to World War I. 



HIS 455 -Studies in American Diplomacy 
since WW I (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1993 (evening). 

Considers American objectives and policies in 
foreign affairs from World War I to the present. 

HIS 456 -History of Savannah and Georgia 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, 1993. 

Begins with a history of Indians, emphasis on 
the founding of the colony at Savannah and on the 
colonial, Revolutionary, antebellum and Post-Civil 
War periods. Political, economic, social, religious 
and artistic trends are discussed and placed in 
context of Georgia and U.S. history. 

The course will involve considerable research in 
primary sources available locally. 
HIS 473-American Military History 
(5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. 

A study of the history of warfare and military 
technique in their social, economic, and politicai 
contexts, with special emphasis on the American 
military tradition. 

HIS 475 -Civil War and Reconstruction 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, 1993. 

The causes and significance of the American 
Civil War, with minor consideration of the military 
campaign; political, economic and social aspects 
of reconstruction. 

HIS 476-Victorian America (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1992. 

Presentation of the major subjects of the late 
1 9th century, including the emergence of a national 
economy, its theory and policies; partisan and re- 
form politics; the moral and Constitutional dimen- 
sions of Reconstruction; American society and 
social thought; and territorial aggrandisement. 

HIS 479 -American Historiography (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1994 (evening). 

See major program outlines, part B.1, for the 
historiography requirement. 

A study of the writing of American history from 
colonial times to the present with emphasis on the 
historical philosophies and interpretations of the 
major schools of thoughts as well as individual his- 
torians. Recommended especially to students con- 
templating graduate work in History. 

HIS 485-486 -Independent Study in United 
States History (V-V-(1 -5)) 

Available each quarter. Prerequisites: HIS 450 
and at least 15 additional hours in upper division 
History courses (with a minimum GPA of 3.0), an 



HISTORY 



121 



overall GPA of 2.5 (after completion of 120 hours), 
and an approved application. Open to transient 
students only with the permission of the Dean of 
Faculty of Armstrong and the college from which 
the student comes. 

Designed to permit superior students to pursue 
individual research and reading in the chosen field 
under the supervision of a member of the History 
faculty. An application must be filed with the de- 
partment, in advance, normally by mid-quarter pre- 
ceding the independent study. A full description of 
the requirements and an application may be ob- 
tained in the departmental office. 

HIS 553 -American Material Cultural 
(4-2-5) 

Fall, 1994. 

An introduction to the study of the non-literary 
remains of our society, past and present. Vernac- 
jlar and polite architecture, ceramics, mortuary art, 
community and settlement patterns, dress, diet, 
and diseases are among the topics that will be 
discussed. (Identical with AC 553, MPS 553 and 
ANT 553). 

HIS 554 -Historical Archaeology (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1994. Prerequisite: MPS 207, or permis- 
sion of the instructor. 

An introduction to the archaeology of North 
America since the arrival of Europeans in the New 
World. Some attention will be paid to British and 
Continental Post medieval Archaeology as well as 
:o the special areas of Industrial and Nautical Ar- 
chaeology. Emphasis will be given to anthropol- 
Dgical archaelogy's method and theory both as 
oerspective for the writing of history and as a com- 
Donent of Historic Preservation. (Identical with MPS 
554.) 

HIS 555 -Americans Called Indians (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1993. Prerequisite: ANT 201. 

An investigation of the aboriginal cultures of 
\lorth American from the Arctic to the Rio Grande. 
Study will include origins, distribution, ecology and 
nterrelationships, past through present. 

HIS 556 -Architectural History (4-2-5) 

Fall, 1992 (evening). 

A study of various styles of American architec- 
:ure, Georgian, Federal, Neoclassical, Eclecticism 
and modern; slides from Historic American Build- 
ng Survey; landscape architecture. Visiting speak- 
ers and field trips will be used. 



HIS 557 -American Vernacular Architecture 
(4-2-5) 

Spring, 1994. Prerequisite: MPS 556 or permis- 
sion of instructor. 

An interdisciplinary study of the historic built en- 
vironment with emphasis on traditional and popular 
architecture. Recording techniques, research strat- 
egies, and theoretical approaches, past and pres- 
ent, will be examined. (Also listed as MPS 557.) 



European History Courses 

HIS 333 -Modern Germany, 1789-1933 
(5-0-5) 

A study of Germany from the pluralism of the 
Holy Roman Empire through the German confed- 
eration to the unified Reich. Attention will be given 
to the political, social, and cultural developments 
in Austria, Prussia, and the "Third Germany." 

HIS 342 -Ancient History (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1992. 

A study of the early civilizations of the Middle 
East, the Greek city states, the Roman republic 
and empire, with special emphasis on the social, 
political and cultural contributions of these ancient 
peoples. 

HIS 343 -Early Middle Ages, A.D. 333-C.1000 
(5-0-5) 

Winter, 1993. 

The history of Europe from the fall of the Roman 
Empire through the Carolingian period with special 
emphasis on the institutional developments which 
led to the emergence of stable kingdoms out of 
the chaos of the barbarian invasions. 

HIS 344-The High Middle Ages, C.1000 to 
C.1300 (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1993 (evening). 

The history of Europe from c. 1000 to 1300 with 
emphasis on the struggle between church and 
state, the Crusade movement, and the 12th cen- 
tury intellectual renaissance, all of which profoundly 
influenced the development of the various medie- 
val kingdoms. 

HIS 345-The Late Middle Ages and 
Renaissance (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1993. 

The history of Europe from c. 1300 to 1517 with 
emphasis on the political, cultural, and intellectual 
developments which transformed medieval and 
Renaissance society. 



122 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



HIS 410 -Seminar in European History 
(5-0-5) 

Permission of instructor required for admission. 
A detailed analysis of a specific problem in Eu- 
ropean history by examination of primary materials. 

HIS 445 -Seminar in Medieval History 
(5-0-5) 

A treatment of selected topics in medieval his- 
tory working from primary source materials. May 
be repeated for credit as topics vary. 
HIS 483-484 -Independent Study in 
European History (V-V-(1-5)) 

Available each quarter. Prerequisites: HIS 450 
and at least 15 additional hours in upper division 
History courses (with a minimum GPA of 3.0), an 
overall GPA of 2.5 (after completion of 120 hours), 
and an approved application. Open to transient 
students only with the permission of the Dean of 
Faculty at Armstrong and the college from which 
the student comes. 

Designed to permit superior students to pursue 
individual research and reading in the chosen field 
under the supervision of a member of the History 
faculty. An application must be filed with the de- 
partment, in advance, normally by mid-quarter pre- 
ceding the independent study. A full description of 
the requirements and an application may be ob- 
tained in the departmental office. 

HIS 571 -English History, 1485-1660 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, 1993 (evening). 

An analysis of political, constitutional, economic, 
and religious issues under the Tudors and early 
Stuarts, including the English Civil War. 

HIS 572 -English History, 1660-1815 
(5-0-5) 

Spring, 1994. 

An investigation of the Restoration monarchies, 
the constitutional revolution of 1688, the rise of 
ministerial responsibility in the early 18th century, 
the American colonial revolt, and England's rela- 
tionship to the French Revolution. 

HIS 577— Seminar on the Crusades 
(5-0-5) 

Summer, 1994. 

An examination of the 12th and 13th century 
Crusade movement through the study of the avail- 
able primary source material. 

HIS 580 -Reformation Era (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1994. 

A study of the controversial era emphasizing its 
major issues and movements, and their develop- 
ment through the Thirty Years War. Political, social, 



and economic, as well as religious facets of the 
upheaval will be considered. 

HIS 582 -Europe In the Eighteenth Century 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, 1992 (evening). 

This course covers the period from the reign of 
Louis XIV to the French Revolution, considering the 
major political, social, and intellectual trends on the 
Continent. Particular emphasis is placed on 
France. 

HIS 584 -The French Revolution and 
Napoleon (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1993. 

This course examines the background and 
events of the French Revolution and the career of 
Napoleon. Different interpretations are considered. 

HIS 590 -Europe in the Nineteenth Century 
(5-0-5) 

Winter, 1994. 

A study of the most important social, political, 
and intellectual directions of European history from 
the Congress of Vienna to the end of the nine- 
teenth century. 

HIS 591 -Europe in the Twentieth Century 
(5-0-5) 

Spring, 1994 (evening). 

A study of the major developments in Europe 
since 1900. 

HIS 596 -Modern East Central Europe 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, 1993. 

A survey of the history of the nations between 
Germany and Russia in the 19th and 20th centu- 
ries. Topics to be covered include the rise of na- 
tionalism, the gaining of independence, problems 
in establishing democracy, experience during 
World War II, and the establishment of communist 
control. 

HIS 598 -European Historiography 
(5-0-5) 

Winter, 1993 (evening). See major program out- 
lines, part B.1, for the historiography requirement. 

A study of the writers of history in the Western 
cultural tradition, with an emphasis on the historical 
philosophies, interpretations, and problems raised 
by the major modern European historians. Rec- 
ommended especially to students contemplating 
graduate work in History. 



HISTORY 



123 



Russian, Asian, African and Latin American 
History Courses 

HIS 320-Traditlonal China (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1993. 

The history of Chinese civilization from ancient 
times to the early nineteenth century, with empha- 
sis on its characteristic political, social, economic, 
and cultural developments. 

HIS 322 -History of Japan (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1993. 

A survey of the history of Japan from the earliest 
:imes to the present, with primary emphasis on its 
9mergence as a world power since the late nine- 
:eenth century. 

HIS 323 -History of the Middle East 
[5-0-5) 

Spring, 1994. 

A survey of Middle Eastern history from Muham- 
mad to the present, and of Islamic culture and civ- 
! lization. Emphasis will be placed on the 
background of current issues and conflicts in the 
egion. 

HIS 329 -Medieval Russia (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1993 (evening). 

A survey of the economic, social, and political 
jevelopment of the Russian state from its foun- 
dation in the 9th century through its modernization 
)y Peter the Great in the early 18th century. 

HIS 330 -Modern Russia (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1993. 

A survey of Russian history from Peter the Great 
o the present. The major political, cultural, eco- 
lomic, and social developments of Russia in both 
he Imperial and Soviet periods will be covered. 

HIS 481 -482 -Independent Study in Russian/ 
\sian/African/Latin-American History (V-V- 
1-5)). 

Available each quarter. Prerequisites: HIS 450 
ind at least 15 additional hours in upper division 
History courses (with a minimum GPA of 3.0), an 
overall GPA of 2.5 (after completion of 120 hours), 
ind an approved application. Open to transient 
students only with the permission of the Dean of 
: aculty at Armstrong and the college from which 
he student comes. 

Designed to permit superior students to pursue 
ndividual research and reading in the chosen field 
jnder the supervision of a member of the History 



faculty. An application must be filed with the de- 
partment, in advance, normally by mid-quarter pre- 
ceding the independent study. A full description of 
the requirements and an application may be ob- 
tained in the departmental office. 

HIS 560 -Latin America (5-0-5) 

An introductory course in Latin-American history 
with consideration given to institutions of the areas 
as well as events and personalities. 

HIS 561 -The Caribbean (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1992 (evening). 

A study of the historical development of the Car- 
ibbean from European conquest and colonization 
to twentieth-century nationalism. Emphasis will be 
given to understand present-day Caribbean Cul- 
tures. (Also listed as ANT 561 .) 

HIS 562 -History of Africa (5-0-5) 

A survey of African civilizations from ancient 
times, with major emphasis on development of the 
continent since 1 800. 

HIS 564 -Modern China (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1992. 

The history of China from the nineteenth century 
to the present, with emphasis on political, social, 
economic, and intellectual developments. 

HIS 567 -Russia and the West (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1994. 

A detailed study of the impact of Western influ- 
ence on the Muscovite state in the sixteenth and 
seventeenth centuries. 

HIS 568-The Russian Revolution (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1993. Prerequisite: Permission of the in- 
structor. 

An examination of the Russian revolutionary tra- 
dition, the causes for the collapse of Tsarism, the 
Bolshevik Revolution, and victory in the Russian 
Civil War. 

HIS 569 -History of Soviet Foreign Policy 
(5-0-5) 

Spring, 1994. 

This course reviews historically the development 
of soviet foreign policy toward Western European 
states, notably Germany, and also with the non- 
European world through 1917-1940, World War II, 
and cold War phases. Special attention will be 
given in this last phase to U.S. -Soviet rivalry. Soviet 
relations with other communist states in Eastern 
Europe, China, and the Third World, and to the 
recent moves toward detente. 



124 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Museum and Preservation Studies Courses 

MPS 207 -Introduction to Archaeology 
(5-0-5) 

Spring. 

The introductory archaeology course consists 
of a history of the field, basic techniques, theo- 
retical underpinnings, and examples of field work 
from all types of excavation. It covers the range 
from early man to industrial and urban archeology 
in a general fashion. Analysis is introduced along 
with survey techniques, preservation reporting 
and other skills. (Identical with ANT 207.) 
MPS 295 -Internship (V-V-[1-5]) 
Offered on application. 

Prerequisites: At least 15 hours of History 
courses with a History GPA of 2.5 and sopoho- 
more status. Application and credit arrangements 
must be made through the Department in ad- 
vance, normally by mid-quarter preceding the in- 
ternship. Transient students must also have 
permission from the Dean of Faculty and college 
from which the student comes. 
. An individually designed course involving off- 
campus study and research or work in an appro- 
priate public agency or private business. Assign- 
ments are normally designed to required the full 
quarter for completion, during which time the stu- 
dent will be under the joint supervision of the 
sponsoring organization and his/her academic in- 
structor. May be repeated for credit. 

Internships at this level are graded on an S/U 
basis and will be credited only among electives. 
MPS 410-Curatorship (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: HIS 450 or permission of instruc- 
tor. 

Deals with the historical background and pur- 
pose of curatorship, conservation, restoration 
technology, research including authentication, 
cataloging and organizing collections. 
MPS 550 -Historic Preservation (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1994 (evening). 

Students may find HIS 450 to be useful prep- 
aration for this course. 

An examination of the field including values, 
principles, practices, development of planning 
and organization for preservation; preservation 
law, economics and politics. 
MPS 551 -Fieldwork in Historical 
Archaeology (0-20-10) 

Summer. Prerequisite: MPS 207 or permission 
of instructor or director. 

An introduction to and first application of ar- 
chaeological methods to a specific field project. 



Excavation techniques, surveying and map mak- 
ing, data collecting and recording, archaeological 
photography, the identification and analysis of art . 
facts, and the interpretation or archaeological 
data will be presented in field and laboratory work 
as well as in lectures and readings. (Identical with 
ANT 551). (Under certain circumstances this 
course may be substituted in the Preservation 
Studies minor for MPS 598). Course may be re- 
peated for credit. 

MPS 552-Practicum in Archaeological 
Analysis (2-6-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: permission 
of instructor. 

The application of archaeological interpretative 
techniques to a specific site or analytical prob- 
lem. Individual research projects in the interpre- 
tation of archaeological data and the 
conservation of artifactual finds with special at- 
tention to the care and storage of collections, dis- 
play in the museum setting, and the presentation 
of archaeologically-derived information. (Identical 
with ANT 552). (Under certain circumstances this 
course may be substituted in the Museum Stud- 
ies minor for MPS 595). 

MPS 553 -American Material Culture 
(4-2-5) 

Fall, 1994. 

An introduction to the study of the non-iiterary 
remains of our society, past and present. Vernac- 
ular and polite architecture, ceramics, mortuary 
art, community and settlement patterns, dress, 
diet, and disease are among the topics that will 
be discussed. (Identical to HIS 553 and ANT 553). 

MPS 554 -Historical Archaeology (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1994. Prerequisite: MPS 207 or permis- 
sion of the instructor. 

An introduction to the archaeology of North 
America since the arrival of Europeans in the New 
World. Some attention will be paid to British and 
Continental Post Medieval Archaeology as well as 
to the special areas of Industrial and Nautical Ar- 
chaeology. Emphasis will be given to archaeolog- 
ical archaeology's method and theory both as a 
perspective for the writing of history and as a 
component of Historic Preservation. (Identical 
with HIS 554). 

MPS 556 -American Architectual History 
(4-2-5) 

Fall, 1992. (evening) 

A study of various styles of American architec- 
ture, Georgian, Federal, Neoclassical, Eclecti- 
cism and modern; slides from Historic American 



LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ARTS 



125 



Building Survey; landscape architecture. Visiting 
speakers and field trips will be used. 

MPS 557-Amerlcan Vernacular 
Architecture (4-2-5) 

Spring 1994. Prerequisite: MPS 556 or permis- 
sion of instructor. 

An interdisciplinary study of the historic built en- 
vironment with emphasis on traditional and pop- 
ular architecture. Recording techniques, research 
strategies, and theoretical approaches, past and 
present, will be examined. (Also listed as HIS 
557.) 

MPS 558 -Administration (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: MPS 550. 

A study of organizational techniques and pol- 
icy, public relations and marketing, membership, 
budgeting, personnel relations, security, insur- 
ance, and such other topics as are pertinent. 

MPS 580-Speclal Topics In Archaeology 
(V-V-[1-5]) 

Prerequisites: ANT/MPS 207, ANT/MPS 551 
The course is designed to offer a wide variety 
of experience to advanced, upper level students 
in archaeological techniques. Subject matter will 
I center on such topics as archaeological graphics, 
fauna! analysis (zooarchaeology), conservation, 
or involve some off-campus archaeological ex- 
perience. 

MPS 581 -Special Topics in Historic 
Preservation (V-V-[1-5]) 

Prerequisites: MPS 550 

The course is designed to offer a wide variety 
of experience to advanced, upper level students 
in historic preservation. Subject matter will center 
on such topics as preservation philosophy, rural 
preservation, urban planning or involve some off- 
campus activity. 

MPS 595 -Internship In Museum Studies 
(V-V-5) 

Prerequisites: MPS 410, 411, and 558 with a 
"C" or better in each course. 

The student will pursue an individually de- 
signed course project involving off-campus study 
and research in a government or private agency 
involved in museum work. Projects are normally 
designed to require the full eleven week quarter 
to completion, during which time the student will 
be under the joint supervision of the sponsoring 
agency and his faculty sponsor. 



MPS 598- Internship in Preservation 
Studies (V-V-5) 

Prerequisites: MPS 550, 556 and 558 with a 
"C" or better in each course. 

The student will pursue an individually de- 
signed course project involving off-campus study 
and research in an appropriate preservation 
agency. Projects are normally designed to require 
the full eleven week quarter for completion, during 
which time the student will be under the joint su- 
pervision of the sponsoring agency and his fac- 
ulty sponsor. 



Languages, Literature, and 
Dramatic Arts 

Faculty 

*Strozier, Robert, Department Head 
* Andrews, Carol 
*Brown, Hugh 

Clancy, Frank 
"Cooksey, Thomas 

Daassa, Dali 

Hollinger, Karen 

Jenkins, Marvin 

Martin, William 

Noble, David 

Nordquist, Richard 
'Raymond, Richard 
*Roth, Lorie 

Smith, James 

Weingarten, Barry 

Welsh, John 



'Graduate Faculty 



English Composition 

Entering students should begin the required 
English core sequence in their initial quarter of 
attendance. Students must not delay beginning 
this sequence beyond their second quarter of at- 
tendance. Students must enroll in the appropriate 
course in the core sequence and do so each 
quarter until they complete the sequence and/or 
pass the Regents' Test. ENG 101, 102, and 201 
courses may not be dropped without permission 
from Dr. Strozier, Department Head. Students 
who do drop these courses without Department 
Head approval will receive a failing grade in the 
class. 



126 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Exemptions from Core English 

Students who wish credit exemption for English 
101 must take the CLEP College Composition 
and Essay examination and make a score of 53 
(Grade equivalent of a "B") and make a "C" or 
above in English 102. Students who wish a credit 
exemption for English 102 must take the CLEP 
Analysis and Interpretation of Literature and Es- 
say Examination and make a score of 55 (Grade 
equivalent of "B") and make a "C" or above in 
English 201 . Students who make these scores in 
English 101 and 102 exams must make a "C" or 
above in English 201 to receive credit exemption 
for those courses. 

Students who score "3" or above on the AP 
exam also will receive credit exemption for Eng- 
lish 101, providing that they make "C" or better 
in English 102. 



Foreign Languages 

Students who, while enrolled at Armstrong 
State College, take their foreign language 
courses on another campus must pass an ap- 
propriate national standardized test with a score 
not lower than the 60 percentile on each part to 
receive credit for 103 and/or 201 . Students trans- 
ferring to Armstrong State College, after having 
completed the required foreign language se- 
quence at another college, with "C's" or above, 
are not required to complete the proficiency ex- 
aminations at Armstrong. 

Exemptions from Foreign Languages 

Students who wish a credit exemption for the 
French or Spanish requirement must make a 
score of 45 (Grade equivalent of a "B") on the 
CLEP exam, and make a "C" or better in the ap- 
propriate 201 class. Students who wish a credit 
exemption for German must make a score of 44 
(Grade equivalent of a "B") and make a "C" or 
higher in German 201 . For further information stu- 
dents should contact the Head of the Department 
of Languages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts, or 
Ms. Benson in Counseling and Placement. 

Students majoring in English or in Drama- 
Speech should satisfy the college core require- 
ments for the Bachelor of Arts degree during the 
freshman and sophomore years. Students must 
earn a grade of "C" or better in each 300 or 400 
level course included in any major or minor area. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR 
IN ENGLISH 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 
292 

2. One from ART 200, 271, 272, 
273; ENG 222; MUS 200; PHI 
201 5 

Area II 20 

1 . Two from MAT 101,1 03, 290 1 

2. Laboratory science sequence 10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS114or191,115or192;POS 
113 = : 

2. One from ANT 201; ECO 201, 
202; PSY101; SOC 201 .... 5 

Area IV 30 

1. Foreign language sequence 
through 201 . ... 20 

2. Two from ART 200, 271, 272, 
273; DRS 227, 228; MUS 200; 

PHI 201; CS 115 10 

AreaV 6 

1. PE103or'108and 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 

B. Courses in the Major Field 45 

1. ENG 301 , 345 or 346 10 

2. One from ENG 341, 447, 450, 
456, 457 5 

3. One from ENG 352, 453 ... . 5 

4. ENG 315 and 316 10 

5. ENG 311 and 312 10 

6. One from ENG 370, 371, 372, 
480, 482 5 

7. One course from English 336, 
337, 338 5 

C. Related Field Requirements 25 

Upper Division courses 25 

D. Electives 15 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 191 



LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ARTS 



127 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR 
IN ENGLISH (with teacher certification) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One from ART 200, 271, 272, 
273; ENG 222; MUS 200 ... . 5 

Area II 20 

1 . MAT 1 01 and 1 03 or 220 or 290 1 

2. Laboratory science sequence 10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS 11 4 or 1 91 , 11 5 or 1 92; POS 
113 15 

2. PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1. Foreign language sequence 
through 201 20 

2. DRS228or341 5 

3. One from ANT 201; ECO 201, 
202; SOC 201 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 40 

1. ENG 301 5 

2. ENG 311 and 312 10 

3. ENG 315 or 316 5 

4. ENG 313 or 314 5 

5. ENG 345 or 346 5 

6. ENG 480 or 482 5 

7. ENG 370 5 

C. Related Field Requirements 15 

1. DRS/FLM 350 or 351, and ap- 
proved elective 10 

2. PHI 400 or approved elective 5 

D. Professional Sequence 45 

1. EDN 200; EXC 310, EDN 335, 
422,439, 481,482,483 40 

2. PSY 201 or EDN 201 5 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 201 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
DRAMA-SPEECH 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One from ART 200, 271, 272, 
273; ENG 222; MUS 200; PHI 

201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 290 10 

2. Laboratory science sequence 10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115or192;POS 
113 15 

2. One from: ANT 201; ECO 201; 
PSY 101; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. Foreign language sequence 
through 201 20 

2. DRS 227, 228 10 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 45 

1 . DRS 341 , 342, 345, 346; ENG 

301 25 

2. Two from: DRS 450, 451, 452 10 

3. One from: DRS 340, 349, 350, 

351 5 

4. One from: DRS 400; ENG 500, 

501 , 502 5 

C. Related Field Requirements 30 

1. ENG 345, 346, 456, 457, 360, 

365 20 

2. One from: ART 200, 271, 272, 
273; MUS 200; PHI 201 5 

3. One from LIN 480, 482 5 

D. Electives 15 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 191 



128 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
ENGLISH (Communications) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One from ART 200, 271, 272, 
273; ENG 222; MUS 200; PHI 

201 5 

Area II. . 20 

1. Two from: 

MAT 101, 103, 290 10 

2. Laboratory science sequence 10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192; POS 
113 15 

2. One from: ANT 201; ECO 201, 
202; PSY101; SOC 201 .... 5 

Area IV 30 

1. Foreign language sequence 
through 201 20 

2. CS 1 1 5, and one from ART 200, 
271, 272, 273; DRS 227; MUS 
200; PHI 201 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 45 

1. Three from ENG 370, 371, 373, 
JRN 343 15 

2. ENG 311 or 312 5 

3. ENG 313 or 314 5 

4. ENG 315 or 316 5 

5. Three from ENG 374, 480, 482, 
JRN 400, FLM401 ....... 15 

C. Related Field Requirements 25 

1 . Two from DRS 228, 341 , 349 . 10 

2. Two from ART 204, ENG 500, 
ENG 499, DRS 400 10 

3. One from FLM 340, 350, 351 . 5 

D. Electives 20 

1. Electives 20 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 191 



Minor Concentrations 

The following minor concentrations available 
from the Department of Languages, Literature; 
and Dramatic Arts. For completion of each of the 
minors, the student must earn a "C" or better in 
each course offered for the minor. 

The minors and their requirements are: 

Hours 

Communications 25 

1. Two from ENG 370, 371, 372, 
JRN 343 10 

2. Two from ENG 373, 480, 482, 
JRN 400, FLM 401 10 

3. DRS 228 5 

English 20 

English electives at the 300-400 

level (only 5 hours of 499) 20 

Film 20 

1. DRS/FLM 340, 351 10 

2. DRS/FLM 350, DRS/FLM 401 10 
Foreign Language 20 

Language electives at the 300- 

400 level '20 

Linguistics '. 20 

Courses selected from ENG/LIN 

325, 380,382; LIN 400. ... 20 

Philosophy . 20 

Philosophy electives at the 300- 

400 level 20 



Drama-Speech Offerings 

Successful completion of ENG 101 is prereq- 
uisite to all DRS courses with the exception of 
DRS 227. 

DRS 227 -Theatre Laboratory (0-3-1) 

Offered every quarter. 

Practical experience in theatre. The student will 
work on the Masquers' production of the quarter. 
Only one hour of credit may be earned per 
quarter. The maximum total credit allowed in The- 
atre Laboratory is five quarter hours. 

In the summer students may take up to five 
hours credit in DRS 227 by working part time in 
summer theatre workshop (DRS 450). 

DRS 228 -Speech Communication (5-0-5) 

Offered every quarter. 

Practice and theory of oral communication. 
Each student makes several major speeches. 



LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ARTS 



129 



The physiology of the speech mechanisms is 
covered, and articulation is studied within the 
framework of the international Phonetic Alphabet. 

DRS/FLM 340 -Development of the Cinema 
(5-0-5) 

Same as FLM 340. 

A study of the history and development of the 
cinema with special emphasis on the American 
dominance of the medium. 

DRS 341 -Oral Interpretation (5-0-5) 

The oral interpretation of poetry and prose. The 
techniques of literary analysis and the vocal tech- 
niques needed to communicate an author's 
mood and meaning are stressed. 

DRS 342 -Dynamics of Performing 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: ENG 101 plus at least two credit 
hours in DRS 227. 

Intensive study of characterization and styles 
of acting from several points; historical, critical, 
practical, theoretical, and experimental. Empha- 
sis on development of performance skills. 

DRS 345 -History of the Theatre (5-0-5) 

A survey of theatrical art from its beginning to 
the present day emphasizing the development of 
the physical theatre. 

DRS 346 -Play Production (5-0-5) 

The theory and practice of acting and directing 
with special attention to image-making on stage. 
Individuals under supervision prepare and exe- 
cute the production of scenes and short plays. 

DRS/FLM 349-Televlslon Theory and 
Criticism (5-0-5) 

A study of television theory and criticism with 
special emphasis on television as a media form. 
Topics include: television spectatorship, genres, 
production, and scholarship. 

DRS/FLM/JRN 350 -Film as an Art (5-0-5) 

Spring. Same as FLM 350 and JRN 350. 
Study of film with emphasis on critical appre- 
ciation of film as an art form. 

DRS/FLM 351 -Film and Literature (5-0-5) 

Same as FLM 351. 

Studies in the translation of literature to film with 
emphasis on the differences of the media in form, 
content and perception. 

DRS/ENG 373 -Rhetoric (5-0-5) 

See ENG/DRS 373 for course description. 

DRS 400 -Special Topics In 



Communications (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Prerequisite: ENG 101. 

The special subject matter in this course is an- 
nounced when the course is offered. 

DRS/FLM 401 -Topics In Film (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Film 350 or 351. 

The special subject matter of this course will 
be announced when the course is offered. Topics 
include: Film Genres, Auteurs, and Critical The- 
ory. 

DRS 450-451 -452 -Drama Workshop 
(0-15-5) 

Summer only. 

Summer stock theatre for credit. Students are 
directed and instructed by a member of the fac- 
ulty who is a professional in the theatre. All as- 
pects of production will be studied. 

DRS 490 -Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Senior sta- 
tus plus ENG 101 plus at least one 300 level DRS 
course. Open to transient students only with the 
permission of Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and 
the college from which the student comes. 



English Offerings 

ENG 025 -Composition Review (5-0-5) 

Institutional Credit. 

Designed to correct deficiencies in writing re- 
vealed by the Regents' Test. Prerequisite: Com- 
pletion of the English core requirements of the 
student's program. 

ENG 101 -Composition I (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

Each student must attain at least one of the 
following prior to enrolling: (a) a score of at least 
380 SAT Verbal and 40 or above on the TSWE 
(Test of Standard Written English) scores, or 20 
on the verbal section of the ACT, or (b) exit DSE 
successfully. 

Transfer students who have not completed the 
required English composition courses prescribed 
by Armstrong degree programs will be expected 
to take an English Placement Test (EPT) to place 
the student in the appropriate English course. The 
EPT is administered by the Composition Coordi- 
nator, 109 Gamble Hall. The exceptions to this 
requirement are: a student with an SAT verbal of 
380 or above and a TSWE score of 40 or above, 
or 20 on the verbal section of ACT, and University 



130 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



System students who have credit for ENG 101 
and ENG 102. 

The transferred English composition credits will 
show the number and title of the sending insti- 
tution so that the composition courses taken at 
Armstrong will not necessarily be shown as re- 
peats. These transferred courses may then be 
used as elective credit to complete degree re- 
quirements. 

For the student having demonstrable ability in 
reading, writing, and organizing. The student will 
sharpen his skills by writing themes of varying 
length and complexity utilizing techniques learned 
from intensive study of essays. The course also 
aims to increase the student's awareness of lan- 
guage itself. Readings in addition to the essay 
may be used. 

ENG 102 -Composition II (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Satisfactory 
completion of ENG 101 or ENG 191. 

Gives the student guided practice in reading 
and compositional skills. The course introduces 
literary forms and language— fiction, poetry, 
drama— using readings in and study of those 
forms to stimulate the writing of interpretive and 
critical papers. 

ENG 192 -Honors Composition and 
Introduction to Literature (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Minimum grade of "B" in 
English 101 and the recommendation of the Eng- 
lish 101 instructor and approval of the Depart- 
ment Head. 

The student will read and write in greater depth 
than in English 102. 

ENG 201 -Selections in World Literature 
(5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: ENG 102 or 
ENG 192. 

Completes the Core I sequence. Organized 
around literary and extra-literary materials, the 
course facilitates student investigation of endur- 
ing issues and ideas found in world literature. Re- 
search techniques are introduced. The specific 
content in each section of this course is an- 
nounced quarterly. 

ENG 222 -Topics in the Humanities 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ENG 201 . 

A thematic approach to major works in the hu- 
manities designed to awaken and heighten the 
student's awareness of traditional and contem- 
porary issues. Topics will be announced. 



ENG 292 -Honors Composition and 
Literature (5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: Minimum grade of "C" in 
English 192 or minimum grade of "B" in English 
102 and the recommendation of the English 102 
instructor. • 

The student will read and write in greater depth 
than in English 201. 

Please Note: ENG 201 is prerequisite to all ENG 
300-400 courses. ENG 311 and 312 are pre- 
requisite for all English courses 330 through 
499, except ENG 370 through 382. 

ENG 301 -Introduction to Literary Studies 
(5-0-5) 

Fall or Spring. 

Familiarizes the English major with the vocab- 
ulary and approaches of modern literary criticism, 
advances abilities in the reading and interpreta- 
tion of literary texts, and promotes understanding 
of the tools of literary research and writing. 

ENG 311 -Survey of English Literature I 
(5-0-5) 

Alternate quarters. 

A study of the major works of English literature 
from its beginnings to the end of the 1 8th century. 
Includes the Beowulf poet, Chaucer, Spencer and 
Milton. 

ENG 312-Survey of English Literature II 
(5-0-5) 

Alternate quarters. 

A study of major works from the beginning of 
the 19th century to the contemporary period. In- 
cludes the Romantics, the Victorians and the 
Moderns. 

ENG 31 3 -World Literature I (5-0-5) 

A study of major works and movements in 
world literature through the Renaissance. 

ENG 314-World Literature II (5-0-5) 

A study of major works and movements in 
modern world literature. 

ENG 31 5 -Survey of American Literature I 
(5-0-5) 

A study of American literature from its begin- 
nings to 1865, with emphasis on historical, phil- 
osophical, and cultural contexts. 

ENG 31 6 -Survey of American Literature II 
(5-0-5) 

A study of American literature from 1865 to the 
present, with emphasis on historical, philosophi- 
cal, and cultural contexts. 



LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ARTS 



131 



ENG 336-The American Novel (5-0-5) 

A study of the American novel as a distinctive 
literary form. 

ENG 337 -American Poetry (5-0-5) 

A study of American poetry in the context of 
technological developments, philosophical move- 
ments, and literary currents. 
ENG 338 -Southern Literature 

A study of Southern literature in its distinctive 
social and aesthetic contexts. 
ENG 341 -Early English Literature, 
Beginnings through 1603. (5-0-5) 

Surveys major English literature from its begin- 
ning to the 15th century. Emphasis is on the de- 
velopment of a literature that reflects the 
diversified England of this 800-year period. Writ- 
ers include: the Beowulf poet and other Old Eng- 
lish authors, early Middle English lyrics and the 
major figures of the 14th century (the Pearl Poet, 
Chaucer, Langland, Gower). 

ENG 345 -Shakespeare I (5-0-5) 

Fall or Spring. 

A comprehensive study of the tragedies, com- 
edies, and history plays drawn from Taming of 
the Shrew, Merchant of Venice, Merry Wives of 
Windsor, Much Ado About Nothing, As You Like 
It, Troilus and Cressida, Measure for Measure, 
Richard II, Henry IV Parts 1 and 2, Henry V, Titus 
Andronicus, Julius Caesar, King Lear, Macbeth, 
Antony and Cleopatra, and Coriolanus. 
ENG 346 -Shakespeare II (5-0-5) 

Spring or Fall. 

A second comprehensive study of the trage- 
dies, comedies and history plays drawn from A 
Comedy of Errors, Love's Labor's Lost, Romeo 
and Juliet, Midsummer Night's Dream, Twelfth 
Night, Hamlet, Othello, A Winter's Tale, The Tem- 
pest, Pericles, Cymbeline, All's Well That Ends 
Well, Two Gentlemen of Verona, King John, 77- 
mon of Athens, Richard III, Henry VI, and Henry 
VIII. 

ENG 352 -19th Century I: British Romantic 
Poetry and Prose (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 353. 

An examination of the works of the major Ro- 
mantic writers including Blake, Wordsworth, Col- 
eridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats. 
ENG 360-Anclent Epic and Drama 
(5-0-5) 

Spring. Alternate years. 

A study of major works of antiquity. Authors 
include Homer, Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, 
and other significant figures. 



ENG 363 -Modernism (5-0-5) 

A study of major British and American fiction 
and poetry of the early twentieth century in the 
context of continental developments. Writers may 
include Conrad, Proust, Joyce, Woolf, Yeats, Eliot, 
and Faulkner. 

ENG 364 -Contemporary Literature (5-0-5) 

A study of fiction or poetry (or both) since World 
War II as it relates to literary traditions and cultural 
movements. Topics may include the following: 
postmodernist fiction, ethnic writers, and confes- 
sional poetry. 

ENG 365-Brltish, American, and 
Continental Drama: Ibsen to the Present. 
(5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 356 and 357. 

A survey of 1 9th and 20th century British, Amer- 
ican and European plays. Movements include Re- 
alism, the Irish Renaissance. Expressionism, 
Impressionism, and Theater of the Absurd. Ibsen, 
Shaw, Yeats, O'Casey, Wilde, Strindberg, O'Neill, 
and Williams are among the dramatists studied. 

ENG 370 -Advanced Composition 
(5-0-5) 

The study of expository and argumentative 
techniques. 

ENG 371 -Creative Writing (5-0-5) 

Students submit manuscripts-stories or 
poems -which they then critique by written state- 
ment and by class discussion under the guidance 
of the instructor. 

The class is a workshop. Students wishing to 
take the course should submit a writing sample 
for an initial screening. 

ENG 372 -Technical and Business 
Communication (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

Students learn to report technical information 
clearly and persuasively. Assignments include 
technical descriptions and instructions, memo- 
randa, business letters, reports, and research ar- 
ticles. Emphasizes writing and includes oral 
presentations using visual aids. 

ENG/DRS 373 -Rhetoric (5-0-5) 

An introduction to the study of rhetoric, from 
Aristotle to the present, with emphasis on rhetor- 



132 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



ical analyses of literature and other forms of dis- 
course. 

ENG 447 -17th Century British Poetry and 
Prose: 1603-1689.(5-0-5) 

Alternate years. 

A survey of the major nondramatic literature 
from the death of Elizabeth I to the reign of William 
and Mary, this course places its major emphasis 
upon the metaphysical and classical traditions in 
English poetry, Authors include Donne, Jonson, 
Herbert, Herrick, Crashaw, Vaughan, Marvell, Mil- 
ton, Bacon, Brown, Bunyan, Dryden, and Roch- 
ester. 

ENG 450 -18th Century British Poetry and 
Prose. (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

A survey of British poetry and prose from 1 690 
to 1784, this course acquaints students with the 
philosophic and aesthetic concerns of the age as 
reflected chiefly but not exclusively in the works 
of Swift, Pope, Johnson, and Fielding. 

ENG 453- 19th Century II: British Victorian 
Poetry and Prose. (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 352. 

An examination of the responses of novelists, 
poets, and prose writers to the issues troubling 
Victorian. England: the conflict between science 
and religion, the faith in "progress," the growth 
of industrialism, the rights of the individual and of 
the society, and the role of the artist. 

ENG 456— British Drama I: Beginnings to 
1630. (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 357 and 365. 

Medieval and Renaissance Non-Shakespear- 
ean drama; stresses the plays of Marlowe, Jon- 
son, Beaumont and Fletcher, Middleton and 
Webster; and grounds the student in the conven- 
tions and traditions of Medieval and early Tudor 
drama. 

ENG 457 -British Drama II. 1630-1800. 
(5-0-5) 

Alternates with English 356 and 365. 

Restoration and Eighteenth Century Drama; 
begins with Pre-Restoration, late Caroline drama; 
and stresses the plays of Ford, Shirley, Dryden, 
Lee, Otway, Etherege, Wycherley, Congreve, 
Goldsmith, and Sheridan. 

ENG/LIN 480 -Advanced Grammar (5-0-5) 

A study of current approaches to grammar (in- 
cluding generative transformational); phonology, 
morphology and syntax are studied. 



ENG/LIN 482 -History of English Language 
(5-0-5) 

A study of the English language from its begin-' 
nings in the fifth and sixth centuries to its world- 
wide expansion in the 20th. Traces the language 
chronologically from Old to Middle to Modern 
English. Emphasis is on the phonetic, syntactic, 
and lexical changes with weight given both to in- 
ternal and external influences. 

ENG 490 -Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Prerequisites: Senior status or department 
head's approval. Available to transient students 
under the following conditions: approval of the 
Dean of the faculty and Dean of the college from 
which the student comes. 

ENG 491 -Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Prerequisites: Senior status or department 
head's approval. Available to transient students 
under the following conditions; approval of the 
Dean of the Faculty and Dean of the college from 
which the student comes. 

ENG 499 -Internship (Up to 15 hrs) 

Offered by Special arrangement. Prerequisite: 
Junior status, a 2.5 GPA, a supervisory staff mem- 
ber, recommendation of the departmental intern- 
ship Committee, and approval of the Department 
head. May be repeated to a maximum of 1 5 credit 
hours. 

The student pursues an individually designed 
project involving off-campus work, study, and/or 
research. Projects are under the joint supervision 
of the sponsoring institution and the staff mem- 
ber. Fifteen hours credit requires forty hours a 
week at the sponsoring institution. Ten hours 
credit requires twenty-five hours a week; five 
hours credit requires fifteen hours a week. 

ENG 500 -Special Topic (5-0-5) 

Subject is announced when the course is of- 
fered. Subjects include: Modernism: 1880-1940, 
Apartheid in Perspective; World-wide English Lit- 
erature, Decadence, Women in Literature. 

ENG 501 -Special Genre (5-0-5) 

Subject is announced when the course is of- 
fered. Genres include: New England Poets, Vic- 
torian Novel, Eighteenth Century Novel, Russian 
Novel, Southern Fiction, British Drama, Short 
Story. 



LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ARTS 



133 



ENG 502 -Special Author (5-0-5) 

Subject is announced when the course is of- 
fered. Authors include: Faulkner, Joyce, Dickens, 
Twain, Hardy, Fielding, Chaucer, Milton, Dante, 
Frost, Dickinson, Austen, and Flannery O'Connor. 



Film Offerings 

FLM/DRS 340 -Development of the Cinema 
(5-0-5) 

Winter. 

A study of the history and development of the 
cinema with special emphasis on the American 
dominance of the medium. 

FLM/DRS 349-Televlslon Theory and 
Criticism (5-0-5) 

See DRS/FLM 349 for course description. 

FLM/DRS 350 -Film as an Art (5-0-5) 

Same as JRN 350. 

Study of film with emphasis on critical appre- 
ciation of film as an art form. 

FLM/DRS 351 -Film and Literature (5-0-5) 

Studies in the translation of literature to film with 
emphasis on the differences of the media in form, 
content, and perception. 

FLM/DRS 401 -Topics In Film (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: FLM 350 or 351. 

Special subject matter is announced when the 
course is offered. Topics: film genres, auteurs, 
and critical theory. 



Foreign Language Offerings 

FRE 101 -102-1 03 -Elementary French One, 
Two, Three (5-0-5) 

Offered each year. 

Provides the student with the elements of 
French grammar, pronunciation, and oral com- 
prehension, together with an introduction to the 
culture and civilization of the French-speaking 
world. Regular practice with tape recordings is 
required. No foreign language background is 
necessary to begin 101. 

FRE 201 -Intermediate French (5-0-5) 

Offered each year. 

Prerequisite: Three quarters of college French 
or permission of instructor. 
Continues to develop reading, writing, listening, 



and speaking skills. 

FRE 300- Special Topics In the French 
Language (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: FRE 201. 

Advanced analysis and examination of the 
structure and grammar of the French language 
stressing oral usage. 

FRE 305 -Special Topics In French 
Literature (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: FRE 201. 

Subject matter is announced when the course 
is offered. Includes: surveys of Nineteenth and 
Twentieth-Century literature. 

FRE 351 -352-353 -Study Abroad in France 
(V-V-15) 

Prerequisite: FRE 103. 

A summer quarter's residence and study in 
France in conjunction with the Studies Abroad 
Program of the University System of Georgia. The 
program lasts for a period of 8-9 weeks. The stu- 
dent receives intensive instruction in language 
and culture and participates in University-spon- 
sored activities. 

FRE 401 -Special Genre (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: FRE 305 or permission of instruc- 
tor. 

Subject matter is announced when the course 
is offered. Subjects include: Seventeenth, Eight- 
eenth, and Nineteenth-Century Theatre; Nine- 
teenth and Twentieth-Century Fiction. 

FRE 402 -Special Author (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: FRE 305 or permission of instruc- 
tor. 

Subject matter is announced when the course 
is offered. Authors include: Flaubert, Hugo, Zola, 
Malraux. 

FRE 490 -Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Prerequisites: FRE 305 or approval of instruc- 
tor. 

Transient students may take this course only 
with permission of the Dean of Faculty at Arm- 
strong and the college from which the student 
comes. 

GER 101 -102-1 03 -Elementary German 
One, Two, Three (5-0-5) 

Offered each year. 

Provide the student with the elements of Ger- 
man grammar, pronunciation, and oral compre- 
hension, together with an introduction to the 



134 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



culture and civilization of the German-speaking 
world. Regular practice with tape recordings is 
required. No foreign language background is 
necessary to begin 101. 

GER 201 - Intermediate German (5-0-5) 

Offered each year. 

Prerequisite: Three quarters of college German 
or permission of instructor. 

Continues to develop reading, writing, listening, 
and speaking skills. 

GER 300 -Special Topics in the German 
Language (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: GER 201. 

Readings in the various uses of German, from 
the popular to the literary, throughout the history 
of the language. 

GER 305 -Special Topics In German 
Literature (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: GER 201. 

Subject matter is announced when the course 
is offered. Topics include: surveys of Eighteenth, 
Nineteenth, and Twentieth Century German liter- 
ature. 

GER 351 -352-353 -Study Abroad in 
Germany (V-V15) 

Prerequisite: GER 103. 

A summer quarter's residence and study in 
Germany in conjunction with the Studies Abroad 
Program of the University System of Georgia. The 
program lasts for 8-9 weeks. The student re- 
ceives intensive instruction in language and cul- 
ture and participates in University sponsored 
activities. 

GER 401 -Special Genre (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: GER 305 or permission of instruc- 
tor. 

Subject is announced when the course is of- 
fered. Subjects include: Medieval Poetry; Prose, 
Poetry, and Drama in the 17th and 18th Century; 
the Novella in the 19th Century; 20th Century 
Prose. 

GER 402 -Special Author (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: GER 305 or permission of instruc- 
tor. 

Subject is announced when the course is of- 
fered. Authors include: Grimmelshausen, Goethe, 
Schiller, Thomas Mann, Kafka, Grass. 

GER 490- Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Prerequisite: Approval of instructor or GER 201 . 
Transient students may take this course only with 



permission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong 
and the college from which the student comes.' 

LAT 101 -102-1 03 -Elementary Latin One, 
Two, Three (5-0-5) 

Three courses offered each year. 
Essentials of grammar; readings from selected 
Latin authors. 

LAT 201 -Intermediate Latin (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Three quarters of college Latin or 
three years of high school Latin. 

Further readings in Latin literature with special 
emphasis on Vergil and Ovid. 

LAT 300 -Readings in Latin (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: LAT 201 . 

Readings from the 2,000 years of Latinity from 
Plautus to the recent encycilcals. 

LAT 301 -Readings in Latin II (5-0-5) 

Readings of Latin poetry; may include Horace, 
Catullus, Ovid, Propertius, and Tibullus. 

LAT 302 -Ovid (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: LAT 201 . 

Readings from the Metamorphoses, with em- 
phasis on familiar mythology, and from other se- 
lected works. 

LAT/CLA 351 -352-353 -Study Abroad In 
Rome and Athens (V-V-15) 

Prerequisite: LAT 103. 

A summer quarter's residence and study in 
Rome and Athens in conjunction with the Studies 
Abroad Program of the University System of 
Georgia. Taught in English. Through visits to 
monuments, museums, and classical ruins, and 
on excursions to Crete, Delphi, Ostia, Tivoli, Tar- 
quinia, and Fanscati the student experiences first 
hand the reality of life in the ancient world. 

LAT 396 -Latin Language and Culture in 
Rome (15-0-15) 

Summer. Prerequisite: LAT 201 or the equiva-' 
lent. 

Classes meet in Rome for 3 hours a day, 6 
days a week, for 7 weeks, to speak, read, and 
hear Latin. Students practice composition outside 
of class and travel to places of cultural signifi- 
cance. 

LAT 401 -Vergil (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: LAT 201 , permission of professor. 

Readings from the Aeneid, with emphasis on 
books II, IV, VI, and VIII, and from other selected 
works. 



LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ARTS 



135 



SPA 101-102-103-Elementary Spanish 
One-Two-Three (5-0-5) 

Offered each year. 

Provide the student with the elements of Span- 
ish grammar, pronunciation, and oral compre- 
hension, together with an introduction to the 
culture and civilization of the spanish-speaking 
world. Regular practice with tape recordings is 
required. No foreign language background is 
necessary to begin 101. 

SPA 201 -Intermediate Spanish (5-0-5) 

Offered each year. 

Prerequisite: Three quarters of college Spanish 
or permission of instructor. 

Continues to develop reading, writing, listening, 
and speaking skills. 

SPA 210 -Spanish Conversation and 
Composition I (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SPA 201 or equivalent. 

Emphasis is on conversational Spanish in sim- 
ulated situations to develop greater oral profi- 
ciency and to promote continued awareness of 
Hispanic culture. Review of grammar and syntax 
through guided essays to develop writing skills in 
the contact language. Classes will be conducted 
entirely in Spanish. 

SPA 21 1 -Spanish Conversation and 
Composition II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SPA 210. 

The continuation of Spanish 210. 

SPA 301 -Advanced Grammar and Syntax 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 211 or equivalent. 

Advanced analysis and examination of the 
grammar and syntax of Spanish, stressing written 
usage through written grammar exercises, es- 
says and translations of English texts into Span- 
ish. Class will be conducted entirely in Spanish. 

SPA 302 -Advanced Grammar and Syntax 
for Native Speakers of Spanish (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

Advanced analysis and examination of the 
grammar and syntax of Spanish for the native 
speakers of Spanish, stressing written usage 
through written grammar exercises and essays. 
Class will be conducted entirely in Spanish. 

SPA 310-Clvlllzatlon and Culture of Spain I 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 211 or equivalent. 
An historical survey of the culture of Spain from 
the Pre-Roman era to the end of the Hapsburg 



Dynasty (1700). Classes will be conducted en- 
tirely in Spanish. 

SPA 311 -Civilization and Culture of Spain 
II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 211 or equivalent. 

The continuation of Spainish 310. An historical 
survey of Modern Spain, from the establishment 
of the Bourbon Dynasty (1700) to the present. 
Classes will be conducted entirely in Spanish. 
SPA 312-Clvlllzatlon and Culture of Latin 
America (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 211 or equivalent. 

An historical survey of the culture of Latin Amer- 
ica from the pre-Columbian era to the present 
day. Classes will be conducted entirely in Span- 
ish. 

SPA 320 -Introduction to Literature (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SPA 301 or equivalent. 

This course will provide the student with meth- 
ods of analysis for approaching a literary text in 
Spanish. Selected pieces of poetry, prose and 
drama from the Hispanic tradition will be selected 
for analysis. Classes will be conducted entirely in 
Spanish. 

SPA 351 -352-353 -Study Abroad In Spain 
(V-V-15) 

Prerequisite: SPA 103 and a 3.0 minimum 
G.P.A. in all Spanish course work. 

A 8-9 week summer quarter's residence and 
study at the Universidad de Salamanca in Sala- 
manca, Spain. An U.S. P. program operating in 
conjunction with the University System of Geor- 
gia, offers intensive instruction in languages and 
culture complemented by a number of excur- 
sions. 
SPA 401 -Special Genre (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 320 or permission of the 
instructor. 

Hispanic Literature: Subject is announced 
when course is offered. Classes will be con- 
ducted entirely in Spanish. 
SPA 402 -Special Author (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 320 or permission of in- 
structor. 

Hispanic Literature: Subject is announced 
when course is offered. Classes will be con- 
ducted entirely in Spanish. 
SPA 403 -Special Topics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 320 or permission of in- 
structor. 

Hispanic Literature: Subject is announced 
when course is offered. Thematic studies of His- 
panic literary topics, such as "The Anti-hero in 



136 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Spanish Literature" or "The Theme of the Dictator 
in Latin American Literature." Classes will be con- 
ducted entirely in Spanish. 

SPA 404 -Spanish Phonetics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 301 or permission of in- 
structor. 

This course will examine the phonological sys- 
tem of the Spanish language. Classes will be con- 
ducted entirely in Spanish. 

SPA 490 -Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Prerequisites: Approval of instructor and SPA 
201 . Transient students may take this course only 
with the permission of the Dean of Faculty at Arm- 
strong and the college from which the student 
comes. 

SPA 499 -Language Internship (0-6-3) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisites: 
Junior status, a minimum 2.75 overall G.P.A., a 
3.0 G.P.A. in Spanish, recommendation of the de- 
partmental internship committee, and approval of 
the department head and a Spanish faculty mem- 
ber. 

The student pursues an individually designed 
project involving off-campus instruction at the el- 
ementary school level (grades 1-6). Weekly prep- 
aration of five hours towards a class instruction 
period of. one hour is expected. The project is 
under supervision of the sponsoring institution 
and a Spanish faculty member who will coordi- 
nate it with the classroom teacher and the intern. 
The supervisor in charge will evaluate by obser- 
vation (twice quarterly) the quality of the intern's 
performance. 



Journalism Offerings 

JRN 343- Journalistic Writing and 
Editing (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: ENG 201. 

Investigation of and intensive practice in the 
techniques of modern journalism with emphasis 
on writing and editing for newspapers and mag- 
azines. 

JRN 347- Basic TV Production (2-9-5) 

Alternates with DRS 400, Spring, Fall. Same as 
DRS 347. 

A study of the theory and practice of television 
production styles, forms, and concepts, with spe- 
cial emphasis on the critical appreciation of elec- 
tronic communication techniques. 



JRN 350 -Film as an Art (5-0-5) 

Spring. Same as FLM/DRS 350. 
Study of film with emphasis on critical appre- 
ciation of film as an art form. 

JRN 400 -Topics in Journalism (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: JRN 340 or 343 or permis- 
sion of instructor. 

A seminar on the impact of the media on the 
world today. Topics include rights and responsi- 
bilities of journalists, censorship, media control, 
propaganda, and other current issues. 



Linguistics Offerings 

LIN 370 -Advanced Composition (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ENG 201 or consent of instructor. 
Same as ENG 370. 
A study of expository and report techniques. 

LIN 480 -Advanced Grammar (5-0-5) 

Spring. Same as ENG/LIN 380. 

A study of current approaches to grammar (in- 
cluding generative transformational); phonology, 
morphology, and syntax will be studied. 

LIN 482 -History of the English Language 
(5-0-5) 

Same as ENG/LIN 3,82. 

LIN 500 -Topics in Linguistics (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: ENG -LIN 380 or 382 or permis- 
sion of the instructor. 

A seminar in subjects of interest in both theo- 
retical and applied linguistics. Topics are an- 
nounced. The course may be taken more than 
once for credit as topics change. 



Philosophy Offerings 

Please Note: ENG 101 is prerequisite: to all 
following PHI courses. 

PHI 201 —Introduction to Philosophy 
(5-0-5) 

An introduction to the basic themes, problems, 
vocabulary, and representative figures of philos- 
ophy. 

PHI 301 -Ancient and Medieval 
Philosophy(5-0-5) 

An historical introduction to philosophy, tracing 
the development of European philosophy from 
the early Greeks through the Middle Ages, with 



MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 



137 



emphasis on selected works of major philoso- 
phers. 

PHI 302 -16th, 17th, 18th Century 
Philosophy 
(5-0-5) 

European philosophy from the Renaissance 
through Kant, emphasizing selected works of ma- 
jor philosophers. 

PHI 303 -19th and 20th Century Philosophy 
(5-0-5) 

A study of the major philosophers and philo- 
sophical movements of the 19th and 20th cen- 
turies. 
PHI 400 -Special Topics (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: PHI 201 or a 
300 philosophy course. 

Subject is announced when the course is of- 
fered. Current courses: Aesthetics, Philosophy of 
Religion, Ethics, Nietzsche. 
PHI 490 -Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Senior status 
and one 300-philosophy course. 

The student, with the advice and consent of this 
supervising professor and of the department 
head, selects the topic for supervised independ- 
ent study and submits a prospectus for depart- 
ment approval before the quarter in which the 
course is to be taken. Transient students may 
take this course only with permission of the Dean 
of Faculty at Armstrong and the college from 
which the student comes. 



Mathematics and Computer 

Science 

Faculty 

Wheeler, Ed, Department Head 
Barnard Jane 
Findeis, John 
Hansen, John 
Hollis, Selwyn 
'Hudson, Anne 
Hudson, Sigmund 
, Jodis, Stephen 
r Kilhefner, Dale 
Matthews, Robert 
McMillan, Tim 
Munson, Richard 
Shipley, Charles 
White, Laurie 

"Graduate Faculty 



The Mathematics and Computer Science De- 
partment offers a wide range of services to the 
ASC student. Several introductory courses are 
available both to satisfy the general education 
needs of the student and to satisfy prerequisites 
in the major program. A minor in either mathe- 
matics or computer science can be designed to 
complement the rest of a student's program. A 
major in the mathematical sciences allows the 
student to choose from among four options; a 
flexible computer science major meets the needs 
of students with a number of different interests. 
The Mathematical Sciences Major: Option 1 of 
this major is entitled "Mathematics" and prepares 
students intending to pursue graduate studies in 
mathematics. Option 3 is entitled "Mathematics 
Education" and prepares students to teach in 
public and private secondary schools. This option 
is an approved program for the Georgia Teach- 
er's Professional Four Year Certificate (T-4). Op- 
tion 4 is entitled "Computer Science" and is 
available for students who desire a dual concen- 
tration in mathematics and computer science. 

The most flexible of the four options is Option 
2 entitled "Applied Mathematics." This option is 
a good choice for students preparing for a variety 
of careers in business and industry, intending to 
attend graduate school in a quantitative area 
such as biostatistics, economics, or operations 
research, or wishing to participate in a Dual-De- 
gree Program in engineering. 

The Computer Science Major: In recent 
years this major has equipped many students to 
step into a broad spectrum of jobs in the com- 
puter industry. The degree features a core of 
courses designed to provide a solid foundation in 
theoretical computer science as well as practical 
programming experience. Degree options be- 
yond the core include a sequence permitting spe- 
cialization in data management systems and 
software engineering and a sequence in com- 
puter systems. Additional breadth is available 
through electives in Data Communication and 
Networks, Compiler Theory, C Programming un- 
der UNIX (tm), Computer Graphics and a topics 
course that is constantly changed to keep stu- 
dents on the forefront of knowledge. A variety of 
internships and cooperative education place- 
ments provide students with opportunities for 
practical experience in the discipline. 



138 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Important Note: In August of 1991 the com- 
puter science major was accredited by the Com- 
puter Science Accreditation Commission (CSAC). 
The two CSAC accredited computer science pro- 
grams in the state of Georgia are found at Arm- 
strong State College' and Georgia Institute of 
Technology. The Computer Science Accreditation 
Commission is an agent of the Computing Sci- 
ences Accreditation Board (CSAB), a specialized 
accrediting body recognized by the Council on 
Postsecondary Accreditation (COPA) and the 
U.S. Department of Education. 

Co-ops and Internships: Students in com- 
puter science are able to compete for cooperative 
education positions and internships at major Sa- 
vannah employers such as Gulfstream and Sa- 
vannah Foods. Such positions provide students 
invaluable opportunities to acquire practical ex- 
perience that complements their classroom ex- 
perience. 

The Dual Degree Program: Under arrange- 
ments with Georgia Tech, students may in five 
years of study earn simultaneously the BS degree 
in the mathematical sciences from Armstrong and 
the Bachelor's degree in any one of a number of 
fields of engineering from Georgia Tech. Arm- 
strong participates in similar programs with other 
major universities. Students considering this op- 
tion should contact an advisor in the Mathematics 
and Computer Science Department as soon as 
possible. 

Minors: Students in any major program 
whatever (either two year or four year) can aug- 
ment their major with a minor in mathematics or 
a minor in computer science. 

The minor in mathematics requires MAT 206, 
207, 208, and ten additional quarter hours chosen 
from MAT 216, MAT 260, MAT 265, and 300-400 
level mathematics courses (excluding MAT 391 
and MAT 393). 

The minor in computer science consists of the 
courses CS 142, CS 231, CS 242, CS 301 and 
CS 308. 

Special Academic Regulations: 

1 . To earn the BS degree in the mathematical 
sciences or computer science, a student 
must successfully complete with a grade of 
C or better all mathematics and computer 
science courses required in the program of 
study. 

2. To fulfill the prerequisites for any mathemat- 
ics or computer science course one must 
obtain a grade of "C" (or above) in each 
prerequisite course except Mathematics 
101. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR 
IN MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

Q One course selected from: ART 
200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; 

MUS 200; PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 103, 206. 10 

2. One of the sequences: BIO 1 01 , 
102; CHE 128, 129 (required for 
dual degree students); PHY 217, 
218 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192. . . 10 

2. POS 113 and one course se- 
lected from: PSY 101 (required 
for math education option); SOC 
201 ; ECO 201 , 202; ANT 201 1 

Area IV 30 

1. CS 142. , . 5 

2. MAT 207, 208, 216,260 .... 20 

3. HIS 251 or 252 .. 5 

Area V 6 

1. PE 117 and 103 or 108 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Major Field Requirements 30 

Option One — Mathematics: 

1. MAT 309, 311,401 

2. One of MAT 31 7, 402, or 41 6 

3. Additional approved electives in 
mathematics 

Option Two— Applied Mathematics 

1. MAT 321, 341 

2. One of CS 231 ,246, 242 

3. One of MAT 311,31 7, 401 , 41 6 

4. Additional courses from: MAT 
309, 317, 322, 342, 346, 353, 
401,406,490 

Option Three -Mathematics Education 

1. MAT 311, 321, 336 

2. MAT 416 or 470 

3. Additional approved mathemat- 
ics electives 



MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 



139 



Option Four-Computer Science 

1. MAT 321 

2. Two of MAT 322, 341 , 342, 346, 
353 

3. CS 242, 301, 305 

C. Courses Related to Major 25 

Option One -Mathematics 

1 . Language or approved computer 
science 10 

2. Approved electives from mathe- 
matics or related field 15 

Option Two -Applied Mathematics 

One of the following sequences: 

1. PHY 217, 218, 219 with 
additional approved electives in 
chemistry, physics, or 
engineering 

2. ACC 211, 212 and ECO 201, 
202, 330 

3. Approved computer science 
courses 

4. Approved biology courses in- 
cluding BIO 370 or 480 

5. Approved chemistry courses 
Option Three -Mathematics Education 

1. PSY 201 or EDN 201 

2. EDN 200, 335, 441, EXC 410 
Option Four-Computer Science 

1 . CS 31 2, 360 and approved elec- 
tives in computer science 

D. Electives 40 

Students in Options 1, 2, and 4 
may choose any electives. Stu- 
dents in option 3 must use these 
hours to complete student 
teaching. 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR 
IN COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 
200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; 
MUS 200; PHI 201 5 



Area II 20 

1. MAT 103, 206 10 

2. One of the sequences: BIO 101, 
102; CHE 128, 129; PHY 217, 

218 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115or292. . . 10 

2. POS 113 and one of the courses: 
PSY 101; SOC 201; ECO 201, 
202; ANT 201 10 

Area IV 30 

1. MAT 207, 265 

2. CS 142, 231, 242 

3. HIS 251 or 252 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 117 and 103 or 108 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Major Field Requirements 45 

1. CS301, 305, 308, 312, 342 

2. One of the following sequences: 

a. CS 331, 431 and one of CS 
434 or 401 

b. CS 360, 401 and one of 402 
or 445 

3. Five quarter hours of approved 
computer science electives 

C. Related Field Requirements 30 

1. ENG 372 

2. MAT 321 

3. One course from MAT 208, 216, 
322, 346, 353 

4. A third quarter of laboratory sci- 
ence completing the sequence 
begun in Area 2: 

a) BOT 203 or Zoo 204 

b) CHE 211 or CHE 341 

c) PHY 219 

5. Two additional approved elec- 
tives from scientific disciplines. 

D. Electives 20 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 



OFFERINGS 
Mathematics Offerings 

MAT 101 -College Algebra (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

Prerequisite: A socre of at least 380 on the 
mathematics portion of the SAT or a passing 
score on the Collegiate Placement Exam (CPE). 



140 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Real and complex number arithmetic; poly- 
nomial and rational expressions, equations and 
inequalities, functions and graphs; inequalities; 
absolute value; sequences and summation no- 
tation; matrices and systems of equations; the 
binomial theorem; techniques of counting and el- 
ementary probatility. 

Placement Recommendation: Some students 
who satisfy the prerequisite for MAT 101 none- 
theless need to reinforce their mathematical skills 
in a developmental studies mathematics course 
before taking MAT 101. Specifically, if any of the 
following is true, the student should consider en- 
rolling in DSM 98 or 99: 

a) The student did not complete 
two years of algebra and one 
year of geometry in high school. 

b) The student has not completed 
a mathematics course in five or 
more years. 

c) The student made below 420 on 
the mathematics portion of the 
SAT examination. 

MAT 103-Pre-CaIculus Mathematics 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: MAT 
101, a score of at least 550 on the mathematics 
portion of the SAT, or permission of the depart- 
ment head. 

Functions: polynomial, rational, exponential, 
logarithmic, trigonometric, and inverse trigono- 
metric; trigonometric identities; law of sines and 
cosines; complex numbers. 

MAT 195 -Applied Finite Mathematics 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 101. 

A survey of finite mathematics, including math- 
ematics of finance, probability, linear program- 
ming, and an introduction to games and 
decisions; applications are stressed throughout. 

MAT 206 -Calculus I (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: MAT 
103, a score of at least 600 on the mathematics 
portion of the SAT, or permission of the depart- 
ment head. 

Functions; the derivative and its applications, 
antidifferentiation; the definite integral. 

MAT 207 -Calculus II (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: MAT 
206. 

Techniques and applications of integration; 
conic sections and polar coordinates. 



MAT 208 -Calculus of Several Variables I 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: MAT 207. 

Parametric curves and vectors in the plane; in- 
determinate forms. Taylor's formula, and im- 
proper integrals; infinite series; vectors, curves, 
and surfaces in space; partial differentiation. 

MAT 21 6 -Linear Algebra (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 207. 

Linear systems and matrices; vector spaces; 
linear independence, rank of a matrix; linear 
transformations; determinants; introduction to ei- 
genvalues and eigenvectors; diagonalization; ap- 
plications. 

MAT 220 -Elementary Statistics (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: MAT 
101. 

Measures of central tendency and dispersion; 
probability distributions; inferences concerning 
means; analysis of variance; correlation; linear 
regression. 

MAT 260 -Introduction to Mathematical 
Proof (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: MAT 207. 

Elementary logic, sets, functions and relations, 
methods of proof including induction, and se- 
lected topics from abstract algebra. 

MAT 265 — Discrete Mathematics for 
Computer Science 

Prerequisites: MAT 103 and CS 142. 

Elementary logic; naive set theory; relations 
and functions; graphs; finite automata; Turing 
machines; formal languages and grammars. 

MAT 290 -The Spirit and Structure of 
Mathematics (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: MAT 101. 

A terminal course of selected topics designed 
to portray the history, philosophy, and aesthetics 
of mathematics, and to develop an appreciation 
of the role of mathematics in western thought and 
contemporary culture. 

MAT 309 -Calculus of Several Variables II 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, Spring. Prerequisite: MAT 208. 

Multiple integrals and their applications; vector 
fields; line and surface integrals; Green's theo- 
rem; the Divergence theorem; Stokes theorem; 
differential equations. 



MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 



141 



MAT 311 -Abstract Algebra (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 208, 260. 

Elementary properties of integers; groups, 
rings, and fields; mappings, homomorphisms, 
kernels, and quotient structures. 

MAT 317— Advanced Linear Algebra (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 216, MAT 260. 

Abstract vector spaces, linear transformations, 
eigenvectors and eigenvalues, diagonalization, 
inner product spaces, real quadratic forms. 

MAT 321 -Probability & Mathematical 
Statistics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 207. MAT 260 or MAT 265. 

Data collection, organization, and description; 
probability; random variables; discrete and con- 
tinuous probability distributions; Central Limit 
Theorem; point and interval estimation; tests of 
hypotheses; simpie linear regression and corre- 
lation. 

MAT 322 -Probability & Mathematical 
Statistics II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 321. 

Analysis of variance; nonlinear and multiple 
regression; chi-square tests for categorical data; 
ncnparametric methods; Bayesian inference. This 
course uses statistical packages to analyze data 
sets. 

MAT 336 -Modern Geometry (5-0-5) 

Fail (odd years). Prerequisites: MAT 208, 260. 
A survey of topics from Euclidean geometry. 

MAT 341 -342 -Differential Equations I, II 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 208. 

Ordinary differential equations; series solu- 
tions; systems of first order differential equations, 
the Laplace transform; introduction to Fourier se- 
ries; partial differential equations; Sturm-Liouville 
theory; applied problems; numerical solutions 
with emphasis on computer aided solution. 

MAT 346 -Mathematical Modeling and 
Optimization (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 321. 

Design, solution, and interpretation of mathe- 
matical models of problems in the social, life, and 
management sciences. Topics chosen from lin- 
ear programming, dynamic programming, sched- 
uling theory, Markov chains, game theory, 
queuing theory, inventory theory, and computer 
based simulation. Various projects are assigned 
which require computer software packages for 
solution. 



MAT 353 -Numerical Analysis (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 207 and CS 120 or 142. 

Numerical error; polynomial interpolation; sys- 
tems of linear equations; numerical integration 
and numerical solution of differential equations; 
matrix inversion; evaluation of determinants; cal- 
culation of eigenvalues and eigenvectors; bound- 
ary value problems. 

MAT 360 -Mathematical Logic (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 207, 260. 

The elementary statement and predicate cal- 
culus; formal systems; applications of logic in 
mathematics. 

MAT 391 -Mathematics for the Elementary 
School Teacher (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 101 , 103 or 290, and admis- 
sion to Teacher Education. 

A study of the mathematics in the elementary 
curriculum, with emphasis on appropriate meth- 
ods of teaching for understanding through active 
involvement of the learner. Frequent use of wide 
range of concrete manipulatives to embody con- 
cepts in arithmetic of whole numbers and frac- 
tions and in geometry and measurement. 
Directed field experience and required laboratory. 
(Credit will not apply toward a degree in the math- 
ematical sciences.) 

MAT 393 -Teaching of Middle School/ 
General Mathematics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of college 
mathematics numbered 101 or above and Ad- 
mission to Teacher Education. 

Problems of teaching traditional topics, such as 
fractions, decimals, percentage, measurement 
(especially in the metric system), and informal ge- 
ometry. Emphasis on incorporating drill and prac- 
tice in necessary skills with fresh, topics like 
probability and statistics, and with appropriate 
games and laboratory activities. (Credit will not 
apply toward a degree in the mathematical sci- 
ences.) 

MAT 400 -Putnam Seminar (0-2-1) 

Fall. Prerequisites: MAT 208, 260. 

A variety of mathematical problems, consid- 
ered with the aim of developing problem solving 
techniques. 

MAT 401-402-Advanced Calculus I, II 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 208, 260. 
The real number system; sequences; limits of 
functions; the Bolzano-Weierstrass theorem; 



142 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



compactness; uniform continuity; the derivative; 
the Riemann integral; Euclidean n-space; se- 
quences of functions; the Weierstrass approxi- 
mation theorem; series; elementary functions. 

MAT 406 -Functions of a Complex Variable 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 208, 260. 

Complex numbers; elementary functions and 
transformations; the Cauchy theory; conformal 
mapping; Riemann's mapping theorem. 

MAT 416-Theory of Numbers (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 208, 260. 

Divisibility and congruence; diophantine equa- 
tions; distribution of prime numbers; famous un- 
solved problems; number-theoretic functions and 
their applications; Theorems of Fermat and Euler; 
quadratic reciprocity; selected topics from alge- 
braic and analytic number theory. 

436 -Topology (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: MAT 401 . 

Topological spaces and homeomorphisms; 
separability; compactness; connectedness; 
completeness; metrizability; introduction to hom- 
otopy theory. 

MAT 470 -History of Mathematics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 208, and six quarter hours 
of mathematics courses with course numbers 
greater than 309. 

A survey of the development of mathematics 
from its empirical beginnings to its present state. 

MAT 490 -Special Topics (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisites: 
Consent of the instructor and permission of the 
department head. 

Individual readings and research under the di- 
rection of a member of the mathematics faculty. 

MAT 496-497-498 -Internship in 
Mathematics ((0-1)-(12-15)-5) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisite: 
Permission of the department head. 

Experience, in a variety of mathematical appli- 
cations suited to the educational and professional 
aspirations of the student, under the direction of 
the faculty and appropriate off-campus supervi- 
sory personnel. (Open to transient students only 
with permission of the Dean of Faculty at Arm- 
strong and that of the appropriate official of the 
college from which the student comes.) 



Computer Science Offerings 

CS 115 — Introduction to Computer 
Concepts and Applications (4-3-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: MAT 
101. 

The study of hardware and software compo- 
nents of computers, elementary programming, 
and the impact of the computer on society. Dis- 
cussion of the capabilities and the limitations of 
computers, and the kinds of problems that are 
best solved by computers. Experience with de- 
veloping and modifying algorithms to solve such 
problems. Emphasis on the major uses of com- 
puters. This course is designed for the non-com- 
puter science major. It may not be applied as part 
of a language sequence. Credit will be granted 
for only one of CS 115, CS 116, and CS 296. 

CS 11 6- Honors Computer Concepts and 
Applications (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite or Corequisite: MAT 103. 

This course replaces CS 115 for selected stu- 
dents. While the subject matter will be similar to 
the subject matter in CS 115, the treatment will 
have greater depth due to the higher mathemat- 
ical experience of the students. Mathematical 
software packages will be included in the labo- 
ratory component. Credit will be granted for only 
one of CS 115, CS 116, and CS 296. 
CS 120 -Introduction to BASIC 
Programming (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 101. 

BASIC programming and program structure; 
elementary logic and Boolean algebra; algo- 
rithms; flow charts; debugging; computer solu- 
tions of numeric and non-numeric problems; 
characteristics and applications of computers in 
modern society. (Credit will not apply toward a 
degree in computer science.) 

CS 136-RPG Programming (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: CS 120 or 142. 

Introduction to the language and programming 
applications for small computer systems using 
RPG. 

CS 142 -Introduction to Programming 
Principles with Pascal (4-3-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: MAT 
101. 

Structured programming; the Pascal program- 
ming language; basic syntax, input/output, de- 
bugging, functions and procedures, fundamental 
data types. 



MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 



143 



CS 225 -Statistical Programming for the 
Social Sciences (3-4-5) 

Winter (odd years). Prerequisites: MAT 220 or 
321 and CS 120 or 142. 

Uses of computers in statistical analysis, in- 
cluding the study of statistical methods, the pro- 
gramming of statistical analyses, and data 
analysis using packaged systems. 

CS 231 -Programming Principles with 
COBOL (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: CS 142. 

The COBOL programming language: basic 
syntax, input-output, debugging, table-handling, 
sorting, searching, sequential and random file 
manipulation, structured programming for 
COBOL; JCL for COBOL programs. 
CS 242 -Advanced Programming Principles 
with Pascal (4-3-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisites: MAT 103 
andCS 142. 

Advanced programming concepts in Pascal re- 
cursion, variant records, record-oriented input/ 
output and dynamic structures associated with 
pointers such as linked lists, queues, stacks and 
trees. 

CS 246 -Fortran Programming (2-3-3) 

Prerequisites: MAT 103 and CS 120 or CS 142. 

Algorithmic processes of computer problem 
solving in a scientific context; FORTRAN pro- 
gramming language: syntax, arrays, input/output, 
subroutines, functions. 

CS 296 -Computer Literacy for Educators 
(2-3-3) 

Winter. Prerequisites: MAT 101. 

The study of hardware and software compo- 
nents of computers, elementary programming, 
and the impact of computers on curriculum. Dis- 
cussion of the capabilities and limitations of com- 
puters, and the kinds of problems that are best 
solved by computers. Experience with developing 
and modifying algorithms to solve such problems. 
Emphasis on instructional uses of microcompu- 
ters. This course is designed for the non-com- 
puter science major. It may not be applied as part 
of a language sequence. Credit will be granted 
for only one of CS 1 15, CS 1 16, and CS 296. 
CS 301 -Computer Organization and 
Programming (4-3-5) 

Fall, Spring. Prerequisites: CS 231 or CS 242. 

Introduction to systems programming via in- 
depth coverage of assembler programming; op- 
erating systems; addressing techniques; internal 



storage structure; machine-level representation 
of instructions and data; subroutines; I/O; linkers 
and loaders; macro-facilities; mass data storage 
facilities. 

CS 305 -Computer Systems (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CS 301. 

Hardware and software components of digital 
computing systems, with emphasis on system 
software and details of hardware organization. 
Topics include system structure, data represen- 
tation, processors, control, storage, input/output 
interrupts and microprogramming. 

CS 308 -Introduction to File Processing 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: CS 231 and CS 242. 

An introduction to the concepts and techniques 
of structuring data on bulk storage devices; foun- 
dation for applications of data structures and file 
processing techniques. 

CS 309 -File Processing with COBOL 
(4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: CS 308. 

COBOL programming techniques for process- 
ing sequential, indexed (ISAM and VSAM), direct 
and relative files; control language used for the 
execution of file processing programs; utility pro- 
grams for effective file processing. 

CS 31 2 -Algorithms and Data Structures 
(4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: CS 242, 301 and MAT 265. 

Internal representation for arrays, queues, 
trees, stacks, graphs, and lists; algorithms for the 
manipulation of data structures; complexity anal- 
ysis of algorithms; concepts related to the inter- 
action between data structures and storage 
structures or the generating, developing and 
processing of data; algorithms for memory man- 
agement. 

CS 331 -Systems Analysis and Design 
(3-4-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: CS 308 and ENG 372. 

Principles and methodology of structured sys- 
tems analysis and design, including personnel 
and machine requirements, system specifica- 
tions, analysis and design tools and techniques, 
system life cycle management. A student project 
which implements these techniques will be re- 
quired. 



144 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



CS 342 -Comparative Languages (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: CS 242, 301 and MAT 265. 

Comparative study of programming languages 
including facilities for recursion, procedures, stor- 
age allocation techniques, string processing, and 
passing of parameters. 

CS 346 -'C Programming under UNIX (tm) 
(4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: CS 342. 

The 'C programming language: basic syntax, 
types, operators and expressions, statements, 
modular programming, arrays, structures, unions 
and pointers. UNIX (tm) system programming 
techniques: I/O forking, pipes, signals, interrupts. 
Software tools: macros, conditional compilation, 
passing values to the compiler, lint, symbolic de- 
bugging, source code control, libraries. 

CS 353 -Numerical Analysis (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 207 and CS 142. 

Numerical error; polynomial interpolation; sys- 
tems of linear equations; numerical integration 
and numerical solution of differential equations; 
matrix inversion; evaluation of determinants; cal- 
culation of eigenvalues and eigenvectors; bound- 
ary value problems. 

CS 360 -Computer Logic Design (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: CS 305 and MAT 265. 

Theory and design of digital logic systems at 
the gate level. A variety of techniques for the re- 
duction of digital circuits will be studied. 

CS 400 -Programming Seminar (0-2-1) 

Fall. Prerequisite: CS 242. 

A variety of programming problems, consid- 
ered with the aim of developing problem solving 
techniques. 

CS 401 -Operating System Concepts I 
(5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: CS 312, CS 305. 

Design and analysis of operating systems; 
process management; memory management; 
processor management; auxiliary storage man- 
agement. 

CS 402 -Operating System Concepts II 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: CS 401 and an elementary 
knowledge of 'C. 

Case studies of UNIX and/or similar operating 
systems. 



CS 411 -Data Communications and 
Computer Networks (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CS 305. 

Communications media; codes; data transmis- 
sion; multiplexing; protocols; layered networks. 

CS 41 4 -Computer Graphics (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: CS 312. 

Introduction to computer graphics: hardware 
and software. Algorithms for computer graphics 
programming. Windows, clipping, two and three 
dimensional transformations, hidden line and hid- 
den surface removal. Graphics standards for 
hardware and software systems. 

CS 431 -Data Base Systems (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: ENG 372, CS 308, 312. 

Information analysis and logical design of in- 
formation systems and data bases; consideration 
of hardware, access methods, management, and 
control functions, communicating with the data 
base, and integrated systems. 

CS 434 -Introduction to Software 
Engineering (3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: CS 312, CS 331, CS 342. 

Principles and techniques of designing and de- 
veloping engineered software, including program 
structures, design specifications, resource limi- 
tations, reliability, correctness, debugging, test- 
ing, modular program construction and user 
interfaces. A student project which implements 
these techniques will be required. 

CS 445 -Compiler Theory (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: CS 312, 342. 

Study of programming language translation 
and basic compiler implementation techniques. 
Formal grammars and languages; specification 
of syntax and semantics; lexical analysis; parsing; 
semantic processing. 

CS 490 -Special Topics in Computer 
Science ((0-5)-(0-15)-(1-5)) 

Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor and 
permission of the department head. 

Selected topics in some area of current interest 
in computer science; possible areas include sys- 
tem simulation, graphics, and microcomputers. 

CS 496-497-498 -Internship In Computer 
Science ((0-1)-(12-15)-5) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisite: 
Permission of the department head. May not be 
taken concurrently. 

Experience, in a variety of computing environ- 
ments suited to the educational and professional 



PSYCHOLOGY 



145 



aspirations of the student, under the direction of 
a member of the faculty and appropriate off-cam- 
pus supervisory personnel. 



Psychology 

Faculty 

*Martin, Grace, Department Head 
*Adams, Joseph 

Douglass, Keith 

John, Beverly 
*Lane, Joseph 
*Palefsky, Elliot 

*Graduate Faculty 



AreaV 6 

1. PE 117 and 103 or 108 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

Degree Requirements 65 

1. PSY220, 312,408. 410 and 411, 
412 or 413 25 

2. Recommended selection of psy- 
chology courses 25 

3. Foreign language sequence . . 15 
Elective Courses 10-25 

1 . An appropriate minor or selected 
upper division courses .... 10-25 

Unspecified 20 

Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 191-206 



Students are advised to complete as many of 
the general degree requirements as possible be- 
fore entering their junior year. Psychology majors 
should take PSY 101 and 220 before the end of 
their sophomore years. Suggested course distri- 
butions and annual schedules are available in the 
department office. All students are urged to seek 
advisement with regard to degree requirements 
and scheduling. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
PSYCHOLOGY 

Hours 

A. Genera! Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 220 10 

2. One of the sequences: CHE 121, 
122, or PHS 121, 122 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115or192,POS 
113 15 

2. ECO 201 orSOC201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. BIO 101, 102 10 

2. CS 115 5 

3. HIS 251 or 252 . 5 

4. PSY 101, ANT 201 10 



Minor Concentrations 

The Department of Psychology offers minors in 
the following five areas: 

A. Psychology -which requires 20 credit hours 
of upper division work. 

B. Mental Health -which requires PSY 210, 
302, 315, 405, 406. 

C. Organizational Psychology -which requires 
five of the following: PSY 302, 31 5, 320, 321 , 322, 
406. 

D. Anthropology— which requires 20 hours of 
upper division anthropology credits. 

E. Sociology-which requires SOC 201 and 20 
credit hours of upper division work. 

All minor concentrations require a grade of "C" 
or better in each course taken. 



Anthropology Offerings 

ANT 201 -Humankind & Culture (5-0-5) 

Each quarter. 

The nature, causes and prospects of being hu- 
man. A study of the biocultural nature of humans 
and the development of societies from the preli- 
terature beginnings through the rise of complex 
organization. Eligibility for ENG 101 is strongly 
recommended. 

ANT/MPS 207 -Introduction to Archaeology 
(5-0-5) 

The introductory archaeology course consists 
of a history of the field, basic techniques, theo- 
retical underpinnings, and examples of field work 
from all types of excavation. It covers the range 



146 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



from early man to industrial and urban archaeol- 
ogy in a general fashion. Analysis is introduced 
along with survey techniques, preservation, re- 
porting and other skills. (Identical with MPS 207.) 

ANT 302 -Human Evplutlon (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

This course examines the biological and cul- 
tural adaptations of the human species and its 
antecedents in a chronological fashion. Emphasis 
is placed on developing morphology and tech- 
nology within the cultural framework. 

ANT 305/HIS 555-Americans Called 

Indians 

(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: ANT 201 . 

An investigation of the aboriginal cultures of 
North America from the Arctic to the Rio Grande. 
Study will include origins, distribution, ecology 
and interrelationships, past through present. 

ANT 310 -Anthropology of Sex and Gender 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: ANT 201 ; 

An examination of the cultural determinants of 
sex roles in selected world societies, past and 
present. The foci will be three anthropological 
analyses; economics and status; art and ritual; 
the structure of women's worlds. 

ANT 400 -Sorcery, Demons and Gods 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Anthropological analysis of religion as a uni- 
versal category of culture. The supernatural will 
be considered: Mother goddesses myth, sorcery, 
shamanism, sacrifice and totemism. Belief sys- 
tems in their sociocultural contexts will be em- 
phasized. 

ANT/MPS 501 -Fieldwork in Historical 
Archaeology (0-20-10) 

Summer. Prerequisite: MPS 207 or permission 
of instructor or director. 

An introduction to and first application of ar- 
chaeological methods to a specific field project. 
Excavation techniques, surveying and map mak- 
ing, data collecting and recording, archaeological 
photography, the identification and analysis of ar- 
tifacts, and the interpretation of archaeological 
data will be presented in field and laboratory work 
as well as in lectures and readings. (Identical with 
MPS 551.) (Under certain circumstances this 
course may be substituted in the Preservation 



Studies minor for MPS 598.) Course may be re- 
peated for credit. 

ANT/MPS 552-Practicum in Archaeological 
Analysis (2-6-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: permission 
of instructor or director. 

The application of archaeological interpretative 
techniques to a specific site or analytical prob- 
lem. Individual research projects in the interpre- 
tation of archaeological data and the 
conservation of artifactual finds with special at- 
tention to the care and storage of collections, dis- 
play in the museum setting, and the presentation 
of archaeologically-derived information. (Identical 
with MPS 552.) 

ANT/MPS 553 -American Material Culture 
(4-2-5) 

An introduction to the study of the non-literary 
remains of our society, past and present. Vernac- 
ular and polite architecture, ceramics, mortuary 
art, community and settlement patterns, diet, 
dress and disease are among the topics that will 
be discussed. 

ANT/MPS 554 -Historical Archaeology 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, 1 991 . Prerequisite: MPS 207 or permission 
of the instructor. 

An introduction to the archaeology of North 
America since the arrival of Europeans in the New 
World. Some attention will be paid to British and 
Continental Post Medieval Archaeology as well as 
to the special areas of Industrial and Nautical Ar- 
chaeology. Emphasis will be given to anthropol- 
ogical archaeology's method and theory both as 
a perspective for the writing of history and as a 
component of Historic Preservation. (Identical 
with HIS 554). 

ANT/MPS 580 -Special Topics In 
Archaeology (V-V-[1-5]) 

Prerequisites: ANT/MPS 207, ANT/MPS 551 
The course is designed to offer a wide variety 
of experience to advanced, upper level students 
in archaeological techniques. Subject matter will 
center on such topics as archaeological graphics, 
faunal analysis (zooarchaeology), conservation, 
or involve some off-campus archaeological ex- 
perience. 



PSYCHOLOGY 



147 



Psychology Offerings 

PSY 101 -General Psychology (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

An introduction to the vocabulary, concepts, 
and methods of the science of behavior. Discus- 
sion and demonstrations assist in surveying all 
the areas of psychology. Psychology 101 is pre- 
requisite to all other courses in the department. 
Eligibility for ENG 101 is strongly recommended. 

PSY 191 -Honors General Psychology 
(2-3-5) 

Prerequisites: SAT verbal of at least 550. 

This course may be substituted for PSY 101 by 
qualified students. Course content is similar to 
PSY 101, but emphasis is on psychology as a 
laboratory science. Students will conduct a variety 
of experiments and demonstrations and will write 
research reports on these topics. 

PSY 201 -Human Growth and Development 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101 

A survey of lifespan development that focuses 
on physical, emotional, cognitive and social de- 
velopment. Understandings of growth and devel- 
opment are applied to classroom teaching and 
learning. Not recommended for Psychology ma- 
jors. 

PSY 210- Introduction to Clinical 
Psychology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101 

A survey of behavioral problems, treatment 
modes, and theories. 

PSY 220 -Introduction to Psychological 
Research (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

An introduction to scientific methodology and 
its application to behavior analysis. Various tech- 
niques of data collection and the statistical anal- 
ysis of such data are emphasized. 

PSY 295 -Developmental Psychology 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 
. A study of the origin and development of psy- 
chological processes from the life span perspec- 
tive. The effects of genetic/maturational and 
socio-cultural/environmental factors on the de- 
velopment of behavior throughout the life span 
are included. 



PSY 301 -Educational Psychology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. Offered each quarter. 

The application of behavioral science to the 
problem of learning in the classroom. Primarily for 
teacher preparation. 

PSY 302 -Psychological Testing (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101 

Survey of individual and group tests in psycho- 
logical, educational, and clinical settings. Course 
focuses on the theoretical and statistical princi- 
ples that underlie psychological and educational 
measurement. Standardized psychological in- 
struments are critically analyzed. Ethical issues in 
psychological testing are considered. 

PSY 303 -Social Psychology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

The study of the behavior of others as deter- 
minants of the behavior of the individual. The cul- 
tural milieu and group pressures will be examined 
in terms of their effect on behavior. 

PSY 304- Fundamentals of Counseling and 
Psychotherapy (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101 

A survey of personality theories and the be- 
havior changing techniques arising from them. 
The emphasis will be on learning theory and en- 
vironmental influences. 

PSY 307 -Perception (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: PSY 101, 220. 

The nature of perceptual processes will be ex- 
plored through experiment and theoretical anal- 
ysis. 

PSY 309 -Physiological Psychology 
(4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: PSY 101, BIO 101 and 102. 

The structure and function of the nervous sys- 
tem will be analyzed and related to behavior using 
lecture, slide presentations, and tissue. 

PSY 310 -Psychology of Human Sexuality 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

An examination of the developmental, physio- 
logical, clinical and social aspects of human sex- 
uality. The emphasis of the course will be on the 
various components of human sexuality from a 
developmental perspective. 

PSY 311 -Theories of Personality (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A study of selected personality theories with 
emphasis on normal behavior. Attention will be 



148 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



given to both experimental and clinical data. The 
determinants of personality structure and the de- 
velopment of personality will be examined from 
divergent points of view. 
PSY 31 2 -Measurement (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101, 220. 

An examination of the theory of measurement. 
Reliability and validity techniques are discussed, 
using current psychological tests as examples. 
PSY 31 5 -Psychology of Conflict and 
Stress (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A study of the interactions between physiolog- 
ical and psychological processes in the devel- 
opment and maintenance of stress related 
disorders. Emphasis is on environmental factors 
and stress management techniques. 
PSY 31 9 -Animal Behavior (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

The adaptations and behaviors with which liv- 
ing organisms cope with their environments will 
be studied through lecture and field work. Natur- 
alistic observation and experimental methods will 
be considered. 

PSY 320 - Industrial/Organizational 
Psychology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A survey of applications of psychological prin- 
ciples to business and professional settings. In- 
cluded are work motivation, goal setting, power 
politics, leadership and communication. 
PSY 321 -Psychology of Work Behavior 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A psychological analysis of issues related to 
the individual worker in industry and organiza- 
tions. Included are employee selection, training 
strategies, performance evaluation and job sat- 
isfaction. 

PSY 322 -Psychology of Organizational 
Development (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

Psychological principles applied to interper- 
sonal and intergroup relations, organizational 
leadership, management of organizational 
change relating to the social environment and 
communication systems. 
PSY 328 -Abnormal Psychology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A study of the scientific and cultural bases of 
various conceptions of undesirable behavior. Ap- 
plication of principles derived from basic research 
will be emphasized. 



PSY 350 -Cognitive Psychology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A study of the issues related to the various 
models of human information processing with an 
emphasis on perceptual and linguistic develop- 
ment. Principles and applications derived from 
basic research will be included. 

PSY 375— The Psychology of Aging 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

An analysis of the aging process as physical 
and biosocial change. Important adaptive as- 
pects from health to economics will be consid- 
ered with an emphasis on maintaining an optimal 
quality of life. 

PSY 406 -Behavior Modification (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A study of proven methods of generating be- 
havioral change, their empirical foundations and 
their applications in clinical, educational and so- 
cial settings. 

PSY 408 -Learning and Motivation (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: PSY 101, 220. 

A study of the methodology and theory asso- 
ciated with the various forms of learning and their 
motivational concomitant. The laboratory will pro- 
vide an introduction to animal care, training, and 
experimentation. 

PSY 410 -History and Systems of 
Psychology (5-0-5) 

Open only to Psychology majors or by invitation 
of the instructor. Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A study of the basic ideas in psychology from 
early animism to modern behavioristics. Special 
attention is given to the philosophical basis at var- 
ious times in the history of psychology. 

PSY 411 -Senior Seminar (5-0-5) 

Open only to senior psychology majors or by 
invitation of the professor. 

A reading and discussion group which will con-, 
centrate on selected contemporary issues in psy- 
chology. Specific content will vary from year to 
year. 

PSY 41 2 -Senior Project (V-V-5) 

Prerequisite: Senior status. 

Each student will work with a faculty member 
qualified in the student's area of interest. Work is 
to begin in the first quarter of the senior year (reg- 
ister for the quarter of expected completion). The 
student will produce a scholarly paper which must 
be acceptable to the departmental faculty. 



PSYCHOLOGY 



149 



PSY 41 3 -Senior Internship (V-V-5) 

Prerequisite: Senior status. 

Students may petition the faculty to receive ac- 
ademic credit for an individually designed work 
experience in an applied setting. The sponsoring 
organization must provide a qualified supervisor. 
A faculty advisor will establish performance cri- 
teria and evaluate accordingly. 



Sociology Offerings 

I SOC 201 - Introductory Sociology (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

An introduction to the concepts and methods 
J of the science of human group behavior. Includes 
the study of socialization, culture, race, ethnicity, 
gender, age, and social institutions. It is designed 
to provide a better understanding of American so- 
ciety and social phenomena. Eligibility for ENG 
101 is strongly recommended. 

SOC 31 5 -The Family and Alternative 
Lifestyles (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201. 

A study of the institution which has major re- 
sponsibility for socializing members of society. 
Consideration will be given to various forms and 
types of families. 

SOC 320 -Ethnic Minorities (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201 . 

This course focuses on the historical and/or 
contemporary realities of sub-cultural life in these 
United States, especially where skin color and 
language pose social and economic barriers. Ex- 
amined are the cultural and structural factors 
which shape and inform the particular experi- 
ences of groups. It looks at dominant public in- 
stitutions and patterns of response by minorities 
such as Black Americans, Chicanos, Puerto Ri- 
cans, Native Americans, and other sizeable eth- 
nic groups. 



SOC 333- Exploring Popular Culture 
(4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201 . 

An examination of popular culture using music, 
radio, television, texts, magazines, movies, tech- 
nology and language to explore a given era. 
Comparisons will be made of lifestyles, sex roles, 
racial attitudes and the national regional mood of 
times examined. 

SOC 340- Methods of Social Research 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201. 

This course will explore several methods of ap- 
plied social research including case studies, re- 
cord research, experimental designs, surveys, 
observation and systems interaction as they ap- 
ply to social data. The student must demonstrate 
a working knowledge of each method in the con- 
text of social work practice. 

SOC 350 -Social Problems (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201. 

This course is an examination of deviant be- 
havior, normalcy, and the differences between 
social ideals and social realities in the context of 
sociological theory. 

SOC 430-Alcohol and Drug Studies 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201. 

A course focusing on the various forms of al- 
cohol and drug abuse with emphasis on the 
stages of harmful dependence and addiction, 
there will be an examination of the legal and so- 
cial implications of addiction as well as ap- 
proaches to treatment and rehabilitation. 

SOC 450- Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

By invitation of the professor. Offered on de- 
mand. Open to transient students only with per- 
mission of the Dean of Arts, Sciences and 
Education at Armstrong. 



150 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 




r^^fcs *" 





152 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



School of 

Health Professions 

Repella, James, Dean 

Connor, Sara, Assistant to the Dean 



Goals and Objectives 

The faculty of the School of Health Professions 
believes that the development of the student as 
an individual is a primary objective of a college 
education. The central role and function of the 
School of Health Professions is to provide an ap- 
propriate academic, intellectual, and professional 
milieu to develop the skills required for a high 
level of professional competence. This includes 
the development of intellectual and physical com- 
petencies; personal values and beliefs; leader- 
ship abilities; a sense of integrity, self-worth, and 
self-reliance; and a sense of responsibility toward 
the community and society. To achieve these ob- 
jectives, the goals of the School are: 
To prepare graduates who possess, at the ap- 
propriate level, the competencies required in 
their professional endeavors, and whose 
practice is compatible with the ethics of 
democratic humanistic philosophy; 
To prepare an educational environment which will 
motivate the student to develop a life-long 
commitment to learning and services; stim- 
ulate creativity, flexibility, and independence 
of thought and judgement within acceptable 
professional and humanistic constraints; 
and foster appreciation for scholarship and 
critical reasoning; 
To develop the leadership abilities of students so 
they may function effectively as leaders both 
in their professions and in their communities; 
To anticipate and to identify problems and needs 
and to encourage change and open-mind- 
edness in finding solutions through appro- 
priate research. 
To develop the School as a planning and re- 
source center for professional growth and 
community service; 
To complement other Schools of the College by 
providing programs of a uniquely profes- 
sional character which enhance the educa- 
tional opportunities of Armstrong State 
College. 



Organization and Degrees 

The School of Health Professions includes the 
departments of Associate Degree Nursing; Bac- 
calaureate Degree Nursing; Dental Hygiene; 
Health and Physical Education, Respiratory Ther- 
apy; and the degree programs in Health Science, 
Medical Technology and Radiologic Technolo- 
gies. 

The following degree programs are offered 
within the School: 
Associate in Science in: 
Dental Hygiene 
Nursing 

Radiologic Technologies 
Respiratory Therapy 
Bachelor of Health Science ' 
Bachelor of Science in: 
Dental Hygiene Education 
Medical Technology 
Nursing 

Additional degree programs, those at the mas- 
ters level, are delineated in the graduate section 
of this catalog. 



Associate Degree Nursing 

Faculty 

Cross, Deanna, Department Head 

Caldwell, Eva 

Clark, Sandra 

Connor, Sara 

Dutko, Kathleen 

Pruden, Ethel 

Reilly, Nancy 

Williamson, Jane 



The Associate Degree Nursing Program pro- 
vides the student with the opportunity to obtain a 
general education and to study nursing at the col- 
lege level. The program is approved by the Geor- 
gia Board of Nursing and the National League for 
Nursing (NLN). Graduates are eligible to take the 
National Council of State Boards of Nursing Li- 
censure Examination (NCLEX-RN) for licensure to 
practice as Registered Nurses. Graduates must 
meet all legal requirements for licensure as es- 
tablished by the State Board of Nursing. Student 
nurses participate in nursing clinical experiences 
at local hospitals and other community agencies 



ASSOCIATE DEGREE NURSING 



153 



and are responsible for providing their own trans- 
portation. 

The Georgia Board of Nursing Legal 
Requirements 

The Georgia Board of Nursing has the authority 
to refuse to grant a license to an applicant upon 
a finding by the board that the applicant has been 
convicted of any felony, crime involving moral tur- 
pitude, or crime violating a federal or state law 
relating to controlled substances or dangerous 
drugs in the courts of this state, any other state, 
territory, or country, or in the courts of the United 
States, including but not limited to a plea of nolo 
contendere entered to the charge. 
Progression Requirements 

For progression through the Associate Degree 
Nursing Program, the following must be main- 
tained: 

1. Natural science courses (CHE 201; ZOO 
208, ZOO 209, BIO 210) (See "Limits on Ad- 
mission to Health Professions Programs, 
#3" in the "Admissions" section of this cat- 
alog for the policy regarding the repeat of 
science courses.) 

a. A grade of C or above is required for 
ZOO 208 and 209. 

b. A grade of D or above is required for 
CHE 201 and BIO 210. Only one D will 
be allowed. 

2. Nursing courses: 

a. A grade of C or above is required in 
each nursing course. 

b. A student who must repeat a course will 
be subject to availability of space in the 
subsequent course. 

c. Only one repeat in a nursing course will 
be allowed. A student who fails a nurs- 
ing course may repeat this course. An 
additional failure in this nursing course 
or any other nursing course will result 
in dismissal and the student will be in- 
eligible for readmission to the program. 

3. Grade Point Average: 

An overall grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 is 
required to remain in the program. 

4. Regents' Exam 

' All students must have passed the Regents' 
Exam before entering their last nursing course. 

5. CPR Certification 

All students are required to be certified in Basic 
Life Support (adult and child) prior to entering 
NUR210. 



Insurance 

To meet contractual obligations with the co- 
operating clinical agencies, the Department re- 
quires students to submit a completed health 
history and evidence of hospitalization insurance 
prior to the first day of class. Once admitted, all 
students must obtain nursing liability insurance. 
Nursing liability and hospitalization insurance 
must remain current throughout the program. 

Advanced Placement 

The first two nursing courses, Nursing 110 and 
111, may be exempted by one examination with 
credit awarded. Medical corpsmen and licensed 
practical nurses who have graduated and/or 
practiced in a clinical setting within the past two 
years are eligible to sit for this examination. Proof 
of the above is required. The examination may be 
taken only once. Students who successfully chal- 
lenge Nursing 110 and 111 are eligible to enter 
NUR 114. They will also be required to take NUR 
113, and complete all prerequisite courses. Suc- 
cessful completion of the examination does not 
guarantee admission into the program. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN NURSING 



Hours 

A. General Requirements 53 

Area I 10 

1. ENG 101, 102 10 

Area II 25 

1. ZOO 208, 209 10 

2. BIO 210, CHE 201 10 

3. MAT 101 5 

Area III 15 

1. HIS 251 or 252 5 

2. POS 113 5 

3. PSY 101 5 

Area IV 3 

1 . PE 1 1 7 or 1 66 and one activity 
course or three activity 

courses 3 

B. Courses in the Major Field 55 

1. NUR 110, 111, 114, 113, (for ad- 
vanced placement students 

only) 210, 211, 212, 213 ... . 55 



154 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



C. Regents' and National Standardized OFFERINGS 

Nursing Examinations 

TOTAL 108 NUR 110- Nursing to Meet Basic Needs I 
(3-9-6) 
Curriculum Design Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisites: Admission to 

the nursing program, ZOO 208, CHE 201 , MAT 
Prerequisites 101 e |jg ib j| it y for ENG 10 1. Corequisite: ZOO 

ZOO 208 5 209 - 

CHE 201 5 ^his course introduces the conceptual frame- 

MA j -|01 5 work °* tne nursin 9 program with emphasis on 

' ~~ basic human needs, growth and development, 

biopsychosocial man, teaching/learning and 

1st Quarter ro ' es °f tne nurse. The nursing process is used 

to promote adaptation with problems related to 

NUR 110 6 hygiene, activity/exercise, safety, elimination, ox- 

ZOO 209 5 ygenation, nutrition and sexuality. Principles of 

ENG 101 _^5 pharmacology and administration of non-paren- 

16 teral medications are presented. Concurrent clin- 
ical learning experiences are provided in 

2nd Quarter extended care facilities and acute care hospitals. 

NUR 111 7 NUR 111 -Nursing to Meet Basic Needs II 

BIO 210 5 (3-12-7) 

ENG 102 _J5 Fall, Winter Spring. Prerequisites: NUR 110, 

17 ZOO 209. Corequisite: BIO 210. 

A continuation of NUR 110. This course intro- 
3rd Quarter duces fluid/electrolytes, rest/comfort, emotional 

safety, love/belonging and self-esteem. The nurs- 

NUR 114 8 ing process is used for patients undergoing sur- 

PSY 101 5 gery with emphasis upon nursing skills, patient 

PE 117 or 166 2 teaching and interpersonal relationships. Con- 

*NUR 113 J2} current clinical learning experiences are provided 

15(17) in acute care hospitals. 

4th Quarter NUR 113-Transition to Associate Degree 

Nursing (2-0-2) 

NUR 210 8 Offered on Demand. Prerequisites: Successful 

HIS 251 or 252 5 Exemption of NUR 110 and 111. Corequisite: BIO 

PE ACTIVITY _J_ 210. 

14 This course is designed for the advanced 
placement student. Content includes review of 

5th or 6th Quarter dosage calculation and introduction to the con- 

ceptual framework with emphasis on nursing 

NUR 211 11 process, roles of the AD nurse, growth and de- 

POS 113 _j5 velopment, communication and teaching/leam- 

16 in 9- 

5th or 6th Quarter NUR 114 -Concepts of Adult Nursing I 

(5-9-8) 

NUR 212 9 Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisites: NUR 111, 

NUR 213 __6 BIO 210. Corequisite: PSY 101. 

15 Basic human needs are evolved into the con- 
cepts of oxygenation, metabolism, and percep- 

*For Advanced Placement Students Only tion/coordination. These concepts focus on 



BACCALAUREATE DEGREE NURSING 



155 



common health problems in which there is a ma- 
ladaptive response of the body's ability to meet 
its oxygen, nutritional, elimination, and activity 
needs. Physical assessment skills are included. 
NUR 210-Concepts of Adult Nursing II 
(5-9-8) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: NUR 114. 
Corequisite: HIS 251/252. 

The second quarter of study of the physically 
ill adult. Basic human needs are evolved into the 
concepts of inflammation/immunity, perception/ 
coordination and metabolism. These concepts 
focus on common health problems in which there 
is a maladaptive response of the body's ability to 
protect itself from physiological harm or meet 
metabolic and sensory needs. Rehabilitative as- 
pects of care expand the provider and teacher 
roles. 

NUR 211 -Concepts of Advanced Nursing 
(5-18-11) 

Fall, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: NUR 210 

Corequisite: POS 113. 

The third quarter of study of the physically ill 
adult. The concepts of oxygenation, metabolism, 
inflammation/immunity and perception/coordina- 
tion provide the basis for study of the critical care 
aspects of nursing. The student develops begin- 
| ning skills as coordinator of care for patients with 
multiple needs. Transition from the role of student 
to practitioner, leadership skills and trends/issues 
are emphasized. Concurrent clinical learning ex- 
periences are provided in acute care hospitals. 

NUR 21 2 -Nursing In the Maternal-Child 
Continuum (6-9-9) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: NUR 210. 
Corequisite: NUR 213. 

This course concentrates on the experience of 
the childbearing family/developing child as they 
impact upon the health care system. Emphasized 
is the use of the nursing process to promote ad- 
aptation during the stages of childbearing and 
into the life cycle from birth through adolescence. 
The teaching/learning interaction and develop- 
mental appropriateness of care are additional 
foci. Concurrent clinical learning experiences are 
provided on maternity and pediatric units in acute 
care hospitals. 

NUR 213-Mental Health-Psychiatric 
Nursing (3-9-6) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: NUR 210. 
Corequisite: NUR 213. 

This course focuses on the development of 
self-awareness and on the therapeutic use of self 



in assisting man to achieve mental health. The 
nursing process is used for the patient with prob- 
lems of psychosocial adaptation. Examined are 
therapeutic communication skills, teaching/learn- 
ing, developmental level and the roles of the psy- 
chiatric nurse. Concurrent clinical learning 
experiences are provided in a variety of com- 
munity/mental health facilities. 



Baccalaureate Degree 
Nursing 

Faculty 

*Buck, Marilyn, Department Head 

Conway, Marian 

Hart, Marcella 

Keller, Carola 

Levett, Nettie 

Massey, Carole 

Miller, Mary 

Neuman, Bonnie 

Powell, Catharine 
*Repella, James 
*Roesel, Rosalyn 

Silcox, Elaine 

Stern, Camille 



'Graduate Faculty 



The Armstrong State College Department of 
Baccalaureate Nursing offers entering freshmen, 
transfer students, and Registered Nurses the op- 
portunity to earn a Bachelor of Science in Nursing 
Degree. The American Nurses Association (ANA) 
and the National League for Nursing (NLN) have 
adopted a position statement calling for the bac- 
calaureate degree in nursing as the academic 
preparation for professional nursing practice. 
Graduates are prepared to provide comprehen- 
sive nursing care for people in a variety of set- 
tings. The BSN degree also provides the 
foundation for graduate education in nursing. 

The program is approved by the Georgia Board 
of Nursing and is fully accredited by the National 
League for Nursing (NLN). Graduates who are not 
already RNs must meet all legal requirements for 
licensure as established by the State Board of 
Nursing in order to be eligible to take the National 
Council Licensure Examination (NCLEX-RN) for 
licensure as a Registered Nurse (RN). 



156 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



The Georgia Board of Nursing has the authority 
to refuse to grant a license to an applicant upon 
a finding by the board that the applicant has been 
convicted of any felony, crime involving moral tur- 
pitude, or crime violating a federal or state law 
relating to controlled substances or dangerous 
drugs in the courts of this state, any other state, 
territory, or country, or in the courts of the United 
States, including but not limited to a plea of nolo 
contendere entered to the charge. 



Progression Requirements 

For the generic Bachelor of Science program: 

1 . A "C" or better must be earned in each sci- 
ence course (see School of Health Profes- 
sions policy regarding repeat of science 
courses, p. •). 

2. A "C" or better must be earned in each nurs- 
ing course. No more than one nursing 
course may be repeated and a "C" or better 
must be earned at the time to remain in the 
program. 

3. Any nursing course which the student does 
not satisfactorily complete may be repeated 
at its next offering on a space available ba- 
sis. The course may be taken concurrently 
with a non-sequential course. 

4. An overall grade-point average (GPA) of 2.0 
is required to remain in the nursing program. 

5. Students must submit a completed health 
history prior to the first clinical experience 
and maintain a current health history record 
throughout the program. 

6. Students must submit proof of liability and 
health insurance prior to the first clinical ex- 
perience. This insurance must be main- 
tained while in the program. 

7. Students must obtain CPR certification prior 
to the first clinical experience. It must be 
maintained throughout the program. 

8. The Registered Nurse may challenge BSN 
310, 334, 335, 350, 422, 423 through written 
examinations. No more than one-fourth of 
the degree requirements may be taken by 
correspondence, extension, or examination. 
All required science courses must be com- 
pleted before enrollment in BSN 433 and/or 
BSN 436. (For further information see BSN 
Department) 



9. All students must have passed the Regents 

Exam before entering their last quarter. 
10. If a student does not matriculate each, 
quarter, excluding Summer Quarter, the stu- 
dent must apply for readmission to the Col- 
lege and to the Department, (see 
Readmission page 33) 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192,201 or 

292 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 
200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 ; ENG 222 5 

Area II 20 

1. CHE 121, 122* .10 

2. MAT 101, 220 10 

Area III 25 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192. . . 10 

2. POS 1 1 3 and HIS 251 or 252 1 

3. PSY101 , . 5 

Area IV 30 

1. BIO 210; PSY 295; SOC 201; 

ZOO 208, 209, 215 30 

AreaV 6 

1. PE117or 166 and 103 or 108 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses in the Major Field 82 

1. BSN 231, 310, 320, 334, 335, 
336 or 339, 340, 350, 422, 423, 

432,433, 436 77 

C. Courses in Allied Fields 11 

1. LS311 1 

2. Electives 10 

D. Regents' and Exit Examination . . . . 

Total 194 

*Students who have already completed CHE 201 
with a "C" or better may challenge CHE 121 and 
take CHE 122 or complete an approved lab sci- 
ence sequence of Core Area II. Students who 
have already completed an approved Area II lab 
science sequence may take CHE 201 to meet the 
prerequisite for ZOO 209. 



BACCALAUREATE DEGREE NURSING 



157 



Curriculum Design 

— Freshman Year — 

Fall 

ENG 101 5 

CHE 121 5 

MAT 101 5 

PE 1 

16 

Winter 

ENG 102 or 192 5 

CHE 122 5 

HIS 114 or 191 5 

PE 103 or 108 1 

16 

Spring 

ENG 201 or 292 5 

! HIS 115 or 192 5 

ZOO 208 5 

PE 117 or 166 2 

17 

— Sophomore Year- 

Fall 

PSY 101 5 

ZOO 209 5 

Area I Elective 5 

PE 1 



— Junior Year — 

Fall 

BSN 310 7 

BSN 320 5 

*Pol. Sci./Am. His 5 



17 



Winter 

**BSN 334 6 

BSN 340 5 

Elective, or 5 

**BSN 335 6 

16or 17 

Spring 

BSN 336 or BSN 339 3 

**BSN 350 or BSN 423 6 

**BSN 335, or 6 

Elective 5 

14 or 15 

-Senior Year- 

Fall 

**BSN 350 or BSN 423 6 

**BSN 422 6 

BSN 432 or Elective 5 



17 



16 Winter 

Winter BSN 433 or BSN 436 10 or 12 

Elective or BSN 432 5 

BIO 210 5 

MAT 220 5 — 

SOC 201 5 15 or 17 

LS311 1 

Spring 

"^6 BSN 433 or BSN 436 10 or 12 

Spring 10 oM2 

PSY 295 5 

RqN *By State law, each student who receives a di- 

7nn 91 \ r ploma or certificate from a school supported by 

ZOO 215 5 the state f Georgia must demonstrate profi- 

PE ' ciency in United States History and Government 

— and Georgia History and Government. Students 

16 at Armstrong State College may demonstrate 



158 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



such proficiency by successfully completing ex- 
aminations for which credit will be awarded for 
Political Science 113 and History 251 or 252. If 
students elect to take courses instead of chal- 
lenging them, students will be responsible for ar- 
ranging their schedules to complete both of the 
courses before graduation. 
**Although clinical laboratory hours are com- 
puted on the basis of 6 hours per week; actual 
clinical laboratory hours are 12 hours every other 
week. 



OFFERINGS 

BSN 231 -A Conceptual Framework for 
Professional Nursing (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: LS 311, PSY 101, SOC 201. 

This course is designed for beginning students 
of professional nursing. The conceptual frame- 
work of the baccalaureate curriculum is exam- 
ined. Major emphasis is placed on an introduction 
.to the concepts of Person, Environment, Health, 
and Nursing. 

BSN 310 -Concepts of Nursing Practice 
(4-9-7) 

Prerequisites: BSN 231 , PSY 295, all required 
science courses. 

This introductory course provides the founda- 
tional knowledge for clinical nursing. Emphasis is 
placed on concepts for professional nursing 
practice that will assist individuals to meet health 
needs. The student assumes the role of profes- 
sional nurse by implementing various cognitive, 
psychomotor, and interpersonal skills to promote 
positive adaptation. 

BSN 320 -Health Appraisal of the Individual 
(4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: ZOO 215, BSN 231 or permis- 
sion of department head. 

This is a beginning course in physical assess- 
ment which provides knowledge and experience 
for the nursing student and interested health 
professional, with a focus on appraisal of the in- 
dividual throughout the lifecycle. Emphasis is 
placed upon understanding of physical assess- 
ment skills appropriate for nursing. Course didac- 
tic and laboratory components focus on normal 
findings of the physical appraisal and common 
deviations from normal are addressed as nec- 
essary. 



BSN 334 -Health Restoration of Adults I** 
(4-6-6) 

Prerequisite: BSN 310, 320. 

This course provides students with the oppor- 
tunity to assist adult individuals cope with alter- 
ations in the ability to meet human needs related 
to the concepts of oxygenation, fluid and electro- 
lytes, perception and coordination, and metabo- 
lism. Clinical experiences are provided, in 
secondary health care settings. 

BSN 335 -Promotion of Psychosocial 
Adaptation** (4-6-6) 

Prerequisites: BSN 310, 320. 

This course is designed to assist students to 
promote positive adaptive behavior of individuals 
and families with psychosocial problems through 
the use of the nursing process. Trends in mental 
health, legal issues and the role of the nurse in 
the psychiatric setting are examined. Clinical ex- 
periences are provided in secondary health care 
settings and community mental health facilities. 
BSN 336 -Leadership in Nursing Care 
Management (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: BSN 310. 

Management and leadership principles are in- 
troduced and applied to nursing. The focus of this 
course is on the leadership role of the profes- 
sional nurse in the management of health care. 
BSN 339 -Topics In Professional Nursing 
(3-0-3) 

Prerequisites: BSN 231 and RN licensure 

This course builds upon BSN 231 . Major em- 
phasis is placed on the discussion and applica- 
tion of selected concepts and theories thai 
underlie the practice of professional nursing. 
BSN 340 -Nursing and Family Health 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: BSN 310 or permission of de- 
partment head. 

This course is designed to explore the family 
as a biopsychosocial unit of a multi-cultural so- 
ciety. Internal and external variables affecting the 
health and adaptation of the family system are 
considered. The nursing process is utilized as a 
framework to assess structural and functional 
needs, plan nursing interventions, and develop 
outcome criteria. 

BSN 350 -Nursing and the Childbearing 
Family** (4-6-6) 

Prerequisites: BSN 334, 340. 

Using the developmental approach, this course 
focuses on health promotion and restoration of 



DENTAL HYGIENE 



159 



the childbearing family. The nursing process is 
utilized to assess health needs and promote pos- 
itive adaptation. Clinical learning experiences are 
provided in a variety of settings. 

BSN 422 -Health Restoration of Adults II** 
(4-6-6) 

Prerequisites: BSN 334, 335, 336, 340. 

This course provides students with the oppor- 
tunity to assume a beginning leadership role in 
the management of nursing care of adult individ- 
uals and their families who are experiencing ma- 
ladaptive responses related to complex 
alterations in the ability to meet basic human 
needs. Clinical experiences are provided in sec- 
ondary health care settings. 

BSN 423 -Health Restoration of the Child** 
(4*6-6) 

Prerequisites: BSN 340, 334. 

The student uses the nursing process as a 
problem solving approach in the care of children 
experiencing alterations in their ability to meet hu- 
man needs from infancy to adolescence. Clinical 
experiences are provided in secondary care and 
community settings. 

BSN 432 -Nursing Research (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Three clinical Nursing courses 
and MAT 220. 

This course focuses on the research process 
from problem identification to communication of 
results. The evolution of nursing research is ex- 
amined. The role that clinical nursing research 
plays in the improvement of the quality of care is 
emphasized. 

BSN 433 -Nursing and Community Health 
(5-15-10) 

Prerequisites: BSN 320, 340, 350, 422, 423. 

This course is designed to provide students 
with the knowledge and opportunity to utilize the 
nursing process to assist clients to attain their 
maximum level of wellness through the promotion 
and maintenance of health and the prevention of 
disease. The student functions as a beginning 
member of the interdisciplinary health care team 
to plan and provide comprehensive nursing care 
in selected community settings. 

BSN 436 -Professional Nursing Practlcum 
(4-24-12) 

Prerequisites: BSN 320, 340, 350, 422, 423 
This course provides the opportunity for stu- 
dents to synthesize knowledge from the liberal 



arts, sciences, and nursing as a basis for profes- 
sional nursing practice. Students practice the 
leadership role of the professional nurse in as- 
sessing, planning, implementing and evaluating 
nursing care in a selected clinical setting. Semi- 
nar sessions are provided for students to share 
experiences and to discuss trends and issues 
which influence change in professional nursing 
practice. 

BSN 360- Issues in Gerontological Nursing 
(3-0-3) 

Prerequisites: PSY 101, SOC 201, BSN 310, or 
permission of department. 

Application of the nursing process to the older 
adult population is the focus of this course. The 
emphasis is on promotion of health among the 
population in order to foster successful aging 
through positive adaptation. The student will ex- 
plore nursing strategies which promote the health 
of older adults. 

BSN 450- Health Restoration of Individuals 
and Families Experiencing Critical Illness 
(2-3-3) 

Prerequisite: BSN 422 or permission of de- 
partment head. 

This course provides the opportunity for stu- 
dents to synthesize knowledge from the liberal 
arts, sciences, and nursing to assist in the pro- 
motion of positive adaptation of individuals and 
families experiencing multisystem failure. Critical 
thinking and problem solving opportunities from 
a nursing perspective are provided in selected 
critical care settings. 
BSN 460 -Independent Study (V-V-[1-3]) 

Offered on demand. 

Prerequisite: Senior status or permission of 
BSN department. 

The student, in consultation with the professor, 
will select the topic for supervised independent 
study. The student will submit an independent 
study proposal prior to the quarter in which the 
course is to be taken. 



Dental Hygiene 

Faculty 

VACANT, Department Head 
Coursey, Teresa 
Edenfield, Suzanne 
*Tanenbaum, Barbara 

'Graduate Faculty 



The student must complete a curriculum of 1 19 
quarter hours for the two-year program leading to 



160 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



the Associate in Science Degree in Dental Hy- 
giene. Dental hygienists provide dental health 
services in private dental offices, civil service po- 
sitions, industry, and in various public health 
fields. They practice under the supervision of a 
dentist and must pass a national and a state 
board examination for licensure. The curriculum 
is fully approved by the Commission on Accre- 
ditation of Dental and Dental Auxiliary Educational 
Programs of the American Dental Association. 

A passing grade in all related natural science 
courses is a prerequisite to the 200 level Dental 
Hygiene courses; therefore, CHE 201, ZOO 208- 
209, and BIO 210 must be satisfactorily com- 
pleted before the student will be admitted into 
second-year status in the Dental Hygiene Pro- 
gram. See "Limits on Admission to Health Profes- 
sions Programs, #" in the "Admissions" section 
of this catalog for the policy regarding the repeat 
of science courses. 

The student must earn a "C" or better in each 
Dental Hygiene course before registering for sub- 
sequent dental hygiene courses; therefore, a 
grade of "C" or better in the previous course(s) 
is a prerequisite for each dental hygiene course 
for which the student registers after the first 
quarter of the first year. An overall GPA of 2.0 is 
required for graduation from the program. 

Challenge examinations for specific dental hy- 
giene subject areas are available in the depart- 
ment. Contact the department head for 
information. 

Audited and/or repeated coursework may af- 
fect a student's academic progress in relation to 
requirements for financial aid. In addition, federal 
assistance and VA educational benefits will not 
be paid for audited and/or repeated coursework. 

The Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Ed- 
ucation program is comprised of preparatory 
courses that will enable the student to be em- 
ployed in areas such as dental hygiene and den- 
tal assisting instruction, dental health education 
in public school systems, and public health. The 
student will work directly with the dental hygiene 
faculty and participate in the student teaching 
practicums in various associate degree classes, 
clinics, laboratories, and extra-mural clinics. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN DENTAL 
HYGIENE 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 48 

Area I 15 

1. ENG 101, 102, or 192 10 



2. DRS 228 5 

Area II 5 

1. MAT 101 5. 

Area III 20 

1. PSY101 5 

2. SOC 201 5 

3. HIS 251 or 252 5 

4. POS 113 5 

Area IV 5 

1. CHE 201 5 

Area V 3 

1. PE 117 or 166 2 

2. One activity course 1 

B. Courses in the Major Field 56 

1. DH 111, 112, 113, 118, 120, 123, 
124, 211, 212, 213, 214, 216, 
219,221,223,224, 225,227, 

228. .. 56 

C. Courses in Related Fields 15 

1. BIO 210 5 

2. ZOO 208, 209 10 

D. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 119 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE BACHELOR 
OF SCIENCE IN DENTAL HYGIENE 
EDUCATION 



Hours 

A. General Requirements . 91 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192,201 or 

292 15 

2. PHI 201 5 

Area II 10 

1. MAT 101, 220 10 

Area III 25 

1. SOC 201 5 

2. HIS 251 or 252 and 114 or 191, 
115 or -192. ... ' 15 

3. POS 113 5 

Area IV 30 

1. BIO 101, 102 10 

2. CHE 121, 122 10 

3. DRS 228 5 

4. PSY101 5 



DENTAL HYGIENE 



161 



Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 166 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses in the Major Field 76 

1. DH 111,112, 113, 118,120,123, 
124, 211, 212, 213, 214, 216, 
219,221,223,224,225, 227, 

228 56 

2 DH 401, 402, 403, 404 20 

C. Courses in Related Fields 35 

1. BIO 210 5 

2. PSY 201 or EDN 201 , PSY 295 1 

3. EDN 200, EDN 335 10 

4. ZOO 208, 209 10 

D. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 202 



DFFERINGS 

DH 111 -Clinical Dental Hygiene I (2-6-4) 

Fall. 

This course is designed to introduce the stu- 
dent to the dental hygiene profession. The sub- 
ect matter includes fundamental knowledge of 
clinical procedures and techniques of removing 
deposits from the teeth. Clinical procedures are 
ntroduced on the manikins and the student is 
equired to practice these techniques until profi- 
ciency is achieved. 

OH 112-113 — Clinical Dental Hygiene II and 
II (2-6-4) (1-9-4) 

Winter and Spring respectively. Prerequisite: 
DH 111. 

Students perform oral prophylactic techniques 
)n patients in the clinic under supervision. The 
subject matter includes procedures which the hy- 
:jienist will use in the performance of clinical du- 
ies. The student must apply acquired knowledge 
n all clinical situations. 

3H 11 8- Periodontics (2-0-2) 

Spring. 

This course is designed to give the student a 
)asic understanding of periodontics. Emphasis is 
)laced on periodontal health and disease in re- 
ation to the health of the total patient. Periodontal 
cnowledge is applied in clinical situations. 

DH 120 -Dental Roentgenology (2-3-3) 

Winter. 

This course will include a series of lectures, 
demonstrations, and directed experience in the 



fundamentals of dental roentgenology. Intraoral 
techniques for the taking and processing of ra- 
diographs are taught and laboratory time will be 
devoted to demonstration and directed experi- 
ence. Clinical time in subsequent quarters will af- 
ford the application of the principles of clinical 
situations. 

DH 123 -Dental Anatomy and Oral 
Histology (3-2-3) 

Fall. 

This course is designed to familiarize the dental 
hygiene student with the nomenclature, morphol- 
ogy, eruption sequence of the primary and sec- 
ondary dentition and oral histology and 
embryology of the oral cavity. 

DH 124 -Dental Materials (2-3-3) 

Spring. 

This course is designed to provide a general 
understanding of the chemical, physical and me- 
chanical properties of dental materials. The indi- 
cations and limitations of materials will be 
stressed as well as proper manipulation of those 
materials used by dental hygienists. 

DH 21 1-21 2-21 3 -Clinical Dental Hygiene 
IV, V, VI (1-12-5) (1-12-5) (1-15-6) 

Fall, Winter and Spring respectively. Prerequi- 
sites: DH 111, 112, 113. 

These courses are a continuation of the pre- 
ceding clinical courses. Emphasis centers on im- 
proved proficiency in all areas of a working clinic. 
Lecture time is devoted mainly to the discussion 
of experiences encountered in clinical situations. 
Pertinent material related to the dental hygiene 
profession is included in these courses. 

DH 214-Anestheslology and Pharmacology 
(2-0-2) 

Winter. 

This course is a study of drugs and anesthetics 
with special consideration given to those used in 
dentistry. It is designed to acquaint the student 
with the principles of drug action in the human 
patient. 

DH 21 6 -Dental Public Health (3-0-3) 

Winter. 

This course introduces the student to the var- 
ious aspects of public health with reference to the 
dental needs of the community. Special empha- 
sis is given to terminology, epidemiology, and 
interpretation of data related to community dental 
health programs. Directed field experience is a 
course requirement. 



162 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



DH 219-Total Patient Care (0-3-1) 

Fall. 

This laboratory experience acquaints the stu- 
dent with the subject and practice of the various 
dental specialties in relation to the patient's total 
health. This course is also designed to acquaint 
the student with the expanding dental services 
provided by dental auxiliary personnel. 

DH 221 -Scopes of Dental Hygiene Practice 
(1-0-1) 

Spring. 

This course is designed to acquaint students 
with various scopes of dental hygiene practice, 
the jurisprudence governing the practice of dental 
hygiene, and the structure and function of profes- 
sional associations. 

DH 223 -Applied Nutrition (2-0-2) 

Fall. 

This course presents the aspects of nutrition 
as applied to the practice of dentistry. Students 
are instructed in diet history and dietetic coun- 
seling. 

DH 224 -Head and Neck Anatomy (2-0-2) 

Fall. 

This course is designed to familiarize the dental 
hygiene student with gross anatomical relation- 
ships in. the head and neck. Special emphasis is 
given to the anatomy of the oral cavity and its 
clinical application. 

DH 225 -Preventive Dental Health 
Education (2-0-2) 

Fall. 

The principles of prevention of oral diseases 
are presented. Many facets of prevention are in- 
cluded with emphasis on the utilization of oral 
physiotherapy aids and on education and moti- 
vation of patients in proper oral hygiene. Knowl- 
edge from this course and preceding clinical 
courses will be utilized in a paper to be presented 
to the class and clinical faculty. Clinical time in 
subsequent quarters will afford the application of 
these principles to clinical situations. 

DH 227 -General and Oral Pathology 
(2-0-2) 

Fall. 

This course is designed to familiarize dental 
hygiene students with the principles of general 
pathology in relation to the common diseases of 
oral regions. Emphasis is placed on clinical man- 
ifestations and the importance of early recogni- 
tion of abnormal conditions. 



DH 228 -Dental Health Education (1-3-2) 

Winter. 

The student is familiarized with the practical ap- 
plication of modern methods of dental health ed- 
ucation. Course content includes developing 
teaching materials for dental health education 
demonstrations, and presentation of materials. A 
holistic approach to dentistry is provided by ex- 
terning with private dental practitioners and public 
agencies. 

DH 401 -Practicum in Dental Hygiene 
Education I (3-6-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: Admission into the Denta 
Hygiene Education Program. 

This course is an introductory field experience 
in the college dental hygiene clinic, community 
agencies, and patient care facilities with empha 
sis on observation, individual and small grouf 
teaching, and teacher aide work. The first profes 
sional course for majors in Dental Hygiene Edu 
cation. 

DH 402 -Practicum In Dental Hygiene 
Education II (3-6-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: DH 401 . 

This course is a continuation of Denta! Hygiene 
401 . Problems common to beginning dental hy 
giene teachers, practices and procedures de 
signed to accomplish program objectives 
establishment and organization of content, meth 
ods of evaluation and supervision in the dents 
hygiene clinic are included. 

DH 403 -Practicum in Dental Hygiene 
Education III (3-6-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: DH 402. 

This course is an advanced field experienci 
designed to assist the student in the developmer 
of learning activities, teaching procedures, an< 
the presentation of materials pertinent to dents 
hygiene education. The student will develop ant 
teach selected units in the basic dental hygien< 
sequence at community agencies, and patien 
care facilities. 

DH 404 -Directed and Individual Study 
(3-6-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

This course is a directed individual study in ai 
area of major interest with emphasis relevant t( 
dental hygiene and future career objectives. Sci 
entific research and evaluation methods will be 
reviewed and used in the student's individus 
project. 



HEALTH SCIENCE 



163 



Health Science 

=aculty 

Simon, Emma, Coordinator 

<ennedy, Robert 

Streater, James, Graduate Program Director 

graduate Faculty 



The overall mission of the Bachelor of Health 
Science program is to make available an edu- 
cational opportunity for persons interested in en- 
ering a health field and an academic program for 
experienced health professionals who wish to fur- 
her their career opportunities. More specifically, 
he objectives of the program are: 

1 . To prepare students with the knowledge that 
behavioral change can occur through edu- 
cation; 

2. To prepare students to foster health, health 
promotion, and disease prevention; 

3. To provide the opportunity for students to 
gain expertise in the health related areas of 
education, health education, administration, 
nursing and allied health professions, com- 
puter science, or health and fitness man- 
agement. 

The emphasis of the curriculum is to view 
'health" as different from "illness" and to teach 
lew students and practicing health professionals 
)f this difference. The curriculum will permit the 
;tudent to earn a baccalaureate degree that re- 
lects expertise in health science while focusing 
)n an applied health related area. Upon gradu- 
ition, these health professionals will implement 
he concepts they have learned and direct the 
efforts of the American public in the promotion, 
enhancement, and maintenance of health and in 
he prevention of health problems. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
3ACHELOR OF HEALTH SCIENCE 

General Requirements (96 hours) 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course selected from ART 
200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; 
ENG 222; PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 



1. One of the following laboratory 

science sequences: 10 

BIO 101, 102 or 111, 112 

CHE 121, 122 
CHE 128, 129 
PHY 211, 212 

2. MAT 101 and 220 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115 or 191, 192 ... . 10 

2. POS 113 5 

3. One course selected from: ANT 
201, ECO 201, SOC201 .... 5 

Area IV 30 

1. HS 100 5 

2. HIS 251 or 252 5 

3. PSY 101 5 

4. PEM 252 5 

5. CS 115 5 

6. DRS 228 5 

Area V 6 

1. PE 166 2 

2. PE 101 1 

3. PE 103 or 108 1 

4. Two activity courses 2 

Health Science Core (45 hours) 

HS 300 - Health Problems in a 

Changing Society 5 

HS 350 - Health in the 

Community 5 

HS 420 - Nutrition 5 

HS 440 - Health Planning and 

Evaluation 5 

HS 445 - Seminar in Health 

Science 5 

HS 450 - Health Science 

Practicum 5 

HS 480 - Epidemiology 5 

PSY 220 - Introduction to Psy- 
chological Research 5 

PEM 352 - Physiology of 

Exercise 5 

Emphasis Areas (55 hours) (Student 

will choose one emphasis area) 

Emphasis Area A: Health Promotion 

and Health Education (55 hours) 
HE 261 - Health and Sex 

Education 3 

HE 262 - Health and Drug 
Education 2 



164 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



HE 301 - Marketing Health ... 5 
HE 360 - School Health 

Education 3 

HE 420 - Health Education and 

Rehabilitation 5 

HE 200 - Health and Human De- 
velopment 1 5 

HE 201 - Health and Human De- 
velopment II 5 

EDN 240 - Educational Media . 2 
PSY 301 - Educational 

Psychology 5 

PSY 315 - Conflict and Stress . 5 
PSY 406 - Behavior 

Modification 5 

(2) Electives 10 

Emphasis Area B: Administration (55 

hours) 

HE 301 - Marketing Health ... 5 
HS 200 - Health and Human De- 
velopment 1 5 

HS 201 - Health and Human De- 
velopment II 5 

ENG 372 - Technical and Busi- 
ness Communication 5 

PSY 321 - Psychology of Work 

Behavior 5 

PSY 406 - Behavior Modification 5 
BAD 362 - Organizational Theory 

and Behavior 5 

2 Courses from: 10 

PA/POS 303 - Foundation of 
Public Administration or 

POS 401 - Politics of the 
Budgetary Process or 

POS 403 - Public Policy De- 
velopment or 

POS 418 - Administrative Law 
(2) Electives 10 

Emphasis Area C: Health & Fitness 

Management (55 hours) 

HS 200 - Health and Human De- 
velopment 1 5 

HS 201 - Health and Human De- 
velopment II 5 

HS 452 - Health/Fitness 

Practicum 5 

HE 301 - Marketing Health ... 5 
HE 420 - Health Education in 

Rehabilitation 5 

PSY 315 - Conflict and Stress . 5 



1C 



PSY 320 - Industrial Organiza- 
tional Psychology 

PSY 406 - Behavior Modification 
BAD 362 - Organizational Theory 

and Behavior 

(2) Electives 

Emphasis Area D: Nursing & Allied 
Health Profession (55 hours) 

Forty-five (45) quarter hours and 
ten (10) hours of electives from 
nursing or allied health major . 
course work may be utilized. The 
fifty-five (55) hours utilized will be 
determined by the Health Sci- 
ence program director. 

Regents' and Exit Examinations C 

TOTAL HOURS FOR THE BACHELOR Of 
HEALTH SCIENCE . . . .19fl 

Minor Concentration: 
The minor in Health Science requires 25 
quarter hours with grades of "C" or bet- 
ter. The student will complete the fol- 
lowing: 
HS 100 - Introduction to Health 

Science i\ 

HS 480 - Epidemiology 

3 courses from: l| 

HE 301 - Marketing Health 
HE 420 - Health Education in Re- 
habilitation 

HS 350 - Health in the Commu- 
nity 

HS 440 - Health Planning and 
Evaluation 

HS 445 - Seminar in Health Sci- 
ence 
TOTAL HOURS FOR THE BACHELOR Of 
HEALTH SCIENCE MINOR i 

NOTE: All BHS students must be cur- 
rently CPR certified at the time 
of graduation. 



Health Science 

Gerontology Certificate Program 

Goal: To provide students with a multi-disci 
plinary background in aging and present them the 
opportunity to explore aspects of aging and rel- 
evant to interests and career goals. 

Securing Admisr ion to the Certificate Pro 
gram: As soon as a student determines that he 



HEALTH SCIENCE 



165 



or she would like to complete the Gerontology health concerns and lifestyle consequences of 

Certificate Program, the student must complete the adult years of the life span. 

the application for admission and return it to the .._, ___ ., IA1 _ _ . . . _. . 

Health Science Coordinator. Upon receipt of the " S f^ 3 ' h Pr0blemS ln a Changlng 

application, the student will be invited to meet with °. c etv l " " ) 

fl „„. nnn , *««,.iKi mnm knr »« riir.^.oo ih« «-« A review of health status as a function of so- 

an assigned faculty member to discuss the pro- . . . . _ . .. „ . , u , 

~~o^ ™™~, «♦ ot. ,^, a ^i^irv,, ,™ „ r ^ n ^ -V- cietal change. For example, the effects on health 

posed program of study. A minimum grade of u . ■*. , r ■ .... . . 

u^r, ~ „>♦ u~ ~~ m ,*~i ;« «™u ,J!.r«« w +k« of sewage disposal, speed-limi s, cold-war, tech- 

or better must be earned in each course for the . , , ... Z. . . 

««*•*•««♦« ♦« k« ^.,^^^^1 ^« »u« ,,^^^ ^^i,,^ rt nology, and such will be examined. 

certificate to be awarded on the undergraduate a/ 

level. A minimum overall grade point average of HS 350 -Health In the Community (5-0-5) 

"B" or better must be earned for the certificate Analysis of major community health problems, 

to be awarded on the graduate level. their causes, the role of individuals, community 

Curriculum Requirements: The Gerontology institutions, and government. 

Certificate Program consists of six courses (30 HS 385 -Survey of Gerontology (5-0-5) 

qtr. hours). The courses are as follows: This COU rse is designed to introduce students 

1 . HS 485 •• Survey of Gerontology 5 t0 the elements necessary for understanding the 

2. PSY 475 - The Psychology of Aging ... 5 aging situation. Emphasis will be placed on the 

3. PE 400 - Physical Activity and the Older physiological and functional changes associated 
Ad y 't ^ with the aging process: chronic diseases, illness 

4. HS 420 - Nutrition 5 anc j morbidity, death and dying, and effects of 

5. Elective - (from approved list) 5 ag j ng on nea | th( attitudes, and activities. Re- 

6. HS 425 - Gerontological Practicum .... 5 search methods in gerontology, major public pol- 
(Prerequisite/Corequisites: HS 485, HS 420, icy issues, and financial issues will be included. 
PSY 475, PE 400, and elective.) 

HS 420 -Nutrition (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Area II Lab Science sequence. 

Nutrition, as a major component of lifestyle, is 
related to enhancement of health and contribu- 
tion to illness. Basic concepts of nutrition and var- 
ious "diets" are studied. 



Health Science Offerings 

HS 100- Introduction to Health Science 
(5-0-5) 

Exploration of the science of health. Based on 
the health (versus illness) model, this course will 
emphasize the enhancement of health as part of 
natural human development. The multifaceted 
health care delivery system will be introduced, 
and some ethical, philosophical, and socio-cul- 
tural issues of health care will be discussed. 

HS 200 -Health and Human Development I 
(5-0-5) 

A presentation of human growth and develop- 
ment theory. Emphasis will be placed on the 
physical, cognitive and psychosocial develop- 
ment of man from pre-natal development to the 
adolescent stage of the human lifespan. This will 
be examined from the perspective of enhancing 
health and concomitantly avoiding illness. 

HS 201 Health and Human Development II 
(5-0-5) 

The continuation of the study of human devel- 
opment from young adulthood to the completion 
of the life cycle. Special emphasis is placed on 



HS 425 -Gerontological Practicum (1-8-5) 

Prerequisite/co-requisites: HS 485, PSY 475, 
PE 400, HS 420, and gerontology elective. 

This course is designed to assist the student 
in applying the knowledge obtained from previous 
courses in order to implement a chosen role in 
gerontology. Each sponsoring organization will 
provide a qualified supervisor. A member of the 
ASC Faculty will be assigned to the practicum; 
he/she will establish performance criteria and 
evaluate accordingly. 

HS 440 -Health Planning and Evaluation 
(5-0-5) 

Planning and evaluation of health programs in 
a variety of settings. 

HS 445 -Seminar In Health Science 
(5-0-5) 

Corequisite/Prerequisite: HS 440. 

Health Science concepts are analyzed and 
synthesized. Emerging and emergent issues and 
trends are investigated. 



166 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



HS 450 -Health Science Practicum 
(1-8-5) 

Corequisite/Prerequisite: PSY 220, HS 445, 
440. 

This course provides the health science stu- 
dent the opportunity to be an active participant in 
an area of the health care industry. 

HE 452 -Health/Fitness Practicum (1-8-5) 

Practicum in health and fitness management. 

HS 480 -Epidemiology (5-0-5) 

The application of ecology to health and illness. 
An investigation into the various factors and con- 
ditions that determine the occurence and distri- 
bution of health, disease, and death among 
groups of individuals. 



Health Education Offerings 

HE 260 -Contemporary Health Issues 
(5-0-5) 

• Study of major health topics along with their 
effects on modern society. Such topics as envi- 
ronmental pollution, medical ethics, health care 
costs, personal health, and health consumerism 
will be investigated. 

HE 261 -Health and Sex Education (3-0-3) 

A study of the relationship between health and 
sex education. Health promotion strategies deal- 
ing with sexual behavior, sexually transmitted dis- 
eases, pregnancy, pregnancy prevention, and 
parenthood are involved. Emphasis is on inter- 
ventions and curriculum material available for 
teachers and health educators. 

HE 262 -Health and Drug Education (2-0-2) 

A study of the effects of tobacco, alcohol, and 
drug use and abuse on health. It includes an anal- 
ysis of the classification of drugs, the effects of 
drug usage, the legality of drug usage, and drug 
dependency. Emphasis is on interventions and 
curriculum material available for teachers and 
health educators. 

HE 301 -Marketing Health (5-0-5) 

A survey of marketing strategies utilized in 
health settings. Basic principles of communica- 
tion integrated with various media modalities are 
explored. The methods and media will be de- 
signed for the biopsychosocial requirements of 
the client. 



HE 360 -School Health Education (3-0-3) 

An investigation of the total school health en- 
vironment and health instruction. 

HE 370 -Health Promotion 

This course is designed to differentiate be- 
tween health education and health promotion. 
Different modalities of health promotion will be 
investigated. 

HE 420 -Health Education in Rehabilitation 
(5-0-5) 

This course is designed to provide the student 
with the information necessary to aid patients in 
achieving their highest rehabilitation potential. 
The main objective is to aid the client in coping 
and complying with the prescribed regimen. 

HE 460 -Health in the Curriculum (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: HE 260, 261, 262, 360. 

The study of health education curriculum with 
emphasis upon materials and methods of teach- 
ing health education K-12. This course places 
special focus on the development of health ed- 
ucation curriculum, instructional units, writing ob- 
jectives, lesson and unit planning, and the 
relationship of health education to the total edu- 
cation program. 



Medical Technology 

Faculty 

Hardegree, Lester Jr., Program Director 
Edgar, John Ralph, Medical Director 
Rodgers, Anne 



Medical technology is a career in clinical lab- 
oratory science. Medical technologists perform 
and/or supervise the testing of blood, urine, spinal 
fluid and other body specimens. Applying the 
knowledge of chemistry, mathematics and biol- 
ogy, the medical technologist uses both manual 
and automated techniques to provide diagnostic 
data to physicians. 

The Medical Technology Program offers the 
Bachelor of Science degree in Medical Technol- 
ogy and a Certificate of Completion of the Med- 
ical Technology Program. The B.S. in Medical 
Technology is awarded to students who complete 
all degree requirements for Armstrong State Col- 
lege. Entering Freshman, transfer students, and 
associate degree medical laboratory technicians 
are eligible for the degree. The Certificate of 



MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 



167 



Completion is awarded to those who have com- 
pleted a degree in biology, chemistry, microbiol- 
ogy or related science fields and to transient 
students from other institutions affiliated with the 
program which award the Bachelor of Science 
degree (Georgia College, Georgia Southern Uni- 
versity and Savannah State College). 

The B.S. in Medical Technology curriculum is a 
4 year program. During the first two or three years 
students complete core curriculum courses in 
chemistry, biology, mathematics, humanities and 
social science. The five quarter professional 
phase starts each fall quarter. Courses cover the 
major laboratory areas (urinalysis, hematology, 
clinical chemistry, blood banking, microbiology, 
serology), and are taught on campus. The clinical 
practicum is provided in the clinical laboratories 
of Candler General Hospital, the South Atlantic 
Red Cross Biood Center, Memorial Medical Cen- 
ter and St. Joseph's Hospital, all iocated in Sa- 
vannah. Upon completion of the program, 
graduates are eligible to take the certification ex- 
amination of the Board of Registry for Medical 
Technologists of the American Society of Clinical 
Pathologists and the Clinical Laboratory Scientist 
examination of the National Certification Agency 
for Medical Laboratory Personnel. 

Post Acceptance Requirements 

Students accepted into the program will be re- 
quired to submit a complete Armstrong State Col- 
lege Health Professions Student Health Appraisal 
form. Prior to enrollment in the clinical practicum 
the student will be required to provide evidence 
of liability insurance and medical coverage. Stu- 
dents are responsible for their own transportation 
to and from the clinical sites and are required to 
adhere to arranged hospital time schedule. 

Progression Requirements 

1. The student must earn a "C" or better in 
each Medical Technology course. 

2. A student may repeat a single MT course 
only one time and at the next offering pro- 
vided space is available. 

3. A student who must repeat a single MT 
course more than once or more than one 
MT course will be dismissed from the pro- 
gram with no option for readmission. 

4. The student must maintain an overall ad- 
justed Grade Point Average of 2.0 or better. 
A student who falls below the 2.0 GPA will 
be placed on "Suspension" for one quarter. 
If the student's GPA is not raised by the end 



of the next quarter, then the student will be 
dismissed from the program. 
5. The student must complete the Professional 
coursework within three (3) consecutive 
years from the date of their initial admission 
to the Medical Technology Program. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MEDICAL 
TECHNOLOGY 



Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 

200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; 
MUS200 5 

Area II 20 

1. CHE 128, 129 10 

2. MAT 101, 220 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192. . . 10 

2. POS 113 5 

3. One course selected from : ANT 

201, ECO 201, PSY101, SOC 

201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. BIO 101 5 

2. ZOO 208 5 

3. Electives in BIO, CHE and/or 

CS 20 

(Must contain at least 1 Biology 
or Zoology course which com- 
pletes a 10 hour sequence, and 
1 Chemistry course.) 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 166 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 96 

1. Upper Division Sequences ... 20 

BIO 351, 353 10 

CHE 341, 342 10 

2. Professional Courses 76 

MT 200, 310, 320, 330, 340, 350, 
360, 370, 380, 390, 420, 430, 



168 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



440, 450, 411, 421, 431, 441, 

451, 461, 490 77 

C. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 198 



OFFERINGS 

MT 200 -Introduction to Medical Laboratory 
Science (2-2-3) 

An introductory course to acquaint the student 
with the role of the Medical Technologist as a 
member of the health care team and basic skills 
needed for the practice of clinical laboratory sci- 
ence. Topics will include content common to sev- 
eral discipline areas and basic laboratory 
mathematics. The laboratory will emphasize basic 
skills common to many diagnostic procedures/ 
tests. 

MT 310 -Urinalysis and Body Fluids 
(3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or 
permission of program director. 

A qualitative and quantitative study of the 
chemical and microscopic constituents of urine 
and other body fluids and the clinical significance 
of the test results. 

MT 320 -Clinical Microbiology I (4-6-7) 

Prerequisite: BIO 351 or permission of program 
director. 

A study of the relationship of bacteria to dis- 
ease. Major emphasis is placed on the isolation 
and identification of bacteria responsible for hu- 
man diseases. Also included is sensitivity testing 
and mycobacteriology. 

MT 330 -Clinical Hematology I (4-6-7) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or 
permission of program director. 

A qualitative and quantitative study of the 
formed elements of the blood. To include the 
complete blood count and specialized test pro- 
cedures. This course will also include the basic 
principles of hemostasis and blood coagulation. 

MT 340 -Clinical Immunohematology I 
(3-6-6) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or 
permission of program director. 

A study of basic immunohematologic principles 
and their application to the preparation and 
administration of whole blood and blood com- 
ponents. To include the selection and processing 



of donors, cross matching procedures, and an- 
tibody identification. 

MT 350 -Clinical Chemistry I (4-6-7) 

Prerequisite: CHE 342, and MT 360 or permis- 
sion of program director. 

A comprehensive study of the physiological 
principles, methodology and clinical significance 
of the biochemicals and elements found in the 
body fluids. 

MT 360 -Clinical Instrumentation (3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or 
permission of program director. 

A basic study of the principles and operation 
of laboratory instrumentation. Emphasis will be 
placed on the individual components and the in- 
ter-relationship of the components. Electronics 
will be included. 

MT 370 -Clinical Serology (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or 
permission of program director. 

A study of the principles and procedures used 
in the isolation, identification and quantitation of 
diagnostically significant antigens and antibodies. 

MT 380 -Clinical Parasitology (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or 
permission of program director. 

A study of the pathogenesis, life cycle, and lab- 
oratory identification of human parasites. 

MT 390 -Clinical Mycology (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or 
permission of program director. 

A study of the pathogenesis and laboratory iso- 
lation and identification of fungi that can invade 
humans. 

MT 400 -Directed Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Offered on demand with approval of program 
director. 

A study of selected Medical Technology topics 
designed to meet the needs of the student. Credit 
will depend upon the work to be done. May be 
repeated up to 10 quarter hours. 
MT 420 -Clinical Microbiology II (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in clinical 
practicum and completion of MT 320. 

Advanced level lecture presentations of special 
topics in microbiology. 

MT 430 -Clinical Hematology II (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in clinical 
practicum and completion of MT 330. 

Advanced level lecture presentations of special 
topics in hematology. 



RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGIES 



169 



MT 440 -Clinical Immunohematology II 
(2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in clinical 
practicum and completion of MT 340. 

Advanced level lecture presentations of special 
topics in immunohematology. 

MT 450 -Clinical Chemistry II (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in clinical 
practicum and completion of MT 350. 

Advanced level lecture presentations of special 
topics in clinical chemistry. 

MT 411 -Phlebotomy Practicum (0-4-1) 

MT 421 -Clinical Microbiology Practicum 
(0-16-4) 

MT 431 -Clinical Hematology Practicum 
(0-16-4) 

MT 441 -Clinical Immunohematology 
Practicum (0-8-2) 

MT 451 -Clinical Chemistry Practicum 
(0-20-5) 

MT 461 -Clinical Urinalysis Practicum 

(0-8-2) 

Total (0-72-18) 

Prerequisites: Completion of respective didac- 
tive MT courses. 

A structured clinical laboratory experience 
where the students integrate theory and appli- 
cation under supervision in the identified content 
area. This will provide time and facilities to allow 
the students to develop speed, confidence, and 
organization and to analyze and solve technical 
problems. 

MT 490 -Management and Education 
(2-0-2) 

Basic concepts of laboratory management, 
leadership and education. 



Radiologic Technologies 

Faculty 

Gibson, Sharyn, Department Head 
'Tilson, Elwin, Clinical Coordinator 
McRae, Laurie, Program Director, 
Radiation Therapy 



'Graduate Faculty 



Radiologic Technology is a comprehensive 
term that is applied to the science of 
administering ionizing radiation, radionuclides, 
and other forms of energy to provide technical 
information and assistance to the physician in the 
diagnosis and treatment of diseases and injuries. 
This field offers four specific career specialities; 
radiography, nuclear medicine technology, 
radiation therapy technology and diagnostic 
medical sonography. At present, the Radiologic 
Technologies Program offers an Associate 
Degree in the specialty area of radiography. 

Program Goals 

The specific goals of the Program are as fol- 
lows: 

1 . To educate superlative clinicians. In addition 
to mastering basic skills necessary to per- 
form routine radiographic examinations, the 
Program's graduate will possess skills nec- 
essary to perform non-routine and special 
radiographic procedures. 

2. To expose the student to an in-depth anal- 
ysis of the art and science of radiography. 
The student will receive not only an indepth 
education to radiography but also in related 
natural and social sciences. 

3. To give the students a well rounded liberal 
arts education. In addition to the profes- 
sional component of the curriculum, the stu- 
dent receives a well rounded liberal arts 
education so that the student will be able to 
effectively integrate into society. 

Professional Insurance, Transportation 

Local hospitals are affiliated with the college for 
the Clinical Education courses. Student radiog- 
raphers are responsible for providing their own 
transportation to the hospitals. 

Prior to matriculation through Clinical Educa- 
tion Courses, students are required to submit a 
completed health history form and evidence of 
professional liability insurance, health insurance 
and CPR certification. Specific information re- 
garding these requirements will be distributed to 
students admitted to the Program. 

Progression Requirements 

For progression through the Program, the fol- 
lowing is required: 
1. Science courses (ZOO 208, 209, CHE 201, 
CS 115) 
a. A passing grade in each course. 



170 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



b. A "C" or better in at least three of these 
courses. 

c. No more than two (2) science courses 
may be repeated, and that no one 
course may be repeated more than 
once. 

2. Radiography courses 

a. A "C" or better in each radiography 
course. 

b. A student who fails any radiography 
course or earns a grade less than "C" 
in RAD 1 1 5 will be suspended from the 
Program. 

c. If a student earns a grade of "D" in one 
radiography course, the student will be 
placed on probation and must repeat 
the course. If a grade of "D" is earned 
in a second radiography course, the 
student will be suspended from the Pro- 
gram. 

d. In the event a student makes less than 
a grade of "C" in any of the radiography 
courses having prerequisites, the stu- 
dent may not be allowed to progress in 
the curriculum sequence. 

3. Students must have a 2.0 GPA to graduate 
from the Program. 

Attendance and Advanced Standing 

A student must matriculate each quarter, in- 
cluding Summer Quarter, to remain in the Pro- 
gram. If, because of illness or other extenuating 
circumstances, a student must be away from 
school for a quarter, the student must seek formal 
approval from the Department Head for such an 
absence. If such approval is not sought and 
granted, the student will be dropped from active 
status and must reapply for admission before 
continuing in the Program. Readmission is based 
on the readmission criteria and space availability, 
and are competitive in nature. 

The Radiologic Technologies Program is com- 
mitted to a philosophy of educational flexibility to 
meet the needs of the profession. Individuals who 
are graduates of Certificate (hospital) Programs 
and working in the profession who are certified 
by the American Registry of Radiologic Technol- 
ogists may receive advanced standing by a proc- 
ess of exemption examinations and CLEP 
examinations. These individuals may be awarded 
Credit-By-Examination up to 45 quarter hours for 
previous professional education. Please contact 
the Department Head for details. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN RADIOLOGIC 
TECHNOLOGIES 



Hours 

A. General Requirements 33 

Area I 10 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192 10 

Area II 5 

MAT 101 5 

Area III 10 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

POS 113 .... 5 

Area IV . 5 

CHE 201 5 

AreaV 3 

Any three physical education 

credits 3 

B. Courses in the Major Field 60 

RAD 104, 115, 116, 117, 118, 

121, 122, 123 30 

RAD 200, 201, 202, 203, 205, -'-. 

221,222,223,224 31 

C. Courses in Related Fields 15 

CS 115. 5 

ZOO 208, 209 10 

D. Regents' and Exit Examinations ... 

TOTAL 109 



Radiologic Technologies Offerings 

RAD 104 -Principles of Radiographic 
Exposure (4-3-5) ep Prerequisites: Formal ad- 
mission to the Program. 

Factors influencing radiographic quality and 
conditions influencing exposures are presented. 
Attenuating devices, beam restricting deviceSj 
and accessory equipment are demonstrated. 
Technic charts and formation are vehicles for the 
application of the radiographic process. 

RAD 11 5- Radiographic Procedures and 
Radiation Protection (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the pro- 
gram. 

The theory and principles of radiographic ex- 
aminations of the chest and abdomen are stud- 
ied. Emphasis is placed on radiographic 
examination of the visceral organs requiring the 



RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGIES 



171 



use of contrast media, spatial relationships, pa- 
tient positioning, radiation protection methodol- 
ogy, equipment manipulation, and quality 
evaluation of the study. Basic medical terminol- 
ogy will be included. 

RAD 11 6- Radiographic Procedures II 
(4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the pro- 
gram and a C or better in RAD 115. 

The basic theory and principles of radiographic 
procedures of the extremities and shoulder girdle 
are studied. Emphasis is placed on osteo anat- 
omy, spatial relationships, patient positioning, 
equipment manipulation, and quality evaluation of 
the radiographic examinations. Basic medical ter- 
minology will be included. 

RAD 117- Radiographic Procedures III 
(4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the pro- 
gram and RAD 116. 

The theory and principles of radiographic ex- 
aminations of the spines, bony thorax, and pelvic 
girdle are studied. Emphasis is placed on the os- 
teo anatomy, spatial relationships, patient posi- 
tioning, equipment manipulation, and quality 
evaluation of the radiographic examinations. 

RAD 118-Radlographlc Procedures IV 
(3.5-1.5-4) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the pro- 
gram and RAD 1 1 7. 

The theory and principles of facial bones, cran- 
ium, heart, breast, reproduction organs, and ad- 
ditional non-routine examinations are studied. 
Emphasis is placed on the osteo and soft-tissue 
anatomy, spatial relationships, patient position- 
ing, equipment manipulation, and quality evalua- 
tion of the radiographic examinations. 

RAD 121 -Clinical Education I (0-8-1) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the Pro- 
gram, permission of the instructor, and CPR cer- 
tified. RAD 115 must be taken as corequisite or 
prerequisite. 

Orientation to patient care, introduction to 
areas involving the field of radiology, and orien- 
tation to the clinical setting are presented. This is 
a supervised clinical practice in performing radi- 
ographic procedures, radiation protection, patient 
care, equipment orientation, radiographic tech- 
nique, darkroom procedures, and film quality 
evaluation, observing and participating in routine 
radiographic examinations is included. 



RAD 122-Cllnlcal Education II (0-16-2) 

Prerequisites: RAD 121 and permission of the 
instructor. RAD 116 must be taken as corequisite 
or prerequisite. 

This is a supervised clinical practice in perform- 
ing radiographic procedures with an emphasis on 
the competency evaluation of routine radi- 
ographic examinations. 

RAD 123-Clinical Education III (0-24-3) 

Prerequisites: RAD 122 and permission of the 
instructor. RAD 104 and RAD 117 must be taken 
as a corequisite or prerequisite. 

This course is a supervised clinical practice in 
performing radiographic procedures with an em- 
phasis on the competency evaluation of routine 
radiographic examinations. 

RAD 200 -Nursing Procedures (1.5-1.5-2) 

Prerequisite: Formal admission to the Program. 

The student is introduced to basic nursing 
techniques as they relate to the patient in the Ra- 
diology Department. Topics included are psycho- 
logical needs of patients, meeting physical 
requirements of patients, transporting and mov- 
ing of patients, monitoring of patients, suctioning, 
catherization, administration of injections, I.V. 
maintenance, and dealing with emergency med- 
ical situations. Infectious disease processes will 
be studied. 

RAD 201/202-Radlatlon Science I & II 
(4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 101 or Permission of the in- 
structor. 

This course deals with the application of radia- 
tion physics as it relates to the production, prop- 
agation and detection of electromagnetic and 
particulate radiation. Emphasis will be given to 
mechanisms describing the interaction of X-rays 
with matter, photographic and electronic image 
detection, electronic circuitry, and the physical 
function of associated radiographic equipment. 

RAD 203-Radloblology (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: RAD 202, ZOO 209 or permission 
of instructor 

This course is designed to give the radiography 
student an understanding of the effects of radia- 
tion exposure, dose limits, and structural protec- 
tion requirements. Topics included will be 
somatic and genetic effects of radiation expo- 
sure, measurement and protection methods, plus 
NCRP and BRH standards. 



172 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



RAD 205 -Quality Assurance (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

This course is a study of equipment testing and 
instrumentation, record keeping systems, and 
statistical analysis of equipment and supply 
usage. Emphasis will be given to testing proce- 
dures. QA program implementation, and federal 
government guidelines. 

RAD 221 -Clinical Education IV (0-24-3) 

Prerequisites: RAD 123 and permission of the 
instructor. 

This course is a supervised clinical practice in 
performing radiographic procedures with an em- 
phasis on the competency evaluation of radi- 
ographic examinations. 

RAD 222 -Clinical Education V (0-24-3) 

Prerequisites: RAD 221 and permission of in- 
structor. 

This course is a supervised clinical practice in 
performing radiographic procedures with an em- 
phasis on the competency evaluation of radi- 
ographic examinations. 

RAD 223 -Clinical Education VI (0-24-3) 

Prerequisites: RAD 222 and permission of the 
instructor. 

This course is a supervised clinical practice in 
performing radiographic procedures with an em- 
phasis on the competency evaluation of radi- 
ographic examinations. 

RAD 224-Clinical Education VII (0-24-4) 

Prerequisites: RAD 223, successful completion 
of Regents' Examination, and permission of in- 
structor. 

This course is a supervised clinical practice in 
performing radiographic procedures with an em- 
phasis on the competency evaluation of radi- 
ographic examinations. The program Exit 
Examination is included in this course. 

RAD 290 Selected Topics in Advanced 
Medical Imaging (4-4-5) 

Prerequisites: Permission of instructor. 

This is an elective course that is offered upon 
demand. Topics such as neurovascular system 
examinations, central nervous system examina- 
tion, abdominal and peripheral vascular studies, 
heart studies, computerized imaging systems, 
and magnetic resonance imaging may be in- 
cluded. 



Radiation Therapy Technology Certificate 
Program 

A 12-month post radiography certification pro- 
gram in radiation therapy technology. Contact the 
Department of Radiologic Technologies for de- 
tails. 



Respiratory Therapy 

Faculty 

Bowers, Ross, Department Head 

Di Benedetto, Robert, Co-Medical Director 

Mazzoli, Andrew, Director of Clinical 

Education 

Morris, Stephen, Co-Medical Director 

Smith, William 



For the two-year (seven consecutive quarters) 
program leading to the Associate in Science de- 
gree in Respiratory Therapy, the student must 
complete a curriculum of 59 quarter hours in ac- 
ademic courses and 63 quarter hours within the 
major. The A.S. degree from an accredited Res- 
piratory Therapy program qualifies the graduate 
for entry into the Registry credentialing system. 
The Registry is the highest professional credential 
available in the field of respiratory therapy. The 
credentialing process is a two-step nationally ad- 
ministered examination. Step 1 is a comprehen- 
sive written exam to be taken shortly after 
graduation. The graduate who passes this exam 
will earn the entry level credential C.R.T.T. and will 
be eligible to enter the registry credentialing sys- 
tem. The registry exam consists of a written and 
a clinical simulation component. The candidate 
who passes both parts of the registry exam will 
earn the credential Registered Respiratory Ther- 
apist. 

PROGRESSION REQUIREMENTS 

For progression through the Associate Degree 
Program in Respiratory Therapy, the following 
must be maintained: 
1. Courses Related to the Major (CHE 201, 
202, ZOO 208, 209, 211, BIO 210) 

a. A student may carry no more 
than one grade of less than "C" 

b. A grade of "F" must be repeated 
the next quarter that the course 
is offered 



RESPIRATORY THERAPY 



173 



c. A student must have success- 
fully completed the requirements 
for Che 202 and ZOO 21 1 by the 
end of the summer quarter of the 
freshman year. Failure to comply 
with this requirement will result in 
suspension from the program. A 
student suspended from the pro- 
gram will be eligible for readmis- 
sion 

d. A student who must repeat more 
than one course because of a 
grade of "F" will be dismissed 
from the program with no option 
for readmission 

Courses in the Respiratory Therapy Major 

a. A grade of "C" or better is re- 
quired for each course that is a 
prerequisite for a subsequent 
course. Failure to comply with 
this requirement will result in sus- 
pension from the program. 

b. A student who earns a grade of 
less than "C" must repeat that 
course the next quarter it is of- 
fered. 

c. A student may repeat a respira- 
tory therapy course only once. 

d. Students who must repeat a res- 
piratory therapy course more 
than one time will be dismissed 
from the program with no option 
for readmission. 

e. Students who must repeat more 
than one respiratory therapy 
course will be dismissed from 
the program with no option for 
readmission. 

Grade Point Average 

The maintenance of a 2.0 GPA is desirable 
throughout the respiratory therapy program. 
Students who fall below 2.0 are subject to 
the academic status classification identified 
in the Academic Regulations section of this 
catalog. Students placed on academic 
Warning who do not raise their GPA to the 
minimum criteria for academic Good Stand- 
ing the subsequent quarter will be sus- 
pended from the program until such time 
they return to Good Standing. Courses used 
to raise the GPA must be approved by their 
academic advisor. 



4. Regents Exam 

Successful completion of the Regent's Exam 
is a requirement for all students receiving a 
degree from the University System of Geor- 
gia. The School of Health Professions re- 
quires that a student must have passed both 
parts of the Regent's Exam prior to their last 
quarter in their major. Failure to comply with 
this requirement will result in suspension 
from the program until such time that the 
exam is successfully completed. 

5. Exit Exam 

The University System of Georgia requires 
that all students take a comprehensive Exit 
Exam in their major field. The department of 
respiratory therapy uses a nationally vali- 
dated exam for this purpose. The exit exam 
is administered during the spring quarter of 
the sophomore year. All students are re- 
quired to pass this exam prior to the end of 
the spring quarter. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN RESPIRATORY 
THERAPY 



HOURS 

A. General Requirements 59 

Area I: Humanities 

1. ENG 101, 102 10 

Area II: Mathematics and Natural Sci- 
ences 

1. MATH 101 5 

Area III: Social Sciences 

1. HIS 251 or 252 5 

2. POS 113 5 

3. PSY 101 or SOC 201 or ANT 

201 5 

Area IV: Courses Related to Major Field 

1. CHE 201, 202 8 

2. ZOO 208, 209, 211 13 

3. BIO 210 5 

Area V: Physical Education 

1. PE 117 or 166 2 

2. PE Activity Course 1 

B. Courses in the Major Field 63 

1. RT100, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 
120, 121 32 

2. RT211. 221, 212. 215. 216. 222. 
217, 223 31 



174 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Regent's and National Standardized 
Self Assess Exams 

TOTAL 122 



OFFERINGS 

RT 100 -Medical Terminology (3-0-3) 

Offered: Fall quarter. 

A study of the language of medicine: word con- 
struction; definition; abbreviations and symbols; 
and use of terms related to all areas of medical 
science, hospital service and the medical spe- 
cialties. Open to non-majors. 

RT 110- Patient Assessment (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: ZOO 208, CHE 201 

Offered: Winter Quarter 

The primary goal of RT 1 10 is to teach the stu- 
dent the assessment skills required to evaluate 
and develop a respiratory care plan. By the com- 
pletion of RT 110 the student will be able to: re- 
view the medical record, conduct a patient 
interview, perform a physical examination of the 
chest, monitor and interpret vital signs, perform 
ventilatory monitoring procedures, interpret arte- 
rial blood gases and interpret the chest xray. The 
content of RT 110 is essential to the student's 
progression to the clinical phase of the curricu- 
lum. 

RT 113 — Respiratory Therapy Equipment 
(3-2-4) 

Prerequisite: CHE 202, RT 110 

Offered: Spring Quarter 

A course designed to focus on the technology 
and equipment used in providing respiratory care. 
The student will be able to select and obtain 
equipment appropriate to the care plan, assem- 
ble and check for proper function and identify and 
correct equipment malfunctions. Quality control 
and asepsis procedures will also be emphasized. 

RT 11 4- General Patient Care (3-2-4) 

Prerequisite: RT 110 

Corequisite: RT 115, RT 113, 120 

Offered: Spring Quarter 

A course designed to focus on implementation 
and evaluation of the respiratory care plan. The 
student will develop the cognitive and technical 
skills necessary to initiate and evaluate the pa- 
tient's response to: 02 therapy, CPR, aerosol and 
humidity therapy, bronchial hygiene, IPPB therapy 



and airway care. A protocol for initiating a change 
in the care plan will also be emphasized. 

RT 120 -Applied Patient Care (0-8-2) 

Prerequisite: RT 110 

Corequisjte: RT 114, 113, 115 

Offered: Spring Quarter 

A clinical practicum designed to orient the stu- 
dent to the hospital environment. Basic assess- 
ment skills and 02 rounds will be emphasized. 
Students will also participate in the cleaning, ster- 
ilization, assembly, and routine maintenance of 
equipment. 

RT 115- Pulmonary Pharmacology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: ZOO 209, CHE 202, RT 110 

Offered: Spring Quarter 

This course is designed to give the student an. 
in-depth look at drugs that directly affect the pul- 
monary system. During this course the student 
will study: route of drug administration, pharma- 
codynamics, drug interactions, mucokinesis and 
mocokinetic drugs, bronchospasm and bron- 
chodilators, cholinergic drugs cromolyn sodium, 
corticosteroids, antibiotics, antitiberculan drugs, 
respiratory stimulants and depressants, anes- 
thetics and neuromuscular blockers. 

RT 121 -Applied Respiratory Care I (0-16-4) 

Prerequisites: RT 120. 

Offered: Summer Quarter 

The primary goal of RT 121 is to provide the 
student sufficient opportunities to apply the cog- 
nitive, affective and psychomotor skills developed 
in RT 110 and RT 111 in the clinical setting. By 
the completion of this course the student will be 
able to: collect data necessary for developing the 
care plan, implement the prescribed care plan, 
evaluate the patient's response to therapy and 
modify or recommend modification of the care 
plan based on patient response. By the comple- 
tion of RT 121 the student will be able to dem- 
onstrate problem solving skills in the clinical - 
setting. The clinical competencies developed in 
RT 121 are a prerequisite for progression to the 
critical care component of the curriculum. 

RT 11 6- Diagnostic Procedures (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: ZOO 211, RT 110, RT 115. 

Offered: Summer Quarter 

The primary goal of RT 1 16 is to teach the stu- 
dent the cognitive and psychomotor skills nec- 
essary to perform or assist the physician in 
performing diagnostic procedures in the blood 
gas, pulmonary function and cardiovascular labs. 



RESPIRATORY THERAPY 



175 



The student will also develop competencies in 
cardiovascular assessment. By the completion of 
this course the student will be able to interpret 
diagnostic data and apply it to patient care. 

RT 211 -Adult Critical Care I (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: RT 116, RT 121 

Offered: Fall Quarter 

The primary goal of RT 21 1 is to teach the stu- 
dent the cognitive and psychomotor skills nec- 
essary to establish and maintain the patient- 
ventilator system. Emphasis will be on knowledge 
of ventilatory support equipment as well as tech- 
niques for initiation assessment modification and 
discontinuation of ventilatory support systems. 
The content of RT 21 1 is essential for progression 
to RT212. 

RT 221 -Applied Respiratory Care II 
(0-16-4) 

Prerequisites: RT 116, RT 121 

Offered: Fall Quarter 

The primary goal of RT 221 is to provide the 
student sufficient opportunities to apply the cog- 
nitive, affective and psychomotor skills developed 
in RT 116 and RT 211 in the clinical setting. Em- 
phasis will be placed on developing clinical com- 
petencies in the ICU, diagnostic lab and 
operating room setting. 

RT 212-Adult Critical Care II (3-0-3) 

Prerequisites: RT 211, RT 221 

Offered: Winter Quarter 

The primary goal of RT 212 is to teach the stu- 
dent how to evaluate the effect of mechanical 
ventilation on other organs or body systems and 
to apply that knowledge to the total care of the 
patient. The student will develop a broader base 
for understanding the total patient care plan. Em- 
phasis will be placed on hemodynamic monitor- 
ing, critical care pharmacology, fluid balance, 
shock and trauma. 

RT 222 -Applied Respiratory Care III 
(0-16-4) 

Prerequisites: RT 21 1 , RT 221 

Offered: Winter Quarter 

The primary goal of RT 222 is to provide the 
student with sufficient opportunities to apply the 
cognitive, affective and psychomotor skills devel- 
oped in RT 211 and RT 212 to the care of the 
critically ill patient. The emphasis will be placed 
on patient monitoring and evaluating the effect of 
therapeutic procedures on other organs or body 



systems. The student will begin an orientation ro- 
tation to the Pediatric and Neonatal ICUs during 
this course. 

RT 21 5 -Perinatal Care (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: RT 21 1 , 221 

Offered: Winter Quarter 

The primary goal of RT 215 is to teach the stu- 
dent the cognitive, affective and psychomotor 
skills necessary to care for the critically ill pedia- 
tric patient and neonate. Emphasis will be placed 
on knowledge of ventilatory support equipment as 
well as techniques for initiation assessment, mod- 
ification and discontinuation of ventilatory support 
systems. The student will also study embryology, 
assessment of the fetus in utero, complicated 
pregnancies and deliveries, resuscitation of the 
newborn and abnormal pathophysiologic states. 

RT 216-Cardlopulmonary Medicine (4-0-4) 

Prerequisites: RT 211, 221 

Offered: Winter quarter. 

The primary goal is to focus on the pathophys- 
iology associated with cardiopulmonary diseases 
or conditions commonly seen in the hospital set- 
ting. Emphasis will be placed on assessment, 
rapid recognition, intervention and management 
of potential life-threatening conditions. Emphasis 
will be placed on developing decision making and 
problem solving skills. 

RT 223-Applied Respiratory Care IV 
(0-16-4) 

Prerequisites: RT212, RT216, RT215, RT 222 

Offered: Spring Quarter 

The primary goal of RT 223 is to provide the 
student with sufficient opportunities to apply cog- 
nitive, affective and psychomotor skills in the care 
of the critically ill neonate and pediatric patient. 
Emphasis will be placed on care of patients re- 
quiring ventilatory support. Students will continue 
to develop their skills in the adult critical care unit. 
The student will also be oriented to the care of 
the chronically ill patient in the home or secondary 
care facility. 

RT 217-Seminar in Respiratory Care 
(2-0-2) 

Prerequisites: RT 212, RT 216, RT 215 

Offered: Spring Quarter 

The primary goal of RT 217 is to provide an 
open forum for discussion of contemporary is- 
sues facing the profession and the health care 
delivery system. Topics to be discussed include 



176 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



credentialing, gerontology and the health care 
needs of the elderly, the shift in focus from pri- 
mary to secondary care facilities, care of venti- 
lator dependent patients in the home and the 
impact of DRG's and the prospective payment 
system on the traditional respiratory care service. 





-<«^% <*^ 



"H, 







178 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Academic Divisions 



Division of Education 

Faculty 

Newberry, Lloyd, Division Head 
*Agyekum, Stephen 

Anderson, Donald 

Ball, A. Patricia 

*Battiste, Bettye Anne, Baccalaureate 
Coordinator 

Bjorn, Edith 
*Burgess, Clifford 

Chenault, George 
*Cosgrove, Maryellen 
* Dandy, Evelyn 
*Galloway, Herbert 
*Harwood, Pamela 

Hobe, John 

Schollaert, Warren 

Sisson, Michelle 

*Stokes, William, Assistant Dean 
*Strauser, Edward 
*Tumipseed, Patricia, Associate Director, 

Graduate Studies 
*Wa!worth, Margaret 

White, Susan 

'Graduate Faculty 



Philosophy, Goals, and Objectives 

The Division of Education offers a variety of de- 
gree programs designed for the preparation of 
competent teachers who are committed to ex- 
cellence in the profession and who are ultimately 
prepared to become decision makers in the 
classroom. Appropriate to this philosophy the fac- 
ulty have established three program outcomes 
which develop and exemplify the teacher as: (1) 
deliverer of content, (2) manager of classroom 
dynamics, and (3) developer of professional self. 

Pursuant and preamble to these outcomes the 
Division of Education has developed the following 
goals: 

To provide prospective teachers with profi- 
ciency in the content of their selected teaching 
field. 



To provide the prospective teacher with the ap- 
propriate learning theory and methodology nec- 
essary to successful implementation of 
classroom plans and procedures. 

To provide prospective teachers with the abili- 
ties and skills which will enable them to offer ap- 
propriate educational opportunities to students 
representing a variety of cultural and economic 
backgrounds. 

To provide prospective teachers with the abili- 
ties and skills that will enable them to meet the 
special needs of exceptional children. 

To provide a teacher education program that 
will offer the professional and educational atmos- 
phere conducive to the development of teachers 
who possess the highest qualities of character, 
commitment, and professional competence. 

Each degree program in the Division of Edu- 
cation is guided by an individual set of objectives 
which is specific to that degree program, but also 
reflects the Division goals. 

Degrees 

The Division of Education offers the following 
degrees: 

Bachelor of Science in Education in: 

Art Education 

Biology Education 

Business Education (with Savannah 
State College) 

Chemistry Education 

Early Elementary Education 

English Education 

Mathematics Education 

Middle School Education 

Music Education 

Social Sciences Education (History) 

Social Sciences Education (Political Sci- 
ence) 

Speech Correction 

Graduate degrees (M.Ed, and Ed.S.) are of- 
fered by Georgia Southern University in affiliation 
with Armstrong State College. For particulars, see 
the graduate section of the catalog. 

Academic Advisement 

Students desiring to pursue a teacher educa- 
tion program should seek academic advisement 
in the Division of Education during their first 
quarter of residence. An advisor will be assigned 
to each student and will assist the student in es- 
tablishing a program of study form which should 



DIVISION OF EDUCATION 



179 



be followed without deviation. These forms will be 
filed in the Division office and a copy provided to 
each student. It is the responsibility of the student 
to initiate and maintain the advisement process. 
All completed courses to be used to satisfy the 
requirements of a student's course of study must 
be included on the official Program Studies Plan- 
ning Form at the time of its acceptance by the 
Baccalaureate Coordinator. 

Admission to Teacher Education 

A student wishing to pursue a teacher educa- 
tion program leading to teacher certification must 
apply for admission to the teacher education pro- 
gram. This application will be filed normally during 
the second quarter of the sophomore year or, for 
transfer students, in the first quarter of the junior 
year. Application forms may be secured from the 
Division of Education. 

The following criteria apply for admission to the 
teacher education program: 

1. Completion of at least 60 quarter hours of 
college credit with a minimum 2.5 (un- 

. rounded) GPA. 

2. Completion of EDN 200 and ENG 101, 102, 
and 201 or their equivalents, with a "C" or 
better in each course. 

3. Competence in oral and written expression. 

4. Indication of desirable attitude, character, 
and teaching potential. 

5. Statement of good health signed by a li- 
censed physician. 

6. Satisfactory completion of the Regents' Test. 
Students already holding baccalaureate de- 
grees from an accredited institution are ex- 
empted from the Regents' Test. 

7. Submission of four letters of recommenda- 
tion; such letters may be secured from col- 
lege or universities where applicants may 
have been previously enrolled. 

8. Submission of an up-to-date copy of the pro- 
gram of study planning sheet. 

Recommendation for Certificate 

To be recommended for a teaching certificate, 
a student must complete the degree require- 
ments for an approved teacher certification pro- 
gram of Armstrong State College and must 
complete at Armstrong State College a majority 
of the courses in each of the following areas: the 
professional sequence, the teaching field, and 
the related field. 



Liability Insurance Requirement 

All students who participate in courses for 
which field experiences (i.e., laboratory practi- 
cum) are required must provide evidence of lia- 
bility insurance (i.e., SGAE membership or must 
sign a waiver of insurance coverage). Students 
should consult advisors regarding this require- 
ment. 

September Practlcum 

The purpose of the September Practicum is to 
provide an opportunity for future teachers (1) to 
learn what teachers do at the beginning of a new 
school term, (2) to participate in experiences that 
will assist the prospective teacher with future de- 
cisions concerning teaching as a career, and (3) 
to become acquainted with the organization and 
curriculum of a particular school. 

The September Practicum occurs during the 
first two weeks of the public school term (usually 
in late August and early September) and should 
be scheduled during the student's junior or senior 
year. No credit is given for the September Prac- 
ticum, but it is a requirement in all of the teaching 
fields in the Armstrong State College Teacher Ed- 
ucation Program. 

Application for the September Practicum 
should be made during the first week of the 
Spring Quarter for a September Practicum in the 
forthcoming September. The student should con- 
tact the Director of Professional Laboratory Ex- 
periences. 

Student Teaching 

Student teaching, the culminating activity of the 
professional sequence, is provided in selected 
off-campus school centers. The full quarter of stu- 
dent teaching is arranged cooperatively by the 
college, the participating schools, and supervis- 
ing teachers. Completed applications for ad- 
mission to student teaching must be 
submitted to the Director of Professional 
Laboratory Experiences during the first week 
of the quarter preceding student teaching. 
While student teaching, the student is required to 
adhere to established policies and procedures of 
the cooperating school system in addition to 
those policies and procedures established by the 
college. 

A student is admitted to student teaching at the 
time assignment is made. School placement is 
jointly arranged by the college and the partici- 
pating school system. The student will receive a 



180 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



letter of assignment. Orientation to student teach- 
ing will be held during the first several days of the 
quarter in which student teaching is scheduled. 
The following requirements must be met before a 
student can enroll in student teaching: 

1 . Completion of the core curriculum. 

2. Admission to Teacher Education. 

3. Completion of all teaching field courses. 

4. Satisfactory completion of the September 
Practicum and the Regents' Exam. 

5. Satisfactory completion of the Media Com- 
petency Exam or EDN 240. 

6. Have at least senior status. 

7. Completion of the basic 10 hours of meth- 
ods and curriculum at Armstrong. 

8. Have a 2.5 average on all courses at- 
tempted, and "C" or better in all courses 
acceptable toward the teaching field, profe- 
sional sequence, concentration, and related 
electives. 

9. Be endorsed by four approved full time 
members of the faculty, one of whom must 
be the student's advisor. 

10. Be endorsed by the Division of Education. 
Students who are completing requirements 
for certification as outlined in a State De- 
partment of Education Letter and are re- 
questing a student teaching assignment 
must have a minimum 2.5 GPA and be in 
good academic standing. They must also 
meet the requirements found in items 7, 9, 
and 10 above. 
A student will not be permitted to take addi- 
tional courses during student teaching. Student 
teachers are not permitted to teach in a school 
in which their children are enrolled. 
Program Completion 

A student must complete the college's ap- 
proved program for certification within the four 
years following admission to the Teacher Edu- 
cation program. In the event that the student does 
not complete the program in four years, the in- 
dividual must meet the requirements of the pro- 
gram in effect at that time. 

For acceptable completion, each course in the 
teaching field, professional education sequence 
concentration, and related fields must be passed 
with a grade of "C" or better. 

Exit Examination 

Students are required to take the Georgia 
Teacher Certification Test during student teach- 
ing or immediately upon completion of their de- 
gree program. 



Brunswick Center Programs 

The Bachelor of Science in Education with con- 
centrations in Early Childhood and Middle School 
Education is offered by Armstrong State College 
at Brunswick College through the Brunswick Cen- 
ter. The program, which is primarily an evening 
program, allows students who have an associate 
degree to complete their baccalaureate degree 
in Brunswick. Interested students should contact 
Dr. Gene Barber, Director of the Brunswick Cen- 
ter or Dr. Lloyd Newberry, Head, Division of Ed- 
ucation at Armstrong State College. 

Cooperative Program 

Savannah State College cooperates with Arm- 
strong State College in offering a major in Busi- 
ness Education. Coursework in the major field of 
study for this program is offered by Savannah 
State. Students interested in this program should 
contact the head of the Division of Education at 
Armstrong State College. 

Minor Concentration 

A minor in teacher education is available for 
students who do not wish to earn teacher certi- 
fication. The minor incorporates courses which 
address leading concepts and problems in the 
field of education. Students majoring in general 
studies, psychology, health science, and other 
fields may find this minor a valuable adjunct to 
their programs of study. For the minor to be of- 
ficially recognized, all courses in the minor must 
be passed with a grade of "C" or better. 

EDN 200 - Orientation to Teaching 5 

EXC 310 - Introduction to Exceptional 

Children 5 

EDN 201 - or PSY 201 - Human Growth and 

Development 5 

EDN 240 - Educational Media 2 

CS 296 - Computer Literacy for 

Educators 3 

One additional upper 

divisional education course . 5 

(Illustrative courses include library 
media courses, EDN courses and 
EXC courses.) 
Total 25 



DIVISION OF EDUCATION 



181 



Bachelor Programs 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN EARLY ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. Genera! Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 290 .... 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114or 191, 115or 192; POS 
113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201 ; ECO 
201, 202; SOC201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN200, 201 orPSY201 ... 10 

2. DRS228, PSY101 10 

3. HIS 251 or 252 and GEO 21 1 or 
212 10 

AreaV 10 

1. EDN 240 and EDN 202 5 

2. CS 296 and PE 117 5 

Area VI 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 166 3 

2. Activity courses 3 

B. Specialized Content Courses 45 

1. ART 320, MAT 391; MUS 320 15 

2. PE 320 5 

3. EDN 324, 336, 342, 422, 434 25 

C. Professional Sequence 35 

1. EXC 310, EDN 304, 432, 436, 

471, 472, 473 35 

D. Electives 5 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 191 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN MIDDLE SCHOOL EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 



2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 290 . ... 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114or 191, 115 or 192; POS 
113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201 , ECO 
201, 202; SOC201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. GEO 211 or 212 and HIS 251 or 
252 10 

2. DRS228, PSY 101, EDN 200 15 

3. EDN 201 or PSY 201 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108; 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Concentration I Courses 25 

Language arts, mathematics, 
science, or social sciences 

C. Concentration II Courses 20 

Health and physical education, 
language arts, mathematics, mu- 
sic, science, social sciences, or 
art 

D. Specialized Courses 15-25 

CONTENT COURSES REQUIRED 
AND/OR APPROPRIATE FOR CON- 
CENTRATION CHOICES: 15 hours min- 
imum; 25 hours maximum 15-25 

1. EDN 336, 342, 428, 434 ... . 20 

2. MAT 391 or 393 5 

E. Professional Sequence 40 

1. EXC 310; EDN 304, 438, 450, 
471, 472, 473 35 

2. EDN 240 and CS 296 5 

F. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 196 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
BIOLOGY EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 



182 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Area II. . . . 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103 10 

2. BIO 101, 102 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS114or191,115or192;POS 
113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201 , ECO 
201,202; SOC201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN 200; PSY 101, EDN 201 or 
PSY201 15 

2. CHE 128, BOT203 10 

3. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

Required Additional Courses 13 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

ZOO 204 5 

CS296 3 

B. Teaching Concentration 45 

1. BIO 370, 480 and BOT 410 or 
ZOO 410 15 

2. BOT or ZOO courses numbered 
300+ 10 

3. CHE 1 29, 341 , 342, 344, 345 1 5 

4. PHY 211 5 

C. Courses Related to Concentration . . . 15 

Three of the following: AST 301 , 
GEL 301, MET 301, and OCE 

301 or 430 15 

D. Professional Sequence 30 

1. EXC 310, EDN 335, 447, 471, 

472, 473 30 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 199 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
CHEMISTRY EDUCATION 



Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 



Area II 2C 

1. MAT 101, 103 10 

2. CHE 128, 129 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192; POS 
113 

2. One course from: ANT 201 ; ECO 
201,202; SOC201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN 200, PSY 101 10 

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201 5 

3. BIO 101, 102 10 

4. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117... .'.... 3 

2. Three activity courses. ..... 3 

Required Courses 8 

HIS 251 or 252 and CS 296 . . 8 

B. Teaching Concentration 35 

1. CHE 211, 341, 342, 343, 344, 
345,346,380,491 ....... 30 

2. CHE 300 or above ....... 5 

C. Courses Related to Concentration . . .30 

1. PHS211, 212, 213 or 217, 218, 
219 15 

2. BOT 203, MAT 206 10 

3. AST 301 or MET 301 or GEL 301 

or OCE 301 5 

D. Professional Sequence 3C 

,1. EXC 310, EDN 335, 447, 471, 

472, 473 -30 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 199 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
MATHEMATICS EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102,201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 
PHI201: . 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 103 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 



DIVISION OF EDUCATION 



183 



Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115or 192; POS 

113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201 ; ECO 
201,202; SOC201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN200, PSY101 10 

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201 5 

3. MAT 206, 207, 208 15 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

Required Courses 10 

1. HIS 251 or 252 5 

2. One course selected from: ART 
200, 271,272,273; DRS 228; 

MUS 200 5 

Teaching Concentration 40 

1. CS 142, MAT 216, 260, 311, 

321, 336 30 

2. MAT 416 or 470 5 

3. Choice of MAT 341, 346, 322, 
353, 309, 416 or 470 5 

Professional Sequence 30 

1. EXC310, EDN 335, 441 .... 15 

2. EDN 471 ,472, 473 15 

Electives 15 

Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 191 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
ENGLISH EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 2.00, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 220 or 290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

• Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115, POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201, ECO 
201, 202; SOC201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN 200, EDN 201 or PSY 201, 

PSY 101 15 



2. Foreign language sequence 

through 103 15 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

Required Courses 10 

HIS 251 or 252 and DRS 228 10 

Teaching Concentration 40 

1. ENG 301, 311,312 15 

2. ENG 333 or 334 or 335 5 

3. ENG 313 or 314 5 

4. ENG 345 or 346 5 

5. ENG 382 5 

6. ENG 370 5 

Courses Related to Concentration. . . 15 

1. PHI 400 or approved elective 5 

2. DRS 350 or 351 5 

3. EDN 423 5 

Professional Sequence 35 

1 . EXC 31 0, EDN 335, 428 or 445 1 5 

2. EDN 439, 471, 472, 473 ... . 20 
Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 196 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
SOCIAL SCIENCES EDUCATION (HISTORY) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 220 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192; POS 
113 15 

2. PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1 . EDN 200 and EDN 201 or PSY 

201 10 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 5 

3. Approved language 

sequence through 103 15 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 



184 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



3. Required Elective: 

One course from ANT 201 , ECO 
201.SOC201 5 

B. Teaching Concentration 35 

1 . HIS 251 or 252; HIS 371 or 377 1 

2. HIS 300. 5 

3. Approved Non-Western HIS 
course(s) 5-10 

4. Approved 300+ US HIS course 5 

5. Approved European HIS 
course(s) 5-10 

C. Courses Related to Concentration ... 30 

1. ECO 201, 202, 363 10-15 

2. GEO 211, 212, elective. ... 10-15 

3. POS 305 ... 5 

4. POS 317, 318 5-10 

D. Professional Sequence 30 

1. EXC310, EDN335, 449 .... 15 

2. EDN471, 472, 473 15 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations .... 

TOTAL 196 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
SOCIAL SCIENCES EDUCATION 
(POLITICAL SCIENCE) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 220 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192; POS 
113 15 

2. PSY101 5 

Area IV 30 

1 . EDN 200 and EDN 201 or PSY 

201 10 

2. One course from: ANT 201 ; ECO 
201 , 202; any GEO course; SOC 
201 5 

3. Approved language 

sequence through 103 15 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 



3. Required elective; 

One course from ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 5 

B. Teaching Concentration 30 

1. POS 305 and 317 or 318. ... 10 

2. POS 333 or 334 5 

3. POS 320, 321, 325, 326, 329, 
424, 426, or 429 5 

4. POS 345, 346, 348, 349, 445 or . 
447 5 

5. POS Upper Level Elective. ... 5 

C. Courses Related to Concentration ... 35 

1. HIS 251 or 252 5 

2. Courses from three of the follow- 
ing: 

a. GEO 211, 212, elective . . 10-15 

b. ECO 201, 202, 363 .... 10-15 

c. 300+ HISelectives .... 10-15 

d. ANT, PSY, SOC electives . 10-15 

D. Professional sequence 30 

1. EXC310 5 

2. EDN 335, 449, 471 , 472, 473 25 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 196 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
ART EDUCATION 



Hours 

A. General Requirements . 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 
PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence TO 

Area III 20 

1. HIS114or191,115or192;POS 
113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201 ; ECO 
201, 202; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN 200, PSY 101 10 

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201 5 

3. ART 111, 112,213 15 



DIVISION OF EDUCATION 



185 



AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Teaching Concentration 63-68 

1. ART201.202, 204 15 

2. ART 271, 272,273** 10-15 

3. ART 313, 314, 330, 340, 350, 
351, 370, 400 38 

4. Elective 5 

C. Professional Sequence 25 

1. EXC310, EDN335, 471, 472, 

473 25 

D. Electives 0-5 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 194-199 

r *May not be duplicated in Area I. 



2. MUS 240, a, b, c; 340, a, b, & 

c; 12 

312, 330, 331,281 11 

361, 371, 372, 373, 412 41 

One of the following emphases:1 1-12 

a. Choral -MUS 353, 313, 423, 
480 and 314 or 315 12 

b. Instrumental - 

MUS 227, 352, 416, 424, 

481 12 

c. Keyboard -MUS 227, 425, 
420 or 421, 423 or 424, 353 

or 352 12 

MUS 480 or 481 3 

C. Professional Sequence 25 

1. EXC310, EDN 335, 471, 472, 

473 25 

D. Recital Requirement (one-half of a sen- 
ior recital) 

TOTAL 196-199 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
VIUSIC EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 191,201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS114or191,115or192;POS 
113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201 ; ECO 
201, 202; SOC201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN 200, PSY101 10 

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201 5 

3. MUS 111, 112, 113, 140 ... . 15 
AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Teaching Concentration 58 

1. MUS 211, 212, 213, 236, 237, 

238, 239 17 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
BUSINESS EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 106 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102,201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; MUS 200; PHI 201; or 
ENG 222 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 195 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115, POS 113, ECO 

201 20 

Area IV 30 

1 . EDN 200, PSY 1 01 , DRS 228 15 

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201, MAT 220, 
HIS 251 or 252 15 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Additional Requirements 

May Be Exempted 5 

OSM 121 2 

OSm 122 3 

C. Teaching Concentration 75 

1. BAD 201, ACC211, ACC 212 15 

2. BAD 225, ECO 202 10 

3. ACC 300, OSM 320, OSM 340, 
BAD 317, BAD 320, BAD 340, 
BAD 362, OSM 405, OSM 420, 
BAD 440 50 



186 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



D. Professional Sequence 32 

1. EDN240 2 

2. EXC 310, EDN 335, BED 350 15 

3. EDN 471, 472, 473 15 

E. Regents' and Exit Exams 

Total 203 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
WITH A MAJOR IN SPEECH CORRECTION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS114or191,115or192;POS 
113 15 

2. ANT 201 or ECO 201 or SOC 

201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN 200; PSY101.295 .... 15 

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201 5 

3. HIS 251 or 252 5 

4. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; MUS 200 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Teaching Concentration 55 

1 . EXC 220, 225, 230, 31 5, 335 25 

2. EXC 410, 411,412,413, 415, 

420 30 

C. Courses Related to Concentration . . . 15 

PSY 328 5 

PSY 302 5 

Approved elective 5 

D. Professional Sequence 30 

1. EXC 310 5 

2. EDN 335, 422, 471 , 472, 473 25 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 196 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
WITH A MAJOR IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION 

NOTE: This program is listed in the Division of 
Physical Education and Athletics. 

Library Science/Media 

The Library Science/Media program has three 
emphases: (1) basic library skills courses and 
specialized skill courses designed to help stu- 
dents in specific subject areas develop research 
skills; (2) career courses for prospective media 
specialists and persons interested in public and 
special libraries; and (3) basic research courses 
which may be elected by majors in other areas. 

Certification Program 

The NS-4 in media is a non-renewable certifi- 
cate that must be upgraded to an S-5 (master's 
level) within five (5) years. 

Certification in Library Media may be obtained 
by completing 40 quarter hours in media and re- 
lated courses with grades of "C" or better. This 
program must be incorporated into an existing 
teaching major. The following courses are re- j 
quired for certification as a school library media 
specialist: 

Hours 

A. LM300, 310, 320, 410, 420, 

425 25 

B. EDN 240, 451; CS 296 10 

C. One course from: EDN 324, 41 8; 
EDN 423 5 

Non-Certification Program 

A student may choose any field of concentra- 
tion which allows a double major. The major in 
Library Media is comprised of the following: 

Hours 

A. LM300, 310,320, 410, 420, 

425 25 

EDN 240, 451; CS 296 

or 115 10-12 

B. One course from: EDN 324, 41 8; 
EDN 423; DRS/JRN 347 .. . . 5 

TOTAL 40-42 
Library Media Minor 

A student choosing to minor in Library Media 
is required to complete the following courses with 
grades of "C" or better in each: 



DIVISION OF EDUCATION 



187 



Hours 

A. LM 300, 310, 320 12 

B. LM 410, 420, 425 13 

TOTAL 25 

.earning Disabilities Add-On 

Learning Disabilities (grades K-12) may be 
idded to certification in elementary or middle 
;chool education by successful completion of the 
ollowing courses: 

EXC 312 - Introduction to Learning 

Disabilities 
EXC 430 - Teaching Children with Disabilities 
EXC 340 - Behavior Management 
EDN 320 - Tests and Measurements 
EXC 315 - Language Development 
Education students interested in an endorsement 
i Learning Disabilities need to see a Special Ed- 
ication advisor in the Division of Education in or- 
ier to identify the appropriate courses, 
"he above "add-on" in LD would consist of a 
ion-renewable provisional certificate at the T-4 
avel in Learning Disabilities. In order for the stu- 
ient to obtain a non-provisional certificate, other 
equirements, outlined by the State Department 
>f Education would have to be satisfied. 



ourse Offerings 



EDN Offerings 

EDN 200 -Orientation to Teaching (5-0-5) 

The study of the status of education and of 
eaching as a profession. The student engages 
i directed self-study and plans for the achieve- 
nent of professional goals. Directed observation. 

EDN 201 -Human Growth and Development 
5-0-5) 

A survey of lifespan development that focuses 
)n physical, emotional, cognitive, and social de- 
'elopment. Understandings of growth and devel- 
)pment are applied to classroom teaching and 
earning. 

EDN 202 -Health and the Young Child 
3-0-3) 

Study of factors impacting upon the physical 
social and emotional health of young children, in- 
cluding food and nutrition, safety, disease and 
rauma. 



EDN 240 -Education Media (1-2-2) 

Workshop experience in the selection, utiliza- 
tion, evaluation, and preparation of various kinds 
of media. Emphasis is placed on utilization of me- 
dia in teaching. 

EDN 304-Chlldhood and Adolescence 
(4-6-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 200. 

An overview of the developmental process of 
children from birth through adolescence. Stu- 
dents will explore various factors which affect de- 
velopment and will examine the inter-relationship 
of school achievement and societal factors. A lab- 
oratory component will include use of school and 
community resources. 
EDN 320 -Test and Measurements (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 200. 

A beginning course in measurement which 
covers statistical methods, research designs and 
research problems. Students are provided ex- 
periences in the administration and evaluation of 
psychological tests. 

EDN 324 -Literature for Children (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

A study of children's books and selections from 
books. Designed to assist future teachers in the 
selection of the best that has been written in the 
realm of children's literature for each period of the 
child's life. 

EDN 335 — Secondary School Curriculum 
and Methods, General (3-6-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education; 
PSY 201 or EDN 202. 

The study of secondary school curriculum and 
methods. Detailed study is given to techniques of 
systematic observation, preparation of behavioral 
objectives, analysis of critical incidents, produc- 
tion of media materials, practices of classroom 
control, and examination of instruction models. 
Directed practicum. 

EDN 336 -Elementary School Language 
Arts (5-4-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Designed to offer the student the opportunity 
to explore methods, content, and materials used 
in teaching the skills of communicative arts to 
children. Directed field experiences. 
EDN 342 -Elementary School Social 
Studies (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Focus upon fundamental social studies skills 
and processes needed by children. Directed ob- 
servation. 



188 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



EDN 410 -Independent Study (1-8-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Students conduct an in-depth, closely super- 
vised instructor-approved study of a topic in ed- 
ucation. The student is required to evidence skills 
in independent research and study. 

EDN 41 5 -Adolescent Psychology (5-0-5) 

Focus on the phenomenon of modern adoles- 
cence. Emphasis upon the intellectual, cultural 
and personal transitions of the adolescent period. 

EDN 41 8 -Literature for the Middle School 
Learner (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Provides opportunity for prospective and in- 
service teachers to explore multimedia offerings 
of literary value and of significance to age level 
of learners found in the middle school. Relates 
literature to all areas of the middle school curric- 
ulum. 

EDN 422 -The Teaching of Reading K-4 
(5-4-5) 

• Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 
Study of the developmental reading program. 
Emphasis will be placed on reading skills, ap- 
proaches, techniques, materials and evaluation 
for classroom use. 

EDN 423 -Adolescent Literature (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Admission to 
Teacher Education. 

A study of significant literature appropriate for 
adolescents. 

EDN 424-Practicum in Individual Reading 
Instruction (2-8-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 422. 

Designed to provide prospective teachers with 
directed practice in the teaching of reading. Spe- 
cial emphasis will be placed upon diagnosis and 
teaching of needed reading skills. Students will 
be required to tutor at least one remedial reader. 
Directed field experiences. 
EDN 428— Methods for Teaching Reading in 
the Middle School 4-8 (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Primary focus upon reading as a tool for ex- 
tending learning in the content areas of the mid- 
dle school. 

EDN 430— Diagnosing and Prescribing for 
Learning Problems (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 422 or 428. 

Diagnostic and prescriptive process principles 
underlying assessment and correction of learning 



problems. Designed to help the classroom 
teacher (1) determine performance levels and 
needs of pupils and (2) provide effective learning 
assistance. 

EDN 432 -Methods and Materials for K-4 
(5-2-5) 

Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

Examination of teaching resources, teaching 
strategies and the range of interpersonal relation- 
ships involved in teaching young children. Di- 
rected field experiences. 

EDN 434— Methods and Curriculum of 
Elementary Science (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Interpretation of science for elementary school 
teaching: exploration of processes for translating 
meaning into classroom practice, emphasis upon 
inquiry, the discovery process and other science 
teaching strategies. 

EDN 436 -Curriculum and Teaching K-4 
(5-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

This course is the study of early elementary 
curricula, existing administrative and instructional 
organizations, evaluation procedures, and expe- 
riences in curriculum at the primary level (K-4). Itf 
includes study and development of teaching ma- j 
terials. 

EDN 438 -Curriculum and Teaching (4-8) 
(5-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education 
This course is the study of Middle School cur- 
ricula, existing administrative and instructional or- 
ganizations, evaluation procedures, and 
experiences in curriculum at the middle school 
level (4-8). It includes study and development of 
teaching materials. Directed field experiences. 

EDN 439- Secondary School Curriculum 
and Methods, English (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: PSY 201 or 
EDN 201 and admission to Teacher Education 

The study of secondary school English curric- 
ulum with emphasis upon materials and methods 
of teaching English. Directed observation. 

EDN 441 —Secondary School Curriculum 
and Methods, Mathematics (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MAT 260. 
The study of secondary school mathematics 
curriculum with emphasis upon materials and 



DIVISION OF EDUCATION 



189 



nethods of teaching mathematics. Directed ob- 
servations. 

EDN 445 -Reading In the Secondary School 
(5-0-5) 

This course is designed to provide students 
with the rationale for teaching reading as they 
each their content areas in the secondary 
school. 

EDN 447 -Secondary School Curriculum 
and Methods, Science (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Admission 
:o Teacher Education, PSY 201 or EDN 201 , and 
EDN 335. 

The study of secondary school science curric- 
jlum with emphasis upon materials and methods 
Df teaching science. Directed observations. 
EDN 449 -Secondary School Curriculum 
and Methods, Social Science (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
:ion; PSY 201 or EDN 201 and EDN 335. 

The study of secondary school social science 
curriculum with emphasis upon materials and 
methods of teaching social science. Directed ob- 
servations. 
EDN 450 -The Middle School (5-4-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

An overview of the history and purpose of the 
middle school; characteristics of the middle 
school learner, emphasis upon the nature and 
role of the middle school teacher and upon ap- 
propriate programs and methods for the needs 
of middle school learners. 
EDN 451 -Teaching Media (2-6-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 240 or permission of instruc- 
tor. 

Laboratory course in designing and producing 
instructional media: transparencies, slides, tapes 
and other media for teaching. 
EDN 460 -Multi-Cultural Education 
(5-0-5) 

Designed to study the educational implications 
of cultural diversity. Examination of the school 
programs designed to meet the needs and inter- 
ests of children from different ethnic back- 
grounds. 

EDN 471 -Student Teaching -Knowledge of 
Content (O-V-5) 

EDN 472 — Student Teaching — Instructional 
Methods and Materials (O-V-5) 
EDN 473 -Student Teaching -Professional/ 
Interpersonal Skills (O-V-5) 

Prerequisite: See "General Requirements: 
Teacher Education Programs." Students are 
placed in selected schools for one quarter as full- 
time student staff members. No additional credit 



hours may be earned while student teaching. 
Classroom experiences and other staff respon- 
sibilities are jointly supervised by the college staff, 
supervising teachers and principals in the se- 
lected schools. Open to transient students only 
with permission of the Division of Education at 
Armstrong and of the college from which the stu- 
dent comes. 
EDN 481-482-483- Internship (0-V-1 to 5) 

Prerequisites: Permission of the Director of 
Professional Laboratory Experiences; criteria for 
meeting prerequisites are on file in the Director's 
office. 

Students who hold teaching positions in school 
and/or clinic settings will be supervised by Col- 
lege staff members for one academic year. Su- 
pervisors will observe and hold conferences with 
each candidate. Students must complete one ac- 
ademic year to receive credit. 

Exceptional Children Offerings 

EXC 220 -Introduction to Communicative 
Disorders (5-0-5) 

An introduction to the types, etiologies, and re- 
mediation sources and techniques of various 
communicative dysfunctions in children and 
adults in the areas of language, articulation, voice 
and stuttering. Emphasis is on the recognition 
and awareness of these disorders, appropriate 
classroom strategies, and treatment referral. 
EXC 225 -Phonetics for Speech 
Correctlonlsts (3-4-5) 

Deals with the use of the International Phonetic 
Alphabet (IPA) in speech correction, IPA tran- 
scription of normal and defective articulation and 
the important characteristics of regional dialects 
are stressed. 

EXC 230 -Anatomy and Physiology of the 
Speech and Hearing Mechanism 
(5-0-5) 

Anatomy and physiology of the head, neck, and 
thorax from a speech and hearing standpoint. 
Special emphasis is placed on functional consid- 
erations of the respiratory system, larynx, oral and 
nasal structures, and ear. 
EXC 310- Introduction to Exceptional 
Children (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 200 and PSY 201 or EDN 
201. 

An orientation to exceptional children with em- 
phasis on educational implications and rehabili- 
tation requirements. Includes classroom 



190 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



discussion of and visitations to facilities for train- 
ing. 

EXC 31 2 -Introduction to Learning 
Disabilities (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: EXC 310. 

An introduction to the area of specific learning 
disabilities, with an emphasis on identification, 
terminology, and prevalence. 

EXC 31 5 -Normal Speech and Language 
Development (4-2-5) 

The study of normal language development 
with emphasis on oral language. This course 
traces developmental scales of speech and lan- 
guage growth across various age levels and in- 
cludes the relationship between speech and 
language. Observations. 

EXC 335 -Speech Science (5-0-5) 

Speech communication from a psychophysical 
standpoint. Study focuses on acoustics, physics 
of speech, transmission media, and physical 
analysis of speech. 

EXC 340 -Behavior Management for the 
Exceptional Child (5-0-5) 

A study of the application of behavioral princi- 
ples for the management and growth of excep- 
tional learners. Consultation in using the 
principles with other teachers and with parents 
will also be emphasized. 

EXC 410 -Introduction to Audiology 
(4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

An introduction to the methods of hearing as- 
sessment through pure tone and speech audi- 
ometry, with a focus on rehabilitation of the 
hearing impaired. Supervised clinical practice. 

EXC 411 -Stuttering (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

An introduction to the problem of stuttering, its 
possible causes and the management training of 
cases. Supervised clinical practicum. 

EXC 41 2 -Language Disorders (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

An introduction to language disorders of chil- 
dren and adults. Etiologies, evaluation proce- 
dures, and therapeutic approaches are studied. 
Major emphasis will be given to delayed language 
development. Supervised clinical practicum. 



EXC 41 3 - Organically Based 
Communication Problems (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

The course includes a study of the communi- 
cation problems related to disorders of voice, 
cleft palate, and cerebral palsy. Supervised clin- 
ical practicum. 
EXC 41 5 -Articulation Disorders (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: EXC 225, admission to Teacher 
Education. 

A study of the etiology, rationale, evaluation, 
and methods of therapy for disorders of articu- 
lation. The course includes the development of a 
therapeutic program, lesson plans, and super- 
vised clinical practicum. 
EXC 420 -Public School Program 
Administration (2-6-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Administration and implementation of public 
school speech therapy programs including iden- 
tification, case load selection, scheduling, inser- 
vice, and relationship of speech therapy to the 
total school program. Supervised clinical practi- 
cum. 

EXC 422 -Manual Language for the Deaf 
(4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 
Offered on demand. 

A study of the practices, procedures and meth- 
ods in teaching manual language to the deaf, with 
a review of the historical philosophies and current 
trends and literature. At the conclusion of the 
course the student will have a working ability to 
communicate with a manual deaf individual as 
well as the ability to teach deaf children the proc- 
ess of manual language. 
EXC 430 -Teaching Children with Learning 
Disabilities (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: EXC 213, Introduction to Learn- 
ing Disabilities and EDN 422, The Teaching of 
Reading; admission to Teacher Education. 

Teaching strategies for children with specific 
learning disabilities. A focus on approaches, 
techniques, and materials with directed applica- 
tion. 



Library Media Offerings 

LM 300 -Introduction to Media Profession 
(2-0-2) 

An introductory course in which students ex- 
amine the role, functions and services of different 
types of libraries and information centers. Em- 
phasizes the role and responsibilities of librarians/ 



DIVISION OF EDUCATION 



191 



nedia specialists. Includes also the social role of 
braries and library networks. The student is given 
in opportunity to be involved in public, school, 
ind special libraries during field experience. 

.M 310 -Reference Sources (5-0-5) 

Study of basic reference sources, including 
;earching strategies. The course has two phases: 
1) study and evaluation of major types of refer- 
ences and information sources; (2) study of spe- 
l :ific sources of information in elementary and 
| ;econdary schools as well as specific sources for 
i i subject field. Directed field experiences. 

I .M 320 -Cataloging and Classification 
5-0-5) 

Introduction to the basic principles of catalog- 
ng. and classification of multimedia materials 
combined with practical experience. Dewey Dec- 
mal and Library of Congress Classification; 
Sears and Library of Congress Subject headings; 
purchasing of printed library cards, and their ad- 
iptation and arrangement in the card catalog. 
Problems peculiar to the media specialist are 
:onsidered. Practical experience is also offered. 

_M 410 -Media Selection (3-0-3) 

Winter. 

Selection of various types of media, based on 
undamental principles and objectives. The 
course has three phases: (1) selection criteria, 
source lists and their use in media selection, pub- 
ishing, and order processing; (2) selection and 
evaluation of media for children considering cur- 
icular considerations and understanding of the 
nedia specialist's responsibilities toward guid- 
ance in media; and (3) selection and evaluation 
Df media for young adults considering curricular 
correlations and enrichment; recreational and de- 
velopmental needs; young adult services and 
programs. Includes field experiences. 

LM 420— Administration of Information 
Centers (5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: LM 300, 310, 320, 410. 

Study of organization and administration of all 
types of information centers including adminis- 
tering the budget, purchase of materials, person- 
nel, circulation, equipment, routines and 
schedules, maintenance of the collection, pre- 
ventive maintenance and minor repairs of equip- 
ment, and relations with administration and users 
will be considered. Students will examine the role 
of the media specialist in the curriculum process 
and media center instruction and orientation. 



School library media philosophies and educa- 
tional objectives will also be examined. Concur- 
rent enrollment in Media Internship is 
recommended. 

LM 425 -Media Internship (0-12-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: LM 300, 
310, 320, 410, with a grade of "C" or higher and 
concurrent enrollment in LM 420. 

Supervised experience in library media center, 
or other appropriate setting. Students must com- 
plete 120 clock hours of work. Offered on a pass/ 
fail basis. Application for the Internship must be 
made at least one quarter in advance. 

(The following library science courses are ad- 
ministered by the Director of Library Services and 
are taught by professional library faculty.) 



Library Science Offerings 

LS 110- Introduction to Library Research 
and Materials (1-0-1) 

An orientation to the library, library terminology, 
search strategy formation, and major library aids 
such as the card catalog, classification and sub- 
ject heading guides, periodical indexes and ab- 
stracts, encyclopedias, dictionaries, almanacs, 
handbooks and yearbooks, reviews, and criti- 
cisms, and biographical sources. This course will 
provide students with opportunities to learn how 
to access information in a variety of formats so 
that they can continue life-long learning, directed 
to the individual student's subject interest. 

LS 311 -Principles of Library Research and 
Materials (1-0-1) 

Study of two separate but complementary as- 
pects of library research, research methodology 
and research tools. The methodology section ad- 
dresses the way in which a research paper is 
written, from the selection of a topic to the paper's 
final bibliography. The study of tools focuses on 
various print, non-print and on-line resources and 
services available to the student preparing a 
scholarly paper. Nursing and allied health re- 
sources are emphasized. 

LS 31 2 -Information Resources In the 
Humanities (1-0-1) 

Extensive study of basic and advanced refer- 
ence materials and search techniques in the hu- 
manities. 



192 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



LS 313— Information Resources in the 
Social Sciences (1-0-1) 

Extensive study of basic and advanced refer- 
ence materials and search techniques in the so- 
cial sciences. 

LS 31 4 -Information Resources in the 
Sciences (1-0-1) 

Extensive study of basic and advanced refer- 
ence materials and search techniques in the sci- 
ences. 

SSC Business Education Offerings 

NOTE: The following courses are requirements of 
the Bachelor of Science in Education in Business 
Education offered cooperatively with Savannah 
State College. 

ACC 211 -Principles of Accounting I. (5-0- 
5) 

Prerequisites: Math 110, BAD 201. 

The fundamental concepts and procedures of 
accounting are studied with emphasis both on 
rationale and technique. The elements of ac- 
counting, the accounting cycle, and financial 
statement presentation are covered in depth for 
the transactions of a merchandising firm. Com- 
puter Aided Instruction (CAI) will be utilized wher- 
ever applicable. 

ACC 212— Principles of Accounting II. (5-0- 
5) 

Prerequisites: ACC 21 1 . 

Continuation of ACC 211 with emphasis on 
partnership and corporate financial reporting. 
Coverage also includes basic accounting con- 
cepts in job order and process costing, the state- 
ment of changes in financial position and 
interpretation of financial statements. Computer 
Aided Instruction (CAI) will be used wherever ap- 
propriate. 

ACC 300 -Managerial Accounting. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: ACC 211, ACC 212. 

Study, interpretation, and analysis of account- 
ing data as used in the decision making process 
of business and not-for-profit organizations. 

BAD 201 -Introduction to Information 
Systems. (3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: OSM 121 or keyboarding profi- 
ciency. 

A concepts and tools course; includes study of 
information processing concepts and history; fa- 
miliarization with terminals and microcomputers; 



developing introductory level proficiency with a 
micro based spreadsheet, word processor and 
filer package. 

BAD 225 -Business Communications and 
Report Writing. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Eng 109. 

The application of basic principles of English 
grammar, basic report writing, and research tech- 
niques to presentations and written communica- 
tions as demanded in business. The role of 
written communications in relation to news media 
enters into the consideration given to communi- 
cation theory. 

BAD 31 7 -Legal Environment of Business. 
(5-0-5) 

A study of legal rights, social forces and gov- 
ernment regulations affecting business; an in 
depth study of the law of contracts; the law of 
personal property and bailments. 

BAD 320 -Principles of Business Finance. 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: BAD 331. 

Principles, problems, and practices associated 
with the financial management of business insti- 
tutions; nature and types of equity financing; ma- 
jor types of short-term and long-term debt; 
capitalization; financial statements, working cap- 
ital requirements, reorganization; bankruptcy; 
methods of intercorporate financing. 

BAD 340 -Principles of Marketing. (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201. 

The distribution of goods, and services from 
producers to consumers, market methods em- 
ployed in assembling, transporting, storage, 
sales, and risk taking; analysis of the commodity, 
brands, sales methods and management; adver- 
tising plans and media. 

BAD 362 -Organizational Theory and 
Behavior. (5-0-5) 

Basic principles and functions of management, 
with emphasis on the process of integrating peo- 
ple into the work situation so that they work to- 
gether productively and with economic, 
psychological, and social satisfaction. 

BAD 440 -Management Information 
Systems. (5-0-5) 

Total information system for managerial strat- 
egy, planning, and control. Information manage- 
ment, the systems approach, storage and data 
bases, functional information systems, informa- 
tion systems development. 



DIVISION OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND ATHLETICS 



193 



ECO 201 -Principles of Macro-Economics. 
[5-0-5) 

Basic economic concept, with emphasis on the 
I ole of government; national income and prod- 
j jets; business cycles; money and banking; fiscal 
and monetary policy, and international trade. 

ECO 202 -Principles of Micro-Economics. 
I 5-0-5) 

Basic economic concepts continued from 201 . 
' r actors of production; supply and demand; de- 
j ermination of prices and of income; monoplies; 

i he problem of economic growth; and compara- 
| ive economic systems. 

i DSM 121-Keyboardlng for Information 
Processing. (1-2-2) 

Introductory course covering alphanumeric 
ceyboarding skills for students who intend to use 
ypewriters, microcomputers, word processors, 
| computer terminals, and other types of informa- 
ion processing equipment. Student may take a 
proficiency test to exempt. 

DSM 122-Keyboardlng Applications for 
Business. (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: keyboarding proficiency. 

For students who have had one or two semes- 

ers of high school typewriting (or OSM 121) and 

1 1 are able to touch type. Course covers formatting 

I }f documents, including letters, manuscripts, and 

ables. Introduction to production keyboarding. 

Minimum passing speed: 35 words a minute on 

ive-minute timed writings. 

DSM 320 -Advanced Keyboarding 
Applications. (3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: OSM 122. 

Further skill development in production of office 
documents. Includes machine transcription. Min- 
I mum passing speed: 50 words per minute. 

DSM 340— Word Processing Concepts and 
Techniques. (3-4-5) 

The development of basic concepts and op- 
3rational techniques on selected word process- 
ing units. Typewriting proficiency required. 

OSM 405 -Information and Records 
Management. (5-0-5) 

Creation, maintenance, and disposition of rec- 
Drds including hard copy and electronic media. 
Indexing rules and procedures; records manage- 
ment programs including inventory, retention and 
disposition schedules; vital records protection, 



the management of electronic files, micrograph- 
ics, active and inactive records control are major 
components of the course. 

OSM 420 -Office Information Systems. (5-0- 
5) 

Trends and issues in office automation. A study 
of information processing functions focusing on 
the integration and management of automated 
office systems. The organizational concept; the 
traditional and emerging office; characteristics of 
major support systems; information/data/user in- 
terface; analysis and design; future office sys- 
tems. 



Division of Physical Education 
and Athletics 



Faculty 

Counsil, Roger, Division Head 

Lariscy, Michael, Coordinator of Physical 

Education Programs 
Aenchbacher, Edward 
Ford, Betty 
Knorr, Virginia 
Koth, Andreas 
Roberts, Lynn 
Tapp, Lawrence 



Goals and Objectives 

The mission of the Division of Physical Edu- 
cation and Atheltics is to provide a range of ac- 
ademic, service and athletic programs in an 
intellectually, physically, and socially stimulating 
environment. To accomplish these goals, the ob- 
jectives of the various units of the Division of 
Physical Education and Athletics are: 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHER CERTI- 
FICATION PROGRAM: 

To provide depth and breadth of content, pe- 
dagogy and practical application in the prep- 
aration of subject matter for both health and 
physical education. 

To provide knowledge of health and educa- 
tional concepts and principles, and their ap- 
plications in an educational environment and 
society. 



194 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



To develop competency in using the proc- 
esses of health and physical education in a 
broad range of activities to include research, 
laboratory skills, and field experiences. 

To develop a positive attitude toward health 
and physical education, and the motivation 
to participate in a wholesome program of 
health-enhancing activities. 

To demonstrate the ability to teach health 
and physical education processes, attitudes, 
and content to learners representing a wide 
range of abilities from various socioeco- 
nomic and ethnic backgrounds. 

To gain the necessary knowledge of the 
learning process and broad range of instruc- 
tional strategies and materials, with proper 
selection best suited for a given teaching 
and learning situation. 

To demonstrate an understanding of the 
goals and objectives of the overall educa- 
tional system, and how health and physical 
education relates to these broader pur- 
poses. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION SERVICE PRO- 
GRAM: 

To provide a wide variety of offerings that 
focus upon life-long physical activities. 

To develop knowledge, basic skills and ap- 
preciation of recreational sports and activi- 
ties. 

To provide instruction which will certify and 
qualify students in the areas of aquatics and 
safety, first aid and CPR. 

To provide basic instruction in personal 
health practices and behaviors. 

THE INTRAMURAL PROGRAM: 

To provide opportunities for participation, re- 
gardless of ability, in a wide variety of sports 
and recreational activities to the entire col- 
lege community. 

To provide an opportunity to develop friend- 
ships, to increase physical fitness, and to 
use leisure time wisely. 

To foster a spirit of sportsmanship and fair 
play among all participants and spectators. 

THE INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETIC PRO- 
GRAM: 



To provide the opportunity for student-air 
umni to participate in an intercollegiate ath- 
letic program. 

To furnish a spectator sports program for the 
students and general public which in turn will 
provide a public relations opportunity for the 
college. 

To provide an environment for learning and 
enjoyment regardless of whether a student 
is a participant or a spectator. 

THE COMMUNITY EDUCATION SERVICE 
PROGRAM: 

To offer a range of activities designed to ap- 
peal to the community. 

To utilize the campus gymnasium and field 
facilities to enhance the community image of 
the college. 

To provide an environment of learning and 
enjoyment for the participants. 

Teacher Education Program 

General stipulations affecting the undergradu- 
ate teacher education programs at Armstrong 
State College are found in the Division of Edu- 
cation section. The stipulations for teacher edu- 
cation programs apply to all students in all 
teacher education programs. Refer specifically to 
those seven sections of the catalog in the Division 
of Education section entitled: Admission to 
Teacher Education, Recommendation for Certifi- 
cation, Liability Insurance Requirement, Septem- 
ber Practicum, Student Teaching, Exit Exam, and 
Program Completion. 

Required Activity Courses 

During the freshman year, all students should 
take PE 117 (Basic Health) or 166 (Safety and 
First Aid) and 103, 108, 203, 311, or 316 (Swim- 
ming). During the sophomore year, students may 
elect any three Physical Education activity 
courses with the last two numbers being from 00 
through 09. Students unable to participate in the 
regular program should plan an alternate pro- 
gram with the Coordinator of the Physical Edu- 
cation Programs. Students should note the 
Physical Education Requirements section located 
in the Academic Policies and Information section 
of the catalog. 



DIVISION OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND ATHLETICS 



195 



Swimming Exemption 

A student who can show cause (a physical 
landicap for example) to be exempted from the 
;wimming requirement should make an appoint- 
nent with the Coordinator of the Physical Edu- 
cation Programs. A student may request a 
swimming test to exempt swimming and to sub- 
stitute another activity course through the Coor- 
iinator of the Physical Education Program. 

Vdvlsement 

Any student who declares physical education 
is his/her major is assigned an advisor who is a 
acuity member. A conference should be sched- 
iled to determine any/all conditions and require- 
nents the student must meet in order to 
-.omplete the degree and certification objectives. 
: is the responsibility of the student to initiate and 
naintain the advisement process. 

"ransfer of Courses 

Provisions for transfer of credits are delineated 
*! the Academic Regulations section of the cat- 
ilog. The procedure for transferring CATES 
courses is published in the Graduate section of 
he catalog. 



Bachelor of Science in 
Education in Health and 
D hysical Education 

The Bachelor of Science Degree in Education 
ivith a Major in Health and Physical Education 
Provides the student with an opportunity to re- 
ceive a degree leading to teacher certification K- 
12 in the areas of Health and Physical Education. 
"he program is approved by the National Council 
or Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) 
and the Georgia State Department of Education. 
Students selecting this major should seek ad- 
/isement in the Division of Physical Education 
and Athletics. Students pursuing this degree 
should refer to the Teacher Certification section 
Df the catalog to find those stipulations affecting 
all undergraduate education programs at Arm- 
strong State College. 

3 rogresslon Requirements: 

1 . Successful completion of basic core require- 
ments 
a. General Requirements 



b. Regents Exam 

2. Application for Admission to Major Program 

a. Departmental Advisor Assigned 

b. Program of Study Established 

3. Application for Admission to Teacher Edu- 
cation (2.5 G.P.A. required) 

a. Media Competency Completion 

b. September practicum 

c. Application for Student Teaching As- 
signment 

4. Successful Completion of Departmental Re- 
quirements 

a. All additional major courses 

b. Proficiency tests 

c. TCT 

5. Application for Graduation 

Physical Education Minor 

The minor in physical education requires 25 
credit hours with grades of "C" or better. The 
student will select 25 hours from the following 
courses: 

1. PE210, 216, 217, 219, 311, 413, 421, PEM 
250, 251, 252, 351, 352. 

2. No more than two courses from: PE 212, 
213, 214 or 215. 

See course offerings for the description of 
courses. 

Coaching Minor 

The minor in coaching requires 25 credit hours 
with a grade of '"C or better. The student will 
complete the following courses: 

1. PE 118,210, 220, 330, 421 

2. PEM 253 or PEM 254 

3. No more than two courses from: PE 212, 
213, 214 or 215. 

See course offerings for the description of 
courses. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 103 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272,273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 



196 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 220 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III - 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192. . . 10 

2. POS 113 5 

3. One course from: ANT 201 , ECO 
201,202; SOC201 5 

Area IV 30 

1 . EDN 200, DRS 228, PSY 101 15 

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201 5 

3. HIS 251 or HIS 252 5 

4. CS 115 orCS 120 5 

AreaV 5 

Five hours of activity courses 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 69 

1. PE 103 or 108 or 311 1 

2. PE 166 2 

3. PEM 250, 251, 252, 253, 254, 
351,352,353,354,355 48 

4. HE 260, 261, 262, 360 and H.S. 
420 18 

C. Professional Sequence . . 33 

1. EXC310; EDN 335, 471,472, 

473 25 

2. HE 460 5 

D. Electives 8 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . 

TOTAL 197 



Physical Education Offerings 

SPECIAL NOTE: 

Swimming is required of all students as part of 
their 6 hours of physical education. Students with 
a valid LifeGuarding, WSI, or Open Water Diver 
certificate or who have passed the Armstrong 
swimming test may be exempted from the swim- 
ming requirement. Students able to swim in deep 
water should register for P.E. 108. If in doubt as 
to proper course, consult one of the Division's 
swimming instructors BEFORE REGISTERING. All 
courses designated PEM are required of majors. 

PE 100— Beginning Weight Training 
(0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Emphasis on developing physical fitness 
through a variety of fundamental weight training 
exercises. Introduction of mechanical principles 



and techniques necessary for the understanding 
of weight training programs. Only one of PE 100 
or PE 204 may count as an activity course toward 
the six hours of required physical education. 

PE 101 -Lifetime Fitness (0-3-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Basic fitness concepts and their application to 
our everyday life. Students will participate in an 
individualized program of aerobic activity and lec- 
tures on fitness and nutrition. 

PE 102 -Team Sports (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 
Consists of two of the following sports: bas- 
ketball, volleyball and Softball. 

PE 103 -Basic Swimming Skills (0-3-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. (PE 311 or 316 
may be substituted for PE 103 or 108). 

Skills and strokes for the student unfamiliar with 
or afraid of the water and who cannot swim. Sat- 
isfies Armstrong swimming requirement. 

PE 104 -Bowling (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

Basic skills in bowling. Minimum of two games 
required per class period at student's expense. 
Must provide own transportation. 

PE 105 -Badminton (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring,- Summer. 
Basic skills in badminton. Student must provide 
own racquet. 

PE 106 -Beginning Gymnastics (0-2-1) 

Winter. 

Fundamentals and practice in beginning tum- 
bling and gymnastic apparatus. 

PE 107 -Trampoline (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

The teaching of the proper care and use of the 
trampoline. Under strict supervision, the student 
learns to perform basic skills. 

PE 108 -Intermediate Swimming (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. (PE 311 or the ; 
American Red Cross WSI course may be substi- 
tuted for PE 103 or 108). 

Four basic strokes, skills, endurance and 
knowledge pertaining to safety in, on, or about 
water. Satisfies swimming requirement. 

PE 109 -Intermediate Gymnastics (0-2-1) 

Winter. Prerequisite: PE 106 or permission of 
instructor. 

Continuation of PE 106 with additional practice 
of tumbling and gymnastic apparatus. 



DIVISION OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND ATHLETICS 



197 



PE 11 5- Officiating of Football (2-2-2) 

Fall. 

Consists of a study of rules, rules interpretation, 
and actual experience in officiating intramural 
games, approved community recreation games, 
and public school games. Students must provide 
Dwn equipment and transportation. 

Students must provide own whistles, hats and 
ransportation to any offcampus assignment. 

PE 11 6- Officiating of Basketball (2-2-2) 

Winter. 

Consists of a study of rules, rules interpretation, 
and actual experience in officiating in class 
games, intramural games, approved community 
-ecreation games and public school games. Elec- 
tive credit. 

Student must provide own whistle and trans- 
oortation to any off-campus assignment. 

PE 11 7- Basic Health (2-0-2) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 
A basic course in health education with em- 
phasis on personal health. Required of majors. 

PE 11 8- Officiating Team Sports (2-2-2) 

This course is designed to acquaint the student 
with the rules, mechanics and ethics involved in 
officiating a variety of team sports activities. The 
student will develop a fundamental understanding 
of the rules and proper application of mechanics 
associated with the following: Basketball, Base- 
ball, Football, Soccer, Softball and Volleyball. 
Student must provide own equipment appropriate 
to the sports and transportation for off-campus 
assignment. 

PE 166 -Safety and First Aid (3-0-2) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

The American Red Cross advanced course in 
safety and first aid and adult CPR. Required of 
majors. To receive a certification card, students 
must pay an administrative fee to the American 
Red Cross. 

PE 167 -Community First Aid and Stress 
Management For The Law Enforcement 
Officer (3-1-3) 

Summer 

This course is designed to provide the student 
with American Red Cross First Aid and CPR Cer- 
tification. Stress management skills of particular 
significance to the law enforcement officer will be 
an integral part of the course. Students will be 
required to pay an administrative fee to the Amer- 
ican Red Cross. 



PE200-Archery (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 
Basic skills in archery for recreational use. Stu- 
dents must provide own arm and fingerguards. 

PE 201 -Elementary Tennis (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 
Basic skills in tennis. Student must provide own 
racquet and one can of new tennis balls. 

PE 202-Racquetball (0-2-1) 

Designed to develop enthusiasm and appre- 
ciation for the game of racquetball. Course con- 
tent will include strokes, strategy, forms of play, 
rules, equipment, safety and etiquette. Classes 
held off campus. Students must provide trans- 
portation. Additional fee is required. 

PE 203- Beginning Scuba (0-3-1) 

Prerequisite: Tread 1 minutes, swim 200 yards 
any style. 

Equips student to engage in beginning recre- 
ational scuba diving activities in local aquatic en- 
vironments. Topics covered include: adapting to 
the underwater world, underwater communica- 
tions, dive planning, diving equipment, boat div- 
ing, health for diving, dive tables, marine life 
identification, and the underwater environment. 
Additional fee is required. 

PE 204-Advanced Weight Training 
(0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: PE 100 or 
permission of instructor. 

Emphasis on continued development of phys- 
ical fitness through a variety of advanced weight 
training exercises. Improvement of maximal mus- 
cular strength and endurance in the main muscle 
groups of the body through progressive resis- 
tance exercises. Only one of PE 100 or PE 204 
may count as an activity course toward the six 
hours of required physical education. 

PE 205-Folk Square, Social Dancing 
(0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Instruction and practice in many forms of folk, 
square, and social dancing. 

PE 206-Beglnnlng Modern Dance (0-2-1) 

Fall. 

Introduction to the art of modern dance. In- 
cludes technique, exercise, basic improvisation, 
dance positions, and locomotor movement. 



198 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



PE 208 -Golf (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

Basic techniques and instruction for the begin- 
ning golfer. Minimum of 18 holes of golf must be 
played outside of class at student's expense. 
Must provide six shag balls for class and trans- 
portation. 

PE 209 -Intermediate Modern Dance 
(0-2-1) 

Winter. Prerequisite: PE 206 or permission of 
the instructor. 

A continuation of PE 206 with emphasis on dy- 
namics, composition, and choreography. 

PE 210— Prevention and Treatment of 
Athletic Injuries (2-1-2) 

Winter. 

Theory and practice of caring for and prevent- 
ing injuries relating to a variety of sports. Students 
required to assist in laboratory experiences with 
treating and preventive training through the ath- 
letic, intramural or physical education programs. 
Student must provide own athletic tape. 

PE 21 2 -Coaching Football (3-0-2) 

Fall. 

Instruction and practice in fundamental skills 
and team play, coaching courses is required of 
majors. Minimum of two games must be scouted 
at student's expense. 

PE 21 3 -Coaching Basketball (3-0-2) 

Winter. 

Instruction and practice in fundamental skills 
and team play, emphasizing methods and drills 
used by leading coaches. One of the coaching 
courses is required of majors. Minimum of two 
games must be scouted at student's expense. 

PE 21 4 -Coaching Baseball and Softball 
(3-0-2) 

Spring. 

Instruction and practice in fundamental skills 
and team play emphasizing methods and drills 
used by leading coaches. One of the coaching 
courses is required of majors. Minimum of two 
games must be scouted at student's expense. 

PE 21 5 -Coaching Volleyball and Soccer 
(3-0-2) 

Spring. 

Introduction to the rules and fundamental skills 
of volleyball and soccer. Individual development 
and application of successful coaching methods. 
Coaching methods will include acquisition of 



sound organizational practices and understand- 
ing of various coaching types. 

PE 21 6 -Basic Games (2-0-1) 

Spring. 

Designed to acquaint student with the various 
categories of games, the appropriateness for 
each type of various age levels, proper progres- 
sions, and the best ways to use games teach 
physical skills, emotional and social skills, and 
actual sports skills. i 

PE 21 7 -Techniques of Dance (2-0-1) 

Winter. 

Overview of the art of dance and its various 
categories. Stresses similarities and differences 
in form, technique and history of the ballet mod- 
ern dance, jazz dance, ballroom dance, square 
dance, aerobic dance and folk dance with em- 
phasis on teaching and techniques. 

PE 21 9 -Techniques of Safety in 
Gymnastics (0-2-1) 

Winter. Prerequisite: PE 106. 

Course designed to give majors thorough un- 
derstanding of the basic principles of spotting in 
gymnastics to assure maximum safety for learn- 
ers as well as proper teaching progressions and 
lead-up skills necessary at each level of learning. 

PE 220 -Principles of Sports Training 
(2-1-2) 

Study of the basic principles, methods and 
characteristics associated with a variety of sports. 
Students will develop and participate in a variety 
of training and nutritional programs used in sport 
settings. 

PEM 250 -Introduction to Physical 
Education (5-0-5) 

An introduction to the subdisciplines of physi- 
cal education. Study will include a survey of his- 
torical foundations, relationships between health, 
and physical education, professional skilis, and 
career opportunities. 

PEM 251 -Intramurals and Recreation 
(3-0-3) 

This course is designed to prepare the student 
to organize and administer intramural and recre- 
ational sports activities for elementary and sec- 
ondary schools, for the college level and for the 
community. Activities range from canoeing to 
horseshoes. Students are required to participate 
in field experiences and observations. Transpor- 
tation must be supplied by the student. 



DIVISION OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND ATHLETICS 



199 



3 EM 252 -Human Anatomy and Kinesiology 
n Physical Education (5-0-5) 

A survey of selected systems of the body and 
he analysis of movement and application of me- 
chanical principles in physical education activity. 

PEM 253 -Individual and Dual Sports 
(3-4-5) 

Designed to acquaint student with the various 
ndividual and dual sports. The student will ana- 
yze and gain practice in teaching activities such 
as: archery, badminton, bicycling, bowling, fenc- 
ing, fitness, golf, hiking, backpacking, racketball, 
I tennis and weight training. 

! PEM 254-Team Sports Curriculum (3-4-5) 

Designed for the enhancement of sports skills 
: and for the analysis and practice in teaching 
these skills. Team sports include: basketball, field 
hockey, flag/tag football, soccer, softball, speed- 
ball and volleyball. 

PE 300 -Psycho-Social Aspects of Sports 
(5-0-5) 

Study of the research relevant to sports behav- 
ior and performance. The student will be provided 
with knowledge about various psycho-social fac- 
tors and influences in sports settings. 

PE 311 -Lifeguard Training (1-2-2) 

Prerequisite: American Red Cross Standard 
First Aid and CPR certification, 500 yard covin- 
ous swim, and proficiency in basic water skills. 

This course parallels the certification qualifi- 
cations for the American Red Cross Lifeguard 
Training course, covering such topics as: recog- 
nizing and responding to aquatic mishaps: pool 
health, sanitation, and management; spinal injury 
management. Timed swims required to pass. 

PE 31 6- Swimming Methods and 
Techniques (2-2-2) 

Prerequisite: Minimum 17 years old, current 
Emergency Water Safety or Lifeguard Training 
certificate. IHSE will be taught. 

This course parallels the certification qualifi- 
cations for American Red Cross Water Safety In- 
structor, covering the methods of teaching Infant 
and Pre-School Aquatics, Whales Tales, Begin- 
ner, Advanced Beginner, Intermediate, Swimmer, 
and Advanced Swimmer as well as Basic Water 
Safety, Emergency Water Safety, and Safety 
Training for Swim Coaches. 



PE 320 -Health and Physical Education for 
the Elementary School Teacher (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Ed- 
ucation. 

Theory and current practice in the teaching of 
health and physical education at the elementary 
school level. Designed to meet the requirement 
for elementary certification. 

PE 345 -Athletic Injuries I (3-4-5) 

Introduction to the assessment, care and pre- 
vention of lower extremity injuries. Specifically, 
sports related injuries to feet, toes, knee, lower 
leg, thigh, hip and pelvis will be studied. 

PE 346-Athletlc Injuries II (3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: PE 345 or permission of instruc- 
tor. 

Introduction to the assessment, care and pre- 
vention of upper extremity injuries. Specifically, 
sports related injuries to the axial skeleton, shoul- 
der girdle, elbow, wrist, hand and fingers, and 
injuries to the solid and hollow organs will be 
studied. 

PEM 351 —Measurement and Evaluation In 
Health, Physical Education (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Math 220. 

Lectures, laboratory and field experience in the 
development, evaluation and application of tests 
in health and physical education. Students will 
learn to utilize computer software for instructional 
and administrative purposes. 

PEM 352 -Physiology of Exercise (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: PEM 252. 

A study of body systems and their reactions to 
various types and levels of exercise. Study will 
include parts and functions of systems most in- 
volved in the exercise process. Students will in- 
vestigate various components of physical fitness, 
weight control, and exercise prescription. 

PEM 353 -Elementary School Physical 
Education (4-2-5) 

Theory and current practice in the teaching of 
elementary physical education including devel- 
opmental tumbling and gymnastics, basic move- 
ment patterns, fundamental and creative rhythmic 
activities, activities related to health-fitness and 
basic skill pattern development. Multicultural con- 
siderations in planning and implementing ade- 
quate elementary physical education programs to 
meet the needs and interests of all students will 
be explored. Directed field experience included. 



200 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



PEM 354 -Middle School Physical 
Education (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: PEM 353 

Theory and current practice in the teaching of 
middle school physical -education including phys- 
ical fitness concepts and activities, rhythmic and 
dance activities, individual/partner/group games, 
lead-up and modified individual/dual/team sports. 
Multicultural considerations in planning and im- 
plementing adequate middle school physical ed- 
ucation programs to meet the needs and 
interests of all students will be explored. Directed 
field experience included. 

PEM 355 -Secondary School Physical 
Education (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: PEM 354 

The study of curricular methods, media and as- 
sessment of secondary physical education pro- 
grams as they apply to the developmental levels 
of the secondary age student. Multicultural con- 
siderations in planning and implementing ade- 
quate secondary physical education programs to 
meet the needs and interests of all students will 
be explored. Directed field experience included. 

PE 364 -Physical Education for the 
Exceptional Child (3-2-5) 

Student is introduced to methods of identifying 
and programming for the exceptional child. 



PEM 41 3 -Special Topics In Physical 
Education (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: PEM 351. 

Research methods in health and physical ed- 
ucation. Allows students an opportunity for in- 
depth pursuit into areas of their interests. Open 
to majors only. Required of majors. 

PE 421 -Management of Sports Programs 
(5-0-5) 

Designed to apply principles of management 
to a variety of sports settings. Management ap- 
plications for school, municipal, and proprietary 
sports organizations will be examined. 

PEM 451 -Laboratory Experience I (0-2-1) 

Prerequisites: PEM 253, 254.. 

Laboratory experience in assisting and teach- 
ing activity courses in the basic physical educa- 
tion program. Students will assume instructor 
roles in class management, student assessment, 
and methods of instruction, within learning envi- 
ronment. 

PEM 452 - Laboratory Experience II (0-2-1 > 

See PEM 451 for prerequisites and course de- 
scription. 

PEM 453 -Laboratory Experience III (0-2-1) 

See PEM 451 for prerequisites and course de- 
scription. 




jr:<&*2 



£* * 



202 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



International Intercultural 
Studies Program 

The International Intercultural Studies Program 
(IISP) of the University- System of Georgia pro- 
vides students with a multitude of opportunities 
to study abroad while earning academic credit 
toward completion of degree requirements at 
their home campus. The IISP currently offers 
summer study abroad programs in Western Eu- 
rope, the Soviet Union, Israel, Canada, and Mex- 
ico, and quarter, semester, and academic year 
opportunities in several countries in Western Eu- 
rope. In 1989 approximately 350 participants en- 
rolled in one of these programs. 

Studying abroad enables students to increase 
knowledge of a foreign language, provides the 
opportunity to gain insights into and appreciation 
for the cultures and institutions of other peoples, 
facilitates the development of relevant career 
skills, and contributes to personal maturity, a 
sense of independence, self-knowledge, and 
confidence. 

IISP programs are open to all undergraduate 
students with a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5; 
however, certain programs may require a higher 
GPA and completion of prerequisites. Graduate 
students are required to have a 3.0 GPA. Stu- 
dents in the University System of Georgia who are 
eligible for financial aid may use that aid toward 
IISP programs. A limited number of scholarships 
are available from some System institutions. For 
further information, see the Vice President and 
Dean of Faculty, or contact the IISP directly at 1 
Park Place South Building, Suite 817, Atlanta, GA 
30303. Telephone: 404-651-2450. 

The Freshman Experience 

Freshman Orientation Program— ASC 101 

In order to assist freshman students in making 
the transition to college, the college encourages 
new students to enroll in ASC 101. In addition to 
the course content, enrolled students will receive 
special advising and other services. The course 
is described as follows: 

ASC 101 -College: Strategies for Success 
(3-0-3) 

This course aims to provide the student with 
the skills, information, and guidance useful for 
success in college. It will focus on the purposes 



of higher education, the roles of the student, and. 
the resources available within the college for ac- 
ademic success and career choices. 



Developmental Studies 

Faculty 

vacant, Department Head 
Childress, Beth 
Diaz, Donna 
Geoffroy, Cynthia 
Harris, Karl 
Jones, Dianne 
Jones, Lee Brewer 
Richardson, Edwin 
Smith, Carolyn 



The Department of Developmental Studies pro- 
vides a program of compensatory education for 
students whose academic deficiencies may pre- 
vent successful completion of collegiate studies. 
Students may be placed in departmental courses 
on the basis of the Collegiate Placement Exami- 
nation or Regents Test performances. Regularly 
admitted students may voluntarily enroll, subject 
to prerequisites, in any departmental courses. 
Conditionally admitted students must enroll in ac- 
cordance with the stipulations of their admission 
(see the Conditional Admission section of this 
Catalog) and policies of the Developmental Stud- 
ies program. (See next section.) 

Those entitled to Veterans Administration ed- 
ucational benefits may be certified for no more 
than 45 credit hours in departmental courses, if 
these courses are required for regular admission. 
At most, 15 hours may be certified in each of the 
English, mathematics, and reading areas. 

Policies of the Developmental 
Studies Program 

Every time a Developmental Studies student 
registers or preregisters until exiting the Devel- 
opmental Studies Program, he/she must have 
his/her class schedule approved by a Develop- 
mental Studies advisor or the Developmental 
Studies Counselor. 

The student is permitted four attempts to exit 
a Developmental Studies area. If a student fails 
to exit an area after the fourth attempt, he/she will 
be subject to Developmental Studies suspension. 



MILITARY SCIENCE 



203 



A complete list of Developmental Studies Pro- 
gram Policies is available in the Department of 
Developmental Studies. 



FFERINGS 

SE 098 -Grammar Review (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

This course is for the student who needs to 
review grammar fundamentals, to improve sen- 
tence writing skills, and to develop paragraphs. 
The student works toward competence in sen- 
tence construction, verb use, determination of 
subject-verb agreement, formation of possess- 
ives, punctuation, and other basics. Along with 
reviewing grammar, the student engages in ex- 
tensive writing practice, including sentence build- 
ing, sentence combining, and paragraph writing. 

DSE 099 -Basic Composition (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: See Developmental Studies Poli- 
cies above. 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 
This course is for the student who has already 
mastered the basic skills of composition but who 
needs additional practice in developing the es- 
say. It will help the student construct more mature 
and sophisticated sentence patterns, create coh- 
erent and well developed paragraphs, and organ- 
ize paragraphs into essays. 

DSM 098 -Introductory Algebra (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

This course offers a review of arithmetic inte- 
grated into an introductory algebra course. Top- 
ics include negative integers, simple polynomials, 
integer exponents, equations, word problems, 
factoring, some graphing, and simple radicals. 

DSM 099 -Intermediate Algebra (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

Prerequisite: See Developmental Studies Poli- 
cies above. 

Topics include rational expressions, factoring 
of polynomials, linear and quadratic equations, 
graphs of linear functions, rational exponents, 
and radicals. 

DSR 098 -Reading Skills (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

This course offers a review of the basic reading 
skills needed by college students having difficulty 
with college level material. Areas to be covered 
include vocabulary development (word parts, 
context, denotation and connotation), main ideas, 



supporting details, organizational and rhetorical 
patterns, transitions, tone, purpose, fact and 
opinion, and inferential skills. 

DSR 025- Developing Reading Maturity 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

This course is appropriate for students prepar- 
ing for the Regents. Examination, for students 
undergoing remediation due to unsuccessful per- 
formance on the reading portion of the Regents 
Examination, and for students experiencing mod- 
erate difficulty in reading. Comprehension skills, 
vocabulary enrichment, test-taking strategies, 
and reading fluency are stressed. 



Military Science 

Faculty 

Scott, Daniel, Major, Department Head 
Johnson, Joseph, Captain 
Williams, Michael, Captain 
Staggs, Bryan, Sergeant First Class 



The Army Department of Military Science is a 
Senior Division Reserve Officer Training Corps 
(ROTC), Instructor Group, staffed by active Army 
personnel. The department provides a curriculum 
available to Armstrong State and Savannah State 
students that qualifies the college graduate for a 
commission as an officer in the United States 
Army, United States Army Reserve, or the United 
States National Guard. Qualifying for a commis- 
sion adds an extra dimension to the student's 
employment capability in that, upon graduation 
from the college, the student has either military 
or civilian employment options. Enrollment in Mil- 
itary Science classes is open to all students who 
are eligible to pursue a commision in the U.S. 
Army. 

The course of study offered in military science 
is designed not only to prepare both the student 
for service as a commissioned officer in the 
United States Army but also to provide knowledge 
and practical experience in leadership and man- 
agement that will be useful in any facet of society. 
Male and female students are eligible for enroll- 
ment. Each student is provided with a working 
knowledge of the organization and functioning of 
the Department of Defense and the role of the 
U.S. Army in national security and world affairs. 



204 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



The course of study pursued by students dur- 
ing their freshman and sophomore years is the 
basic military science course and/or related skill 
activities. The course of study normally pursued 
by students during their junior and senior years 
is the advanced military science course. 

For selection and retention in the advanced 
course, a student must be physically qualified, 
should have maintained above average military 
and academic standing, and must demonstrate 
a potential for further leadership development. 

Graduates of the advanced course are com- 
missioned second lieutenants in the United 
States Army, United States Army Reserve, or the 
United States National Guard in the branch of 
service most appropriate to their interests and ac- 
ademic achievements, consistent with the needs 
of the Army. Regardless of the Branch selected, 
all officers will receive valuable experience in 
management, logistics and administration. Grad- 
uates may be granted a delay in reporting for duty 
for graduate study, if requested. A small number 
of outstanding students are designated Distin- 
guished Military Graduates and are offered com- 
missions in the Regular Army each year. 

Basic Military Science 

Basic military science courses involve six quar- 
ters during the freshman and sophomore years. 
The student learns leadership and management 
and acquires essential background knowledge of 
customs and traditions, weapons, map reading, 
tactics and survival. Equally important, these 
courses have the objective of developing the stu- 
dent's self-discipline, integrity and sense of re- 
sponsibility. 

Advanced Military Science 

The general objective of this course of instruc- 
tion is to produce junior officers who by educa- 
tion, training, attitude and inherent qualities are 
suitable for continued development as officers in 
the Army. There are two avenues available for the 
student to be eligible for entry into the advanced 
program and obtain a commission as a second 
lieutenant. 

(a) satisfactory completion of, or placement credit 
for, the basic program at Armstrong State or at 
any other school, college or university offering 
basic ROTC and meeting the entrance and re- 
tention requirements established by the Army. 

(b) to be an active duty veteran or junior ROTC 
cadet graduate eligible for placement credit. 



Placement 

Veterans entering the military science pro- 
grams will receive appropriate placement credit 
for their active military service. Students who have 
completed military science courses in military 
preparatory schools or junior colleges may be 
given appropriate credit. Students with at least 
three years of high school ROTC may also be 
granted placement credit. Placement credit or six 
quarters of basic military science, or the equiva- 
lent thereof, is a prerequisite to admission into 
the advanced program. 

Alternate Programs for Admittance 

Students with two years of coursework remain- 
ing, but who have not completed basic military 
science, are eligible to be considered for selec- 
tion into the advanced military science program. 
Those selected under the provisions of the two- 
year advanced program must satisfactorily com- 
plete a basic summer camp of six weeks duration 
prior to entering the advanced program. Students 
attending the basic camp at Fort Knox, Kentucky, 
are paid at active army rates and given a travel 
allowance from their home to camp and return. 
Attendance at Basic Camp is voluntary and incurs 
no military obligation until the student returns and 
decides to sign a contract to pursue his commis- 
sion. 

Participating Students and Aliens 

Participating students are students who partic- 
ipate in Military Science courses but are not fully 
enrolled or are ineligible for enrollment in the 
ROTC programs. Participating and alien students 
may enroll in the Military Science classes pro- 
vided they meet the requirements outlined in 
Army Regulations and are approved by the De- 
partment Head and/or school authorities. Al- 
though these students may enroll in military 
science classes, they may only participate in 
classroom instructions. They will not participate in 
any high risk training, drill, marching, leadership 
laboratories, field training exercises, voluntary 
programs, or attend basic or advanced camp. 
These students will also not be issued or wear 
the uniform, nor receive credit toward commis- 
sioning or enlisted grade status through comple- 
tion of ROTC courses. 
Advanced Summer Camp 

Students contracting to pursue the advanced 
courses are required to attend advanced summer 
camp, normally between their junior and senior 
academic years at Fort Bragg, North Carolina. 



MILITARY SCIENCE 



205 



Financial Assistance 

All contracted advanced course cadets are 
paid a subsistence allowance of $100 per month 
while enrolled in the advanced course. 

Scholarship Program 

Each year the U.S. Army awards two- and 

i three-year scholarships to outstanding young 

men and women participating in the Army ROTC 

program who desire careers as Army officers. 

1 The Army pays tuition, fees, books and laboratory 

expenses incurred by the scholarship student. In 

addition, each student receives $100 per month 

! for the academic year. Individuals desiring to 

compete for these scholarships should apply to 

the Military Science Department. 

Army ROTC Uniforms, Books and Supplies 

Students enrolling in the Army ROTC program 
! will be issued U.S. Army uniforms, books and 
supplies by the Military Science Department. No 
fees or deposits of any kind will be required. Uni- 
forms must be returned before commissioning or 
upon disenrollment from the ROTC program. 

MIL Courses 

The basic course of six quarters duration con- 
sists of two hours of instruction work per week. 
Students acquire knowledge of military leader- 
ship, weapons, tactics, basic military skills, and 
physical fitness. In field training exercises, poten- 
tial for leadership is progressively developed. 
Basic course students are invited and encour- 
aged to attend military science leadership labo- 
ratories and physical training sessions. 

The advanced course consists of three hours 
of classroom work and one hour of leadership 
laboratory per week. During the spring quarter 
prior to advanced camp the student will enroll in 
MIL 303 to prepare for attendance at Advanced 
Camp. HIS 473 (American Military History) is nor- 
mally taken spring quarter of the senior year. The 
coursework during the advanced course empha- 
sizes techniques and management and leader- 
ship and the fundamentals and dynamics of the 
military team. Field training exercises provide the 
student with applied leadership experiences. Par- 
ticipation in leadership laboratories and physical 
training sessions are mandatory. 



Professional Military Education (PME) 
Requirements 

The Army's Professional Military Education re- 
quirements are established to provide cadets with 
the training and enrichment necessary to suc- 
cessfully compete in the Army. In addition to com- 
pleting a baccalaureate degree, the cadet must 
complete one undergraduate course from each 
of the five designed fields of study (Some of these 
requirements may be waved for nursing majors). 
The five PME designated fields of study are listed 
below and the courses that meet the Cadet Com- 
mand PME requirement: 

A. Written Communications Skills: ENG 101, 
ENG 102, and ENG 192. 

B. Human Behavior: PSY 101, SOC 201, HIS 
114, HIS 115, and ANT 201. 

C. Math Reasoning: MAT 101 and MAT 103. 

D. Military History: HIS 473. 

E. Computer Literacy: CS 1 1 5, CS 1 20, CS 1 42, 
and CS 296. 

Minor Concentration 

The department offers a minor in Military Sci- 
ence. The program is designed to prepare the 
student for a commission in the United States 
Army and is offered to, but not required of, those 
students participating in the advanced course of 
Army ROTC instruction. Whatever the major, a 
Military Science minor will strengthen the stu- 
dent's management, leadership, and interper- 
sonal communication skills. The minor requires: 

Fourteen credit hours with grades of "C" or 
better in the following upper division military sci- 
ence courses: 301 , 302, 303, 401 , 402, 403,: HIS 
473 and five additional credit hours of coursework 
approved by the Department Head. 



OFFERINGS 

MIL 101 -Army Leadership (2-0-2) 

A study of the various aspects of leadership 
doctrine and how to apply the doctrine in various 
situtations. 

MIL 102-Baslc Weapons (1-1-2) 

A study of characteristics of basic military 
weapons with emphasis on the principles and 
fundamentals of rifle marksmanship. The stu- 
dents will have an opportunity to fire selected 
weapons at a U.S. Army installation. 



206 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



MIL 103 -Basic Survival (2-0-2) 

A study and practical exercise introducing mil- 
itary techniques used to sustain human life when 
separated from logistical support. A field trip for 
qualified students is used to enable them to prac- 
tice techniques learned. 

MIL 201 -Map Reading and Land 
Navigation (1-1-2) 

A study of basic map reading as applied by the 
small unit leader. 

MIL 202- Basic Tactics and Operations 
(1-1-2) 

A study of small unit tactics, operations and 
troop leading procedures to include the com- 
bined arms teams to the platoon with primary in- 
terest on the rifle squad. 

MIL 203 -Mountaineering Techniques 
(1-2-2) 

A study and practical exercise introducing the 
fundamentals of rappelling, first aid, knot tying, 
and safety. A field trip to utilize skills is included. 
Acceptable as a P.E. requirement. 

MIL 206-Baslc Self-Defense I (1-1-2) 

A basic self-defense course which provides a 
study of defensive philosophy, vulnerable areas 
of the body, exercises, kicks, strikes, and throws. 
The course also includes basic self-defense strat- 
egy by establishing a personal fitness program, 
and providing practical exercises utilizing all of 
the techniques taught in the course. Acceptable 
as P.E. requirement. 

MIL 301 -Leadership and Management I 
(3-1-3) 

Prerequisites: Basic Course or equivalent and 
approval of Department Head. Participating and 
alien students who qualify must have the approval 
of the Department Head and the U.S. Army ROTC 
Cadet Command. 

A study of the psychology of leadership, tech- 
niques of management, and methods of instruc- 
tion to include practical application. 

MIL 302 — Fundamentals and Dynamics of 
the Military Team I (3-1-3) 

Prerequisites: Basic Course or equivalent and 
approval of Department Head. Participating and 
alien students who qualify must have the approval 
of the Department Head and the U.S. Army ROTC 
Cadet Command. 

A study of tactics applied at the platoon and 
company level to include a study of the modern 
battlefield and current military tactical doctrine. 



MIL 303 -Leadership Seminar (3-1-3) 

Prerequisite: MIL 301, 302. 

A series of seminars, laboratories and experi- 
ences to prepare the student for Advanced Sum- 
mer Camp. , 

MIL 304- Military Skills Practicum (V-V-5) 

Summer. Prerequisite: Military 303 and permis- 
sion of Department. 

The study and practical application of military 
skills and leadership ability during a six week en- 
campment experience. Grading for this course 
will be done on a satisfactory, unsatisfactory ba- 
sis. Instruction and evaluation is jointly accom- 
plished by college staff and selected ROTC 
personnel assigned to U.S. Army Cadet Com- 
mand. 

MIL 401 —Fundamentals and Dynamics of 
the Military Team II (3-1-3) 

Prerequisite: MIL 301 , 302. 

A study of command and staff duties and re- 
sponsibilities of the professional officer to include 
operations, intelligence, administration and logis- 
tics. 

MIL 402— Leadership and Management if 
(3-1-3) 

Prerequisite: MIL 301, 302. 
A study of the military justice system and serv- 
ice orientation. 

MIL 403 -The Transition from Cadet to 
Lieutenant (1-1-2) 

Prerequisites: MIL 301, 302. 

A study of the practical aspects of the infor- 
mation that a new officer needs to know when 
reporting to his first duty assignment. This in- 
cludes administration, normal additional duties 
and includes a seminar with a current platoon 
leader and platoon sergeant and a field trip to a 
typical company. 



Naval ROTC Program 

Faculty 

Cdr. Claven Williams, USN, Department Head 

Cdr. Gordon C. Lannou, Jr., USN 

MAJ. Edwin Fielder, USMC 

LT Alfredo Arredondo, USN 

LT Thelonious U. Vaults, USNR 

LT Scott A. Maddock, USNR 



NAVAL ROTC PROGRAM 



207 



General 

Naval Reserve Officer Training Corps (NROTC) 
prepares students for commissioned service as 
regular or reserve officers in the Navy or Marine 
Corps. 

Students enrolled in NROTC are referred to as 
Midshipmen (MIDN) or as Naval Science Stu- 
dents (NSS) and are classified based on Naval 
Science academic status as follows: 

ASC Student NROTC Midshipmen 

Senior 1/C (First Class) 

Junior 2/C (Second Class) 

Sophomore 3/C (Third Class) 

Freshman 4/C (Fourth Class) 



Naval Science Curriculum 



Must complete one academic term in a ma- 
jor Indo-European or Asian Language prior 

to commissioning 5 

(2) Navy Option in a non-technical curricula 
shall complete a sufficient number of 
technical electives from the below list to 
comprise 50 percent of all electives not 
required by the academic major or 
NROTC Program. Calculus and Physics 
courses count towards satisfying this re- 
quirement: 
Business (SSC): BAD 331, 332, 416 
Chemistry: any listed course 
Math, Physics, Physical Science: any 
listed courses except Math 290, 391, 
and 393. 

Computer Science: CS 120, 136, 142, 
246 

Engineering Courses: Any listed course 
except EGR 100, 170, 171 



Navy College Program Midshipmen (non- 
Basic Program scholarship). Must complete 1 year of Math, col- 
Ai i MinQHiPMPM ,e 9 e a, 9 ebra or higher, by the end of the Junior 

ALL MIU&HIHVItN y ^ ^ 1 ^^ physJca| Sdence by the en(j of 

Hours the S enior Year as a requisite for commissioning. 

A Naval Science 24 The Ph V sical Science requirement can be met by 

N^P 1D1 m? 103 Q completing a one-year sequence, or two courses, 

NSC ?m' ?n?' ?na 1*5 in any area of physical science. One Mathematics 

B. Advanced Program-Navy Option' ' co ^ rse ma ^ be se ' e t ct f fr0m the fieldS ° f COm " 
Naval Science 20 Puterscenceorstatist.es. 

NSC 301, 302, 303 12 Marine Corps Option. All students shall take, 

NSC 401, 402, 403 8 during the Junior or Senior year, HIS 201 and PSC 

C. Advanced Program-Marine Corps Option 201 (SSC). (Courses must be approved by the 
Naval Science 14 Marine Corps Officer Instructor and should not 

NSC 303, 304, 305 8 create an academic overload (increase time re- 
NSC 404, 405 6 quired for degree completion/commissioning 

D. Additional and Substitute Requirements and/or require student to carry more than 18 
NSC 450 Naval Drill (0-2-0), required each hours). 

^f em ^o m %£ mid R sh h ipmen f NS h C 103 : NROTC Uniforms, Books, and Instructional 

303, and 450 satisfies 6 hours of physical M . . 

education requirements. 

E. Navy Scholarship Midshipmen Will be issued at no cost to Naval Science stu- 
(1) Requirements 53 dents. Uniforms must be returned before corn- 
Math 206-207-208 (to be completed by missioning or upon disenrollment from the 

end of Sophomore Year) 15 NROTC Program; books and other instructional 

Physics 217-218-219 (to be completed materials must be returned at the end of each 

by the end of Junior Year) 18 academic term. 

Computer Science 136 or 142 ch«iarehi« or^rom 

or 246 or 120 5 Scholarship Program 

Must complete 2 quarters from the Two and three-and-a-half year scholarships 

following list of courses: 10 that pay tuition, fees, books and laboratory ex- 

HIS 357 and PSC 201 (SSC) penses, in addition, scholarship midshipmen also 



208 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



receive a $100 per month tax free stipend during 
the academic year. 

Financial Assistance 

All midshipmen in the advanced NROTC Pro- 
gram (Junior and Senior Years) are paid a $100 
per month tax free subsistance allowance (same 
as $100 per month stipend for scholarship mid- 
shipmen). 

Summer Training Cruises 

All scholarship midshipmen will go on Summer 
Training Cruises each year. While on summer 
training, midshipmen will be paid active duty Navy 
rates and will be provided travel, room and board 
at government expense. 

4 and 2-Year NROTC Programs 

4-year program students enroll in the program 
as Freshmen and participate until graduation. 

2-year program students enter the program 
after they complete approximately 90 hours (end 
of Sophomore year) and complete a six-week 
professional, academic, and physical training 
program conducted each summer by the Navy, 
normally in Newport, Rl and referred to as Naval 
Science Institute (NSI). Academic work at the Na- 
val Science Institute is the equivalent of the 
NROTC basic course and 18 hours of credit will 
be given to students who successfully complete 
NSI. 



Naval Science Offerings 

NSC 101 -Introduction to Naval Science 
£-1-3) 

Introduce midshipmen to NROTC Program 
mission, organization, regulations, and broad 
warfare components of the naval service. In- 
cluded is an overview of officer and enlisted rank 
and rating structure, training and education, pro- 
motion and advancement, and retirement poli- 
cies. The course also covers naval courtesy and 
customs, a study of the organization of the naval 
service, career opportunities, and the duties of a 
Junior Officer in the naval service. Students are 
familiarized with the major challenges facing to- 
day's naval officer, especially in the areas of lead- 
ership and human resources management. Fall, 
Winter. 



NSC 102-Seapower and Maritime Affairs 
(5-0-5) 

A survey of American Naval and Maritime his- 
tory from the American Revolution to the present 
with emphasis on major developments. Attention 
will be focused on Mahan's geopolitical theory; 
economic and maritime forces; U.S. military and 
maritime strategy; and a comparative analysis of 
American and Soviet maritime strategies. Winter. 

NSC 103 -Basic Sailing I (Classroom) 
(1-1-1) 

A basic foundation course that provides stu- 
dents with the fundamental knowledge and skills 
to be a competent crew member. The course 
covers the basic theory of sailing, nomenclature, 
seamanship, boat equipment and safety, and in- 
land waters navigation rules for sailing craft. An 
"A" crew qualification will be issued upon com- 
pletion. Prerequisite: Student must be a certified 
third class swimmers. Fall, Spring. (PE Credit) 

NSC 201 -202 -Navigation I & II (3-2-5) 

An in-depth study of piloting and celestial nav- 
igation theory, principles, and procedures. Stu- 
dents learn piloting navigation: the use of charts, 
visual and electronic aids, and the theory and op- 
eration of magnetic gyro compasses. Celestial 
navigation is covered ih-depth including the ce- 
lestial coordinate system, an introduction to 
spherical trigonometry, the theory and operation 
of the sextant, and a step-by-step treatment of 
the sight reduction process. Students develop 
practical skills in both piloting and celestial navi- 
gation. Other topics discussed include tides, cur- 
rents, effects of wind and weather, plotting, use 
of navigation instruments, types and character- 
istics of electronic navigation systems. Fall, Win- 
ter sequences. 

NSC 203 -Leadership and Management I 
(5-0-5) 

A comprehensive study of the principles and 
concepts of institutional management, organiza- 
tional and human behavior, and effective leader- 
ship. Students will develop additional knowledge 
and practical skills in the areas of communication 
theory and practices; Human Resources Man- 
agement; Stress Management; Counseling; 
Group Dynamics; and the nature and dynamics 
of individual and institutional change, human re- 
sistance to change and the strategy for imple- 
menting change. Spring 



NAVAL ROTC PROGRAM 



209 



NSC 301 -Naval Ships Systems I 
(Engineering) (5-0-5) 

A detailed study of ship characteristics and 
types including ship design, hydrodynamic 
forces, stability, compartmentation, propulsion, 
electrical and auxiliary systems, interior commu- 
I nications, ship control, and damage control. 
Basic concepts of the theory and design of 
steam, gas turbine, and nuclear propulsion, ship- 
board safety and firefighting are also covered. 
Spring 

NSC 302 -Naval Operations (5-0-5) 

A study of the international and inland rules of 
the nautical road, relative-motion vector-analysis 
theory, relative motion problems, formation tac- 
tics, and ship employment. Also included is an 
introduction to Naval Operations and aspects of 
ship handling and afloat naval communication. 
Prerequisites: NSC 201-202. Winter 

NSC 303 -Intermediate Sailing (On-water) 
(1-3-2) 

Basic hands-on sail training leading to qualifi- 
cation as "B" skipper qualification. Practical skills 
to be mastered consist of rigging and sailing from 
a pier: sail to weather; sail two figure eight 
courses with two tacks and two jibes; man over- 
board maneuver; a capsize; and return to dock 
and secure. Prerequisites: NSC 103. Spring. (PE 
credit) 

NSC 304-305 -Evolution of Warfare I & II 
(3-0-3) 

This course historically traces the development 
of warfare from the dawn of recorded history to 
the present, focusing on the impact of major mil- 
itary theorists, strategists, tacticians, and tech- 
nological developments. Students acquire a 
basic sense of strategy, develop an understand- 
ing of military alternatives, and become aware of 
the impact of historical precedent on military 
thought and actions. Fall, Winter 

NSC 306 -Marine Corps Laboratory (0-3-0) 

A course for Marine Corps Option students 
which stresses the development of leadership, 
moral, and physical qualifications necessary for 
service as Marine Corps officers. Practical labo- 
ratory exercises in mission and organization of 
the Marine Corps, duties of interior guards, intro- 
duction to military tactics, troop leadership pro- 
cedures, rifle squad weapons and theory of 
physical conditioning program. This course 
serves to prepare students for the Marine Corps 



Summer Training at Officer Candidate School 
(BULLDOG). Spring 

NSC 401 -Naval Ships Systems II 
(Weapons) (5-0-5) 

This course outlines the theory and employ- 
ment of weapons systems. Students explore the 
processes of detection, evaluation, threat analy- 
sis, weapon selection, delivery, guidance, and na- 
val ordinance. Fire control systems and major 
weapons types are discussed. The concepts of 
command-control-and-communications are ex- 
plored as a means of weapons systems integra- 
tion. Winter. 

NSC 402 -Naval Operations Laboratory 
(0-1-0) 

Practical laboratory exercises conducted in a 
dynamic, composite and time oriented fieet en- 
vironment to further develop and improve surface 
warfare skills for Navy Option midshipmen. Win- 
ter. 

NSC 403 -Leadership and Management II 
(3-0-3) 

A study of the Management responsibilities of 
a junior Naval Officer. The course covers coun- 
seling methods, military justice administration, 
Naval human resources management, directives 
and correspondence, naval personnel, adminis- 
tration, material management and maintenance, 
and supply systems. This course builds on and 
integrates the professional competencies devel- 
oped in prior course work and professional train- 
ing. This course prepares final quarter 
midshipmen for the personal and professional re- 
sponsibilities of a Junior Officer reporting aboard 
and relieving. Prerequisite: NSC 203. Spring. 

NSC 404-405-Amphiblous Warfare I & II 
(3-0-3) 

A historical survey of the development of am- 
phibious doctrine and the conduct of amphibious 
operations. Emphasis is placed on the evolution 
of amphibious warfare in the 20th century, es- 
pecially during World War II. Present day potential 
and limitations on amphibious operations, includ- 
ing the rapid deployment force concept. Fall, Win- 
ter. 

NSC 450. Naval Drill (0-2-0) 

Introduces students to basic military forma- 
tions, movements, commands, courtesies and 
honors, and provides practice in Unit leadership 
and management. Physical conditioning and 
training are provided to ensure students meet 



210 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Navy/Marine Corps physical fitness standards. 
Successful completion of three quarters of this 
course by NROTC students satisfies the Col- 
lege's six hour Physical Education requirement. 
NSC 450 is required each quarter for all NROTC 
students (450.1 for Freshman and Sophomores; 
450.2 for Junior and Seniors). 






^N 







212 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



FACULTY ROSTERS 



Permanent, Full-Time Members of the 
Teaching Corps or Administrative Staff 

(This list includes only individuals who have fac- 
ulty voting privileges. The number in parentheses 
after the names represents the initial year of em- 
ployment at Armstrong State College.) 



Abercrombie, Susan (1990) 

Head of Public Services 

Assistant Professor of Library Science 
M.Ln., Emory University 
B.A., California State University 

*Adams, Joseph V. (1970) 

Dean of Arts and Sciences 
Professor of Psychology 

Ph.D., University of Alabama 
• MA, Baylor University 

B.A., Tennessee Temple College 

Aenchbacher, Louis E., Ill (1980) 

Associate Professor of Physical Education 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.Ed., University of Georgia 
B.S., Armstrong State College 

*Agyekum, Stephen K. (1979) 

Professor of Education 

Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.A., University of Georgia 
A.B., Johnson C. Smith University 

* Anderson, James N. (1985) 

Head of Fine Arts Department 

Professor of Music 

Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin 
M.M., University of Houston 
B.M.E., Wichita State University 

♦Andrews, Carol M. (1988) 

Associate Professor of English 
Ph.D., Vanderbilt University 
M.A., Vanderbilt University 
B.A., Furman University 

*Arens, Olavi (1974) 

Professor of History 

Ph.D., Columbia University 
MA, Columbia University 
A.B., Harvard University 



*Babits, Lawrence E. (1981) 

Associate Professor of History and 
Archaeology 
Ph.D., Brown University 
MA, University of Maryland 
B.A., University of Maryland 

Baker, Julia G. (1987) 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
Ph.D., University of South Carolina 
B.S., Furman University 

Ball, Ardella P. (1968) 

Assistant Professor of Library Science 
Sc.D., Nova University 
M.S., Atlanta University 
A.B., Fisk University 

*Barnard s Jane T. (1980) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics and 
Computer Science 
M.S., Georgia Southern College 
B.S., Georgia Southern College 

*Battiste, Bettye A. (1980) 

Associate Professor of Education 
Ed.D., University of Florida 
M.Ed., State University of New York 
B.S., Savannah State College 

*Beumer, Ronald J. (1975) 

Professor of Biology 

Ph.D., University of Arkansas 
B.S., University of Dayton 

Bjorn, Edith (1990) 

Associate Professor of Education 
Ph.D., State University of New York 
M.S., State University of New York 
M.Ed., East Stroudsburg State College 
B.S., East Stroudsburg State College 

Bowers, Ross L., Ill (1979) 

Head of Respiratory Therapy Department 
Assistant Professor of Respiratory Therapy 

MHS, Armstrong State College 

B.S., Georgia State College 

Bowles, Kenneth E. (1991) 

Assistant Professor of Music 
D.MA, University of Oklahoma 
M.M.E., University of Oklahoma 
B.M.E., Texas Christian University 

Brewer, John G. (1968) 

Professor of Chemistry 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 
M.S., University of Georgia 
B.S., University of Georgia 



FACULTY 



213 



Brower, Moonyean S. (1967) 

Associate Professor of Biology 
MA, University of Massachusetts 
B.S., University of Massachusetts 

Brown, George E. (1972) 

Assistant Professor of Criminal Justice 
M.S.S.W., Atlanta University 
B.S.W., Armstrong State College 
A.B., Armstrong State College 

*Brown, Hugh R. (1968) 

Professor of English 

Ph.D., University of South Carolina 
M.A.T., St. Michael's College 
B.S., Xavier of Ohio 

'Brown, Sarah (1989) 

Assistant Professor of History and Historic 
Preservation 

M.Phil., George Washington University 
M.A., George Washington University 
B.A., Arkansas College 

Buck, Joseph A, III (1968) 

Vice President for Student Affairs and 
Development 

Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.S., Florida State University 
BA, Auburn University 

♦Buck, Marilyn M. (1974) 

Head of Baccalaureate Nursing Department 

Professor of Nursing 

Ed.D., University of South Carolina 
M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N. , Boston University 

♦Burgess, Clifford V. (1979) 

Professor of Education 
Ed.D., Auburn University 
M.A., George Peabody 
A.B., Mercer University 

Burnett, Robert A. (1978) 

President 

Professor of History 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina 
M.A., University of North Carolina 
B.A., Wofford College 

Butler, Frank A. (1985) 

Vice President and Dean of Faculty 
Professor of Physics 

Ph.D., Rensselaer Polytechnic 

B.S.E.S., University of Miami 



Byrd, James T. (1990) 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
Ph.D., Florida State University 
M.S.P.H., University of North Carolina 
A.B., University of North Carolina 

Caldwell, Eva (1987) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N. , Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N. , Armstrong State College 

Carpenter, Suzanne (1988) 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
M.S., University of North Carolina 
B.S., Auburn University 
A.A., Lake-Sumter Junior College 

Chenault, George S. (1992) 

Assistant Professor of Education 
Ph.D., University of Iowa 
M.Ed., South Carolina State College 
B.S., South Carolina State College 

Childress, Beth (1990) 

Assistant Professor of Reading 
M.A., New York University 
BA, Temple University 

Clancy, Frank M. (1989) 

Instructor of English 

MA, Villanova University 
B.S., Villanova University 

Clark, Sandra H. (1990) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N. , Armstrong State College 

Comaskey, Bernard J. (1966) 

Assistant Professor of History 
MA, New York University 
BA, Fordham College 

Connor, Sara E. (1980) 

Associate Professor of Nursing 

Assistant to the Dean 

Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.S.N. , Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 

Conway, Marian (1987) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 
B.S.N. , Georgia College 
M.S.N. , Medical College of Georgia 

*Cooksey, Thomas L (1987) 

Associate Professor of English and Philosophy 
Ph.D., University of Oregon 
M.A., California Polytechnic State University 
B.A., University of California 



214 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



*Cosgrove, Maryellen S. (1989) 

Assistant Professor of Education 
Ph.D., University of Connecticut 
M.A., University of Connecticut 
B.S., University of Connecticut 

Counsll, Roger L. (1991) 

Head of the Division of Physical Education and 
Athletics and Athletic Director Professor of 
Physical Education 
Ed.D., Indiana University 
M.S., Southern Illinois University 
B.S., Southern Illinois University 

Coursey, Teresa (1971) 

Assistant Professor of Dental Hygiene 
M.H.S., Armstrong State College 
B.S., West Liberty State College 

Cross, Deanna S. (1989) 

Head of Associate Degree Nursing 
Associate Professor of Nursing 

Ph.D., Boston College 

M.S.N. , Boston College 
. B.S.N. , University of Akron 

Daassa, Dali (1990) 

Assistant Professor of French 
MA, University of Avignon 
B.A., University of Avignon 

*Dandy, Evelyn B. (1974) 

Professor of Education 

Ph.D., University of South Carolina 
M.Ed., Temple University 
B.S., Millersville State College 

Diaz, Donna P. (1991) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

M.S., University of Southern Mississippi 
B.S., Mississippi College 

Douglass, W. Keith (1970) 

Professor of Psychology 
Ph.D., Syracuse University 
M.A., Syracuse University 
B.A., Franklin & Marshall College 

Dubus, Judy (1990) 

Reference/Bibliographic Instruction Librarian 
Assistant Professor of Library Science 

M.S., Florida State University 

A.B., University of Georgia 

*Duncan, John D. (1965) 

Professor of History 

Ph.D., Emory University 

M.A., University of South Carolina 

B.S., College of Charleston 



Dutko, Kathleen (1978) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 
M.A., New York University 
B.S.N. , Niagara University 

*Ealy, Steven D. (1982) 

Professor of Political Science 
Ph.D., University of Georgia 
M.A., Claremont Graduate School 
B.A., Furman University 

Edenfield, Suzanne (1983) 

Assistant Professor of Dental Hygiene 
M.H.S., Armstrong State College 
B.S., Armstrong State College 

Findels, John (1968) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
M.S., University of Illinois 
B.S., University of Illinois 

Ford, Elizabeth J. (1976) 

Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
M.Ed., Georgia Southern College 
B.S., Winthrop College 

Frazier, Douglas R. (1991) 

Assistant Professor of Library Science 
M.L.S., University of Washington 
B.A., Western Washington State College 

*Galloway, Herbert F. (1982) 

Associate Professor of Education 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.Ed., University of Georgia 
M.M., Florida State University 
B.M., Florida State University 

Geoff roy, Cynthia D. (1978) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
M.S., University of South Carolina 
B.A., Westfield State College 

Gibson, Sharyn (1983) 

Head of Radiologic Technologies Department 
Assistant Professor of Radiologic Technologies 

M.H.S., Armstrong State College 

B.S., St. Joseph's College 

A.A., Armstrong State College 

*Gross, JImmie (1967) 

Professor of History 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 
M.A., Auburn University 
B.D., Southern Theological 
B.A., Baylor University 



FACULTY 



215 



Guillou, Laurent J., Jr. (1970) 

Professor of Biology 

Ph.D., Louisiana State University 
M.S., Louisiana State University 
B.S., Louisiana State University 

♦Hansen, John R. (1967) 

Professor of Mathematics 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.Ed., University of Georgia 
B.S., Troy State College 

Hardegree, Lester E. f Jr. (1982) 

Director of Medical Technology Program 
Assistant Professor of Medical Technology 
M.Ed., Georgia State University 
B.S., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S., University of Georgia 

Harris, Henry E. (1966) 

Head of Chemistry and Physics Department 

Professor of Chemistry 

Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technology 
B.S., Georgia Institute of Technology 

Harris, Karl D. (1971) 

Assistant Professor of English 
M.A., University of Tennessee 
B.A., Carson-Newman College 

Harris, Robert L (1981) 

Associate Professor of Music 
D.M.A., University of Washington 
M.M., University of the Pacific 
B.M., University of the Pacific 

Hart, Marcella (1986) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 
M.N., University of Washington 
B.S.N. , St. John College 

*Harwood, Pamela L. (1985) 

Assistant Professor of Education 
Ed.D., Auburn University 
M.A., Appalachian State University 
B.S., Appalachian State University 

*Hizer, Todd J. (1989) 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
Ph.D., University of South Carolina 
B.S., Old Dominion University 

Hobe, John J. (1991) 

Assistant Professor of Education 
Ed.D., University of San Francisco 
M.A., California state University 
B.S.Ed., Bowling Green State University 



Holllnger, Karen (1990) 

Assistant Professor of English 
Ph.D., University of Illinois 
M.A., Loyola University 
B.A., Loyola University 

Hollis, Selwyn L. (1991) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
Ph.D., North Carolina State University 
B.S., University of Georgia 

Hopklnson, Caroline (1989) 

Assistant Professor of Library Science 

M.L.I.S., University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee 
B.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison 

♦Hudson, Anne L. (1971) 

Professor of Mathematics and Computer 
Science 

Ph.D., Tulane University 
M.S., Tulane University 
B.A., Hollins College 

Hudson, Sigmund (1985) 

Professor of Mathematics and Computer 
Science 

Ph.D., Tulane University 
M.S., Clarkson University 
A.B., Dartmouth College 

Hurley, Thomas L. (1991) 

Head of the Department of Government 

Professor of Political Science 
Ph.D., Florida State University 
M.S., Florida State University 
B.S., University of North Carolina 

Jaynes, Michael L. (1976) 

Assistant Professor of Physics 
M.S., University of North Carolina 
B.A., Appalachian State University 

Jenkins, Marvin V. (1968) 

Assistant Professor of English 
M.A., University of Georgia 
B.S., University of Georgia 

Jensen, John G. (1985) 

Assistant Professor of Art 
M.F.A., University of Arizona 
B.S., University of Wisconsin 

♦Jensen, Linda G. (1985) 

Assistant Professor of Art 

M.F.A., Memphis State University 
MAT., Memphis State University 
B.A.E., University of Mississippi 



216 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Jodis, Stephen (1990) 

Instructor of Computer Science 
M.S., Auburn University 
B.C.P.E., Auburn University 

John, Beverly M. (1988) 

Assistant Professor of Sociology 
M.S.W., Atlanta University 
B.S., Benedict College 

Jones, Dianne (1990) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
M.Ed., William Carey College 
B.S., Mississippi State University 

Jones, Lee Brewer (1990) 

Assistant Professor of English 
MA, University of Georgia 
B.A., West Georgia College 

Kearnes, John (1988) 

Assistant Professor of Political Science 
Ph.D., University of Utah 
MA, Andrews University 
B.A., Union College 

Keller, Carola (1970) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N. , Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N. , University of Virginia 

Kennedy, Robert (1990) 

Assistant Professor of Health Science 
Ph.D., University of South Carolina 
M.S.P.H., University of South Carolina 
B.S., Appalachian State University 

*Kllhefner, Dale Z. (1973) 

Professor of Mathematics and Computer 
Science 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University 
M.S., Purdue University 
M.Ed., Washington State University 
B.S., Elizabethtown College 

Knorr, Virginia W. (1973) 

Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
M.S., University of Tennessee (Chattanooga) 
B.S., University of Tennessee (Chattanooga) 

Kolodny, Robert A. (1991) 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
Ph.D., University of Georgia 
B.S., Queens College of New York 

Koth, Andreas W. (1991) 

Instructor of Physical Education 
M.Ed., Georgia Southern College 
B.S., Georgia Southern College 



*Lane, Joseph M., Jr. (1970) 

Professor of Psychology 
Ph.D., University of Georgia 
M.S., University of Georgia 
B.S., University of Georgia 

Lanier, Osmos, Jr. (1965) 

Professor of History 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 
MA, Auburn University 
BA, LaGrange College 

Lariscy, Michael L. (1976) 

Associate Professor of Physical Education 
Coordinator of Physical Education Programs 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.Ed., Georgia Southern College 
B.S., Armstrong State College 

Larson, Brett A. (1991) 

Assistant Professor of Biology 
Ph.D., University of Oregon 
B.S., University of Georgia 

Lee, Byung Moo (1981) 

Assistant Professor of Library Science 
M.L.S., University of Wisconsin 
B.A., University of Wisconsin 
B.A., Yon Sei University 

Levett, Nettie M. (1975) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N. , Medical College of Georgia 
B.S ; N., Florida A & M University 

'Martin, Grace B. (1980) 

Head of Psychology Department 
Director of General Studies Program 
Professor of Psychology 

Ph.D., Florida State University 
M.S., Florida State University 
B.A., Armstrong State College 

Martin, Keith W. (1992) 

Assistant Professor of Engineering Studies 
Ph.D., Clemson University 
M.S., University of Georgia 
B.S., University of Georgia 

Martin, William B. (1980) 

Assistant Professor of English 
MA, Duke University 
B.A., Armstrong State College 

Massey, Carole M. (1976) 

Associate Professor of Nursing 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.S.N. , Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N. , Medical College of Georgia 



FACULTY 



217 



Matthews, Robert E. (1989) 

Assistant Professor of Computer Science 
M.S., Iowa State University 
B.A., Simpson College 

Mazzoll, Andrew J. (1981) 

Assistant Professor of Respiratory Therapy 
M.H.S., Medical University of South Carolina 
B.S., State University of New York Medical 
Center 

McMillan, Tim (1990) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
Ph.D., University of Florida 
M.S., University of Florida 
B.S., University of South Carolina 

McRae, Laurie (1992) 

Instructor of Radiation Therapy 
B.S., University of Central Florida 

*Megathlin, William L (1971) 

Dean of Academic and 
Enrollment Services 
Professor of Criminal Justice 

Ed.D., University of Georgia 

M.Ed., University of Georgia 

B.A., Presbyterian College 

Miller, Mary (1970) 

Associate Professor of Nursing 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N., Medical College of Virginia 

Munson, Richard E. (1972) 

Professor of Mathematics and 

Computer Science 

Ph.D., Rutgers University 

M.S., Rutgers University 

B.A., Houghton College 

*Murphy, Dennis D. (1981) 

Professor of Criminal Justice 
J.D., University of Florida 
Ph.D., University of Florida 
M.Ed., University of Florida 
B.A., University of Florida 

Neuman, Bonnie (1990) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 
M.S.N., Wayne State University 
B.S.N., University of Michigan 

♦Newberry, S. Lloyd (1968) 

Head, Division of Education 
Professor of Education 

Ed.D., University of Georgia 

M.Ed., University of Georgia 

B.S.Ed., University of Georgia 



Noble, David (1969) 

Associate Professor of German and Latin 
Ph.D., McGill University 
A.M., Boston University 
A.B., Boston University 
Diploma Litterarium Latinarum, Pontificia 
Universitas Gregoriana 

Nordqulst, Richard F. (1980) 

Associate Professor of English 
Ph.D., University of Georgia 
M.A., University of Leicester 
B.A., State University of New York 

Norsworthy, Gary (1980) 

Dean, Coastal Georgia Center 
Ph.D., Florida State University 
M.A., Florida State University 
B.A., Florida State University 

*Palefsky, Elliot H. (1971) 

Associate Professor of Psychology 
Ed.D., University of South Carolina 
Ed.S., Georgia Southern College 
Ed.M., Temple University 
B.S., University of Georgia 

*Palmlotto, Michael J. (1987) 

Professor of Criminal Justice 
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 
M.P.A., City University of New York 
B.S., Mercy College 

Paton, Jennie C. (1989) 

Instructor of Library Science 

M.A., University of South Carolina 
B.A., University of South Carolina 

Patterson, Robert L (1966) 

Professor of History 

Ph.D., Vanderbilt University 
M.A., University of Kentucky 
B.A., Kentucky Wesleyan 

Powell, Catharine L. (1991) 

Associate Professor of Nursing 
Ed.D., Indiana University 
M.S., University of North Carolina 
B.S.N. , DePauw University 

Pruden, Ethel B. (1985) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.N., University of South Carolina 
B.S.N. , SUNY - Buffalo 



218 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



*Pruden, George B., Jr., (1982) 

Associate Professor of History 
Ph.D., American University 
MA, American University 
M.Ed., University of South Carolina 
B.A., Wake Forest 

♦Raymond, Richard (1983) 

Professor of English 
Ph.D., Miami University 
M.A., University of Wyoming 
B.A., University of Wyoming 

Relyea, Kenneth (1990) 

Head of Biology Department 
Professor of Biology 

Ph.D., Tulane University 

M.S., Florida State University 

B.A., Florida State University 

Reilly, Nancy E. (1990) 

Associate Professor of Nursing 

. Ph.D., University of Michigan 
M.S., University of Michigan 
B.S.N. , Georgetown University 

*Repella, James F. (1976) 

Dean of Health Professions 

Professor of Nursing 

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 
M.S.N. , University of Pennsylvania 
B.S.Ed., Temple University 

*Rhee, Steve Y. (1974) 

Professor of Political Science 
Ph.D., University of Missouri 
MA, University of Oregon 
B.A., University of Oregon 

Richardson, Edwin G. (1989) 

Assistant Professor of English 
MA, University of Maine 
B.A., University of South Florida 

Roberts, Lynn T. (1989) 

Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
M.S., Armstrong State College 
B.S., Armstrong State College 

Rodgers, Anne T. (1985) 

Associate Professor of Medical Technology 
Ph.D., University of Florida 
MAT., University of Massachusetts 
B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University 



*Roesel, Rosalyn L (1984) 

Professor of Nursing 

Ph.D., North Texas State University 
M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N. , Medical College of Georgia 

*Roth, Lorie (1983) 

Associate Professor of English 
Ph.D., Kent State University 
MA, Kent State University 
BA, Kent State University 

Saadatmand, Yassaman (1989) 

Assistant Professor of Economics 
Ph.D., University of New Hampshire 
M.BA, James Madison University 
B.S., National Iranian Oil Company College 
of Finance 

Schmidt, John C. (1979) 

Associate Professor of Art 
M.FA, Ohio University 
B.FA, Carnegie-Mellon University 

Schollaert, Warren L (1990) 

Associate Professor of Education 
E.D.D., University of Georgia 
MA, Roosevelt University 
B.A., Arizona State .University 

*Schultz, Lucinda D. (1986) 

Associate Professor of Music 
D.M.A., University of Colorado 
M.M., Colorado State University 
B.S., Dickinson State College 

Scott, Daniel B., Major (1991) 

Head of Military Science Department 
Assistant Professor of Military Science 
MA, Central Michigan University 
B.S., South Carolina State College 

Shipley, Charles (1972) 

Professor of Mathematics and Computer 
Science 

Ph.D., University of Nebraska 
M.S., Georgia Institute of Technology 
M.A., University of Nebraska 
B.A., University of North Dakota 

Silcox, Elaine (1972) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
M.Ed., University of Florida 
B.S.N. , University of Florida 



FACULTY 



219 



Simon, Emma T. (1974) 

Acting Associate Graduate Dean 

Professor of Dental Hygiene 

Ed.D., University of South Carolina 
M.H.E., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S., Armstrong State College 

Sisson, Michelle W. (1990) 

Assistant Professor of Education 
J.Ed., Armstrong State College 
B.S.Ed., University of Georgia 

Smith, Carolyn G. (1977) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
M.Ed., Armstrong State College 
B.S., Armstrong State College 



Smith, James (1990) 

Assistant Professor of English 
Ph.D., Vanderbilt University 
MA, Vanderbilt University 
B.A., Berry College 

Smith, Pamela E. (1987) 

Assistant Professor of Biology 
M.Ed., Armstrong State College 
B.S., Armstrong State College 

Smith, William J., Jr. (1982) 

Assistant Professor of Respiratory Therapy 
M.H.S., Armstrong State College 
B.S., Medical University of South Carolina 

Stegall, John L (1981) 

\/ice President for Business and Finance 
M.B.A, University of Georgia 
B.S., Indiana State University 

Stern, Camille P. (1991) 

Associate Professor of Nursing 
Ph.D., University of Texas 
M.S.N., University of Alabama 
B.S., Medical College of Georgia 

Stokes, William W. (1967) 

Assistant Dean 
Professor of Education 

Ed.D., University of Florida 

M.Ed., University of Florida 

B.A., University of Florida 

Stone, Janet D. (1975) 

Associate Professor of History 
Ph.D., Emory University 
M.A., Purdue University 
A.B., Randolph-Macon Women's College 



Stratton, Cedric (1965) 

Professor of Chemistry 

Ph.D., University of London 

Strauser, Edward B (1991) 

Assistant Professor of Education 
Ed.D., State University of New York 
M.S., Canisius College 
B.S., State University of New York 

*Streater, James, Jr. (1988) 

Assistant Professor of Health Science 
Ed.D., University of South Carolina 
M.Ed., University of South Carolina 
B.A., University of South Carolina 

*Strozier, Robert I. (1965) 

Head of Languages, Literature, and Dramatic 

Arts Department 
Professor of English 

Ph.D., Florida State University 

MA, Florida State University 

A.B., University of Georgia 

*Tanenbaum, Barbara G. (1972) 

Associate Professor of Dental Hygiene 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.Ed., Armstrong State College 
B.S., Medical College of Georgia 

Tapp, Lawrence M. (1959) 

Professor of Physical Education 
Ed.D., University of Tennessee 
M.S., University of Tennessee 
B.S., University of Tennessee 

Thome, Francis M. (1965) 

Professor of Biology 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 
B.S., Stetson University 

Tilley, Roger (1991) 

Assistant Professor of Biology 

Ph.D., Baylor College of Medicine 
M.S., East Tennessee State University 
B.S., East Tennessee State University 

*Tllson, Elwln R. (1982) 

Associate Professor of Radiologic 
Technologies 

Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.S., San Francisco State University 
B.S., Arizona State University 

*Turnlpseed, Patricia H. (1986) 

Associate Professor of Education 
Ed.D., University of Alabama 
M.A., University of Alabama 
B.A., University of Alabama 



220 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Vogelsang, Kevin (1988) 

Assistant Professor of Music 
D.MA, University of Cincinnati 
M.M., University of Cincinnati 
B.M., University of Cincinnati 

Walworth, Margaret E. (1991) 

Assistant Professor of Education 
Ph.D., University of Georgia 
M.Ed., Clemson University 
B.S., Clemson University 

*Warllck, Roger K. (1970) 

Head of History Department 
Professor of History 

Ph.D., Boston University 

B.A., Arizona State University 

Welngarten, Barry E. (1991) 

Assistant Professor of Spanish 
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania 
M.A., University of Pennsylvania 
B.A., University of Pennsylvania 

Welsh, John A., Ill (1967) 

Assistant Professor of English 
MA, Vanderbilt University 
BA, Davidson College 

*Wheeler, Ed R. (1987) 

Head of Mathematics and Computer Science 

Department 
Professor of Mathematics and Computer 

Science 

Ph.D., University of Virginia 

B.A., Samford University 

White, Laurie (1989) 

Assistant Professor of Computer Science 
Ph.D., University of Florida 
M.S., University of Florida 
BA, University of Virginia 

White, Susan S. (1972) 

Assistant Professor of Education 
M.Ed., University of South Carolina 
B.S., Winthrop College 

*Whiten, Morris L. (1970) 

Professor of Physics 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 
B.S., University of Georgia 

Williams, Michael (Capt.) (1989) 

Assistant Professor of Military Science 
B.BA, Campbell University 



Williamson, Jane B. (1976) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
M.Ed., Georgia Southern College 
B.S.N., University of Georgia 

Zipperer, William C. (1991) 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
Ph.D., University of Georgia 
B.S., University of Georgia 



Emeriti Faculty 

Anchors, Lorraine (1954-1983) 

Professor of English Emerita 

Ashmore, Henry L. (1965-1982) 

President Emeritus 

Beecher, Orson (1942-1982) 

Professor of History Emeritus 

Boney, Madeline (1967-1982) 

Professor of History Emerita 

Brooks, Sammy Kent (1966-1990) 

Professor of English Emeritus 

Coyle, William (1957-1987) 

Professor of Political Science 
Emeritus 

Davenport, Leslie B., Jr. (1958-1983) 

Professor of Biology Emeritus 

Davis, Lamar W. 

Professor of Business Administration Emeritus 

Gadsden, Ida (1956-1981) 

Professor of Education Emerita 

Harmond, Theima (1963-1981) 

Professor of Education Emerita 

Killorin, Joseph I. (1947-1988) 

Professor of Philosophy & Literature Emeritus 

Lawson, Cornelia (1972-1987) 

Professor of Education Emerita 

McCarthy, John C. (1962-1990) 

Professor of Political Science Emeritus 

McClanahan, Billle F. (1981-1989) 

Assistant Professor of English Emerita 

Newman, John (1968-1987) 

Professor of Political Science 
Emeritus 

Pendexter, Hugh III (1965-1983) 

Professor of English Emeritus 



FACULTY 



221 



iobbins, Paul (1966-1986) 

rofessor of Chemistry Emeritus 

loblnson, Aurelia (1972-1986) 

associate Professor of Education Emerita 

iartor, Herman (1964-1981) 

rofessor of Education Emeritus 



Sims, Roy Jesse (1955-1990) 

Professor of Physical Education Emeritus 

Stephens, Jacqueline (1979-1990) 

Professor of Education Emerita 

Winn, William (1957-1971) 

Professor of Mathematics Emeritus 



222 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Officers of Board of Regents of the University System of Georgia 

H. Dean Propst Chancellor 

David S. Spence Executive Vice Chancellor 

Henry G. Neal ....'. ' Executive Secretary 

James E. Cofer Vice Chancellor Fiscal Affairs/Treasurer 

Thomas E. Daniel Vice Chancellor External Affairs 

Arthur Dunning Vice Chancellor Services and Minority Affairs 

Peter S. Hoff Vice Chancellor Academic Affairs 

James B. Mathews Vice Chancellor Information Technology 

Thomas F. McDonald Vice Chancellor Student Services 

Haskin R. Pounds Vice Chancellor Research and Planning 

Douglas H. Rewerts Vice Chancellor Facilities 

Cathie Mayes Hudson Assistant Vice Chancellor/Planning 

T. Don Davis . . . . Asst. Vice Chancellor Fiscal Affairs/Personnel 

Mary Ann Hickman Asst. Vice Chancellor Affirmative Action 

James van den Huevel Asst. Vice Chancellor Facilities 

Thomas E. Mann Asst. Vice Chancellor Facilities 

David M. Morgan Asst. Vice Chancellor Academic Affairs 

Roger Mosshart Asst. Vice Chancellor Fiscal Affairs/Budgets 

Ernest Murphrey Asst. Vice Chancellor Fiscal Affairs/Accounting Systems and Procedures 

J. Pete Silver Asst. Vice Chancellor Academic Affairs 

Joseph H. Szutz Asst. Vice Chancellor Planning 



University System of Georgia 

244 Washington St., S.W. 

Atlanta, Georgia 30334 



Officers of Administration 

Robert A. Burnett • President 

Frank A. Butler Vice President and Dean of Faculty 

John L. Stegall Vice President for Business and Finance 

Joseph A. Buck Vice President for Student Affairs and Development 

William L Megathlin Dean, Academic and Enrollment Services 

Joseph V. Adams Dean, School of Arts and Sciences 

James F. Repella Dean, School of Health Professions 

Lloyd Newberry Head, Division of Education 

Roger Counsil Head, Division of Physical Education 

Gary F. Norsworthy Dean, Coastal Georgia Center for Continuing Education 

VACANT Registrar and Director of Admissions 

Lynn Benson >. Director, Counseling Services 

Roger Counsil Director, Athletics 

Lorie Durant Director, Career Planning and Placement 

Bob Fawcett Director, Academic Computing Services 

Daniel Harrell Director, Finance 

Al Harris Director, Student Activities 

Byung Moo Lee Director, Library Services 

VACANT Director, Computer and Information Services 

VACANT Director, Public Relations 

Josephine Murphy Director, Alumni Affairs 

Alfred Owens Director, Minority Affairs and Minority Recruitment 

Len Rozier Director, Plant Operations 

Ellen Shawe Director, Student Financial Aid 

VACANT Assistant Registrar 

Ellen Struck Director, Personnel 

VACANT Assistant Director of Admissions 

Joann Windeler Director, Business Services 



THE UNIVERSITY SYSTEM 



223 



Institutions of the University System of Georgia 
Universities 

Athens 30602 August 30912 

University of Georgia - h; B,J,M,S,D Medical College of Georgia - h; A,B,M,D 

Atlanta 30332 Stateboro 30460 

Georgia Institute of Technology - h; B,M,D Georgia Southern University - h; A,B,M,S,cD 
Atlanta 30303 

Georgia State University - A,B,J,M,S,D 



Albany 31705 

Albany State College - h; B,M 
Americus 31 709 

Georgia Southwestern College - h 
Augusta 30910 

Augusta College - A,B,M,S 
Carrollton 30118 

West Georgia College - h; A,B,M,S 
Columbus 31993 

Columbus College - A.B.M.S 
Dahlonega 30597 

North Georgia College — h; A,B,M 
Fort Valley 31030 

Fort Valley State College - h; A.B.M 



Senior Colleges 

Marietta 30061 

Kennesaw College — A,B 
Marietta 30060 
A,B,M,S Southern Technical Institute - h; A,B,M 

Milledgeville 31061 

Georgia College - h; A,B,M,S 
Morrow 30260 

Clayton State College - A,B 
Savannah 31419 

Armstrong State College - h; A.B.M 
Savannah 31404 

Savannah State College - h; A,B,M 
Valdosta 31698 

Valdosta State College - h; A,B,M,S,cD 



Albany 31 707 

Darton State College 
Atlanta 30310 

Atlanta Metropolitan College - A 
Bainbridge 31717 

Bainbridge College - A 
Barnesville 30204 

Gordon College - h; A 
Brunswick 31523 

Brunswick College - A 
Cochran 31014 

Middle Georgia College - h; A 
Dalton 30720 

Dalton College - A 
Decatur 30034 

Dekalb College - A 



Two-Year Colleges 

Douglas 31533 

South Georgia College - h; A 
Gainesville 30503 

Gainesville College - A 
Macon 31297 

Macon College - A 
Rome 30163 

Floyd College - A 
Swainsboro 30401 

East Georgia College - A 
Tifton 31793 

Abraham Baldwin Agri. College - h, A 
Waycross 31501 

Waycross College - A 



h - On-Campus Student Housing Facilities Degrees Awarded A - Associate. B - Baccalaureate. 

J - Juris Doctor; M - Masters; S - Specialist m Education, D - Doctorate 

cD - Doctorate offered in cooperation with a University System university, with degree awarded by the unrversity 



224 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Board of Regents 

Anderson, John, Jr . Hawkinsville 

Baranco, Juanita Powell Decatur 

Brown, James E Dalton 

Clark, John H Moultrie 

Cousins, W. Lamar Marietta 

Cowan, Joel H Atlanta 

Frier, Thomas H., Sr . . .Douglas 

Gignilliat, Arthur M., Jr Savannah 

Leebern, Donald M., Jr Atlanta 

McMillan, Elridge W Atlanta 

Phillips, Barry Atlanta 

Rhodes, Edgar L Bremen 

Robinson, John, W., Jr Americus 

Turner, William B Columbus 

Yancey, Carolyn D Atlanta 



Locations of Universities 
and Colleges 




INDEX 



225 



Index 



Academic Computing Center 20 

Academic Progress 46 

Academic Standing 52 

Accelerated Admission Program 29 

Accreditations 11 

Administrative Officers 222 

Admissions 24 

Accelerated Program 29 

Conditional 25 

Early 29 

General Information 24 

Graduate 70 

International Students 30 

Provisional 25 

Readmission 28 

Regular 24 

Special Categories 29 

Transfer Students 27 

Transient Students 28 

Veterans 30 

Vocational Rehabilitation 30 

Admission Requirements to Specific 

Programs 31 

Art & Music 31 

Dental Hygiene 33 

Dental Hygiene Education 34 

Health Science 36 

Medical Technology 36 

Nursing (Associate) 31 

Nursing (Baccalaureate) 32 

Radiologic Technologies 35 

Respiratory Therapy 35 

Teacher Education 1 79 

Adults Back to College Program 20 

Advisement 50 

Alumni Association 12 

Application Fee 41 

Art & Music Department 80 

Arts and Sciences (School of) 78 

ASC 101 202 

Associate Degree 

General Requirements 64 

Athletics 19 

Attendance 52 

Auditing 53 

Baccalaureate Degree 

General Requirements 64 

Biology Department 90 



Bookstore 21 

Brunswick Center 14 



Calendar (Academic) inside front cover 

Career Planning 20 

Chemistry Department 95 

Classification of Students 50 

Coastal Georgia Center for 

Continuing Education 15 

College Preparatory Curriculum 24 

Collegiate Placement Examination 25 

Continuing Education 15 

Cooperative Education Programs 13 

Core Curriculum 58 

Counseling 19 

Course Offerings 

Accounting (SSC) 192 

Anthropology 145 

Art 84 

Astronomy .101 

Biology 92 

Botany 94 

Business Administration (SSC) 192 

Chemistry 98 

Computer Science 142 

Criminal Justice 107 

Dental Hygiene 161 

Developmental Studies 203 

Drama/Speech 128 

Economics 110 

Education 

Business 192 

EDN 187 

Exceptional Children 189 

Library Media/Science 190 

Engineering 100 

English 129 

Entomology 94 

Film 133 

French 133 

Geography 118 

Geology 102 

German 133 

Health Education 166 

Health Science 165 

History 118 

Journalism 136 

Latin 134 

Library Media 190 



226 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Linguistics 1 36 

Mathematics 1 39 

Medical Technology 168 

Meteorology 1 02 

Military Science 205 

Museum and Preservation Studies 124 

Music 87 

Naval ROTC 208 

Nursing 

Associate Degree (NUR) 154 

Baccalaureate Degree (BSN) 158 

Oceanography 1 02 

Office Administration (SSC) 193 

Philosophy 136 

Physical Education 196 

Physical Science 101 

Physics 102 

Political Science 111 

Psychology 1 47 

Public Administration 111 

Radiologic Technologies 170 

Reading Skills 203 

Respiratory Therapy 1 74 

Sociology 149 

Spanish 1 35 

Zoology 94 

Courses 

Auditing 53 

Course Load 50 

Dropping 53 

Lettering System for 65 

Numbering System for 64 

Overload 50 

Repeating 53 

Withdrawing from College 53 

Credit by Examination 26 

Cross Enrollment 15 

Dean's List 52 

Degree Programs (Categories) 66 

Cooperative 13 

Dual-Degree 13 

Four-Year 12 

Pre-Professional 13 

School of Arts and Sciences 66 

School of Health Professions 66 

Two-Year 12 

Degree Programs (Requirements of) 57 

Dental Hygiene Department 159 

Development Activities 12 

Developmental Studies Department 202 



Dismissal (Academic) 52 

Drop/Add 53 

Education Division 1 78 

Engineering Transfer Program 27 

Evening Courses 13 

Expenses (Student) 40 

Faculty Roster 212 

Fees .42 

Financial Aid 43 

Financial Obligations 42 

Food Service • 41 

Freshman Experience (Orientation) 202 

General Studies . 79 

Government Benefits 46 

Government Department 103 

Grade Appeals 51 

Grade Reports 50 

Graduate Admissions 70 

Graduate Admissions Requirements to 

Criminal Justice (MS) .74 

Education (MEd) . . . : 73 

Health Science (MHS) 73 

History (MA) 72 

Nursing (MSN) 75 

Graduate Degrees 71 

Graduate Programs 71 

Handicapped Students 20 

Health Professions (School of) 152 

Health Science Program 163 

History Department 115 

History/Government State Requirements 64 

History of the College 11 

Honor Code 53 

Honors 52 

Housing 41 

International Students 30 

Intramurals 19 

Languages, Literature, and Dramatic 
Arts Department 125 



INDEX 



227 



Lettering System for Courses 65 

Library Media Program 1 90 

Library Science Courses 191 

Library Services 20 

Location 11 

Mathematics and Computer Science 

Department 137 

Mathematics and English Placement 63 

MEd Certification Program 73 

Medical Technology Program 166 

Medical Withdrawals 53 

Military Science Program 203 

Minority Advisement Program 20 

Naval Science Program 206 

Notice of Fee Change 40 

Numbering System for Courses 64 

Nursing Department (Associate) 152 

Nursing Department (Baccalaureate) 155 

Off-Campus Courses 14 

Orientation 18 

Overloads 50 

Parking Regulations 21 

Physical Education Division 193 

Physical Education Requirements 63 

Placement Services 20 

Placement (English and 

Mathematics) 63 

Political Science 111 

Pre-Professional Programs 13 

Probation (Academic) 52 

Provisional Admission 25 

Psychology Department 145 

Purpose of the College 10 

Purpose of the Graduate Program 70 

Radiologic Technologies Program 169 

Readmission 28 



Refunds 42 

Regents' Engineering Transfer 

Program 13, 27 

Regents' Testing Program 63 

Regional Criminal Justice 

Training Center 15 

Registration 

Late Fee 41 

Repeating Courses 53 

Residency Reclassification 41 

Residency Requirements 40 

Respiratory Therapy Department 172 

Satisfactory Academic Progress 46 

Savannah 11 

Scholarships 44 

Student 

Government 18 

Involvement 18 

Organizations 18 

Publications 19 

Study Load 50 

Suspension (Academic) 52 

Testing 

Collegiate Placement Examination 25 

English and Mathematics 

Placement Tests 63 

Regents' Testing Program 63 

Transfer Students 

Financial Aid 44 

Requirements of Applicants 27 

Transient Students 28 

Veterans 

Admissions 30 

Financial Aid 46 

Vocational Rehabilitation 30 

Withdrawals (Medical) 53 

Withdrawing from College 53 

Writing Center 20 



ASC Campus Guide 



Directory 



1 

2 

3 ... 

4 

5 

6 ~ 

7 

8...„ 

9. 

10 

11 



..Administration Building 

Victor Hill 

..Gamble Hill 

,. Jenkins Hill 

.......Line Library 



Memoriil College Center 

.. HiwesHill 

SohnsHsll 

.... Information md Public Safety 
Fine Arte Center 



12 Health Profession Building 

13 ...Health & Physical Education Building 
14 ...... — Plant Operations/Military Science 

IS Athletic Fields/Tennis Courts 

16 - Student/Visitor Parking 

17 „ Residence Center 

18 - Offices across Abercorn 




Abercom Street (GA 204) 



■* Downtown 

Academic Computing Center .._ 6 

Administrative Computer Services 4 

Admiss ions ........ 1 

Advisement CVntfr .. 5 

Alumni Affairs 1 

Athletics Dept „ 13 

Athletic Fields/Tennis Courts „ -15 

Audio Visual Services 5 

Biology Dept. ft Labs - 8 

Bookstore 6 

Business ft Finance Office 1 

Cafeteria 7 

Career Planning ,..- —.7 

Cashier 1 

Center for Economic Education 

Central Stores ft Receiving 

Chemistry, Physics, and Engineering Dept ft Labs 

Coastal Ga. Center for Continuing Education 

Counseling 

Criminal Justice Training Center 

Dean, Academic ft Enrollment Services 

Dean, School of Arts ft Sciences 

Dean, Health Professions .. .. 

Dentil Hygiene DepL ft Clinic 

Development Office 

Developmental Studies , 

Education Dept 

Elderhostel „ 

Engineering Studies 

English Dept 3 

Faculty Dining Room/Lounge 7 

Financial Aid 1 

Fine Arts Auditorium 11 

Fine Arts Dept 11 

Fine Arts Gallery .. „ 11 

Game Room „ 7 

Georgia Learning Resources System (GLRS) 2 

Government Dept 9 

Graduate Office 1 

Graphics „ 1 

Gymnasium/Weight Room 13 



1-95 — ■*- 
Health Professions Auditorium . 

Health Science Dept 

History Dept 

Housing 



Jenkins Auditorium „ „ 

Languages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts Dept 

Library 

Mailroom 

Masquers Productions 

Mathematics ft Computer Science Dept 

Medical Technology Dept - 

Military Science Dept 

Minority Affairs 

Nursing Dept 

Associate Degree 12 

Baccalaureate Degree 12 

Physical Education Dept 13 

Plant Operation! 14 

Pool .13 

President's Dining Room ....7 

President „ 1 

Psychology Dept 2 

Public Realtions 1 

Public Safety . 10 

Radiologic Technologies Dept ! 12 

Registrar 1 

Residence Center.. 17 

Respiratory Therapy Dept 12 

Speech Clinic 2 

Student Activities .7 

Student Affairs 7 

Student Governmcnt/Organizitions 7 

Student Parking 16 



Student Publications 

Studio "A" 

Tutorial Labs, Math ft Reading . 

Veterans Affairs 

Vice President/Dean of Faculty . 
Writing* 



Where to Write or Call 

There is a central mail room on campus. Specific information may be obtained by writing to' 

the offices listed below and adding: 

Armstrong State College 

11935 Abercorn Street Georgia 

Savannah, GA 31419 1997 (outside Chatham County) Call 1-800-633-2349 



ADMISSION 

Director of Admissions 

927-5277 

ALUMNI 
Alumni Affairs 
927-5264 

ATHLETICS 
Director of Athletics 
927-5336 

BUSINESS MATTERS 

Vice President for Business & Finance 

927-5255 

CAREER PLANNING & PLACEMENT 
Director of Career Planning 

and Placement 
927-5269 

CATALOG 

Director of Admissions 

927-5277 

CONTINUING EDUCATION 
Coastal Georgia Center for 

Continuing Education 
927-5322 

COUNSELING 
Director of Counseling 
927-5269 

FINANCIAL AID, GRANTS, LOANS, 

WORK-STUDY ELIGIBILITY 
Director of Student Financial Aid 
927-5272 

GENERAL ACADEMIC AND 

FACULTY MATTERS 
Vice President and Dean of Faculty 
927-5261 

GIFTS, GRANTS & BEQUESTS 
Vice President for Student 

Affairs & Development 
927-5271 

GRADUATE STUDY 
Associate Graduate Dean 
927-5377 

HOUSING 
Director of Housing 
927-5269 



OFFICE OF MINORITY AFFAIRS 
Director of Minority Recruitment 
927-5252 

PUBLIC INFORMATION 
Director of Public Relations 
927-5211 

SECURITY 
Campus Security 
927-5236 

TEACHER CERTIFICATION 
Certification Officer 
927-5294 

TESTING 
927-5269 

TRANSCRIPTS 
927-5275 

TUITION, PAYMENT OF BILLS, REFUNDS 
Vice President for Business & Finance 
927-5255 



Special Notice 

The statements set forth in this Catalog are 
for information purposes only and should not 
be construed as the basis of a contract be- 
tween a student and this institution. 

While the provisions of the Catalog will gen- 
erally be applied as stated, Armstrong State 
College reserves the right to change any pro- 
vision listed in this Catalog, including but not 
limited to academic requirements for grad- 
uation, without actual notice to individual stu- 
dents. Every effort will be made to keep 
students advised of any such changes. In- 
formation on changes will be available in the 
Offices of the Registrar, the Vice President 
of Student Affairs, and the academic deans. 
It is especially important that students note 
that it is their responsibility to keep them- 
selves apprised of current graduation re- 
quirements for their particular degree 
program. 

Armstrong State College is an affirmative ac- 
tion/equal opportunity education institution 
and does not discriminate on the basis of 
sex, race, age, religion, handicap, or national 
origin in employment, admissions, or activi- 
ties. 



1 1 935 Abercorn Street 
Savannah, Georgia 31419-1997